Quantcast
Channel: Learn CBSE
Viewing all 10026 articles
Browse latest View live

NCRT Exemplar class 11 Biology Solutions Anatomy of Flowering Plants

$
0
0

NCRT Exemplar class 11 Biology Solutions  Anatomy of Flowering Plants

Multiple Choice Questions
1.A transverse section of stem is stained first with safranin and then with fast green following the usual schedule of double staining for the preparation of a permanent slide. What would be the colour of the stained xylem and phloem?
(a) Red and green
(b) Green and red
(c) Orange and yellow
(d) Purple and orange
Soln. (a)

2.Match the followings and choose the correct option from below.
A.Meristem              (i) Photosynthesis,
                                          storage
B.Parenchyma         (ii) Mechanical support
C.Collenchyma        (iii) Actively dividing cells
D.Sclerenchyma      (iv) Stomata
E.Epidermal tissue  (v) Sdereids Options:
(a) A-(i), B-(iii), C-(v), D-(ii), E-(iv)
(b) Ar(iii), B-(i), C-(ii), D-(v), E-(iv)
(c) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(v), D-(i), E-(iii)
(d) A-(v), B-(iv), C-(iii),D-(ii), E-(i)
Soln. (b)

3.Match the following and choose the correct option from below.
A.Cuticle (i)Guard cells
B.Bulliform cells(ii)Single layer
C.Stomata (iii)Waxy layer
D.Epidermis (iv)Empty colourless cell
Options:
(a) A-(iii), B-(iv), C-(i),   D-(ii)
(b) A-(i),    B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(iv)
(c) A-(iii),  B-(ii), C-(iv), D-(i)
(d) A-(iii),  B-(ii), C-(i),   D-(iv) 
Soln. (a)

4.Identify the simple tissue from among the following.
(a) Parenchyma (b) Xylem
(c) Epidermis (d) Phloem
Soln. (a): Parenchyma is a simple permanent tissue found in plants whereas, xylem and phloem are complex permanent tissues. Epidermis is a part of epidermal tissue system.

5.Cells of this tissue are living and show angular wall thickening. They also provide mechanical support. The tissue is
(a) xylem (b) sclerenchyma
(c) collenchyma (d) epidermis.
Soln.(c)

6.Epiblema of roots is equivalent to
(a) pericycle (b) endodermis
(c) epidermis (d) stele.
Soln. (c): Epiblema or piliferous layer (rhizodermis) is the outermost layer of young root which has thin-walled cells. Some of the cells give rise to root hairs which take part in the absorption of water and mineral salts. Epidermis is also outermost layer. Therefore epiblema-of root is equivalent to epidermis. Pericycle is believed to represent the outer boundary of vascular strands. A part of vascular cambium and cork cambium develop from pericycle. Endodermis is the innermost layer of the cortex. All tissues on the inner side of the endodermis constitute stele.

7.A conjoint and open vascular bundle will be observed in the transverse section of
(a) monocot root (b) monocot stem (c) dicot root (d) dicot stem.
Soln. (d) : Vascular bundles which contain
both xylem and phloem are called conjoint vascular bundles. In gymnosperms and dicot stems vascular bundles contain both xylem, phloem and a strip of vascular cambium (between phloem and xylem of each vascular buncjje) called intrafascicular (or fascicular) cambium. It produces secondary tissues. Such vascular bundles are described as open because the original or primary phloem and xylem separate on the production of secondary tissues by vascular cambium. Thus, conjoint and open vascular bundles will be observed in dicot stem.

8.Interfascicular cambium and cork cambium are formed due to
(a) cell division
(b) cell differentiation
(c) cell dedifferentiation
(d) redifferentiation.
Soln. (c): The phenomenon of regeneration of permanent tissue to become meristematic is called dedifferentiation. Cork cambium, wound cambium and interfascicular vascular cambium are the examples of secondary meristems which are always produced through dedifferentiation.

9.Phellogen and phellem respectively denote
(a) cork and cork cambium
(b) cork cambium and cork
(c) secondary cortex and cork
(d) cork and secondary cortex.
Soln. (b): Cork cambium is also called phellogen. The tissue of cork cells is called as cork or phellem.

10.In which of the following pairs of parts of a flowering plant is epidermis absent?
(a) Root tip and shoot tip
(b) Shoot bud and floral bud
(c) Ovule and seed
(d) Petiole and pedicel Maim
Soln.(a)
11.How many shoot apical meristems are likely to be present in a twig of a plant possessing, 4 branches and 26 leaves?
(a) 26 (b) 1
(c) 5 (d) 30
(e) 4
Soln.(c): The shoot apical meristems are present at the tips of the stem, and its branches. They produce growth in length. As the twig possesses 4 branches, number of shoot apical meristems are likely to be 5 including one of the twig itself.

12.A piece of wood having no vessels (trachea) must be belonging to
(a) teak (b) mango
(c) pine (d) palm.
Soln.(c): Vessels are absent in gymnosperms and pteridophytes with the exceptions of a few e.g., Selaginella, Gnetnm. Presence of vessels is a characteristic feature of angiosperms. Out of the given options, teak, mango and palm are angiosperms, thus they will contain vessels.

13.A plant tissue, when stained, showed the presence of hemicellulose and pectin in cell wall of its cells. The tissue represents
(a) collenchyma (b) sclerenchyma
(c) xylem (d) meristem.
Soln.(a): Walls of collenchyma are thick, often the thickening is unevenly distributed. They contain in addition to cellulose (20%), large amounts of pectin (45%) and hemicellulose (35%) but no lignin. They are never lignified.

14.In conifers, fibres are likely to be absent in
(a) secondary phloem (b) secondary xylem
(c) primary phloem (d) leaves.
Soln. (b): Fibres occur in all those parts where mechanical strength is required i.e., leaves, petioles, cortex, xylem, phloem, etc. In conifers, they are likely to be absent in secondary xylem.

15.When we peel the skin of a potato tuber, we remove
(a) periderm (b) epidermis
(c) cuticle (d) sapwood.
Soln. (a): Periderm is a tissue of secondary origin that replaces damaged epidermis. It can be found in underground plant organs. In potato, a model for periderm studies, periderm replaces the epidermis early in tuber development and suberized phellems constitute tuber’s skin. Thus when we peel off a potato tuber we will remove periderm.

16.A vessel less piece of stem possessing prominent sieve tubes would belong to
(a) Pinus (b) Eucalyptus
(c) Grass (d) Trochodendron.
Soln. (d)

17.Which one of the following cell types always divides by anticlinal cell division?
(a) Fusiform initial cells (b) Root cap (c) Protoderm (d) Phellogen .
Soln. (c)

18.What is the fate of primary xylem in a dicot root showing extensive secondary growth?
(a) It is retained in the centre of the axis.
(b) It gets crushed.
(c) May or may not get crushed.
(d) If gets surrounded by primary phloem.
Soln. (a): The cambial ring becomes active and begins to cut off new cells, both towards the inner and outer sides. The cells cut off ‘ towards pith, mature into secondary xylem and the cells cut off towards periphery mature into secondary phloem. The primary and secondary phloems get gradually crushed due to the continued formation and accumulation of secondary xylem. The primary xylem however remains more or less intact, in or around the centre.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Product of photosynthesis is transported from the leaves to various parts of the plants and stored in some cell before being utilised. What are the cells/ tissues that store them?
Soln. The food gets stored in specialised parenchymatous cells present either in roots or stems.

2.Protoxylem is the first formed xylem. If the protoxylem lies next to phloem what kind of arrangement of xylem would you call it?
Soln. If protoxylem lies next to the phloem, this arrangement of xylem is called exarch.

3.What is,the function of phloem parenchyma?
Soln. Phloem parenchyma stores food materials and help in transport of food.

4.What is present on the surface of the leaves which helps the plant prevent loss of water but is absent in roots?
Soln. Thick waxy layer called cuticle is present on the surface of the leaves which helps the plant to prevent loss of water. It is absent in roots.

5.What is the epidermal cell modification in plants which prevents water loss?
Soln. The upper or adaxial epidermis of monocot leaves contains groups of large thin-walled protruding and turgid cells over the regions of veins, called bulliform cells. Bulliform cells bring about rolling of leaves during dry season. In case of water deficiency they lose water and become flaccid thus bringing about rolling of leaves reducing exposed surface thereby transpiration.

6.Which part of the plant would show the following:
(a) Radial vascular bundle
(b) Polyarch xylem
(c) Well developed pith
Soln. (a) Roots show radial vascular bundle.
(b) Monocot roots show polyarch xylem.
(c) Dicotyledonous stems and mono- cotyledonous roots show well developed pith.

7.What are the cells that make the leaves curl in plants during water stress?
Soln. Bulliform cells present in the upper epidermis of monocot leaves, make the leaves curl in plants during water stress.

8.What constitutes the cambial ring?
Soln. Ring of vascular cambium (cambial ring) is formed by two types of meristems, fascicular or intrafascicular and interfascicular cambium.
Intrafascicular cambium is a primary meristem which occurs as strips in vascular bundles. Interfascicular cambium is a secondary meristem which arises from the cells of medullary rays which occur at the level of intrafascicular strips. The two types of meristematic tissues get connected to form a cambial ring.

9.Give one basic functional difference between
phellogen and phelloderm.
Soln. Phellogen is a meristematic tissue whereas phelloderm is permanent tissue. Phellogen is a secondary lateral meristem that may arise from permanent living cells of cortex. The cells divide in a tangential plane cutting cells towards the inner as well as outer side which form phelloderm as well as phellem. Phelloderm cells are living and possess cellulose cell wall. In some species these cells may contain chloroplast and starch.

10.Arrange the following in the sequence you would find them in a plant starting from the periphery – phellem, phellogen, phelloderm.
Soln. Phellem or cork is outermost layer, followed by phellogen (cork cambium) which in turn is followed by phelloderm (secondary cortex).

11.If one debarks a tree, what parts of the plant is being removed?
Soln. Debark means removal of bark. In common language and economic botany all dead cells lying outside phellogen are collectively called bark [In anatomical usage, bark includes all tissues outside vascular cambium. It is then differentiated into outer bark or rhytidome (consisting of dead cells) and inner bark (or living cells, i.e. periderm and secondary phloem)]. The outer layers of the bark are constantly peeled off on account of formation of new secondary vascular tissues in the interior.

12.The cross-section of a plant material showed the following features when viewed under the microscope.
(a) The vascular bundles were radially arranged.
(b) Four xylem strands with exarch condition of protoxylem.
To which organ should it be assigned?
Soln. Cross section of dicot roots show vascular bundles arranged radially. Four xylem strands with exarch condition of protoxylem are found here.

13.Wha do hardwood and softwood stand for?
Soln. Hardwood is the nameofdicotwood. The wood contains vessels and is therefore called porous wood. The content of the tracheids is very low (less than 5%). Wood or xylem fibres are abundant. The wood is comparatively difficult to work with. Softwood is the name of gymnospermous wood. This wood is devoid of vessels therefore, also called non- porous wood. The content of tracheids can be 90-95%. Wood or xylem fibres are fewer and the wood is easy to work with.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.While eating peach or pear it is usually seen that some stone like structures get entangled in the teeth, what are these stone like structures called?
Soln. The stone like structures get entangled in the teeth while eating peach or pear. These are stone cells or sclereids. They are highly thickened dead sclerenchyma cells with very narrow cavities which provide stiffness to the parts in which they occur.

2.What is the commercial source of cork? How is it formed in the plant?
Soln. The phellem (cork) of Quercus suber (cork oak) is the source of commercial cork. In this plant first phellogen in the stem arises in the epidermis. This phellogen persists on the plant indefinitely but when the tree is about twenty years old the first formed periderm, known as virgin cork, is removed. Then a new layer of phellogen is formed deeper in the cortex which forms cork more rapidly. This cork is removed after about ten years when it is sufficiently thick to be of commercial value. Subsequent strippings are made at intervals of above ten years until the tree has attained the age of 150 years or more. Cork has thin walled cells with lumina filled with air. Its light weight, resistance to pressure, acids and other chemical, thermal insulating qualities and imperviousness to liquid make it commercially important.

3.Below is a list of plant fibres. From which part of the plant these are obtained?
(a) Coir
(b) Hemp
(c) Cotton
(d) Jute
Soln. (a) Coir is a natural fibre obtained from husk of coconut. It is the fibrous mesocarp of coconut fruit Cocos nucifem.
(b) Hemp is fibre obtained from pericycle of Cannabis sativa.
(c) Cotton (Gossypium species) is a surface fibre i.e., fibres arise from seed coat.
(d) Jute (Corchorus capsularis and Corchorus olitorius) is a bast fibre obtained from the secondary phloem.

4.What are the characteristic differences found in the vascular tissue of gymnosperms and angiosperms?
Soln. Characteristic differences found in the vascular tissues of gymnosperms and angiosperms are as follows:
(i) Xylem of angiospermic vascular bundles are composed of four different kinds of elements namely tracheids, vessels, xylem fibres and xylem parenchyma whereas xylem of gymnospermic vascular bundles ‘ are devoid of vessels.
(ii)Phloem of angiospermic vascular bundles are composed of sieve tube elements, companion cells, phloem parenchyma and phloem fibres whereas gymnospermic vascular bundles lack sieve tubes and companion cells.

5.Epidermal cells are often modified to perform specialised functions in plants. Name some of them and function they perform.
Soln.Some epidermal cells are often modified to perform specialised functions in plant. These are discussed as follows:
(I) Trichomes: They are unicellular or
multicellular outgrowths which are strictly epidermal in origin. Trichomes are of two kinds, hair and scales. Hair are elongated structures and can be unicellular or multicellular. Scales are multicellular flattened structures.
(i) Root hairs: They are unicellular tubular structures found in epiblema of root in a special area called root hair zone. Root hair are enlargement of epiblema cells. They have vacuolated protoplasm and they are ephemeral. Nucleus occurs towards the apical part of the hair. They take part in absorption of water and mineral salts. They hold soil particles and play an important role in anchoring the plants.
(ii) Aerial hairs: They are unicellular or multicellular appendages which are covered by a layer of cuticle. They enclose stationary air and protect the plant organs against sudden changes of temperature and high rate of transpiration.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-1
(iii) Stinging hairs: They are hollow hairs that contain siliceous tips and enclose poison. They protect the plant from herbivores.
(iv) Glandular hairs: Most of the glandular trichomes produce essential oils. They provide aroma to the plants.
temperature and high rate of transpiration.
(iii) Stinging hairs: They are hollow hairs that contain siliceous tips and enclose poison. They protect the plant from herbivores.
(iv) Glandular hairs: Most of the glandular trichomes produce essential oils. They provide aroma to the plants.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-2
(II) Emergences : They are multicellular epidermal outgrowths which also contain some inner tissues prickles are an example of emergences. They are sharp and stiff outgrowth. They do not have vascular supply. They protect the plant from excessive transpiration, grazing animals and in some cases they help in climbing.

6.The lawn grass (Cynodon dactylon) needs to be mowed frequently to prevent its overgrowth. Which tissue is responsible for its rapid growth?
Soln. Lawn grass is a runner (stem . modification) of the Family Poaceae. It grows beautifully on the surface of the soil, thus covering entire soil surface, so it is grown for landscaping in gardens.
Meristematic tissues are responsible for rapid growth of these lawn grasses (Cynodon dactylon). The presence of apical bud in these grasses does not allow the nearby lateral buds to grow. This phenomenon is known 4s apical dominance. Therefore lawn grass needs to be moved frequently to prevent its overgrowth. When the apex of grass is cut frequently, it leads to the growth of lateral branches, that makes it more bushy.

7.Plants require waterfortheir survival. But when watered excessively, plants die. Discuss.
Soln. Plants require water in the process of synthesis of carbohydrates (photosynthesis) illustrated by the following equation :
6C02 + 12HzO C6H,206 + 6HzO+ 602 Hence, water is necessary for their survival. Plants die when watered in excess, because excess water replaces and removes the air trapped between the soil particles.
So, plant roots do not get 02 for respiration. Once, root cells die, water and mineral absorption is stopped and this leads to gradual death of the plant.

8.A transverse section of the trunk of a tree shows concentric rings which are known as growth rings. How are these rings formed? What is the significance of these rings?
Soln. Growth ring is laid down in a single season in a stem or root. It consists of two types of wood, spring wood and autumn wood. In spring, the activity of cambium is more and hence the wood elements are larger in size with wide lumen. It is called spring wood. The activity of cambium is less during winter or autumn and the wood elements are smaller in size with narrow lumen. It is called autumn wood. Spring wood and autumn wood of a year constitute annual ring or growth ring. The age of tree can be determined by counting annual rings in oldest or basal portion of tree trunk. Calculation of age of the tree by counting annual rings is called dendroch¬ronology.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-3

9.Trunks of some of the aged tree species appear to be composed of several fused trunks. Is it a physiological or anatomical abnormality? Explain in detail.
Soln. Trunks of some of the aged tree species appear to be composed of several fused trunks. It is an example of anatomical abnormality due to anomalous secondary growth which occurs due to normal activity of an abnormally positioned cambium. Some
stems after secondary growth develop lobed outline and appear as formed by fusion of many stems, e.g., in Serjania, in the beginning a normal ring of vascular bundles is there, but after some time, some of adjacent bundles becoipe joined by cambium and they cut secondary xylem and secondary phloem in normal manner. At later stage, segments of cambium arise outside these fused vascular bundles and produce secondary xylem and secondary phloem.A periderm may be formed around each circle. Thus, a section of old stem shows concentric rings of xylem and phloem and vascular bundles are within.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-4

10.What is the difference between lenticels and stomata?
Soln.Differences between lenticels and stomata are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-5

11.Write the precise function of
(a) Sieve tube
(b) Interfascicular cambium
(c) Collenchyma
(d) Aerenchyma
Soln.(a) Sieve tubes are elongated tubular conducting channels of phloem which take part in translocation of organic food.
(b) Interfascicular cambium is a secondary meristem which takes part in formation of complete ring of vascular cambium by joining with intrafasicular cambial strips,
(c) Collenchyma is simple permanent tissue. It provides mechanical support to the growing parts of the plant such as young stem and petiole of a leaf. The cells of collenchyma assimilate food when they contain chloroplast.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-6
(d) Aerenchyma is parenchymatous tissue storing air in its intercellular spaces. It helps hydrophytes in aeration and buoyancy.

12.The stomatal pore is guarded by two kidney shaped guard cells. Name the epidermal cells surrounding the guard cells. How does a guard cell differ from an epidermal cell? Use a diagram to illustrate your answer.
Soln. The epidermal cells surrounding the guard cells of stomata are called subsidiary cells.
Differences between guard cells and epidermal cells are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-7
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-8
Following are labelled diagrams of stomata with bean-shaped and dumb-bell shaped guard cells, also showing the surrounding epidermal cells.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-9

13.Point out the differences in the anatomy of, leaf of peepal (Ficus religiosa) and maize (Zea mays).. Draw the diagrams and label the differences.
Soln. Differences between Peepal (Dicot) and maize (Monocot) leaves are as follows :
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-10
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-11
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-12

14.Palm is a monocotyledonous plant, yet it
increases in girth. Why and how?
Soln. Increase in diameter of the stem inpalm is accomplished by primary thickening meristem. This meristem originates below
the region of attachment of the young leaf primordia by periclinal divisions of the cells.In longitudinal section, it appears in the formof a flat or concave zone of several layersof rectangular cells oriented parallel to thesurface of the stem. At first the young stem , increases mainly in width by the activity of theprimary thickening meristem but in later stagesit is also responsible for the increase in height of the young stem. In some palms expansion of the ground tissue continues in the older part of the stem where parenchyma cells undergo division and cell expansion and the intercellular spaces, also increase in size. This type of growth is called diffused secondary growth.

Long Answer Type Questions
1.The arrangement of ovules within the ovary is known as placentation. What does the term placenta refer to? Draw various types of placentations in the flower as seen in T.S. and V.S.
Soln. Placenta is a parenchy-matous cushion present inside the ovary where ovules are borne. The arrangement of ovules within the ovary is known as placentation. It is of following types:
(i) Marginal : Here the gynoecium is monocarpellary and unilocular (one chambered). The placentae bearing the ovules in a row develop along the junction of the two margins of the folded carpels, inner to the ovary wall. This type of placentation is found in most of the members of the Family Leguminosae.
(ii) Parietal : Here the ovary is compound formed by the fusion of two or more carpels with their adjacent margins. Carpels are united to form only one chamber. Placentae are seen on the inner surface of the ovary, at the junctions of the carpels. Sometimes the unilocular ovary is found to be divided by the development of a false septum called as replum, e.g,. mustard, and other members of Cruciferae.
(iii) Axile : Here the gynoecium is poly- carpellary syncarpous. The ovary is many chambered and the number of chambers correspond to the number of carpels The walls of the carpels in the centre of the ovary are united to form an axis, which bears the placentae. Therefore, it is called as axile placentation e.g., Petunia (bilocular), Asphodelus (trilocular), China rose (pentalocular).
(iv) Free central : This is similar to axile placentation, except that the ovary is one , chambered. The partition walls are found in the early stage of the ovary forming chambers, which disintegrate later on, the ovary becomes unilocular. Only one swollen placenta bearing a number of ovules borne at the centre of the ovary, which is quite separate from the ovary wall, e.g., Dianthus, Primula.
(v) Basal – The ovary is unilocular and the placenta bearing a single ovule develop at the base of the ovary e.g., sunflower (Helianthus annuus).
(vi) Superficial : Here the gynoecium is
polycarpellary syncarpous and multilocular as in axile placentation. But here the placenta develop all round the inner surface of the partition walls and a large number of ovules are borne on the placenta without any specific order. Superficial placentation is found in both monocarpellary (e.g., Butomus) and syncarpous (e.g., Nymphaea) pistils.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-13
2.Deciduous plants shed their leaves during hot summer or in autumn. This process of shedding of leaves is called abscission. Apart from physiological changes what anatomical mechanism is involved in the abscission of leaves.
Soln. Separation of leaves, bracts, flowers, floral parts and fruits from the plant without causing any injury is called abscission. Abscission layer is made up of two layers of cambium like cells. Cells of these layers are smaller and contain more of protoplasm and starch. Tyloses develop in the xylem of vascular tissue. In cambium like cells of abscission layer, the middle lamella swells up anpl becomes mucilaginous. Later on in response to any of several environmental changes (such as lowering temperatures, decreasing day lengths or light intensities, lack of adequate water and poor availability of nutrients from the soil, etc.) the pectins in the middle lamella of the cells of abscission are broken down by enzymes due to which the cell separate apart. The leaf is now attached to the stem only with the help of vascular tissue, which separates from the stem by wind and rain and leaf falls down from the plant.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-14

3. Is Pinus an evergreen tree? Comment.
Soln. Evergreen plants are those which have leaves persistent in all the four seasons. In contrast to deciduous plants which completely lose their foliage during winter or dry season. Pinus which belongs to gymnosperms is an evergreen tree. The flowering plants under conditions of extreme cold shed their leaves and become dormant. But, Pinus is well adapted to such conditions such as leaves of Pinus have thick cuticle, sunken stomata and needle like shape which helps in conserving water and reduce transpiration in dry conditions associated with cold habitat.So, it continues to manufacture food during this period and grow. This shows that Pinus is an evergreen tree. It does not shed its leaves, (i.e., needles) under any condition.

4. Assume that a pencil box held in your hand, represents a plant cell. In how many possible planes can it be cut? Indicate these cuts with the help of line drawings.
Soln. (A) If a pencil box (plant cell) is cut in different planes it will result in radial symmetry.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-15
(B) If a pencil box (plant cell) is cut in two equal halves it w’ill result in bilateral symmetry.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-16

5.Each of the following terms has some anatomical significance. What do these terms mean? Explain with the help of line diagrams.
(a) Plasmadesmoses/ Plasmodesmata
(b) Middle lamella
(c) Secondary wall
Soln. (a) Plasmodesmata: Plasmodesmata are cytoplasmic bridges between adjacent plant cells which develop in the minute pores of their walls. They form a protoplasmic continuum called symplast. Plasmodesmata is lined by plasma membrane and encloses tubular extension of endoplasmic reticulum called desmotubules. The space between desmotubules and plasma membrane contains 8-10 microchannels. Plasmodesmata form channels for controlled passage of small sized particles between adjacent cells as well as transfer of some specific signals.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-17
(b) Middle lamella: Middle lamella is a thin, amorphous and cementing layer between two adjacent cells. It is first layer which is deposited at the time of cytokinesis. It is made up of pectates of calcium and. magnesium. Middle lamella is absent on the outer side of surface cells. The ripened fruits become softened due to partial dissolution of pectic compounds of middle lamella.
(c) Secondary cell wall: Secondary cell wall is produced in some mature cells when the latter have stopped growth, e.g., tracheids, vessel elements, fibres, collenchyma. Secondary wall is laid inner to the primary wall by deposition of materials over the surface of secondary structures. It is 3-10 pm thick and made up of at least three layers and sometimes more. They are named S1( S2, S3, Sx, etc. The composition of secondary wall is basically similar to the primary wall in having cellulose microfibrils embedded in a matrix of pectin and hemicellulose. Cellulose content is usually high in secondary cell wall in comparison to primary cell wall while hemicellulose content is comparatively low (upto 25%) rather than primary cell wall (upto 50%).
A number of different materials can be deposited in secondary cell wall matrix are lignin, suberin, cutin, silica, minerals, waxes, tannins, resins, etc.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-18

6.Distinguish between the following:
(a) Exarch and endarch condition of protoxylem
(b) Stele and vascular bundle
(c) Protoxylem and metaxylem
(d) Interfasicular cambium and intrafasicular cambium
(e) Open and closed vascular bundles
(f) Stem hair and root hair
Soln.(a) Differences between exarch and endarch xylem are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-19
(b) Differences between stele and vascular bundle are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-20
(c) Differences between protoxylem and metaxylem are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-21
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-22
(d) Differences between intrafascicular cambium and interfascicular cambium are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-23
(e) Differences between open and closed vascular bundles are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants-24
(f) Differences between stem hair and root hair are as follows:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-anatomy-of-flowering-plants25

The post NCRT Exemplar class 11 Biology Solutions Anatomy of Flowering Plants appeared first on Learn CBSE.


NCERT Exemplar problems for Class 10 Science Chapter 2 Acids, Bases And Salts

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar problems for Class 10 Science Chapter 2 Acids, Bases And Salts

Short Answer Type Questions

1.Match the acids given in Column (A) with their correct source given in Column (B).
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-1
Ans.(a) —> (iv) (b) —> (iii) (c) —> (ii) (d) —> (i)
Lactic acid is present in curd, acetic acid is present in vinegar, citric acid is present in lemon and oxalic acid is present in tomato.

2.What will be the action of the following substances on litmus paper?
Dry.HCl gas, Moistened NH3 gas, Lemon juice, Carbonated soft drink, Curd, Soap solution.
Ans.Dry HC1 gas will not have any effect on litmus paper. Moistened NH3 gas will turn red litmus blue. Curd, lemon juice, carbonated soft drink will turn blue litmus red. Soap solution will turn red litmus blue.

3.Name the acid present in ant sting and give its chemical formula. Also give the common method to get relief from the discomfort caused by the ant sting.
Ans. Ant sting contains methanoic acid (formic acid). Its chemical formula is HCOOH. The common method to get relief is to apply paste of \(NaCO_{ 3 }\) (baking soda) on it.

4.What happens when nitric acid is added to egg-shell?
Ans. Egg-shell is made up of calcium carbonate which will react with HNO3 to form \(C_{ 2 }\)(g) \(and H_{ 2 }\)(l) along with calcium nitrate.
\(Ca{ CO }_{ 3 }+2HNO_{ 3 }\longrightarrow Ca(NO_{ 3 })_{ 2 }+CO_{ 2 }+{ H }_{ 2 }O\)

5.A student prepared solutions of (i) an acid and (ii) a base in two separate
beakers. She forgot to label the solutions and litmus paper is not available in the laboratory. Since, both the solutions are colourless, how will she distinguish between the two?
Ans.Add phenolphthalein to a portion of each solution in separate test tube. If it turns pink, the beaker contains base whereas if it remains colourless, it is an acid.
If phenolphthalein is not available, pH paper can be used. Acid will turn pH paper red, base will turn pH paper blue.

6.How would you distinguish between baking powder and washing soda by heating?
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-2

7.Salt A commonly used in bakery products on heating gets converted into another salt B which itself is used for removal of hardness of water and a gas C is evolved. The gas C when passed through lime water, turns it milky. Identify A, B and C.
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-3

8.In one of the industrial processes used for manufacture of sodium hydroxide, a gas X is formed as by-product. The gas X reacts with lime water to give a compound Y which is used as a bleaching agent in chemical industry. Identify X and Y giving the chemical equation of the reactions involved.
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-4

9.What are strong and weak acids? In the following list of acids, separate strong acids from weak acids.
Hydrochloric acid, citric acid, acetic acid, nitric acid, formic acid, sulphuric acid.
Ans. Strong acids are those acids which are completely ionised in aqueous solution. Weak acids are those which do not ionise completely in aqueous solution. Strong adds: HC1,\(HNO_{ 3 }\) , \(H_{ 2 }SO_{ 4 }\) Weak acids: Citric acid, acetic acid, formic acid

1O.A metal carbonate X on reacting with an acid gives a gas which when passed through a solution Y gives the carbonate back. On the other hand, a gas G that is obtained at anode during electrolysis of brine is passed on dry Y, it gives a compound Z, used for disinfecting drinking water. Identify X, Y, G and Z.
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-5
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-6

11.A dry pellet of a common base B, when kept in open absorbs moisture and turns sticky. The compound is also a by-product of chlor-alkali process. Identify B. What type of reaction occurs when B is treated with an acidic oxide? Write a balanced chemical equation for one such solution.
Ans.‘B’ is NaOH. It absorbs moisture from atmosphere because it is hygroscopic in nature. It is obtained by product of chlor-alkali process.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-7
‘B’ reacts with acidic oxide \(CO_{ 2 }\) to form salt and water. This reaction is called neutralisation reaction.

12.A sulphate salt of Group 2 element of the Periodic Table is a white, soft substance, which can be moulded into different shapes by making its dough. When this compound is left in open for sometime, it becomes a solid mass and cannot be used for moulding purposes. Identify the sulphate salt. Why does it show such a behaviour? Give the reaction involved.
Ans. Salt is CaS04 \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) H20, Plaster of Paris, white soft substance. It can be dough,
moulded into different shapes, as 2 moles of CaS04 share 1 mole of HgO molecule.
\(Ca{ SO }_{ 4 }\frac { 1 }{ 2 } { H }_{ 2 }O+\frac { 3 }{ 2 } { H }_{ 2 }O\longrightarrow Ca{ SO }_{ 4 }{ 2H }_{ 2 }O\)
When it is left in open, it becomes solid mass CaS042H20 (Gypsum) which cannot be used for moulding purposes as it is hard solid mass.

13.Identify the compound X on the basis of the reactions given below. Also, write the name and chemical formulae of A, B and C.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-8
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-9

14.Match the important chemicals given in Column (A) with the chemical formulae given in Column (B).
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-10
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-11

15.Fill in the missing data in the following data.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-20
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-21
Ans.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-14

16.When Zinc metal is treated with dilute solution of strong acid, a gas is involved which is utilized in hydrogenation of oil. Name the gas involved. Write the chemical equation for the reaction involved and also write a test to detect the gas formed.
Hydrogen gas is liberated
Ans.
\(Zn(s)+H_{ 2 }SO_{ 4 }(dil.)\longrightarrow ZnSO_{ 4 }(aq)+H_{ 2 }(g)\)
Test: Bring a burning splinter near the gas. The gas will burn with ‘Pop’ sound which shows gas is H2.

17.In the following schematic diagram for the preparation of hydrogen gas as shown in the given figure, what would happen if following changes are made ?
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-15
(а)In place of zinc granules, same amount of zinc dust is taken in the test tube.
(b)Instead of dilute sulphuric acid, dilute hydrochloric acid is taken.
(c)In place of zinc, copper turnings are taken.
(d)Sodium hydroxide is taken in place of dilute sulphuric acid and the tube
is heated.
Ans.(a)The reaction will become faster because zinc dust has more surface area.
(b)Nearly same amount of hydrogen gas will be evolved.
(c)No reaction will take place as copper is less reactive than hydrogen.
(d)The reaction will take place and hydrogen gas will be evolved.
ncert-exemplar-problems-for-class-10-science-chapter-2-acids-bases-and-salts-16

18.For making cake, baking powder is taken. If at home your mother uses baking soda instead of baking powder in cake.
(a)How will it affect the taste of the cake and why?
(b)How can baking soda be converted into baking powder?
(c)What is role of tartaric acid added to baking soda?
Ans.(a)The cake will taste bitter due to formation of sodium carbonate.
(b)Tartaric acid should be added to baking soda to convert it into baking powder.
(c)Tartaric acid neutralizes sodium carbonate formed and will not make the taste bitter.

 

The post NCERT Exemplar problems for Class 10 Science Chapter 2 Acids, Bases And Salts appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCRT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Structural Organisation in Animals

$
0
0

NCRT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Structural Organisation in Animals

Multiple Choke Questions
1.Which one of the following types of cell is involved in making of the inner walls of large blood vessels?
(a) Cuboidal epithelium
(b) Columnar epithelium
(c) Squamous epithelium
(d) Stratified epithelium
S0ln.(c): Simple squamous epithelium lines the inner walls of blood vessels. It is
composed of large flat cells which rest on a thin basement membrane.

2.To which one of the.following categories does adipose tissue belong?
(a) Epithelial
(b) Connective
(c) Muscular
(d) Neural
Soln.: Adipose tissue is a fat-storing loose connective tissue found subcutaneously, around the heart, kidney, eyeballs, mesenteries,etc. It is also found in blubber of whales and humps of camels. Subcutaneous fat prevents loss of heat from the body.

3.Which of the following is not a connective tissue?
(a) Bone (b) Cartilage
(c) Blood (d) Muscles
Soln.(d) : Muscular tissue consists of muscle fibres, it is not a connective tissue. Bone and cartilage are specialised connective tissue and blood is fluid connective tissue.

4.The ditellum is a distinct part in the body of earthworm, it is found in
(a) Segments 13-14-15
(b) Segments 14-15-16
(c) Segements 12-13-14
(d) Segments 15-16-17
Soln.(b) The ditellum, a prominent circular band of glandular nature, is found from the 14t]l to 16th segments. The ditellum secretes mucus and albumen. Its secretion helps in the formation of cocoon, which is used for fertilisation of the eggs.

5.Setae help in locomotion in earthworm but are not uniformly present in all the segments. Select among the following that represents setae.
(a) 1segment
(b) Last segment
(c) Clitellar segment
(d) 20th – 22nd segment
Soln.(d): In each body segment of earthworm, except the first, last and ditellum (segments 14-16), there are rows of setae, embedded in the epidermal pits in the middle of each segment. Setae helps in locomotion.

6.Which one of the following statements is true for cockroach?
(a) The number of ovarioles in each ovary are ten.
(b) The larval stage is called caterpillar.
(c) Anal styles are absent in females.
(d) They are ureotelic.
Soln.(c): Anal styles are paired, thin, unjointed outgrowths, projecting backwardly from the sides of 9th sternum of the male cockroach only. They are absent in females.
Each ovary contains eight ovarioles. The juvenile stage of cockroach is called nymph. Cockroach is uricotelic.

7.Match the following and choose the correct option.
A.Adipose tissue                                      (i) Nose
B.Stratified epithelium                        (ii) Blood
C.Hyaline cartilage                               (iii) Skin
D.Fluid connective tissue (iv) Fat storage
(a) A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(iv)
(b) A-(iv), B-(iii), C-(i), D-(ii)
(c) A-(iii), B-(i), C-(iv), D-(ii)
(d) A-(ii), B-(i), C-(iv), D-(iii)
Soln.(b)

8.Match the following and choose the correct answer.
A. Hermaphrodite     (i)  Produces blood cells
                                                 and haemoglobin
B. Direct develop-      (ii) Testis and ovary in
                                                 ment the same animal
C. Chemoreceptor    (iii) Larval form absent
D. Blood gland in      (iv) Sense of chemical
earthworm substances
(a) A-(ii), B-(iii), C-(iv), D-(i)
(b) A-(iii), B-(ii), C-(iv), D-(i)
(c) A-(i), B-(iii), C-(ii), D-(iv)
(d) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(iii), D-(i)
Soln. (a)

9.Match the following with reference to cockroach and choose the correct option.
A. Phallomere          (i)  Chain of developing
                                              ova
B. Gonopore              (ii) Bundles of sperm
C. Spermatophore (iii) Opening of the
                                               ejaculatory duct
D. Ovarioles              (iv) The external
                                               genitalia
(a) A-(iii), B-(iv), C-(ii), D-(i)
(b) A-(iv), B-(iii), C-(ii), D-(i)
(c) A-(iv), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(i)
(d) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(iii), D-(i)
Soln.(b)

10 .Match the following and choose the correct answer.
A. Touch                              (i) Nasal epithelium
B. Smell                               (ii) Foramen magnum
C. Cranial nerves             (iii) Sensory papillae
D. Medulla oblongata     (iv) Peripheral
                                                        nervous system
(a) A-(iii), B-(i), C-(ii), D-(iv)
(b) A-(ii), B-(i), C-(iv), D-(iii)
(c) A-(iii), B-(iv), C-(ii), D-(i)
(d) A-{iii), B-(i), C-(iv), D-(ii)
Soln.(d)

Short Answer Type Questions
1.State the number of segments in earthworm which are covered by a prominent dark band or clitellum.
Soln. 3 clitellar segments : 14,15 and 16

2.Where are sderites present in cockroach?
Soln. In each segment of cockroach body, i.e., head, thorax and abdomen, exoskeleton has hardened plates called sclerites, that are joined to each other by thin and flexible arthrodial membrane.

3.How many times do nymphs moult to reach the adult form of cockroach?
Soln. Nymphs moult 13 times to reach the adult form.

4.Identify the sex of a frog in which sound producing vocal sacs are present.
Soln. Male frog

5.Name the process by which a tadpole develops into an adult frog.
Soln. Metamorphosis

6.What is the scientific term given to earthworm’s body segments?
Soln. Metameres

7.A muscle fibre tapers at both ends and does not show striations. Name the muscle fibre.
Soln. Smooth muscle fibre

8.Name the different cell junctions found in tissues.
Soln. Tight junctions, adhering junctions and gap junctions.

9.Give two identifying features of an adult male frog.
Soln. Male frogs can be distinguished by the presence of sound producing vocal sacs and
copulatory pad on the first digit of forelimb, which are absent in female frogs.

10. Which mouth part of cockroach is comparable to our tongue?
Soln. Hypopharynx

11 .The digestive system of frog is made of the following parts. Arrange them in an order beginning from mouth.
Soln.Mouth, oesophagus, buccal cavity, stomach, intestine, cloaca, rectum, cloacal aperture. Maflft Mouth —» buccal cavity —> oesophagus —> stomach —> intestine —»rectum —> cloaca —> cloacal aperture.

12.What is the difference between cutaneous and pulmonary respiration?
Soln. Cutaneous respiration is exchange of gases through skin, it occurs in water, while pulmonary respiration involves lungs and occurs on land.

13.Special venous connection between liver and intestine and between kidney and intestine is found in frog, what are they called?
Soln. Hepatic portal system and renal portal system respectively.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Give the location of hepatic caecae in a cockroach. What is their function?
Soln.Hepatic caecae are arise from the anterior end of midgut. They are present at junction of midgut and gizzard and are 6-8 in number. They are lined by the glandular cells which secrete digestive secretion containing amylolytic, proteolytic and lipolytic types of enzymes, which help in the digestion of carbohydrates, proteins and fats.

2.Frogs are beneficial for mankind, justify the statement.
Soln.Frogs are beneficial for mankind as they help in maintaining ecosystem, because they are involved in food chain. Frogs eat up insects which are harmful for crops and thus help in protecting the crop damage and saves expenditure on insecticides. In some parts of India and other countries, muscles of the legs of frog are used as food. Moreover, they are also used as an experimental material for teaching and research.

3.The body of sponges does not possess tissue level of organisation though it is made of thousands of cells. Comment.
Soln. Sponges show cellular level of body organisation, i.e., body consists of large number of cells but cells are loosely arranged and are not organised to form specific tissues specialised for particular function.

4.Structural organisation in animals attains different levels as cell – organ – organ system. What is missing in this chain? Mention the significance of such an organisation.
Soln. Tissue level of organisation is missing in this chain. Cell -tissue-organ-organ system. Such an organisation split up the work in a way that exhibits division of labour and contribute to the survival of the body as a whole.

5.Stratified epithelial cells have limited role in secretion. Justify their role in our skin.
Soln. Stratified epithelium (compound epithelium) has limited role in secretion and absorption because it is made up of multiple layers of cells. Stratified epithelium provides protection against chemical and mechanical stresses. E.g., keratinised stratified epithelium forms epidermis of skin of land vertebrates, it is impermeable to water and forms protective covering against abrasions.

6.How does a gap junction facilitate intercellular communication?
Soln. Gap junctions are meant for chemical exchange between adjacent cells. They facilitate the cells to communicate with each other by connecting the cytoplasm of neighbouring cells for rapid transfer of ions, small molecules and sometimes big molecules.

7.Why are blood, bone and cartilage called connective tissue?
Soln.Connective tissue connects different tissues or organs and provides support to various structures of animal body. Blood, bone and cartilage are specialised connective tissue. Blood is a fluid connective tissue and transports various materials from one part of the body to the other and thereby forming link between different body parts. Bone and cartilage forms endoskeleton of vertebrates and they support the body, protect various organs and help in locomotion.

8.Why are neurons called excitable cells? Mention special features of the membrane of the neuron?
Soln. Neurons are called excitable cellsbecause they have the ability to initiate nerve impulse in response to stimuli and transmits impulses in form of electrical and chemical signals. Neuronal membrane serve as barrier between cytoplasm of neuron and surrounding external medium. It helps to establish electrical potential as ion channels of membrane are selectively permeable to different ions. It also helps in impulse conduction and is sensitive to neurotransmitter and modulator.

9.Why earthworm is called the friend of farmer?
Soln. Earthworm is called the friend of farmer because it helps in making the soil loose and porous by burrowing, which in turn causes aeration and absorption of water by soil and thus, helps in respiration and penetration of the developing plant roots. Earthworms are also used in vermicomposting as worm castings are used as manure and increases soil fertility. Nitrogenous wastes of earthworms are used as plant food and they help in creating optimum conditions for plant growth by reducing acidity and alkalinity of soil.

10.How do you distinguish between dorsal andventral surface of the body of earthworm.
Soln. The dorsal surface of the body of earthworm is marked by a dark mid dorsal line (dorsal blood vessel) along the longitudinal axis of the body and dorsal pores on the mid dorsal line. The ventral surface is distinguished by the presence of genital pores, genital papillae.

11.Correct the wrong statements among the
following:
(a) In earthworm, a single male genital pore is present.
(b) Setae help in locomotion of earthworm.
(c) Muscular layer in the body wall of earth-worm is made up of only circular muscles.
(d) Typhlosole is the part of intestine of earthworm.
Soln. (a) In earthworm, a pair of male genital pores are present in segment 18.
(c) Muscular layer in the body wall of earthworm is made up of outer layer of circular muscles and inner layer of longitudinal muscles.

12.Why nephridia in earthworm that are basically similar in structure is classified into three types? Mention the names of each.
Soln. In earthworm nephridia perform the function of excretion and osmoregulation. Though nephridia are basically similar in structure, yet they are classified into three types according to their location:
(i) Septal nephridia: They are present from
fifteenth segment to last, there are 80 to 100 septal nephridia in each segment. The septal nephridia discharge their excretory matter into the lumen of the alimentary canal/enteron, thus, they are called enteronephric nephridia. ••••
(ii)
Pharyngeal nephridia: They occur in three pair of bunches in the 4th, 5th, and 6th segments. The ducts of the nephridia of the sixth segment open into the buccal cavity while the ducts from the nephridial bunches of the fourth and fifth segments open into the pharynx. These ducts carry excretory matter into the gut. Thus, are also known as enteronephric nephridia,
(iii)
Integumentary nephridia are found scattered in the body wall (integument)
in each segment except the first two segments. In each segment they number from 200 to 250 except in the fourteenth, fifteenth and sixteenth segments (clitellar region) where their number is about ten times more than that in the other segments. Thus, clitellar segments are often called as the “forest of nephridia”. These nephridia discharge their contents directly to the outside hence they are called ectonephric (= exonephric) nephridia.

13. Common name of some animats are given in Column A, write their scientific name in Column B.
Column A Column B
(a) Tiger________
(b) Peacock________
(c) Housefly________
Soln.(a) Tiger – Panthera tigris
(b) Peacock – Pavo cristatus
(c) Housefly – Musca domestica

14. Complete the following statement:
(a) In cockroach grinding of food particle is
performed by ___________________
(b) Malpighian tubules help in removal of___________________
(c) Hind gut of cockroach is differentiated into___________________
(d) In cockroach blood vessels open into___________________
spaces called
Soln. (a) gizzard.
(b) metabolic wastes like potassium and sodium urate, water and carbon dioxide from blood.
(c) ileum, colon, rectum and anus.
(d) haemocoel.

15. Mention special features of eye in cockroach.
Soln.Cockroach has a pair of compound eyes situated on the dorsal surface of the head. Each eye consists of about 2000 hexagonal ommatidia, with the help of which a cockroach can receive several images of an object. This kind of vision is known as mosaic vision. Each ommatidium sees only small part of object, therefore, image formed by an eye as a whole consists of several pieces which are put together to make up whole picture received by the eye.

16. Frog is a poikilotherm, exhibits camouflage and undergoes aestivation and hibernation, how are all these beneficial to it?
Soln. Frog is a poikilotherm (cold blooded), i.e., it cannot maintain constant body temperature and it varies with change in environmental temperature. Being cold blooded, frog cannot withstand very cold weather and extreme high temperature and thus burries itself deep in mud during winters and summers, known as hibernation (winter-sleep) and aestivation (summer sleep) respectively. These periods are of little activities and energy required is obtained from fat bodies, or stored glycogen in liver, which have been stored earlier. Camouflage is the ability to change body colour with change in its surroundings and climatic conditions. It helps the animal to escape from predators or to attack its prey.

17.Write the functions in brief in Column B, appropriate to the structures given in Column A.
Column A Column B
(a) Nictitating membrane (i)________
(b) Tympanum                     (ii)________
(c) Copulatory pad            (iii)________
Soln.
Column A                                           Column B
(a) Nictitating membrane               i.Protect the eyes
while the frog is
in water
(b) Tympanum                                ii.Receives sound
signals
(c) Copulatory pad                        iii. Helps the male in
grasping the female
during amplexus.

18. Write the appropriate type of tissues in Column B according to the functions mentioned in Column A.
Column A Column B
(a) Secretion and                             i.________
absorption
(b) Protective covering                 ii.________
(c) Linking and                               iii.________
supporting framework
Soln.
Column A                                                       Column B
(a) Secretion and                                        i. Simple epithelium
absorption
(b) Protective                                             ii. Compound (Stratified) epithelium
covering
(c)Linking and                                          iii. Connective tissue
supporting framework.

19. Using appropriate examples, differentiatebetween false and true body segmentation.
Soln. Segmentation is differentiation of body into distinct segments. In true segmentation or metameric segmentation, body is divided both externally and internally into number of segments (metameres). E.g., Earthworm. In false segmentation or pseudometamerism, body is divided only externally but not internally. In this type of body segmentation, segments are not of embryonic origin. E.g., Tapeworms.

20.What is special about tissue present in the heart?
Soln.Heart contain cardiac muscle tissue. Cardiac muscle fibres are cylindrical, branched, uninucleated (nucleus present near the centre). Fibres have transverse light and dark bands, alternating with each other. Cardiac muscle fibres also have intercalated discs between two adjacent fibres, to transmit wave of contraction from one cardiac fibre to another. Heart muscle is involuntary and never get fatigued.

Long Answer Type Questions
1.Classify and describe epithelial tissue on the basis of structural modifications of cells.
Soln.Refer answer 11, NCERT section.

2.Write down the common features of the connective tissue. On the basis of structure and function, differentiate between bones and cartilages.
Soln. Common features of connective tissue are :
(i) Connective tissue is the most abundant and widely distributed tissue of the body. It connects tissues organs and also provides support to various body parts.
(ii) Connective tissue is developed from the embryonic mesoderm.
(iii) Three components are majority present in the connective tissue: matrix, cells and fibres.
(iv) The extracellular matrix has nearly amorphous ground substance made of glycoproteins with associated muco-polysaccharides. This ground substance may be liquid, gel or solid.
(v) The tissue has good amount of regenerative ability.
Differences between bone and cartilage are:
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-structural-organisation-in-animals-1
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-structural-organisation-in-animals-2
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-structural-organisation-in-animals-3

3.Comment upon the gametic exchange in earthworm during mating.
Soln. Earthworm is hermaphrodite i.e., both testes and ovaries are present in the same individual. But self-fertilisation does not occur as the testes and ovaries do not mature at the same time. Thus, cross-fertilisation takes place. Two worms attach themselves with their ventral surfaces and become opposed to each other in opposite direction. During copulation male genital papilla of one earthworm is inserted into the spermathecal pore of the other earthworm to transfer the sperms and prostatic fluid. After copulation two earthworms separate. Now the glandular cells of the clitellum secrete a fluid that forms a girdle around the clitellum. The girdle is filled with mature ova released through female genital pore. The worm wriggles backwards. When the girdle passes over the spermathecal pores it receives the sperms stored in the spermathecae and albuminous secretion of the epidermal gland cells of skin. Ultimately, the worm wriggles out completely and the girdle is, therefore, left free in moist soil. Now this structure is called cocoon. Fertilisation and development occur inside the cocoon and on an average four baby worms are produced in one cocoon.

4.Explain the digestive system of cockroach with the help of a labelled sketch.
Soln.The cockroach has well developed digestive system consisting of alimentary canal and associated digestive glands. Alimentary canal is divided into three regions: foregut, midgut and hindgut. Foregut consists of mouth, pharynx, oesophagus, crop and gizzard. Mouth, a narrow opening opens into a short tube-like structure called pharynx which further leads into tubular passage called oesophagus. Oesophagus opens into a pear-shaped structure called crop which is used for storing the food. The crop leads into gizzard which has an outer of layer strong circular muscles and inner cuticle forming six teeth which help in grinding the food particles. Foregut is followed by midgut where digestion and absorption of food takes place. At junction of midgut and gizzard six to eight finger-like structures called hepatic caecae are present and 100-150 yellow fine thread-like structures called Malpighian tubules are present at junction of midgut and 5. hindgut.
The hindgut is differentiated into ileum, colon, rectum and anus.
Digestive glands include the following:
(i) There are paired salivary glands, one on each side of oesophagus and crop. They secrete saliva which contains enzymes amylase, chitinase and cellulase.
(ii) Hepatic caecae lined by glandular cells secrete digestive secretions containing amylolytic, lipolytic and proteolytic enzymes.
(iii) Midgut lining-glandular epithelial cells lining midgut secrete digestive secretion containing proteoloytic, amylolytic and lipolytic enzymes.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-structural-organisation-in-animals-4

5.Draw a neat and well labelled diagram of male reproductive system of a frog.
Soln.
ncrt-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-structural-organisation-in-animals5

The post NCRT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Structural Organisation in Animals appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship: Concept and Functions

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Chapter 1 Entrepreneurship: Concept and Functions

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED

1.Answer each of these questions in about 15 words:
(i)What is an Enterprise?
(ii)Who is an Entrepreneur?
(iii)Who plays the role of an entrepreneur in a socialist country?
Ans.(i)An enterprise is the business organization that is formed by an individual and group of individuals, which brings all required resources together for the production of goods and services.
(ii)An entrepreneur is an innovator, generator of job and wealth, risk taker, an excellence seeker, goal oriented, appreciates quality of persistence, has creativity, sets up an organization to build something of value.
(or)
Joseph. A. Scumpeter defines an entrepreneur as a person who innovates, raises money, assembles inputs, chooses managers and sets the organization going with his ability to identify opportunities which others are not able to identify and is able to make use of them.
(or)
Entrepreneur is an individual who undertakes the formation of an organization for the commercial purpose by recognizing the potential demand for the goods and services and act as an agent to transform the demand into supply.
(or)
The entrepreneur is anyone who has the capacity and willingness to undertake conception, organization, and management of a productive venture with all attendant risks, while seeking profit as a reward.
(iii)The State (Government) plays the role of an entrepreneur in a socialist country.

2.Answer each of these questions in about 50 words:
(i)Explain any two advantages of being an Entrepreneur.
(ii)Explain any two disadvantages of being an Entrepreneur.
(iii)Differentiate between entrepreneur and entrepreneurship.
Ans.(i)Following are the two main advantages of being an entrepreneur:
Excitement: Due to its high capacity for risk, there is a lot of adventure for example, Steve Jobs left his position in Apple Inc,and started Pixar, which later turned out to be a successful venture.
Originality: Some feel that they can offer a new service or product that no one else has offered before, i.e., I-pod and I-pad.
(ii)Following are two main advantages of being an entrepreneur:
Salary: Starting your own business means that you must be willing to give up the security of a regular pay check.
Benefits: There will undoubtedly be fewer benefits, especially when considering that your business will be just starting off.
business will be just starting off.
Entrepreneur Entrepreneurship
An entrepreneur is a person who bears the risks, combines various factors of production and brings new ideas and carries out creative innovations. Entrepreneurship is the set of activities performed by an entrepreneur.
An entrepreneur is an individual, responsible for identifying a business opportunity and taking it from idea to implementation i.e., one man activity. It is a process involving various actions to be undertaken to establish enterprise. It involves multi-pronged activities.
Entrepreneurs are tangible people. Entrepreneurship is an abstraction.
He/she is an individual or one of a group of individuals who try to create something new. In entrepreneurship process an entrepreneur identify opportunities, organise all resources and find new market to foothold in the market and attain for long term gains. It is the attempt to create value.
(iii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-1

3.Answer each of these questions in about 150 words:
(i)Describe entrepreneurial functions of an entrepreneur.
(ii)What is the need of entrepreneurship in an economy?
(iii)Mehak wants to start a textile unit near Gurgaon. Discuss the commercial function which will require to plan and perform for the same.
(iv)Explain any four managerial functions of an entrepreneur.
(v)Explain any four promotional functions of an entrepreneur.
Ans.(i) The various entrepreneurial functions are explained below:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-2
Innovation:
• It is a process of entrepreneurship. It involves the conversion of a useful idea into an application which has common value.
• As an innovator, the entrepreneur has to discover new opportunities, area of a new product, new methods of production, a new use for a product or service or a new way of integrating several uses in one product or service for optimum utilization of resources.
• An entrepreneur wants to experiment with new ideas, facing uncertainty and therefore the process involves imagination, intuition and taking calculated risks.
• He/she foresees a potentially profitable opportunity and tries to exploit it.
• Example: I-Pod, Smart phones, Induction cook top, etc.
Risk-taking/Risk bearing:
• Risk may be defined as the condition of not being able to predict the outcome of an activity.
• It refers to taking responsibility for a loss that may occur due to unforeseen contingencies in the future.
• An entrepreneur reduces uncertainty in his/her plan of investment, diversification of production and expansion of the enterprise.
• He/she is a self-confident and highly optimistic person, willing to assume the risks involved in innovations, new ventures and expansion of an existing venture.
• An entrepreneur need to take calculated risk and he tries to minimise by his initiative, skills and good judgement.
Organisation Building:
• Organisation refers to the bringing together of the various factors of production, ensures continuing management and risk-bearing function.
• The purpose is to allocate the productive resources in order to minimise losses and reduce costs in production.
• All decisions relating to an enterprise is taken by the entrepreneur. According to J.B Say an entrepreneur is a person who combines land of one, the labour of another and capital of yet another and thus produces a product. By selling the product in the market, he pays interest on capital, rent on land and wages to labourers and what remains he keeps as a profit.
• He/she alone determines the lines of business to expand and capital to employ. Thus, an entrepreneur is the final judge in the conduct of his/her business.
(ii) The need for entrepreneurship can be highlighted thus:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-3
(а)Life-line of a nation: No country can progress without the development of entrepreneurship. Every country is trying to promote its trade so that it is able to share the benefits of development. Therefore, entrepreneurship is the yardstick to measure the level of development of a country.
(b)Provides innovation: Entrepreneurship provides new ideas, imagination and vision to the enterprise. An entrepreneur is an innovator as he tries to find new technology, products and markets. He increases the productivity of various resources. The entrepreneur stands at the centre of the whole process of economic development. He conceives business ideas and puts them into effect, to enhance the process of economic development.
(c)Change of growth /Inclusive growth: An enterprise operates in a changing environment. The entrepreneur moulds the enterprise in such a changing environment. The latter moulds not only the enterprise, but also alters the environment itself, to ensure the success of the enterprise. In order to meet the challenge of automation and the complexities of advanced technology, there is a need for the development of entrepreneurship.
(d)Increased profits: Profits can be increased in any enterprise, either by increasing the sales revenue or reducing cost. To increase the sales revenue is beyond the control of an enterprise. Entrepreneurship, by reducing costs, increases its profits and provides opportunities for future growth and development.
(e)Employment opportunities: Entrepreneurship and its activities provide the maximum employment opportunities. More entrepreneurs provide more opportunities to large numbers of people which benefits growth of country. The growth in these activities bring more and more employment opportunities.
(f) Social Benefits: Entrepreneurship benefits both business enterprise and to the society at large. It raises the standard of living by providing good quality products and services at the lowest possible cost. It also makes the optimum use of scarce resources and promotes peace and prosperity in the society.
(iii)Commercial Functions include:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-4
(a) Production: The activities of production are independent of the size of the undertaking.
• In a small concern, one person may be undertaking this function whereas, in large organisations, this activity may be undertaken by various individuals or separate teams.
• It is the creation of goods and services. It consists of manufacturing, ancillary and advisory activities.
(b)Finance: Finance is the life blood of the business. All activities performed on the basis of available financial resources. The need for money is continuous.
• Need of money arises for the setting up of new business, to purchase various fixed capital like building, land and machineries, to purchase raw materials, payment for day to day routine expenses like maintenance expenses, telephone bills, electricity bills and remuneration to staff members.
• The future capital is required for further expansion and development of an enterprise.
(c)Marketing: It is primarily concerned with the movement of goods and services from the producer to the ultimate consumer. It is directed towards the satisfaction of consumer wants.
Marketing plays a significant role in promoting the well-being of the business enterprise.
So it is the role of the entrepreneur to strategically place his company in an advantageous position to secure the top position in the market.
(d)Personnel: This function is concerned with employment, development and compensation for the personnel, the provisions of working conditions and welfare measures to maintain a good work force in the organisation.
(e)Accounting: It is defined as a systematic record of all business transactions and prepare necessary accounts required in the business the financial position of the enterprises. The entrepreneur should look into the record keeping of the entries of all transactions which take place in the organisation so that he/she is aware of his/ her financial position.
(iv)Planning: It is the basic managerial function of an entrepreneur.
• It helps in determining the course of action to be followed to achieve various entrepreneurial objectives.
• Planning is concerned with the mental state of the entrepreneur. It is decision-making in advance: what to do,when to do, how to do and who will do a particular task.
(a)Organizing: Every business enterprise needs the service of a number of persons to look after its different aspects. The entrepreneur sets up the objectives or goals to be achieved by its personnel. The function of organizing is to arrange guide, co-ordinate, direct and control the activities of the factors of production.
(b)Staffing: It means putting “people into jobs”. The function involves making appointments for the positions created by the organisational process. This is achieved by identifying required work force, followed by recruitment, selection and placement of manpower, human resource development, promotion, transfer, appraisal development of personnel, determination of employee’s remuneration.
(c)Directing: Directing is telling people what to do and seeing that they do it to the best of their ability and ensures the effective performance by subordinates towards the accomplishment of group activities.
(d)Leadership: It is the process by which an entrepreneur imaginatively directs/ guides and influences the work of others in choosing and attaining specified goals by mediating between the individual and organisation in such a manner that both will get the maximum satisfaction.
(e)Communication: It has been established that entrepreneurs spend 75% to 90% of their working time communicating with others. It refers to the exchange of ideas, feelings, emotions, knowledge and information between two or more persons. Nothing happens in management until effective communication takes place.
(f)Motivation: It is the psychological process of creating an urge among the subordinates to do certain things or behave in the desired manner. A sound motivational system must be productive, competitive, comprehensive and flexible, and it must consider the psychological, social, safety, ego and economic needs of the worker.
(g)Supervision: The entrepreneur has to see that the given instructions are carried out in a systematic way. Supervision refers to the job of overseeing subordinates at work to ensure the maximum utilisation of resources, to get the required and directed work done, and to correct the subordinates whenever they go wrong.
(h) Co-ordination: It is one of the most important functions, as it is essential to channelize the activities of various individuals in the organisation, for the achievement of common goals. The entrepreneur has to make sure that the work of different segments is going according to pre-determined targets and corrective measures have to be initialised if there is any deviation.
(i) Controlling: Control is the process which enables the entrepreneur to get his/her company’s policies implemented and take corrective action if performance is not according to the predetermined standards. The process begins with establishing standards of performance, measuring actual performance, comparing the actual performance with the standard, finding variations and finally, taking corrective action.
(v)Discovery of an idea: The entrepreneur visualizes ideas often construed as mental representation and convert this idea into opportunities by using skill, talent and use it for a particular type of business to earn maximum profits out of it. The idea may be to exploit new areas of natural resources, more profitable venture, or an existing line of business.
He/she develops the idea with the help of various experts in the field.
For example, Karsan Bhai Patel, the creator of Nirma Washing Powder,, who was working as a factory chemist in Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation, started making detergent powder in his kitchen for poor rural women of Gujarat and selling his product by visiting different villages. His efforts culminated in the whitish yellow detergent powder named Nirma. The idea behind was need and the problem of the society that could not afford other brands of detergent powders because of their high cost. Today, Nirma is one of the world’s biggest detergent powder manufacturer. The brand sells over 8 lakh tonnes annually. It holds 40% of the Indian market, with a turnover of more than Rs. 2500/- crores. This is creative effort and risk taking ability of a person who turned out to be an entrepreneur. The strength of being capable is the phis point of an entrepreneur.
Detailed Investigation: Market research/surveys helps an entrepreneur to yield a valuable data about trends of total demand and supply of a product, consumer taste and preferences. The entrepreneur will estimate the total demand for the product. He/ she arranges required finances for the venture, along with the availability of power, labour, raw materials and machinery. The estimates of all resources should be based on proper analysis of various factors.
Assembling the Requirements: Assembling the required resources is a crucial activity of an entrepreneur. He approaches some more people like experts from various fields i.e., technical,” financial, marketing, production and legal to join him on board. He may also be required to acquire some patent rights if he has invented something new. The entrepreneur selects the factory location, land, decides about plant and machinery and contacts suppliers of raw materials. Preliminary contracts are finalised and project is set to begin.
Financing the Proposition: The entrepreneur decides about the capitalisation capital structure of the enterprise with the help of predetermined objectives.
• Determine the amount of capital to be raised,
• The sources from which money will come up are determined,
• Long term and short term financial requirements are estimated, and
• The type of source of funds is also decided-share, debenture, loan, etc.
For example, when Narayana Murthy started Infosys in 1981, he had no capital and his wife Sudha Murthy gave him ? 10,000/- which she had saved for a rainy season.

4.Answer each of these questions in about 250 words:
(i)Describe the process of entrepreneurship.
(ii)What is the need of entrepreneurship in an economy? Give at least six benefits.
Ans.(i) Process of Entrepreneurship can be seen in the following way:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-5
Enterprises are as different and unique as the entrepreneurs who create them, most of them appear to work through a process. The diagram given below describes the process through which most of them create their enterprise:
1.Self-discovery:
Entrepreneur enjoys doing different things and learn out of it.
Examine their strengths and weaknesses.
Understand his abilities, talent, knowledge and feelings relating it to potential opportunities.
2.Identifying opportunities: Entrepreneur see for needs, wants, problems, challenges and craft opportunities that other people miss or that are not yet being met and convert it into different forms effectively.
3.Generating and evaluating ideas: He uses his creativity, conscious endeavour and past experience to collect ideas from different sources and find out a creative and innovative solution and ends as a creative venture.
4.Planning: Making a written business plan including requirement of financial resources, human resources, technical resources, material resources according to size of business, prepares applicable marketing strategies and turn the idea into a viable venture.
5.Raising Start-up capital: Using the business plan to attract investors, venture capitalists and partners. This stage can involve producing prototypes or test-marketing services.
6.Start-Up: Entrepreneurs launch the venture as per the reuirement, need, taste and preferences of a customer, and keep a margin of flexibility in marketing strategy and operational plans as required.
7.Growth: Time to time scanning of environment, making sure of constant flow of ideas, by adapting to new, different strategies, different economic policies, changing technology, innovation diversification facilitate growth and expansion.
8.Harvest: Harvesting is the final phase in the entrepreneurial value creation , process were the owners can simply sell the business and reap the value of their
investment in the firm and harvesting the rewards.
(ii)In recent decades the role of an entrepreneur has been considered of very great significance in accelerating the pace of growth and economic development in both the developed and developing countries.
The need for entrepreneurship can be highlighted thus:
(a)Life-line of a nation: Country’s progress can only be possible with the development of entrepreneurship. From long time every country is trying to promote its trade so that it may able to share the benefits of development. Therefore, entrepreneurship is considered as the yardstick to measure the level of development of a country.
(b)Provides innovation: Entrepreneurship provides new ideas, imagination and vision to the enterprise. An entrepreneur is an innovator as he tries to find new technology, products and markets. He increases the productivity of various resources. The entrepreneur stands at tho centre of the whole process of economic development. He conceives business ideas and puts them into effect, to enhance the process of economic development.
(c)Change of growth /Inclusive growth: An enterprise operates in a changing environment. The entrepreneur moulds the enterprise in such a changing environment. The latter moulds not only the enterprise, but also alters the environment itself, to ensure the success of the enterprise. In order to meet the challenge of automation and the complexities of advanced technology, there is a need for the development of entrepreneurship.
(d)Increased profits: Profits can be increased in any enterprise, either by increasing the sales revenue or reducing cost. To increase the sales revenue is beyond the control of an enterprise. Entrepreneurship, by reducing costs, increases its profits and provides opportunities for future growth and development.
(e)Employment opportunities: Entrepreneurship and its activities provide the maximum employment potential. Large numbers of persons are employed in entrepreneurial activities in the country. The growth in these activities bring more and more employment opportunities.
(f)Social benefits: It is not only beneficial to the business enterprise, but to the society at large. It raises the standard of living by providing good quality products and services at the lowest possible cost. It also makes the optimum use of scarce resources and promotes peace and prosperity in the society.

5.HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS
(i)Differentiate between entrepreneurial functions and managerial functions of an entrepreneur.
(ii)“Innovation is the hallmark of entrepreneurship”. Why is “innovation” referred as the
basic function of an entrepreneur?
(iii)“Entrepreneurs, in their drive and pursuit to create something new, at times, results in causing major loss to the Nation’s natural resources. Shouldn’t they be discouraged? Justify giving reasons for your answers.
(iv)Starting a venture is not an easy task. A series of activities needs to be planned and undertaken to create an enterprise. Discuss them briefly.
(v)Why are entrepreneurs called agents of progress for a nation? What role do they play in the Nation’s development?
Ans.
(i)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-6
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-7
(ii)“Innovation is the hallmark of entrepreneurship”. Yes, it is correct. It inspires entrepreneurial thinking, dream big and make things happen.” It is the specific tool of entrepreneurs, by which they exploit change as an opportunity for a different business services. It is capable of being presented as a discipline, capable of being learned, capable of being practised.
The ‘dictionary’ meaning of innovation is “Introduction of new things”. Innovation involves problem solving and entrepreneur is a problem solver. So innovation is the mean of exploiting a business opportunity. All goods and services are produced by combining three factors:
Natural, physical and mental labour and capital. An innovation is a new combination of these three things.
According to Schumpeter, the basic function of entrepreneur was to innovate.
He says that entrepreneur is basically an innovator and he introduce something newr in the economy.
According to him, an entrepreneur is one who carries out new combination of mean of production.
The process of innovation-may be in following forms:
(a) Introduction of new products, totally new to the consumers.
(b) Use of new method of production, which is not yet introduced by any other.
(c) Find new market for a product or services.
(d) A new form of organization like monopoly position in the market.
(e) Find new use of a product/services.
(f) Improve an existing product or services.
(iii) An entrepreneur is someone who organizes, manages, and assumes the risks of a business or enterprise. An entrepreneur is an agent of change. Entrepreneurship is the process of discovering new ways of combining resources. When the market value generated by this new combination of resources is greater than the market value these resources can generate elsewhere individually or in some other combination, the entrepreneur makes a profit. An entrepreneur who takes the resources necessary to produce a pair of jeans that can be sold for thirty dollars and instead turns them into a denim backpack that sells for fifty dollars will earn a profit by increasing the value those resources create. This comparison is possible because in competitive resource markets, an entrepreneur’s costs of production are determined by the prices required to bid the necessary resources away from alternative uses.
(iv)To start a venture an entrepreneur perform and plan a series of activities they are as follows:
1.Self-discovery:
• Entrepreneur enjoys doing different things and learn out of it,
• Examine their strengths and weaknesses,
• Understand his abilities, talent, knowledge and feelings relating it to potential opportunities.
2.Identifying opportunities: Entrepreneur see for needs, wants, problems, challenges and craft opportunities that other people miss or that are not yet being met and convert it into different forms effectively.
3.Generating and evaluating ideas: He uses his creativity conscious endeavour and past experience to collect ideas from different sources and find out a creative and innovative solution, and ends as a creative venture. *
4.Planning: Making a written business plan including requirement of resources financial. Human resources, technical resources, material resources according to size of business, prepares applicable marketing strategies and turn the idea into a viable venture.
5.Raising Start-up capital: Using the business plan to attract investors, venture capitalists and partners. This stage can involve producing prototypes or test-marketing services.
6.Start-up: Entrepreneur launches the venture as per the requirement, need, taste and preferences of a customer, and keeps a margin of flexibility in marketing strategy and operational plans as required.
7.Growth: Time to time scanning of environment, making sure of constant flow of ideas, by adapting to new, different strategies, different economic policies, changing technology, innovation diversification facilitate growth and expansion.
8.Harvest: Harvesting is the final phase in the entrepreneurial value creation process where the owners can simply sell the business and reap the value of their investment in the firm and harvesting the rewards.
(v) Economic growth of any country depends on the rate of innovation in the economic field, and increases rate of growth in GDP, i.e. total value of goods and services (production) in an economy in a year, more production means the more number of entrepreneurs and quality of entrepreneurs in the society. Country’s economy progresses only when more number of entrepreneurs emerge in all fields. Entrepreneur is the only person who bear the costs and risks of launching a new venture, developing a new product, commercializing an invention, adapting a technology and developing a new market, start a new enterprise. More number of enterprise means more entrepreneurs, more entrepreneurs means more growth equivalent to progress of nation. Therefore, entrepreneurs are “agents of progress” for a nation.
Entrepreneur plays an important role in the nation’s development:
• Increase in the rate of growth in GDP (Total value of goods and services produced in an economy in a year),
• Increasing productivity,
• Providing employment opportunities,
• Increasing economic diversification,
• Optimal use of available resources,
• Continued innovation in techno-managerial practices and finally international competitiveness.

6.APPLICATION-BASED EXERCISE:
(i)Shivi, a dropout from 10th std is forced by her mother to start working as
help. Shivi agrees on the condition to do only “cooking” in 2-3 houses. One family
turns out to be Punjabi, other Gujarati and the third one is Rajasthani. She cooked their kinds of food for an year and to everyone’s surprise, she expressed her desire to open up a small eating joint of her own. All alone, determined, she finally opens “Apna Bhoj”, a small eating joint with her savings and it became a hot spot because of the fusion food platter being offered. Do you think Shivi is an entrepreneur? Give reasons for your answers.
(ii)Karan, a rural boy, identifies the potential of organic farming in the village. He meets the zonal agricultural officer, who, looking at the determination of this 20 years old, helps him arrange and procure multiple resources required for his farm land. Then Karan takes a loan of Rs. 50,000/- from SBI as his seed money of Rs. 10,000/- is not enough to cater the requirement. Karan ties up with a nearby city’s vegetable shop owner to sell his yield. His hard work pays and the organic vegetables are a hit. This organic vegetable producer exhibits to be a good entrepreneur with good entrepreneurial skills. Do you agree? Justify giving reasons for your answer.
Ans.Yes, Shivi is an entrepreneur.
• Shivi’s one year occupational experience provides her confidence to start her own business.
• Is converted her hobbies into reality by sheer hard-work and application of mind.
• Her desire to work independently and potential efforts, helped her to reduce the element of uncertainty.
• Is innovative.
• Understanding of the area/market in which she is going to start her business.
• She is a creative entrepreneur as, she has taken initiative and created an opportunity for innovation, experimentation and production.
• Her competitiveness which means willingness to compete honestly with others and providing quality product and services and reduction in price.
• She is an innovator of ideas, products, practices, services to meet the perceived opportunity, a lot of effort has done by Shivi to convert her dream into reality.
• Is a moderate risk taker and works under uncertainty for achieving the goal.
• Is a persuader of deviant pursuits.
• Her vision, original idea, decision-making exhibit a sense of leadership.
• Reflects a strong urge to be independent.
• Persistently tries to do something better.
• Is dissatisfied with routine activities.
• Is prepared to withstand the hard life.
• Exhibits a sense of leadership.
• Takes personal responsibility. „
• Is oriented towards the future.
• Tends to persist in the face of adversity.
(ii)For Self Attempt.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [1 MARK]
l.Name the person who firstly introduced the term ‘Entrepreneur’.
Ans. Richard Cantillion.

2.What do you mean by entrepreneurship?
Ans. Entrepreneurship involves any deliberate activity that initiates, maintains and grows a profit-oriented enterprise for production or distribution of economic goods or services.

3.How has Richard Cantillon defined the term ‘entrepreneur’?
Ans. According to Richard Cantillon: As a person, who pays a certain price to a product to resell it at an uncertain price, thereby making decisions about obtaining and using the resources while consequently admitting the risk of enterprise.

4.How has Adam Smith defined the term ‘entrepreneur’?
Ans. According to Adam Smith, “An individual, who undertakes the formation of an organization for commercial purposes by recognizing the potential demand for goods and services, and thereby acts as an economic agent and transforms demand into supply.”

5.How has Joseph Schumpeter defined the term ‘entrepreneur’?
Ans. According to Joseph Schumpter “Entrepreneurs are innovators, who use the process of entrepreneurship to shatter the status quo of the existing products and services, to set new products, new services. He describes entrepreneurs as innovators.

6.How Peter F. Drucker has defined the term ‘entrepreneur’?
Ans. According to Peter F. Drucker, “An entrepreneur is one who always searches for changes, responds to it and exploits it as an opportunity. He believes in increasing the value and consumer satisfaction. Thus, a professional manager who mobilises resources and allocates them to make a commercial gain from an opportunity, is also called an entrepreneur.”

7.Name some product based business ventures.
Ans. Some product based business ventures – manufacturing of cars, production of dress material, watches etc. .

8.Name some idea-centric and need-based companies mushrooming all over the countries.
Ans.Mumbai’s Dabbahwalaah, creches, ready to eat food, instant noodles are the examples of idea-centric and need-based companies.

9.Who plays the role of an entrepreneur in a capitalist and developed country?
Ans. In capitalist and developed countries, private entrepreneurs play an important role in economic development.

10.Who plays the role of an entrepreneur in India?
Ans. In India, private entrepreneurs as well as government plays an important role of an entrepreneur.

ll. “The key to success in business is only inheritance”. Do you agree? Give reasons.
Ans. No, I don’t agree because the key to success in business is not just inheritance; it is creation of more wealth and the constant innovation, from the prevailing to the next best practices.

12. Why private entrepreneurship is not encouraged in under-developed countries?
Ans. In under-developed countries, private entrepreneurship is not encouraged because of the degree of risk involved in it.

13. What changes were introduced in 1991 to encourage private entrepreneurship in India?
Ans. To encourage private entrepreneurs in India, Indian government has introduced liberal economic policies since 1991.

14. Name the entrepreneur who introduced the logo given below and state the idea behind the same.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-8
Ans. Mahima Mehra started Hathi Chaap. It was totally a new venture where different raw materials were tried out to make handmade paper. After researching a lot, they found that elephant dung had more fibre content which made it easy to make handmade paper.

15. Name various other products produced using elephant dung.
Ans. Various products made using elephant dung are as follows:
(i) Bags (ii) Frames
(iii) Photo Albums (iv) Notebooks
(v) Stationery (vi) Cards

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2&3 Marks]

l.Explain the concept of an entrepreneurship with the help of a diagram.
Ans. The Concept of Entrepreneurship
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-9
Entrepreneur is an individual person or a group of persons who take initiative, skill for innovation and bears risk, puts up new viable project that creates wealth and provides employment opportunity and leads to growth of all sectors of an economy. He/she performs various activities by adopting a process of action called entrepreneurship and carries out creative innovation for fulfilling his objectives. Hence, the process/steps of entrepreneurship is creative, innovative and objective-oriented. Entrepreneur is one who provides factor of production responsible for setting up a business/enterprise. As the fourth factor he organises, manages, utilises and control all factors of production (resources) like land, labour, capital, raw-materials machinery, energy and space. Enterprise is an organisation of structure, rules policies, culture and communication system.

2. Match the entrepreneur and his/her enterprise from the following table given below:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-10
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-1-entrepreneurship-concept-and-functions-11

3.How an enterprise gives benefit to society, country and an entrepreneur?
Ans.• Entrepreneur will be able to produce goods and services and able to earn maximum profit.
• Entrepreneur provides goods and services and creates employment opportunities benefiting to society.
• He contributes to national income, leads to growth of other sectors, more exports by that increase in the foreign exchange and also responsible for over-all economic development.

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship: Concept and Functions appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Cell Cycle and Cell Division

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions  Cell Cycle and Cell Division

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Meiosis in diploid organisms results in
(a) production of gametes
(b) reduction in the number of chromosomes
(c) introduction of variation
(d) all of the above.
soln.(d): Meiosis is cell division responsible for production of gametes through reductional division, during which the number of chromosomes is reduced to half. The crossing over that takes place in pachytene (Prophase – I, Meiosis -1) results in introduction of variation.

2.At which stage of meiosis does the genetic constitution of gametes is finally decided?
(a) Metaphase-I (b) Anaphase-II (c) Metaphase – II (d) Anaphase -1
soln.(d): The paternal and maternal chromosomes of each homologous pair segregate during anaphase I independently of the other chromosomes. Anaphase I is the cytological event that corresponds to Mendel’s law o’f independent assortment. Although the paternal and maternal chromosomes of a homologous pair have the genes for the same traits, either chromosome of a pair may carry different alleles of the same genes. Therefore,
independent assortment of homologous chromosomes in anaphase I introduces genetic variability.

3.Meiosis occurs in organisms during
(a) sexual reproduction
(b) vegetative reproduction
(c) both sexual and vegetative reproduction
(d) none of these.
soln.(a): Meiosis is a cell division which ensures production of haploid phase in life cycle of sexually reproducing organisms. It reduces the chromosome number to half, so that each daughter nuclei receives only one set of each kind of chromosome.

4.During anaphase -1 of meiosis
(a) homologous chromosomes separate
(b) non-homologous chromosomes separate
(c) sister chromatids chromosomes separate
(d) non-sister chromatids chromosomes separate.
soln.(a): During anaphase I, from each tetrad, two chromatids of a chromosome move as a unit (dyad) to one pole of a spindle, and the remaining two chromatids of its homologue migrate to the opposite pole. ‘Thus, the homologous chromosomes of each pair, rather than the chromatids of a chromosome, are separated. As a result, half of the chromosomes, which appear in early prophase, go to each pole. It is in the anaphase I that the actual reduction in the number of chromosomes occurs.

5.Mitosis is characterised by
(a) reduction division
(b) equal division
(c) both reduction and equal division
(d) pairing of homologous chromosomes.
soln.(b): Mitosis is a type of cell division in which chromosomes replicate and get equally distributed (quantitatively and qualitatively) into two daughter nuclei so that the diploid daughter cells have equal and identical genetic complement as the parent cell.

6.A bivalent of meiosis-l consists of
(a) two chromatids and one centromere
(b) two chromatids and two centromeres
(c) four chromatids and two centromeres
(d) four chromatids and four centromeres.
soln.(c): Bivalent is formed during zygotene of prophase I. Each bivalent is made up of four chromatids, two of each chromosomes. Centromere is the part of chromosome that attaches to the spindle during cell division. Each bivalent, thus, contains two centromeres.

7.Cells which are not dividing are likely to be at
(a) G1 (b) G2
(c) G0 (d) S phase.
soln.(c): Cells that do not divide further and exit G1  phase to enter an inactive stage called quiescent stage ( G0 ) of the cell cycle. Cells in this stage remain metabolically active but do not grow and differentiate unless stimulated by appropriate signal depending on the requirement of the organism.

8.Which of the events listed below is not observed during mitosis?
(a) Chromatin condensation
(b) Movement of centrioles to opposite poles
(c) Appearance of chromosomes with two chromatids joined together at the centromere
(d) Crossing over
soln. (d): Crossing over occurs during meiosis I and not mitosis.

9.Identify the wrong statement about meiosis.
(a) Pairing of homologous chromosomes
(b) Four haploid cells are formed
(c) At the end of meiosis number of chromo-somes are reduced to half
(d) Twp cycles of DNA replication occur
soln.(d) :Only one cycle of DNA replication occurs during meiosis. Meiosis consists of two successive divisions (meiosis I and meiosis II) but no DNA replication prior to, second division.

10 .Select the correct statement about  G1 phase.
(a) Cell is metabolically inactive.
(b) DNA in the cell does not replicate.
(c) It is not a phase of synthesis of macro-molecules.
(d) Cell stops growing.
soln.(b):  G1 belongs to interphase of cell cycle which is metabolically active stage. During  G1, synthesis of ATP, nucleotides, amino acids, RNAs and proteins take place. DNA replicate in S-phase of the cell cycle and not in G1 phase.

Very Short Answer Type Questions
1.Between a prokaryote and a eukaryote, which cell has a shorter cell division time?
soln. Prokaryotic cell has shorter division time than eukaryotic cell, as bacterial cell divides in 20 minutes whereas human cell divides once in every 24 hours.

2.Which of the phases of cell cycle is of longest duration?
soln. Interphase is of the longest duration, as only 1 hour out of 24 hour cell cycle is spent in M-phase.

3.Name a stain commonly used to colour chromosomes.
soln. Gentian violet, Safranin and Giemsa stain are commonly used to colour chromosomes.

4.Which tissue of animals and plants exhibits meiosis?
soln. Meiosis occurs in germ cells during sexual reproduction, resulting in the formation of spores and gametes, as it is a reductional division.

5.Given that the average duplication time of E.coli is 20 minutes, how much time will two E.coli cells take to become 32 cells?
soln. In given question four cell divisions result in formation of sixteen cells from one E. coli cell. If one cell division takes 20 minutes then four cell divisions will takes 80 minutes (or 1 hour 20 minutes).
So, one cell produces sixteen cells in 1 hour 20 minutes.
Thus, two cells would produce 32 cells in 1 hour 20 minutes.

6.Which part of the human body should one use to demonstrate stages in mitosis?
soln. All somatic cells except germ cells of the human body can be used to demonstrate stages in mitosis. Mitotic cell division is seen in diploid somatic cells in animals. It is also called equational division or somatic cell division.

7.What attributes does a chromatid require to be classified as a chromosome?
soln. Chromatid is either of two daughter strands of a duplicated chromosome that are joined by a single centromere and separate during cell division to become an individual chromosome. After separation of sister chromatids it is classified as a chromosome.

8.The diagram shows a bivalent at prophase-l of meiosis. Which of the four chromatids can crossover?
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-1
soln. Homologous chromosomes form pairs called bivalent. Each bivalent is made up of four chromatids, two of each chromosome. The two chromatids belonging to same chromosome are called sister chromatids and chromatids of two different chromosomes are called non-sister chromatids. Exchange of genetic material, i.e., crossing over takes place between two non-sister chromatids of
homologous chromosomes.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-2

9.If a tissue has at a given time 1024 cells, how many cycles of mitosis had the original parental single cell undergone?
soln. 2n = number of daughter cells
where n = number of cycles.
Here np. of daughter cells is 1024.
i.e., 1024 = 2n
210 =  2n
n = 10.

10.An anther has 1200 pollen grains. How many pollen mother cells must have been there to produce them?
soln. One pollen mother cell produces four pollen grains, therefore, 300 pollen mother cells would produce 1200 pollen grains.

11.At what stage of cell cycle does DNA synthesis take place?
soln. In cell cycle, DNA synthesis takes place during S-phase (synthetic phase). During S-phase, chromosomes replicate and DNA content gets double.

12.lt is said that the one cycle of cell division in human cells (eukaryotic cells) takes 24 hours. Which phase of the cycle, do you think occupies the maximum part of cell cycle?
soln. G1  phase of interphase is of longest duration. It takes about 10 hours in 24 hour cell cycle.

13.lt is observed that heart cells do not exhibit cell division. Such cells do not divide further and
exit______ phase to enter an inactive
stage called_______of cell cycle. Fill in the blanks.
soln. It is observed that heart cells do not exhibit cell division. Such cells do not divide further and exit Gj phase to enter an inactive stage called G0 of cell cycle. Fill in the blanks.

14.In which phase of meiosis are the following formed? Choose the answers from hint points given below.
(a) Synaptonemal complex________
(b) Recombination nodule________
(c) Appearance/activation of________
enzyme recombinase
(d) Termination of chiasmata________
(e) Interkinesis________
(f) Formation of dyad of cells________
Hints: (1) Zygotene, (2) Pachytene, (3) Pachytene, (4) Diakinesis, (5) After Telophase-l/before Meiosis-ll, (6) Telophase-I /After Meiosis-I.
soln.
(a) Synaptonemal complex Zygotene
(b) Recombination nodule Pachytene
(c) Appearance/activation of Pachytene enzyme recombinase
(d) Termination of chiasmata Diakinesis
(e) Interkinesis After Telophase-I/before Meiosis II
(f) Formation of dyad of cells Telophase 1/ After Meiosis-I.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.State the role of centrioles other than spindle formation.
soln. Apart from spindle formation, centrioles are capable of replication. Though centrioles do not contain DNA, yet they are capable of forming new centrioles. Distal centriole in spermatozoan forms axial filament or tail. Centrioles can be transformed into basal bodies, which form cilia and flagella.

2.Mitochondria and plastids have their own DNA (genetic material). What is known about their fate during nuclear division like mitosis?
soln. Mitochondria and plastids have extra chromosomal DNA. Karyokinesis is nuclear division, in which nucleus divides to form two daughter nuclei. So, mitochondria and plastids do not undergo mitosis independently.

3.Label the diagram and also determine the stage at which this structure is visible.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-3
soln. The given diagram shows transition from prophase to metaphase.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-4

4.A cell has 32 chromosomes. It undergoes mitotic division. What will be the chromosome number (n) during metaphase? What would be the DNA content (C) during anaphase?
soln. The mitotic cell division occurs in somatic cells of an organism. The chromosome number in the daughter cells remain same as that of the parent (dividing) cell as mitosis is equational division so even at metaphase or anaphase, the chromosome number does not change. The DNA content gets doubled at the synthetic phase of interphase and gets divided at anaphase but the chromosome number remains same.

5.While examining the mitotic stage in a tissue, one finds some cells withl 6 chromosomes and some with 32 chromosomes. What possible reasons could you assign to this difference in chromosome number. Do you think cells with 16 chromosomes could have arisen from cells with 32 chromosomes or vice versal
soln. Difference in chromosome number during mitotic division might be due to polyploidy, i.e., having more than two sets of chromosomes. It occurs due to failure of chromosomes to separate during anaphase or due to non-disjunction. Thus change in chromosome number can be due to mutations. Cells with 32 chromosomes might have arisen from cells with 16 chromosomes.

6.The following events occur during the various phases of the cell cycle, name the phase against each of the events.
(a) Disintegration of nuclear membrane________
(b) Appearance of nucleolus________
(c) Division of centromere________
(d) Replication of DNA________
soln.
(a) Disintegration of nuclear membrane Late Prophase.
(b) Appearance of nucleolus Telophase.
(c) Division of centromere Anaphase.
(d) Replication of DNA S-phase.

7.Mitosis results in producing two cells which are similar to each other. What would be the consequence if each of the following irregularities occur during mitosis?
(a) Nuclear membrane fails to disintegrate
(b) Duplication of DNA does not occur
(c) Centromeres do not divide
(d) Cytokinesis does not occur
soln.(a) If nuclear membrane fails to disintegrate intranuclear mitosis occurs which means spindle fibre formed inside the nucleus and mitosis occurs there.
(b) Karyokinesis is followed by cytokinesis. If DNA synthesis does not occur, then daughter cell would receive half the amount of parent DNA.
(c) If centromeres do not divide, then chromosomes would not get separated and chromatids would not move towards the opposite poles, leading to non-disjunction of chromosomes.
(d) Cytokinesis is division of cytoplasm of parent cell into two daughter cells. Failure of cytokinesis to occur would not result in formation of daughter cells.

8.Both unicellular and multicellular organisms undergo mitosis. What are the differences, if any, observed in the process between the two?
soln.In unicellular organisms, mitosis is a method of asexual reproduction. E.g., In bacteria, mitosis results in formation of identical daughter cells. However in multicellular organisms, mitosis helps in growth and repair of cells and tissues. E.g, repair of damaged skin through production of new skin cells.

9.Name the pathological condition when uncontrolled cell division occurs.
soln. Cancer is a pathological condition which results from uncontrolled proliferation of cells without any differentiation. Cancerous cells have lost the property of contact inhibition, thus, they invade and destroy surrounding tissues.

10.Two key events take place during S phase in animal cells, DNA replication and duplication of centriole. In which parts of the cell do events occur?
soln.In animal cell, during S-phase DNA replication begins inside the nucleus while the duplication of centrioles takes place in the cytoplasm.

11.Comment on the statement – Meiosis enables the conservation of specific chromosome number of each species even though the process per se, results in reduction of chromo-some number.
Soln.‘ Meiosis is reductional division which ensures production of haploid phase in life cycle of sexually reproducing organisms, but fertilisation restores the diploid phase, thus, enables conservation of specific chromosome number. E.g., gametes produced by 2n parents are haploid (n), but the zygote is diploid.

12.Name a cell that is found arrested in diplotene stage for months and years. Comment in 2-3 lines how it completes cell cycle.
soln. The oocytes are arrested in diplotene stage of prophase I of meiosis I. They undergo DNA synthesis and chromosome paring takes place but meiosis does not proceed. After attainment of puberty, primary follicle matures into secondary and tertiary follicle. Primary oocyte completes meiosis I and forms secondary oocyte and second polar body. Tertiary follicle grows to form Graafian follicle and secondary oocyte proceeds with meiosis II and gets arrested at metaphase II.

13.How does cytokinesis in plant cells differ from that in animal cells?
soln. Differences between plant cytokinesis and animal cytokinesis:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-5
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-6

Long Answer Type Questions
1.Comment on the statement – Telophase is reverse of prophase.
soln. During telophase, events of prophase occur in reverse sequence. Prophase is known for the initiation of condensation of chromosomal material, which during the process of chromatin condensation becomes untangled, and finally the centriole (already duplicated during S-phase of interphase) begins to move towards the opposite pole of the cell. In this phase, initiation of mitotic spindle assembly, microtubular and proteinaceous components of cell cytoplasm helps in completion of the proces.
At the end of the prophase, i.e., during late prophase the nucleolus disintegrates gradually and the nuclear envelope disappear. This disappearance marks the end of the prophase.
Reverse of prophase is the telophase. At the onset of this stage, the spindle disappears (absorbed in cytoplasm) and the chromosomes decondense and further loses their individuality after reaching their respective poles. The chromosomes gradually uncoil and cluster at opposite spindle poles thus, their individual identity as discrete elements is lost. Nuclear envelope slowly reforms around each group of chromosomes and nucleolus, Golgi complex and ER reappears.

2.What are the various stages of meiotic prophase-l? Enumerate the chromosomal events during each stage.
soln.Prophase-I is the first stage of meiosis-I. It is considered to be the most complicated and prolonged phase as if compared to the similar stage in mitosis.
It is further sub-divided into five sub-phases on the basis of chromosomal behaviour, i.e., leptotene, zygotene, pachytene, diplotene and diakinesis.
(i)Leptotene : It is known to be the very first stage of meiotic division following the interphase. During this stage chromosomes become gradually visible under light microscope, centrioles start moving towards opposite ends or poles and each centriole develops astral rays. Each chromosome is attached to the nuclear envelope through the attachment plate at both of its ends.
(ii)Zygotene : This is the next sub-stage that takes place after the completion of the leptotene. In this stage homologous chromosomes pair up. This pairing is done in a such a way that the genes of the same character present on the two chromosomes lie exactly opposite to each other. This process of association is known as synapsis. Formation of synaptonemal complex takes place by a pair of homologous chromosomes that show synapsis. The complex so formed, on account of synapsis forms a bivalent or a tetrad.
(iii)Pachytene: It is the stage which
immediately follows zygotene where the pair of chromosomes become twisted spirally around each other and cannot be distinguished separately. Bivalent chromosomes are clearly seen as tetrads. In this stage, sometimes exchange of genes or crossing over between the two non-sister chromatids of homologous chromosomes occurs at the points called recombination nodules, which appear at intervals on synaptonemal complex. By the end of pachytene recombination gets completed leaving the chromosomes linked at the sites of crossing over.
(iv)Diplotene : It is the stage of longest duration of all. In this the synaptonemal complex appears to get dissolve while, the chromatids of each tetrad remain clearly visible. Recombined homologous chromosomes of thebi valents get separated and form chiasmata (X-shaped structures). Chiasmata formation is necessary for the separation of homologous chromosome which have undergone the process of crossing-over.
(v) Diakinesis : This is known to be the final stage of meiotic prophase-I. Also known as terminalisation, due to the shifting of chiasmata towards the end of the chromosomes. Chromosomes become fully condensed, nucleolus degenerates, nuclear envelope breakdown into vesicles and there is formation of meiotic spindle (as in mitosis) in order to prepare the homologous chromosomes for separation.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-7

3.Differentiate between the events of mitosis and meiosis.
soln. Differences between mitosis and meiosis are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-8
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-9

4.Write brief note on the following:
(a) Synaptonemal complex
(b) Metaphase plate
soln.(a) The synaptonemal complex is a tripartite, ribbon-like structure, and is sihiated between pairing homologous chromosomes. It consists of a dense central element, with a dense lateral element on either side. Each lateral element is attached on the inner side of a homologous chromosome. The space between the central and lateral elements is traversed by a series of transverse units of LC fibres (L for lateral and C for central), which connects the two. The synaptonemal complex is attached at both ends through its lateral elements to the inner surface of the nuclear membrane. The central element is not attached directly. Also arising from the lateral elements is another series of smaller loops. These loops fuse in the middle line to make up the central element. The transverse parts of the loops form the transverse units or LC fibres. The central element is simple in some organisms (e.g., frogs and mice) and tripartite in other (e.g., insects). Each lateral element consists of two protein filaments, one for each sister chromatid. Synaptonemal complex first appears during zygotene.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-10
(b) Centromere of all the chromosomes form a plate called metaphasic plate or equatorial plate. This plate is formed during metaphase
stage of mitosis and meiosis. On this plate the small chromosomes come to lie towards the interior while the larger one are arranged towards the periphery. The centromeres of all the chromosomes lie on the equator while the limbs are placed variously according to their size and spatial arrangement.

5.Write briefly the significance of mitosis and meiosis in multicellular organism. 
soln.Significance of mitosis is multicellular organisms are as follows:
(i)Growth. Somatic cells are formed by mitosis. Therefore, mitosis is essential for growth and development of a multicellular organism. Plants are able to grow throughout their life due to mitotic divisions in their apical and lateral meristems.
(ii)Nucleocytoplasmic’ Ratio : An efficient cell has a high nucleocytoplasmic ratio. Increase in size lowers the ratio. It is brought back to efficient level through division.
(iii)Maintenance of Chromosome Number : Mitosis involves replication and equitable distribution of all the chromosomes so that all the cells of a multicellular organism have the same number and type of chromosomes. This helps in proper co-ordination among different cells.
(iv)Regeneration : Mitosis keeps all the somatic cells of an organism genetically similar, resembling the fertilised egg. They, therefore, are able to regenerate part or whole of the organism.
(v) Repair and Healing: It is a mechanism for replacing old or worn out cells. An injury or wound is healed by repeated mitotic divisions of the surrounding healthy cells.
(vi)Opportunity for differentiation: Mitosis produces multicellular condition. It provides opportunity for differentiation.
Significance of meiosis in multicellular organism are as follows:
(i) Formation of gametes: Meiosis forms gametes that are essential for sexual reproduction.
(ii)Maintenance of chromosome number :
Meiosis maintains the fixed number of chromosomes in sexually reproducing organisms by halving the same. It is essential since the chromosome number becomes double after fertilisation.
(iii)Assortment of Chromosomes : In meiosis paternal and maternal chromosomes assort independently. It causes reshuffling of chromosomes and the traits controlled by them. The variations help the breeders in improving the races of useful plants and animals.
(iv)Crossing over : It introduces new combination of traits or variation.

6.An organism has two pair of chromosomes (i.e., chromosome number = 4). Diagrammatically represent the chromosomal arrangement during different phases of meiosis-ll.
soln.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-cell-cycle-cell-division-11

 

 

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Cell Cycle and Cell Division appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Transport in Plants

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Transport in Plants

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Which of the following statements does not apply to reverse osmosis?
(a) it is used for water purification.
(b) In this technique, pressure greater than osmotic pressure is applied to the system.
(c) It is a passive process.
(d) It is an active process.
Soln. (c) : Reverse osmosis is also known as hyperfiltration. It is a technique that allows the removal of water molecules from various contaminants through a semi-permeable membrane. The process requires a driving force, viz, pressure from a pump, to push the fluid through the membrane. Reverse osmosis is used in removing salts from saline water and extra purification of water.

2.Which one of the following will not directly affect transpiration?
(a) Temperature
(b) Light
(c) Wind speed
(d) Chlorophyll content of leaves
Soln. (d): External factors affecting the rate of transpiration are : atmospheric temperature, relative humidity, light, wind velocity, atmospheric pressure and available soil water. Some internal factors also affect rate of transpiration e.g., leaf area, leaf structure and age of plants. Chlorophyll content of leaves does not directly affect rate of transpiration.

3.The lower surface of leaf will have more number of stomata in a
(a) dorsiventral leaf
(b) isobilateral leaf
(c) both (a) and (b)
(d) none of these.
Soln.(a): Transpiration is the evaporative loss of water by plants. It occurs mainly through the stomata in the leaves. Usually the lower surface of a dorsiventral (often dicotyledonous) leaf has a greater number of stomata while in an isobilateral (often monocotyledonous) leaf, there c,re almost equal number of stomata on both surfaces.

4.The form of sugar transported through phloem is
(a) glucose (b) fructose
(c) sucrose (d) ribose.
Soln.(c): The sugars, synthesised in leaves (as a result of photosynthesis) are translocated downwards, upwards and laterally to all the other organs including storage organs mainly through phloem. These sugars are translocated in the form of sucrose.

5.The process of guttation takes place
(a) when the root pressure is high and the rate of transpiration is low
(b) when the root pressure is low and the rate of transpiration is high
(c) when the root pressure equals the rate of transpiration
(d) when the root pressure as well as rate of transpiration are high.
Soln.(a): The process of exudation of liquid drops from the edges of leaves is called guttation. Usually it occurs though special structures, called hydathodes. It is the process by which fully turgid plants remove extra water. The cause of guttation is mainly root pressure (when the root pressure is high and rate of transpiration is low, guttation takes place).

6.Which of the following is an example of imbibition?
(a) Uptake of water by root hair
(b) Exchange of gases in stomata
(c) Swelling of seed when put in soil
(d) Opening of stomata
Soln.(c) : Imbibition is a process in which water is absorbed by solid particles causing them to enormously increase in volume without forming a solution. The classical examples of imbibition are absorption of water by seeds and dry wood.

7.When a plant undergoes senescence, the nutrients may be
(a) accumulated
(b) bound to cell wall
(c) translocated
(d) none of these.
Soln.(d) : In case of perennial plants, plant parts undergo senescence and nutrient resources (minerals and carbohydrates) shift away or are translocated from the senescened part to other parts. In leaves at the time of senescence we observe loss of chlorophyll, RNA and protein, transport of nutrients and then abscission, but in case of annual plants, whole plant undergoes senescence and nutrients are used up and no translocation, accumulation and bounding to cell wall takes place. ’

8.Water potential of pure water at standard temperature is equal to
(a) 10 (b) 20
(c) Zero(d) none of these.
Soln.(c)

9.Choose the correct option. Mycorrhiza is a symbiotic association of fungus with root system which helps in
A.Absorption of water
B.Mineral nutrition
C.Translocation
D.Gaseous exchange
(a) Only A
(b) On!yB
(c) both A and B
(d) both B and C
Soln.(c) : The roots of some higher plants are associated with fungal mycelia. Such an association is called mycorrhiza. It represents a mutualistic (symbiotic) association between the root system of higher plants and fungal hyphae. The fungal hyphae form a network around the young root and invade the root cells. The external hyphae greatly increase the surface area for absorption of minerals and water from a much larger volume of soil that perhaps the roots alone cannot do.

10.Based on the figure given below which of the following statements is not correct?
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-1
(a) Movement of solvent molecules will take place from chamber A to B
(b) Movement of solute will take place from A to B
(c) Presence of a semipermeable is a pre-requisite for this process to occur.
(d) The direction and rate of osmosis depends on both the pressure gradient and concentration gradient.
Soln.(b) : Solution A and solution B are separated by a semi-permeable membrane. Solution A has higher water potential. Therefore, osmotic movement of water molecules (solvent molecules) will occur from solution A to B. Solute particles cannot pass through semi-permeable membrane.

11.Match the following and choose the correct option.
A.Leaves                     (i) Anti-transpirant
B.Seed                         (ii)Transpiration
C.Roots                      (iii)Negative osmotic potential
D.Aspirin                  (iv) Imbibition
E.Plasmolysed cell (v) Absorption Options:
(a) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(v), D-(i), E-(iii)
(b) A-(iii), B-(ii), C-(iv), D-(i), E-(v)
(c) A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii),D-(iv), E-(v)
(d) A-(v), B-(iv), C-(iii),D-(ii), E-(i)
Soln.(a)

12. Mark the mismatched pair.
(a) Amyloplast – Store protein granule
(b) Elaioplast – Store oils or fats
(c) Chloroplasts- Contain chlorophyll pigments
(d) Chromoplasts – Contain coloured pigments other than chlorophyll
Soln.(a) : Amyloplasts are non pigmented organelles found in some plant cells. They are responsible for synthesis and storage of starch granules, through polymerisation of glucose.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Smaller, lipid soluble molecules diffuse faster
through cell membrane, but the movement of hydrophilicsubstancesare facilitated by certain transporters which are chemically________
Soln. Smaller, lipid soluble molecules diffuse faster through cell membrane, but the movement of hydrophilic substances are facilitated by certain transporters which are chemically proteins.

2.In a passive transport across a membrane,
when two protein molecules move in opposite direction and independent of each other, it is called as ________
Soln.ln a passive transport across a membrane, when two protein molecules move in opposite direction and independent of each other, it is called as diffusion.

3.Osmosis is a special kind of diffusion, in which
water diffuses across the cell membrane. The rate and direction of osmosis depends upon both________
Soln. Osmosis is a special kind of diffusion, in which water diffuses across the cell membrane.
The rate and direction of osmosis depends upon both pressure and concentration gradient.

4.A flowering plant is planted in an earthen pot and irrigated. Urea is added to make the plant grow faster, but after sometime the plant dies. This may be due to___________
Soln. A flowering plant is planted in an earthen pot and irrigated. Urea is added to make the plant grow faster, but after some time the plant dies. This may be due to exosmosis.

5.Absorption of water from soil by dry seeds increases the___________ thus helping seedlings to come out of soil
Soln. Absorption of water from soil by dry seeds increases the pressure, thus helping seedlings to come out of soil. During germination of seedling imbibition pressure develops. .

6.Water moves up against gravity and even for a tree of 20 m height, the tip receives water within two hours. The most important physiological phenomenon which is responsible for the upward movement of water is___________ .
Soln.Water moves up against gravity and even for a tree of 20 m height, the tip receives water within two hours. The most important physiological phenomenon which is responsible for the upward movement of water is transpiration pull.

7.The plant cell cytoplasm is surrounded by both cell wall and cell membrane. The specificity of transport of substances are mostly across the cell membrane, because___________
Soln. The plant cell cytoplasm is surrounded by both cell wall and cell membrane. The specificity of transport of substances are mostly across the cell membrane, because cell wall is freely permeable while cell membrane is selectively permeable, for solutes.

8.TheC4 plants are twice as efficient as C3 plants in terms of fixing C02 but lose only___________ as much water as C3 plants for the same amount ofC02 fixed.
Soln. The C4 plants are twice as efficient as C3 plants in terms of fixingC02 but lose only half as much water asC3plants for the same amount of C02 fixed.

9.Movement of substances in xylem is unidirec-tional while in phloem it is bidirectional. Explain.
Soln. Direction of transport is determined by the sink or area of utilisation of the material under transport.
Xylem transport is unidirectional and up-wards from roots to shoot tips. Phloem trans-port food from source to sink where source is the part of plant which stores or synthesises food and sink is the part which needs or consumes food. These source and sink parts of a plant vary depending on the season or need of the plants, thus the food needs to travel in both upward and downward direction. So, phloem shows bidirectional movement of substance.

10.Identify the processes occurring in I, II and III
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-2
Soln.
I – Uniport
II – Antiport
III – Symport

11 .Given below is a table. Fill in the gaps.
.ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-10
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-11
Soln.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-3

12.Define water potential and solute potential.
Soln. Water potential (ψw ) is difference in chemical potential per molar volume of water in a system and that of pure water at the same temperature and pressure.Solute potential (ψs) is the decrease in chemical. potential of pure water due to presence of solute particles in it.

13. Why is solute potential always negative? Explain ψw = ψs + ψp
Soln. Water potential is zero for pure water. Addition of solutes further decreases the potential and therefore, chemical potential is always negative or less than zero,
ψw = ψs + ψp   
ψw= Water potential of a system
ψs = Solute potential (Value negative)
ψ = Pressure potential (Value positive)

14. An onion peel was taken and
(a) Placed in salt solution for five minutes.
(b) After that it was placed in distilled water. When seen under the microscope what would be observed in (a) and (b)?
Soln.In condition (a) plasmolysis or shrinkage of protoplasm away from the cell wall will be observed.
In condition (b) deplasmolysis or swelling of shrunken protoplasm will be observed. As a result, the protoplasm will again come in contact with cell wall

15.Differentiate between apoplast and symplast pathways of water movement. Which of these would need active transport?
Soln. In apoplast pathway, non-living parts of plant body are involved as passage way i.e., cell walls and intercellular spaces.
In symplast pathway living parts of plant body are involved as passage way i.e., protoplasts connected by plasmodesmata.
Symplast pathways of water movement need active transport.

16.How does most of the water moves within the root?
Soln. Most of the water moves passively in the root through the apoplast except in the region of functional endodermis because the casparian strip present in endodermis blocks the apoplastic pathway and water has to enter the symplast.

17. Give the location of Casparian strip and explain its role in the water movement.
Soln. Casparian strips are found in the endodermal cell walls of plant roots. It prevents water movement from returning to the cortex from pericycle, consequently a positive hydrostatic pressure is established in vascular tissue.

18. Differentiate between guttation and transpiration.
Soln. Differences between guttation and transpiration are as follows.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-4

19. Transpiration is a necessary evil in plants. Explain.
Soln. Transpiration causes loss of huge amount of water absorbed by plants and leads to wilting and injury in plants. It also checks photosynthesis, reduces growth and if it is too severe, it may cause death by desiccation. Inspite of various detrimental disadvantages the plants cannot avoid transpiration due to their peculiar structure of leaves which is basically meant for gaseous exchange during respiration and photosynthesis. Besides this, transpiration provides the necessary pull required for ascent of sap. Therefore, transpiration is also regarded as “necessary evil” by Curtis (1926) or “unavoidable evil” by Steward (1959).

20. Describe briefly the three physical properties of water which help in ascent of water in xylem.
Soln.Three properties of water essential for its ascent in xylem are cohesive or cohesion force, adhesive or adhesion force and surface tension.
(i) Cohesion force: It is the force by which water molecules remain attached to one another. The force develops due to hydrogen bonds amongst the water molecules. Cohesion provides tensile strength against negative pressure exerted by transpiration pull.
(ii) Adhesion force: It is the force of attraction between water molecules and inner surface of xylem channels. Adhesion force adds tc tensile strength of water.
(iii) Surface tension: It refers to the higher attraction present amongst water molecules at the interphase between liquid and gaseous phase.

21.A gardener forgot to water a potted plant for a day during summer, what will happen to the plant? Do you think it is reversible? If yes, how?
Soln.Yes, watering of potted plant in summer for a day will cause partial water deficit in the plant. It will result in loss of turgidity in softer tissue. The plant will show wilting or shrivelled and droop appearance of leaves. The condition is reversible if it is not watered only for a day. As the plant is watered next
day, the softer tissue will again become turgid and the leaves will appear stretched again.

22.Identify a type of molecular movement which is highly selective and requires special membrane proteins, but does not require energy.
Soln. Facilitated diffusion is a type of movement which is highly selective and requires special membrane protein, but does not require energy.

23. Correct the statements.
(a) Cells shrink in hypotonic solutions and swell in hypertonic solutions.
(b) Imbibition is a special type of diffusion when water is absorbed by living cells.
(c) Most of the water flow in the roots occurs via the symplast.
Soln.(a) Cells shrink in hypertonic solution and swell in hypotonic solution.
(a) Imbibition is a special type of diffusion when water is adsorbed by non-living parts.
(b) Most of the water flow in the roots occur via the apoplast.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Minerals absorbed by the roots travel up the xylem. How do they reach the parts where they are needed most? Do all the parts of the plant get the same amount of the minerals?
Soln. Minerals absorbed are transported up the stem, to all parts of plant through the transpirational stream. They are needed the most in the growing region of the plant such as the apical meristem, young leaves, developing flowers, fruits, seeds and the storage organs. All parts do not require same amount of the minerals therefore they do not get the same amount of minerals. Minerals exit the xylem and enter the cells where they are needed by the mechanisms similar to ones by which they entered the xylem. Concentration of minerals is lower in the sink cells than that in the xylem sap, thus these minerals enter them passively. In some cells minerals already present in higher concentration may be taken in by active transport.

2.If one wants to find minerals and in the form they are mobilised in the plant, how will an analysis of the exudate help?
Soln.Exudate (plant sap) consists of xylem sap and small quantity of phloem sap. It is mixture of the organic/inorganic compounds and ions, minerals, sugar and amino acids.
Chemical analysis of plant sap will indicate which, mineral nutrient is transported in –
which form in the plants, e.g., nitrogen is absorbed and transported asN02  and N0 3 and sulphur as sulphate ion forms.

3.From your knowledge of physiology can you think of some method of increasing the life of cut plants in a vase?
Soln.Method of increasing the life of cut plants in a vase are as follows:
(i) Immerse the bases of cut plants immediate ly  in water to prevent entry of air in the xylem channels i.e. cavitation. :
(ii)Adding a small quantity of cytokinin in water of the vase. Cytokinin delays the senescence of plant.

4.Do different species of plants growing in the same area show the same rate of transpiration at a particular time? Justify your answer.
Soln.Different species of plants growing
in the same area do not show the same rate of transpiration at a particular time. This is
because rate of transpiration depends upon various factors like the leaf area, thickness of cuticle, number and duration of opening of stomata and the amount of water absorption etc., and these factors are specific for each type of plant.

5.Water is indispensable for life. What properties of water make it useful for all biological processes on the earth?
Soln. Properties of water which make it useful for all biological processes on the earth are as follows:
(i) Water is a polar molecule which has both positive (hydrogen) and negative (oxygen) ends. Polarity of water molecules makes
water an excellent solvent. That is why, water forms 90% of the protoplasm and provides a medium for biochemical reactions.
(ii)Due to its solvent properties and strong adhesive and cohesive forces water serves as the means to transport, nutrients upwards (ascent of sap) to the shoot system in plants
(iii)Compared to other liquids water requires a relatively large energy input to raise its temperature. This large energy input requirement is important for organisms because it helps to buffer temperature fluctuations
(iv)The high latent heat of vaporisation of water enables organisms to cool themselves by evaporation of water (i.e. transpiration and sweating).

6.How is it that the intracellular levels of K are higher than extracellular levels in animal cells?
Soln. Animal cells operate ATP-energised   Na+-K pump. It sends out 3Na+ ions into extracellular fluid and 2 K ions from extracellular fluid pass into inside of cells. As a result, intracellularK levels become higher than extracellular levels.

7.Cut pieces of beetroot do not leave colour in cold water but do so in hot water. Explain.
Soln. Cell membranes rupture at high temperatures. As a result the pigment contained in cell vacuoles of beetroot pieces leak out.

8.In a girdled plant, when water is supplied to the leaves above the girdle, leaves may remain green for some time then wilt and ultimately die. What does it indicate?
Soln.In a girdled plant, when water is supplied to the leaves above the girdle, leaves may remain green for some time because leaves can synthesise their food by photosynthesis. But, roots not only supply water to the leaves, they supply minerals too. Even when water is supplied to the leaves, they will not get minerals. Minerals are required for photolysis of water during photosynthesis (Mn), for completion of various reactions as they act as cofactors for various enzymes, for integrity of certain ribosomes (Mg) and production of chlorophyll (Mg, N) etc. Thus, leaves of girdled plant will die even when supplied with water due to deficiency of minerals.

9.Various types of transport mechanisms are needed to fulfil the mineral requirements of a plant. Why are they not fulfilled by diffusion alone?
Soln. Diffusion is very slow process for movement of non gaseous substances and allows movement of molecules for short distance only that too along the concentration gradient. In higher plants, requirements of minerals is quite high in plants due to contihued photosynthesis and growth which is not fulfilled by diffusion alone besides, some minerals have to be transported against the concentration gradient. Therefore plants use various channels for mineral transport like facilitated diffusion and active transport.

10.How can plants be grown under limited water supply without compromising on metabolic activities?
Soln. Plants can be grown under limited water supply without compromising on metabolic activities by using antitranspirants e.g. besides, some minerals have to be transported against PMA (Phenyl Mercuric Acetate) ABA (Abscisic Acid). Antitranspirants reduce water loss without affecting diffusion of gases and metabolic activities of the plants.

11.Will the ascent of sap be possible without the cohesion and adhesion of the water molecules? Explain.
Soln.No, the ascent of sap is not possible without cohesion and adhesion of the water molecules. In ascent of sap, continuous column of water is required which is maintained by cohesive and adhesive properties of water molecules. These together provide a very high tensile strength to the water column in xylem which prevents cavitation of the xylem vessels and the breaking of water column that may occur due to continuous transpiration.

12.Keep some freshly cut flowers in a solution of food colour. Wait for some time for the dye to rise in the flower, when the stem of the flower is held up in light, coloured strands can be seen inside. Can this experiment demonstrate which tissue is conducting water up the stem?
Soln. Coloured strands indicate that the food colour has passed upward through a conducting channel. This conduction channel can be xylem. This can be confirmed through microscopic observation of T. S. of stem.

13.When a freshly collected Spirogyra filament is kept in a 10% potassium nitrate solution, it is observed that the protoplasm shrinks in size:
(a) What is this phenomenon called?
(b) What will happen if the filament is replaced in distilled water?
Soln.(a) When a freshly collected Spirogyra filament is kept in a 10% potassium nitrate solution the protoplasm shrinks in size, because the concentration of the solution is higher than the cell cytoplasm. This phenomenon is called plasmolysis.
(b) If the filament is replaced in distilled water it reabsorbs water and protoplast will come back in its original shape. This phenomenon is known as deplasmolysis.

14. Sugar crystals do not dissolve easily in ice cold water. Explain.
Soln. At low temperature, kinetic energy of the system decreases with more water molecules forming lattice structure. Few water molecules remain mobile. As a result water molecules striking sugar crystals are small in number. This results in slow dissolution of sugar crystals in ice cold water.

15.Salt is applied to tennis lawns to kill weeds. How does salting tennis lawns help in killing of weeds without affecting the grass?
Soln. Salting causes increase in the ion concentration outside the cells, it causes exosmosis from cell. As a result, cell cytoplasm shrinks and death of the plant will occur. Salting has no selective effects. It will kill all the plants on which it is sprayed. Yet, to prevent grasses present from being killed the following steps can be taken:
(i) Salt is sprayed selectively only on the weeds preventing it from affecting grass.
(ii)Grass plant are sprayed with water while weed plants are not. It helps in leaching salt down the soil, without allowing it sufficient time to contact with the grass plant and affect it.

16.What is the chemical composition of xylem and phloem sap?
Soln. Xylem sap consists of water and dilute concentration of most minerals.
Phloem sap consists of sucrose (5—10%), amino acids (1%), traces of bound minerals and water.

17. If you are provided with two tubes (A and B), where one is narrow and the other is relatively wider and if both are immersed in a beaker containing water as shown in the figure given.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-5
Why does B show higher water rise than A?
Soln. Rise in water in the tubes is due to surface tension. Surface tension is inversely proportional to surface area. Surface area is less in narrow tube which, therefore has more surface tension and hence shows higher rise in water level.

18 .What are ‘aquaporins’? How does presence of aquaporins affect osmosis?
Soln. Aquaporins are membrane proteins which form pores or channels in membrane. It helps in transport of water soluble substances. In presence of aquaporins, osmosis becomes more rapid.

19. ABA (abscisic acid) is called a stress hormone.
(a) How does this hormone overcome stress conditions?
(b) From where does this hormone get released in leaves?
Soln.(a) Abscisic acid (ABA) is called stress hormone because it helps in overcoming stress condition by:
(i)Causing closure of stomata and reducing transpiration.
(ii)Reducing growth activity and metabolism.
(iii)inducing dormancy of buds and seeds, (b) Abscisic acid is released by mesophyll cells where it is formed from violaxantin.

20. We know that plants are harmed by excess water. But plants survive under flooded condition. How are they able to manage excess water?
Soln. Plant roots can tolerate temporary anaerobic conditions but not permanent anaerobiosis. Excess water in soil drives away air and causes permanent anaerobiosis. Flooding is a temporary phase. A lot of air remains trapped in the soil. Therefore, plants are able to tolerate flooding but not excess water or water logged conditions of soil as a permanent condition.

21.Differentiate between diffusion and translocation in plants.
Soln.Diffusion is the passage of substances from the region of their higher concentration to the region of their low concentration due to kinetic energy of the particles. It usually occurs in all directions.
Translocation is bulk transport of materials in solutions form, inside plant channels in particular directions caused by forces other than kinetic energy of the particles.

22.How is facilitated diffusion different from diffusion?
Soln. Facilitated diffusion is different from diffusion in following ways:
(i)Facilitated diffusion is passage of particles from the area of higher concentration to the area of lower concentration through specific sites (channel proteins) whereas diffusion is a passage of particles from the area of higher concentration to the area of lower concentration, throughout the available space.
(ii)In facilitated diffusion, only one type of particle can pass through its specific sites whereas in diffusion a number of different types of particles can diffuse simultaneously through the same space.
(iii)Facilitated diffusion stops or, slows down when saturation of carrier molecules occurs. In diffusion no saturation occurs.

23.Explain the mass flow hypothesis of transport in phloem.
Soln.Mass flow hypothesis was proposed by E. Munch (1930) and was elaborated by Crafts (1938). According to this hypothesis, organic substances move from the region of high osmotic pressure to the region of low osmotic pressure in a mass flow due to the development of a gradient of turgor pressure. Sieve tube system is fully adapted to mass flow of solutes. Here, the vacuoles are fully permeable because of the absence of tonoplast (Esau, 1966). A continuous high osmotic concentration is present in the source or supply region, e.g., mesophyll cells (due to photosynthesis). The organic substances present in them are passed into the sieve tubes through their companion cells by an active process. A high osmotic concentration, therefore, develops in the sieve tubes of the source. The sieve tubes absorb water from the surrounding xylem and develop a high turgor pressure. It causes the flow of organic solution towards the area of low turgor pressure. A low trugor pressure is maintained in the sink region by converting soluble organic substances into insoluble form. Water passes back into xylem.

24.0bserve the diagram and answer the following:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-6
(a) Are these types of guard cells found in monocots or dicots?
(b) Which of these shows a higher water content (i) or (ii)?
(c) Which element plays an important role in the opening and closing of stomata?
Soln.(a) In given figure, guard cells are bean shaped which are mainly found in dicots.
(b) Figure (i) shows higher water content in the guard cells, because the cells are turgid and the stoma is open.
(c) K+ ions play an important role in the opening and closing of stomata.

25.Define uniport, symport and antiport. Do they require energy?
Soln. Uniport is one sided movement of a substance through the cell membrane independent of other solutes.Symport and antiport are two types of cotransport. Symport is simultaneous movement of two or more solutes across cell membrane in the same direction. Antiport is simultaneous movement of two solutes in opposite directions across the cell membrane.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-7
Uniport, symport and antiport are types of facilitated diffusion which do not require energy. Similar type of passage also occur in case of active transport where energy is required.

Long Answer Type Questions
1. Minerals are present in the soil in sufficient amounts. Do plants need to adjust the types of solutes that reach the xylem? Which molecules help to adjust this? How do plants regulate the type and quantity of solutes that reach xylem?
Soln. Yes, plants need to adjust the types of solutes that reach the xylem. Transport proteins present on endodermis help to adjust this. The solute ions are checked and transported inwardly by transport proteins present over the endodermal cells. Endodermis allows the passage of ions inwardly but not outwardly. Endodermis acts as the checkpoint because before endodermis, water and dissolved minerals are carried upto the cortex by both apoplast and symplast. Symplastic movement can be regulated as plasma membrane is selectively permeable but apoplastic movement occurs through completely permeable non-living spaces, thus cannot be regulated. At the level
of endodermis, the apoplastic movement is stopped, due to presence of Casparian strip, hence only required minerals are allowed selectively to pass through the symplast. Plasma membranes of endodermal cells represented the final point at which the root could control entry of any disssolved solute.

2.Plants show temporary and permanent wilting. Differentiate between the two. Do any of them indicate the water status of the soil?
Soln. Wilting is the loss of turgidity of leaves and other soft aerial parts of a plant causing their drooping, folding and rolling. The symptoms of wilting are not shown by thick walled tissues. Therefore, they are less conspicuous in sclerophyllous plants.
It is mainly of three types:
(i) Incipient wilting
(ii) Temporary wilting
(iii)Permanent wilting
Incipient wilting shows no external symptoms of wilting.
Differences between temporary and permanent wilting are as follows:
(i) Temporary wilting is the temporary drooping down of leaves and young shoots due to loss of turgidity during noon. At this time the rate of transpiration is maximum. The rate of water absorption is less due to shrinkage of roots and depletion of water around the root hairs, lower leaves show wilting earlier than the upper ones. Whereas permanent wilting occurs when the soil is unable to meet the water requirement of plant.
(ii)Temporary wilting recovers as soon as water is replenished in the soil around root hair whereas permanent wilting cannot be recovered because cells do not regain their turgidity even in presence of plentiful water.
(iii)In temporary wilting plant regain its normal growth, whereas in permanent wilting plant eventually dies.

3.Which of these is a semipermeable membrane (S.P) and which is selectively permeable (S.L) (a) Animal bladder
(b) Plasmalemma
(c) Tonoplast
(d) Parchment membrane
(e) Egg membrane
Soln.
(a) Animal bladder – Selectively permeable membrane
(b) Plasmalemma – Selectively permeable membrane
(c) Tonoplast – Selectively permeable membrane
(d) Parchment membrane – Semipermeable mem¬brane
(e) Egg membrane – Selectively permeable membrane

4.Halophytes may show precell pressure very much higher than atmospheric pressure. Explain how this can happen?
Soln.Halophytes grow in soil with high concentration of salts. There is accumulation of salts in the cytoplasm, as a result the osmotic concentration of cytoplasm is increased, which causes entry of water into the cells. As a result, turgor pressure of the cells in the halophytes is comparatively higher. To limit it, halophytes perform two steps:
(i) They accumulate salts away from the cytoplasm in vacuoles.
(ii)They have special salt secreting glands which remove excess salts.

5.The radiolabelled carbon in carbon dioxide supplied to potato plants in an experiment was seen in the tuber eventually. Trace the movement of the labelled carbon dioxide.
Soln. If’ a radiolabelled carbon C14 is supplied to potato plants, they will carry out photosynthesis in the presence of light,
and theC14O2 will be fixed and will form radioactive products of photosynthesis, i.e., glucose C614 H12O6.
This radioactive glucose is converted to sucrose which would again be radioactive due to transfer of C14 from previous sugar molecule. These sucrose molecule then move into phloem and transported to other parts of plant and eventually reach the tuber where they are converted into radiolabelled starch and is stored.

6.Water molecule is very polar. Polar end of molecule attracts opposite charges on another water molecule (acts like magnet). How will you explain this property of water with reference to upward movement of water? Comment on the upward movement of Soln.water given the intermolecular hydrogen bonding in water.
Soln. Water molecules remain attached to one another by a strong mutual force of attraction called cohesion force, the mutual attraction is due to hydrogen bonds formed amongst adjacent water molecules.
On account of cohesion force, the water column can bear a tension or pull of up to 100 atm (Mac Dougal, 1936). Therefore, the cohesion force provides the tensile strength. Its theoretical value is about 15000 atm but the. measured value inside the tracheary elements ranges between 45 atm to 207 atm (Dixon and Jolly, 1894). Water column does not further break its connection from the tracheary elements (vessels and tracheids) because of another force called adhesion force between their walls and water molecules. Water molecules in liquid state are attracted to one another more than the water molecules in the gaseous state. It produces surface tension that accounts for high capillarity through tracheids and vessels.

7.Comment on the experimental setup.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-transport-in-plants-8
(a) What does the setup demonstrate?
(b) What will happen to the level of water if a blower is placed close to setup.
(c) Will the mercury level fluctuate (go up/ down) if phenyl mercuric acetate is sprayed on leaves?
Soln.(a) The given setup is demonstration of pull due to transpiration.
(b) If a blower is placed close to set up, rate of transpiration will increase because movement of air increases the rate of transpiration. The air from blower is low in moisture concentration and thus will
increase transpiration. Now, humid air will move away quickly (as the blower is still on) and the newly arrived dry air will cause further transpiration. As a result, overall rate of transpiration will increase. If rate of transpiration increases, water level will go down.
(c) Phenyl mercuric acetate is an antitranspirant. If it is sprayed on leaves, transpirational loss of water will stop and the mercury level will remain stable.

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Transport in Plants appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship An Entrepreneur

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Chapter 2 An Entrepreneur

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED

1.Answer the following questions in about 15 words:
(i)Who is an Intrapreneur?
(ii)Define Entrepreneurial Motivation.
(iii)What do you mean by competency?
(iv)Which value provides goal direction to entrepreneurs?
(v)State one crucial feature of Fabian entrepreneurs?
(vi)‘Hero Motocorp manufactures two wheelers and provide services.’ This is an example of which type of entrepreneur?
(vii)“They are highly ambitious and normally not satisfied by slow progress in their jobs.” This applies for which entrepreneurs?
(viii)“When it wanes, as it surely will in difficult times, take some guilt time.” This statement shows which attitude of an entrepreneur?
Ans.(i) Definition: “Intrapreneur”: An entrepreneur-like individual works inside a large company, and acts to get things done, to manage large critical projects, and/or to develop new products. These individuals usually start as successful project managers.
Or
• An inside intrapreneur or an entrepreneur within a large firm, who usually used/ uses entrepreneurial skills without incurring the risks associated with those activities.
• Intrapreneur uses his skills, talent and share his idea associated with those activities.
• They are usually an employees within a company who are assigned a special idea or project.
(ii)It is defined as the process that activated the entrepreneurs to exert a high level of effort for the achievement of his/her goal.
Or
In other words it can be defined as drive or forces within an entrepreneur that effect his/her direction, intensity and persistence of voluntary behaviour.
Or
Entrepreneurial motivation is the drive of an entrepreneur to maintain an entrepreneurial spirit in all their actions.
(iii)Competency is a set of defined behaviours that provide a structured guide enabling the identification, evaluation and development of the behaviours in an individual.
(iv)‘Respect for work’. All entrepreneur believe that they can achieve anything through hardwork. This value provides goal direction which encourages them to persue a path and incentives are linked to the degree and quality of efforts made.
(v)Fabian entrepreneurs are very shy, lazy, cautious and do not venture or take risk.
(vi)Industrial Entrepreneur.
(vii)Innovative Entrepreneurs.
(viii)Attitude are gradually learnt over a period of time. The process of learning attitude starts from childhood and it continues throughout the life of a person.

2.Answer the following in about 50 words:
(i)Why attitude is called pervasive?
(ii)Explain any two features of attitude.
(iii)Explain these core values:
(a)Respect for work
(b)Innovation and creativity.
(iv)Name the types of entrepreneurs according to Danhof.
(v)What is the importance of an intrapreneur in an organisation?
(vi)What is “Innovation time off’ in an intrapreneurship program?
Ans.(i) They are formed in the process of socialisation and may relate to anything in the world.
For example: A person may have positive and negative attitudes towards religion, politics, politicians or countries.
(ii)(a) Affects behaviour: People have a natural tendency to maintain consistency between attitude and behaviour. Attitudes can lead to intended behaviour if there is no external intervent.
(b)It is invisible: It constitutes a psychological phenomenon which cannot be directly observed. However, we may observe an attitude indirectly through observing its consequences. For example, if a person is highly productive, we may infer that he has a positive attitude towards his/her work.
(ii)(a)Respect for work: Entrepreneur culture respects and values work. Entrepreneur who are successful believe that to achieve one has to do hard-work. To them work is worship.
(b)Innovation and creativity: These are the most important values found among most of the entrepreneurs. Creativity is the ability to bring something new into existence or new ways of doing things and innovativeness is the ability to make it work in practice. For example, earlier, hair oil was available only in tins and introducing it in plastic small packs has become convenient for customers to carry and use.
Innovation refers to the process of doing new things. It brings into reality a new idea, a new process, a new product or innovativeness can be seen through actions such as: Sachet Market – small sachet of shampoo, oil, etc.
(iv)C. Danhof has broadly classified entrepreneurs into four types. These are:
(a)Innovative Entrepreneur (b) Imitative Entrepreneur
(c)Fabian Entrepreneur (d) Drone Entrepreneur
(a)Smart organisations will seek out individuals who like to invent, innovate, and want to the best idea within them.
These individuals can work independently but even more important can work seamlessly as part of an integrated team structure and also effectively embrace and embody the culture of the entrepreneur’s host organisation. Intrapreneurs are most successful when management empowers and supports them and in turn the intrapreneurs represent the best interests of their organisations, while earning the respect of corporate peers.
(vi)“Innovation time off’ is an intrapreneurship programme firstly introduced by Google. The main features of this programme was:
(a) All the employees are empowered and encouraged to spend 20% of their time
on projects that interest them and their thinking will benefit Google and their customers.
(b) It has a formal process for their selection of entrepreneurial projects, for the formal evaluation process and the monitoring of each Google approved entrepreneurial project.
(c) All those employees who want to participate in the programme must submit a project proposal within a specified timeline.
(d) After implementation of the intrepreneurship programme, it was observed several of Google’s newest products and services such as Gmail, Google news, Orkut and AdSense were all originated through this program and has given a good results.

3.Answer the following in about 75 words:
(i)“The thoughts, feelings and tendencies to behave are acquired gradually.” In the light of this statement describe the sources of attitudes.
(ii)”Attitude is not by birth, it is acquired”. Explain.
(iii)“Entrepreneurs venture to take risks but some entrepreneurs are very shy and lazy by nature.” Mention the name of such entrepreneurs and explain.
(iv)“Innovation and creativity both are interrelated.” Explain.
(a)“We can appoint an employee but not an entrepreneur.” Describe difference between an employee and an entrepreneur in the light of this statement.
(vi)Differentiate between an Intrapreneur and Entrepreneur.
(vii)Explain the following Entrepreneurial competencies:
(a)Persistence
(b)Leadership
(c)Systematic planning
(viii)Why is systematic planning a must for an entrepreneur?
(ix)Define Business Ethics. Why is it important to an entrepreneur?
(x)Explain types of entrepreneurs on the basis of use of technology.
(xi)Explain types of entrepreneurs on the basis of motivation.
(xii)What are the entrepreneurial values? Show by diagram.
(Xiii)“Human beings require respect in the society.” Explain the esteem needs in the Maslow—Hierarchy of Needs Theory.
(xiv)How competency in creativity and innovation helps an entrepreneur meet the challenges of a situation?
(xv)Do you think Intrapreneur is necessary for an organisation? Support your answer with strong reasons.
Ans.(i) The central idea running through the process of attitude formation is that, the thoughts, feelings and tendencies to behave are acquired or learned gradually. The attitudes are acquired from the following sources:
1.Direct Personal Experience: The quality of an individual’s direct experience with the attitude object (work area) determines his/her attitude towards it.
For example if a worker:
• finds his/her job challenging,
• always tries to understand supervisors and co-workers
• is nature wise very cooperative
• creates an healthy environment
• completes the task on time
• is satisfied and happy with the entire environment
then he/she will have a positive attitude towards his/her job because of the quality of his/her direct experience with the job.
2.Group Associations: Each and every individual working in an organisation are always influenced to one degree or another by other members in the group to which they belong. Their attitudes toward products ethics warfare and a multitude of other subjects are influenced strongly by groups that they value and with which they do or wish to associate. All those people involved in a group are, including family, working members, and peer groups, and cultural and sub-cultural groups, are important in affecting a person’s attitudinal development.
3.Influential to Others:
• A consumer’s attitude can be formed and changed through personal contact with influential persons such as respected friends relatives and experts.
• Opinion leaders are examples of people who are respected by their followers and who may strongly influence the attitudes and purchase behaviour of followers.
• To capitalize on this type of influence, advertisers often use actors and actresses who look similar to or act similar to their intended audiences.
People tend to like others who are similar to themselves because they believe that they share the same problems, form the same judgments and use the same criteria for evaluating products. Another application which advertisers use to influence audience attitudes is the so called slice of life commercial.
For example: Sachin Tendulkar: Boost: Boost is the secret of my energy.
Aishwarya Rai Bachchan in Kalyan Jewellers.
These advertisements show typical people confronting typical problems and finding solutions in the use of the advertised brand, some examples include the advertisement of a specialised shampoo (to solve dandruff problems).
(ii)Yes, it is a true statement. The process of learning attitudes starts right from childhood and continues throughout the life of a person. It means attitudes are gradually learnt over a period of time. However, in the beginning, the family members have a greater impact on the attitude of a child.
(iii)Fabian Entrepreneurs: According to C. Danhof, Fabian entrepreneur are categorized in third group. Such entrepreneurs are very shy and lazy. They are very cautious. They do not venture or take risks. They are rigid and fundamental in their approach. Usually, they are second generation entrepreneurs in a family business enterprise. They follow the footsteps of their predecessors. They imitate only when they are sure that failure to do so would result in a loss of the relative position in the enterprise.
(iv)Yes, Innovation and Creativity both are interrelated.
These are the most important values found among most of the entrepreneurs. They are guided by these values when they come out with creative ideas, new products, services, processes, etc. to solve specific problems of the society.
Creativity is the ability to see new ways of doing things and innovativeness is the ability to make it work in practice.
For example, earlier hair oil was available only in tins and introducing it in plastic small packs has become convenient for customers to carry and use. Innovativeness can be seen through actions such as:
(a)Sachet Market – small sachet of shampoo, oil, etc
(b)Experimenting with new ideas for example introduction of debit and credit cards in the banking sector.
(c) Facing uncertainty in order to try out new ideas.
(d)Not giving up or becoming upset when errors occur.
(v)Generally, the difference between entrepreneur and employee is that an entrepreneur is the owner of the enterprise and an employee is in the service of the enterprise and both work in the interest of the enterprise. The following are the basic differences:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-1
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-2
(vi)Differences between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur are as follows:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-3
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-4
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-4
(vii)1.Persistence:
(a)It is the ability of an entrepreneur to continue with the course of action despite obstacles and difficulties.
(b)He must persist with behavioural skills even when the failure is visible as a quality successful entrepreneurs are determined and persistent in their march towards excellence.
(c)He always create a need for goods and services in the market forenterprise. For example: (i) In India when mixers was introduced, numbers of users/customers were less but today, we find it to be an essential appliance of kitchen accessories.
(d)When Mahima Mehra brought out her product – Haathi Chaap, she had experimented on various other material before using elephant dung to manufacture handmade paper.
2.Leadership: An entrepreneur should also be an effective leader who should be able to guide and motivate his/her entire team. Whenever a company faces problem it is the will power and effective business acumen and communication skills which oversees the success of the corporation.
3.Systematic planning: An entrepreneur with a systematic and well defined plan has always more chances of success. Before commencing actual operation, he is required to develop. Every entrepreneur has limited resources in terms of time, finance and manpower. They invest their life’s saving and total energy in creating entrepreneurial ventures and cannot afford to lose or waste these. Before putting the whole enterprise into operation, he is required to develop a detailed blueprint of activities including all necessary information regarding the objectives of the business, legal, financial and administrative aspect, likely obstacles. It provides a blueprint for building new enterprise.
(viii)Planning provides a blueprint for building new enterprise.
An entrepreneur is expected to have systematic planning which will help him to prepare an action plan for performing all the activities in every area of operation in order to achieve the pre-determined goals.
• It will also help the entrepreneur to carefully monitor his/her business’ actual performance against desired performance and turn to other alternatives whenever the need arises; so as to achieve his/her set goals.
• It helps to evaluating the positive and negative aspect associated with each alternative.
(ix)“Business Ethics” can be defined as the critical, structured examination of how people and institutions should behave in the world of commerce. It is the study of standards of business behaviour that promote human welfare and the good.
(x)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-5
The entrepreneurs may be classified into the following categories on the basis of application of new technology in various sectors of the economy:
(a)Technical Entrepreneurs are technical by nature in the sense of having the capability of developing new and improved quality of goods and services out of their own knowledge, skill and specialisation are called a technical entrepreneur. They are essentially compared to craftsmen who concentrate more on production than marketing.
(b)Non-technical Entrepreneurs are those who are mainly concerned with developing alternative marketing and distribution strategies to promote their business. They are not concerned with the technical aspects of the product and services they are dealing with.
(xi)Based on their motivating factors, entrepreneurs can be classified into three types such as spontaneous, induced and motivated entrepreneurs.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-6
(a)Spontaneous Entrepreneurs
They are also known as entrepreneurs:
They are motivated by their desire for self-fulfillment and to achieve or prove their excellence in job performance.
They undertake entrepreneurial activities for their personal satisfaction in work, ego, or status.
Their strength lies in their creative abilities.
They are the natural entrepreneurs in any society. And do not need any external motivation.
(b)Induced Entrepreneurs
Induced entrepreneurs enter into entrepreneurship because of various governmental supports.
Interested entrepreneurs get support from the government to set up of their new enterprises in terms of financial assistance (in the form of Grants and Aids), incentives, concessions and other facilities.
Sometimes prospective entrepreneurs are induced or even forced by their special circumstance, such as loss of job or inability to find a suitable job according to their talent and merit to adapt to entrepreneurship.
(c)Motivated Entrepreneurs
Motivated Entrepreneurs are motivated by their desire to make use of their technical and professional expertise and skill in performing the job or project they have taken up.
They have enough confidence in their abilities.
They are highly ambitious and are normally not satisfied by the slow progress in their jobs.
They enter entrepreneurship because of the possibility of making and marketing of some new products or service for the use of the prospective consumers. If the product or service is developed to a saleable stage and the customers accept the same, the entrepreneur is then further motivated by reward in terms of profit.
(xii)In a civilized society some qualities like honesty, truthfulness, cooperation, integrity etc. as important for happy and healthy living. They are a set of beliefs or ideas that provide standards which guide behaviour. Such guiding principles established in a cultured society are called values. They provide us the direction in our life and helps us achieve our potential. Entrepreneurs share some of these qualities that guide and direct them and hence they have come to be called entrepreneurial values. They are a combination of a number of factors that shape an individual’s life in an environment. It implies that when an individual interacts with his environment, certain characteristics emerge to guide the individual in his pursuit.
This diagram shows that a person develops certain core values as a result of an active interaction between the environmental factors, the personality factors and action factors. A study of such core values reveals that a set of four values are found to be prominent among entrepreneurs. They are:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-7
1.Innovativeness and Creativity
2.Independence or Ownership
3.Quest for Outstanding Performance or Achievement
4.Respect for Work.
However, these values are not found in the same degree in all the entrepreneurs. In some, innovativeness and creativity may be stronger than
other values while in some quest for achievement may be the strongest driving force. But, to become successful entrepreneurs, a knowledge of all these values is essential.
(xiii)Esteem needs include the desire for self-respect, self-esteem, and the esteem of others.
• When focused externally, these needs also include the desire for reputation, prestige, status, fame, glory, dominance, recognition, attention, importance and appreciation.
• An individual eventually needs to feel that he/she has a social status. This goes beyond just having social relationships; the individual must feel that in work or at home he/she is making a contribution. This also includes recognition of achievement from others. And the need to feel good about themselves.
(xiv)Creativity is the merging of ideas which have not been merged before. New ideas are formed by developing current ones within our minds. It is ranked by the ability to create, bring into existence, to invent, a new form to produce through imaginative skills, something new, it is an ability to generate new idea as by combining changing or re-applying existing ideas and innovation means doing something new or something different. The entrepreneurs are constantly on look out to do something and unique to meet the requirements of the customers.
Competency in creativity and innovation are sometimes basic traits of certain individuals. He/she might not have any new ideas or may not inventors of new products and new methods of production but they have the ability to vision the future and have the possibility of making use of the inventions of their enterprise. He/she may use the creative ideas and innovative products and services to meet the challenges of a situation and to satisfy the changing taste and preference of customers adopt and apply new technique to meet the customers changing demand for product and take advantage of the utility of an idea or a product to create wealth.
For Example,
• Changes in the packaging of potato chips.
• Tea bags.
• Cup cakes.
• Pidilite Industries introduced ? 5 pack of feviquick.
• Introducing it in plastic small packs has become convenient for customers to carry and use.
• Use and throw ballpoint pen for students worth ?
• Cadbury introduced ‘Celebration’s ? 100 single attractive pack with all types of Cadbury chocolates.
(xv)Yes, I do agree that Intrapreneur is necessary for an organisation. The reasons are:
• It is the best way to retain the talented, creative and innovative staff, who transform a dream and idea into viable project.
• It describes easiest way of developing new product and services within the company through him.
• Intrapreneur’s new way of thinking making organisations.

4.Answer the following in about 150 words:
What do you mean by entrepreneurs? Mention the types of entrepreneurs. ‘Motivation is a process.’ Explain by a model.
“Entrepreneurs cannot survive and grow without fulfilling the ethical responsibilities of the society.” Explain.
Explain in detail the McClelland Theory of Motivation.
Explain the type of business entrepreneurs.
Explain any four entrepreneurial competencies.
Explain features of attitudes.
How do systematic planning and persistence help entrepreneurs become effective leaders?
Ans.(i)Entrepreneur is one who starts an enterprise, undertakes risk, problem solver, bears uncertainty and also performs the managerial functions of decision-making and coordinate with all employees.
Types of entrepreneur are as follows:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-8
Motivation is essentially a process. It can be well expressed in the form of a model. On a careful analysis of the model, it can be understood that every individual possesses an urge or a need, or a multitude of needs, desires or expectations. The unsatisfied need leads to tension within the individual and motivates one to search for ways to relieve one’s own tension. That tension leads one to certain drives and searching alternatives to achieve one’s goal which will eventually reduce tension.
(iii)Yes, it is true. Entrepreneurs cannot survive and grow without fulfilling the ethical responsibilities of the society. Ethics is the knowledge of what is wrong and what is right. Business ethics are often guided by law, and it provides a basic framework that a businesses may chose to follow in order to gain public acceptance. An entrepreneur has to follow his ethics to make sure the proper usage of human resources, country’s natural resources, serve the society and the proper development of the country.
It includes:
• Giving proper wages to workers.
• Prohibiting child labour.
• Not polluting the environment with harmful industrial smoke and wastages.
• Ensuring proper and fuller utilization of natural resources.
There are many duties and responsibilities of a person towards a society, and towards nation. An entrepreneur as a part of the society and nation must follow ethical standards and if the enterprise abide the social and ethical responsibility then his /her business will flourish and then:
(a)Reputation in the society: The reputation of the firm will be badly affected and the people would not like the company and, who does not serve the society.
(b)Employees may leave: If the company/firm does not provide actual wages to the workers/employees then they may strike or may leave the organisation which will result in loss of production.
(c)Product dissatisfaction: If the correct amount of quantity and good quality of the product is not provided, definitely the interest of people will move and they prefer other substitute goods.
(d) Government can shut-down: If the firm does not follow its ethical responsibility, government has the power to seal and shut down, they can even arrest and charge penalties for not following the laws.
These are the consequences which can take place if the enterprise does not follow.
(iv)McClelland’s Need for Achievement Theory is one of content theories of motivation emphasising that human needs and incentives cause human behaviour.
McClelland has identified three types of basic motivating needs:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-9
(1)Need for Achievement or Achievement Motive:
• It refers to one’s desire to accomplish something with own efforts and an intense desire to achieve.
• This theory has identified four basic characteristics of high achievers:
(a)Moderate risks: Taking moderate risks is the simple most descriptive characteristic of the person possessing high achievement need.
(b)Immediate feedback: Person with high need for achievement desires activities which provide immediate and precise feedback information how he is progressing towards a goal.
(c)Accomplishment: Person with high need for achievement finds accomplishing a task intrinsically satisfying in and of itself, or he does not expect or necessarily want the accompanying material rewards.
(d)Preoccupation with the tasks: Once a high achiever selects a goal, he tends to be totally preoccupied with the task until it is successfully completed. He will not feel satisfied unless he has put his maximum effort in completing the task.
• The need for achievement is characterized by the wish to take responsibility for finding solutions to problems, master complex tasks, set goals and get feedback on level of success.
(2)Affiliation Motive or Need for Affiliation (N-Affil):
• This refers to needs to establish interact and maintain friendly relations with others. ,
• According to this theory, people with high need for affiliation usually derive pleasure from being loved and tend to avoid the pain of being rejected.
• They are concerned with maintaining pleasant social relationships, understanding, and enjoy consoling and helping others in trouble.
• It is characterized by a desire to belong, an enjoyment of teamwork, a concern about interpersonal relationships, and a need to reduce uncertainty.
(3)Need for Power or Power Motive (N-Pwr):
• The ability to induce or influence behaviour is power.
• These means the one’s desire to dominate and influence others by using actions.
• The need for power is characterized by a drive to control and influence others, a need to win arguments, a need to persuade and prevail.
Such individuals are generally seeking positions of leadership; they are forceful, outspoken, hard headed and demanding.
According to McClelland, the presence of these motives or drives in an individual indicates a predisposition to behave in certain ways. Therefore, from a manager’s perspective, recognizing which need is dominant in any particular individual affects the way in which that person can be motivated.
People with achievement motives are motivated by standards of excellence, delineated roles and responsibilities and concrete, timely feedback. Those with affiliation motives are motivated when they can accomplish things with people they know and trust. And the power motive is activated when people are allowed to have an impact, impress those in power, or beat competitors.
•(v)Types of Business
Depending on the nature, size and type of business, entrepreneurs are divided into five categories:
1.Business Entrepreneur:
• Business entrepreneurs are those who develop an idea for a new product or
service and then establish an enterprise to materialise their idea into reality.
• Generally these types of entrepreneurs are found in the field of small trading and manufacturing concerns.
2.Trading Entrepreneur:
Entrepreneurs who undertake trading activities, whether domestic or overseas.
• They deal in buying and selling of manufactured goods.
• Before launching the business they identify the potential market for the product in order to stimulate the demand.
• They believe in creating a demand in the market, do market survey and push many ideas ahead of others in the form demonstration to promote their businesses.
For example: Vegetable sellers, fruit sellers, grocery shops, retail shops,
supermarkets, wholesalers, etc.
3.Industrial Entrepreneur:
• Industrial entrepreneurs are also known as manufacturing entrepreneurs generally they convert the raw material into finished product.
They manufacture products and offer services, which have an effective demand in the marketing.
• They have the ability to convert economic resources and technology into a profitable venture.
For example: Enterprises like Hero Motorcorp and Hyundai Corporation.
Carpentry workshops, pottery, mat and basket weaving, tailoring, welding, making cars, saucepans, etc.
Other manufacturing businesses process agricultural products to produce different products, for example, milling factories, food processing and packaging, etc
• Textiles manufacturing businesses, which make clothes.
4.Corporate Entrepreneur:
• Corporate entrepreneurs are those who through their innovative ideas and skill able to organise, manage and control a corporate undertaking very effectively and efficiently.
• They are promoters of the undertakings/corporations, engaged in business, trade or industry.
5.Agricultural Entrepreneur:
» Agricultural entrepreneurs are those who undertake agricultural as well as allied activities in the field of agriculture.
• They engage in raising and marketing of various agricultural base products.
Ex:crops, fertilisers and other inputs of agriculture through employment of modern techniques, machines and irrigation.
Types of Agriculture Business:
(a)Crop production: The businesses are engaged in the production and selling of crops like fruits, vegetables, coffee, cotton, maize, tea, flowers, tobacco, etc.
(b)Livestock production: The businesses are engaged in the rearing and selling of different animals for their meat and other products like milk and skins, etc.
(c)Poultry keeping: The businesses concentrate on rearing and selling different types of birds for their meat, eggs, skins and feathers.
(d)Agricultural support businesses: Such businesses provide extension services, inputs like fertilizers, drugs, etc.
6.Use of Technology: The entrepreneurs may be classified into the following
categories on the basis of application of new technology in various sectors of the economy.
(a)Technical Entrepreneur: The entrepreneurs who are technically skill by nature in the sense of having the capability of developing new and improved quality of goods and services out of their own knowledge, skill and specialisation are called a technical entrepreneur. They are essentially compared to craftsmen who concentrate more on production than marketing.
Example, The roots of India’s tech entrepreneurship boom extend back to the early 1980s, when a group of software engineers decided to form a business to provide technology services to overseas clients, based on the wide availability and low cost of India’s human talent base. They called their company Infosys (INFY). It became the company that would go on to flatten the world.
(b)Non-technical Entrepreneur: Non-technical entrepreneurs are those who are mainly concerned with developing alternative marketing and distribution strategies to promote their business.
They are not concerned with the technical aspects of the product and services they are dealing with.
7.Professional Entrepreneurs:
• Professional entrepreneurs make it their profession to establish business enterprise, initially they work hard, and put maximum efforts and efficiency get a reputation with a purpose, to sell them once they are established.
• He/she is always looking forward to develop alternative projects by selling the running business.
• They are not interested in managing operations of the business established by him. By nature they are dynamic.
8.Motivation: Based on their motivating factors, entrepreneurs can be classified into three types such as spontaneous, induced and motivated entrepreneurs.
(a)Spontaneous Entrepreneurs: Spontaneous entrepreneurs are otherwise known as pure entrepreneurs, who are motivated by their desire for self¬fulfilment and to achieve or prove their excellence in job performance. They undertake entrepreneurial activities for their personal satisfaction in work, ego, or status. Their strength lies in their creative abilities. They are the natural entrepreneurs in any society. They do not need any external motivation.
(b)Induced Entrepreneurs: Induced entrepreneurs enter into entrepreneurship because of various governmental supports provided in terms of financial assistance, incentives, concessions and other facilities to the people who want to set up their new enterprises. Sometimes prospective entrepreneurs are induced or even forced by their special circumstance, such as loss of job or inability to find a suitable job according to their talent and merit to adapt to entrepreneurship.
(c)Motivated Entrepreneurs: Motivated entrepreneurs are motivated by their desire to make use of their technical and professional expertise and skill in performing the job or project they have taken up. They have enough confidence in their abilities. They are highly ambitious and are normally not satisfied by the slow progress in their jobs. They enter entrepreneurship because of the possibility of making and marketing of some new products or service for the use of the prospective consumers. If the product or service is developed to a saleable stage and the customers accept the same, the entrepreneur is then further motivated by reward in terms of profit.
McClelland theorized that individuals have three basic motivational needs: affiliation, power and achievement. The affiliation motive can be explained as a strong desire for individual and/or group approval, and it reflects the desire for social acceptance and friendship. The power motive can be satisfied by being in control, and it can be expressed as a strong desire to change events and to exercise influences over others. The achievement motive is based on the need to achieve and win; it is characterized by working hard, and succeeding. For management, all three motives—affiliation, power, and achievement are import when it comes to motivating employees.
(vi) Following are four entrepreneurial competencies:
(a) Initiative:
• It is the first step in the enterprise.
• It is the ability to make decisions and take action without asking for the help or advice of others.
• It is essential for an entrepreneur to be active quick decision-maker.
• An entrepreneur has to be keen observer of the society, the commercial trends, the product types, the change dynamics and the consumer trends.
(b) Creativity and Innovation:
• Competency in creativity and innovation are sometimes basic traits of certain individuals.
• He/she might not have any new ideas.
• He/she may use the creative ideas and innovative products and services to meet the challenges of a situation, take advantage of the utility of an idea or a product to create wealth. Example, changes in the packaging of potato chips.
(c) Risk Taking and Risk Management:
• Risk refers to the condition of not being able to predict the outcome of an activity or decision. He/she treads into areas of uncertainty.
• It provides the entrepreneur with the set of controls to monitor the venture.
• Every entrepreneur must identify the risk, by considering all factors economic conditions, political factors, market research and financial resource mobilization, demand supply in the market, acceptability of the product design and service which throw a potential challenge to the entrepreneur.
In order to attune oneself in the skill of risk taking and management he should practice in several areas of entrepreneurial functions such as entering into new market.
• For example, when Dhirubhai Ambani faced cash crunch he took the risk of issuing shares in 1977 to the public when they were not aware about the share market.
(d)JProblem Solving:
Entrepreneur must be aware that he has started a new business and many problems are bound to hinder in the path of progress and he cannot escape from them. He/she should
• understand that there is more than one way of solving problems,
look for alternative strategies, resources that would help to solve the problem, generate new ideas, products, services, etc.
In problem solving an entrepreneur has to take various decisions which should be effective and arriving at creative solution and give better results thereof.
For example: When an entrepreneur faces cash crunch he should look for alternative sources for receiving funds. Ratan Tata shifted the manufacturing plant of Nano cars from Singur to Sanand due to unforeseen complexities.
(vii)Features of Attitude:
1.Affects behaviour: People have a natural tendency to maintain consistency between attitude and behaviour. Attitudes can lead to intended behaviour if there is no external intervention.
2.It is invisible: It constitutes a psychological phenomenon which cannot be directly observed. However, we may observe an attitude indirectly through observing its consequences. For example, if a person is highly productive, we may infer that he has a positive attitude towards his/her work.
3.Attitudes are acquired: Attitudes are gradually learnt over a period of time. The process of learning attitudes starts right from childhood and continues throughout the life of a person. However, in the beginning, the family members have a greater impact on the attitude of a child.
4.Attitudes are pervasive: They are formed in the process of socialisation and may relate to anything in the world. For instance, a person may have positive and negative attitudes towards religion, politics, politicians or countries.
(viii) Systematic means “in an orderly way”. Planning is deciding what action you are going to take in future. All entrepreneurs before going to start an enterprise must make a systematic plan which will help them to prepare an action plan for every area of operation in order to achieve the pre-determined goals and persistence refers a ‘never say die’ attitude, not giving up easily, striving continuously until success is achieved. Entrepreneurs have the determination to persevere in the face of obstacles. Whenever any problem arises he takes the following steps:
• Take action in the face of significant obstacles and challenges;
• Take persistent actions, or switch to an alternative strategy to meet a challenge or obstacle; and
• Take personal responsibility for the performance necessary to achieve goals and objectives.
It means after making a systematic planning, whenever an entrepreneur faces certain obstacles/barriers in business, he continues in his pursuit of excellence and become an effective leader.

5.Answer the following in about 250 words:
(i)Explain any six essential attitudes of an entrepreneur.
(ii)Explain Maslow’s Theory of Motivation.
(iii)Differentiate between an entrepreneur and an employee.
(iv)“Competencies is a set of defined behaviours.” State the types of competencies required by an entrepreneur? Explain.
(v)“Entrepreneur’s decisions can strengthen or seriously weaken a firm’s future business viability.” Discuss this statement in the light of necessity of ethics for society and development of business.
Ans.(i)The following twelve attitude attributes can put one in the right mindset for achieving entrepreneurial success.
1.Have passion for the business: Entrepreneur’s should always work with fun and in passion, which will help to overcome difficult moments and he will be able to persuade people to work for him.
Passion can’t be taught. When it wanes, as it surely will in difficult times, take some quiet time. Whether it be an hour or a week, take inventory of all the reasons one started the business and why one likes being one’s own boss.
2.Set an example of trustworthiness: Trustworthy entrepreneurs are always welcomed by the people/employees, as they feel confident and want to work for them in a culture of integrity. The same is true for customers.
3.Be flexible, except with core values: Entrepreneurs make plans and strategies and it will change as time goes on. It is the ability of an enterprise able to anticipate changes in environment, consumer preferences, government policies, fashion and style of living and to adapt to changing circumstances and thus remain a profitable enterprise. A responsible entrepreneur strikes a balance between making profits, flexibility in plans and core values i.e. doing good for their employees, customers, vendors, the environment and other stakeholders.
4.Don’t let fear of failure hold one back: Failure is an opportunity to learn. All things being equal, venture capitalists would rather invest money in an individual who tried and failed founding a company than in someone who never tried.
5.Make timely decisions: Failures flow from bad decision, decision-making is like moving from darkness to light, it is creating events and shaping a future. To use one’s intuition is good but procrastination leads one to miss opportunities. So it is suggested to make timely decisions.
6.The major company asset is oneself: Health is wealth. It means each one should take care of oneself. The most important and valuable asset of an enterprise is health of each people involved in the business. One doesn’t have to choose between one’s family or company, play or work. Maintain one’s own health for balance and energy, which will, in turn, enhance one’s outlook.
7.Keep one’s ego under control: Don’t take profits and spend them on expensive toys to impress others. Build a war chest for unexpected needs or opportunities. This also means hearing out new ideas and suggestions no matter how crazy they sound.
8.Believe in oneself: To be a successful entrepreneur one needs to believe in one’s own self, in one’s company, one’s employees, customers, stakeholders, suppliers and must be capable of with everyone with full confidence.
9.Encourage and accept criticism graciously. Admitting one’s mistakes: An entrepreneur must play a dual role, as he needs to constantly work on convincing one’s employees by encouraging them and other side even when necessary to state their honest opinions wherever required.
10.Maintain a strong work ethic: When an enterprise is beating other competitors, particularly those who are dealing with the same product or services. As a responsible entrepreneur he must follow the various business ethics and maintain a strong work ethic.
11.Rebound quickly from setbacks: The entrepreneur should be aware of the obstacles and certain ups and downs which is likely to occur in a business. He must learn and understand it from the setbacks and always try to move ahead.
12.Periodically getting out of one’s comfort zone to pursue something important: Many times one feels uncomfortable while implementing a needed change in technology, people, mission, competing, etc. For the company and one to grow personally, one sometimes has to step out of one’s comfort zone.
(ii)Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
In 1943, Abraham Maslow developed one of the earliest theories of human motivation, commonly referred to as Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs. Maslow’s theory of motivation is called the “hierarchy of needs”. Maslow believes that people would not move down on this list to be motivated by the next set of needs until the previous set(s) had been satisfied.
Maslow believes that people have five main needs in the following order of importance:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-10
Physiological Needs: are deemed to be the lowest-level needs. These needs include: (a) the need to eat (b) the need to drink (c) the need to work (d) the need to sleep (e) the need to reproduce.
• As long as physiological needs are unsatisfied, they exist as a driving or motivating force in a person’s life.
• A hungry person has a felt need. This felt need sets up both psychological and physical tensions that manifest themselves in overt behaviours directed at reducing those tensions (getting something to eat). Once the hunger is stated, the tension is reduced, and the need for food ceases to motivate. At this point (assuming that other physiological requirements are also satisfied) the next higher order need becomes the motivating need.
Safety Needs: The needs for shelter and security become the motivators of human behaviour. This include the following twelve motivating factors: (1) job security and stability, (2) sympathetic help with personal problems, (3) personal loyalty to employees, (4)interesting work, (5) good working conditions, (6) tactful discipline, (7) good wages, (8) promotions and growth in the organization, (9) feeling of being in on things, (10) full appreciation of work done, (11) freedom from fear and anxiety, and (12) need for structure, order and law.
In the workplace this needs translates into a need for at least a minimal degree of employment security; the knowledge that we cannot be fired on a whim and that appropriate levels of effort and productivity will ensure continued employment. Social Needs/Belonging Needs include the need for belongingness and love.
(a)The need to feel part of a group
(b)The need for acceptance
• Generally, as gregarious creatures, human have a need to belong.
• In the workplace, this need may be satisfied by an ability to interact with one’s co-workers and perhaps to be able to work collaboratively with these colleagues.
Self-Esteem Needs:
• After social needs have been satisfied, ego and esteem needs become the motivating needs.
• Esteem needs include the desire for self-respect, self-esteem, and the esteem of others.
• When focused externally, these needs also include the desire for reputation, prestige, status, fame, glory, dominance, recognition, attention, importance, and appreciation.
• An individual eventually needs to feel that he/she has a social status. This goes beyond just having social relationships; the individual must feel that in work or at home he/she is making a contribution. This also includes recognition of achievement from others and the need to feel good about themselves.
Self-actualization Needs/Seif-Realisation Needs:
This is the final and highest level of needs. Meeting this need is characterized by continuously focusing on personal growth, problem solving, life appreciation, and peak experiences for oneself.
(i)the need for personal fulfilment
(ii)the need to grow and develop.
The need for self-realization, continuous self-development, and the process of becoming all that a person is capable of.
(iii)See Answer to Q.3 (v).
(iv)A competency is an attribute, knowledge, skill, ability or other characteristic that contributes to successful job performance to a given task.
Yes, it is a set of defined behaviours as it can be observable and measurable, it also includes knowledge, skills, abilities, teamwork, cooperation and communication contribute to individual success in the organization. It provides a structured guide enabling the identification, evaluation and development of behaviours in an individual. Entrepreneur should also acquire and follow certain basic competencies. They are as follows:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-11
These relate to the type of behaviour exhibited in the performing of various tasks in the discharge of his functions.
Some of these competencies are latent in the entrepreneur, which need to be identified, nursed and nurtured. Others are acquired through training and practice.
Initiative:
• It is the first step in the enterprise.
• It is the ability to make decisions and take action without asking for the help or advice of others.
• It is essential for an entrepreneur to be active quick decision-maker.
• An entrepreneur has to be keen observer of the society, the commercial trends,
the product types, the change dynamics and the consumer trends.
Creativity and Innovation: Competency in creativity and innovation are sometimes basic traits of certain individuals.
He/she might not have any new ideas.
He/she may use the creative ideas and innovative products and services to meet the challenges of a situation, take advantage of the utility of an idea or a product to create wealth.
Example, changes in the packaging of potato chips.
Risk Taking and Risk Management:
• Risk refers to the condition of not being able to predict the outcome of an activity or decision. He/she treads into areas of uncertainty.
• It provides the entrepreneur with the set of controls to monitor the venture.
• Every entrepreneur must identify the risk, by considering all factors, economic conditions, political factors, market research and financial resource mobilization, demand supply in the market, acceptability of the product design and service which throw a.potential challenge to the entrepreneur.
• In order to attune oneself in the skill of risk taking and management he should practice in several areas of entrepreneurial functions such as entering into new market.
• For example, when Dhirubhai Ambani faced cash crunch he took the risk of issuing shares in 1977 to the public when they were not that aware about share market.
Problem Solving: Entrepreneur must be aware that he has started a new business and many problems are bound to come in the path of progress and he cannot escape from them. He/she should—
• understand that there is more than one way of solving problems,
• look for alternative strategies,
• resources that would help to solve the problem,
• generate new ideas, products, services, etc.
In problem solving an entrepreneur has to take various decisions which should be effective and arriving at creative solution and give better results thereof.
For example: When an entrepreneur faces cash crunch he should look for alternative sources for receiving funds. Ratan Tata shifted the manufacturing plant of Nano cars from Singur to Sanand due to unforeseen complexities.
Leadership:
• Leadership is the ability to exert interpersonal influence by means of communication towards the achievement of goals.
• Entrepreneurs as the effective leaders should provide the necessary spark to motivation by guiding, inspiring, assisting and directing the entire team for achievement of unity of action, efforts and purpose.
• An entrepreneur should also be an effective leader who should be able to guide and motivate his/her entire team.
• Whenever a company faces problem it is the will power and effective business acumen and communication skills, sense of confidence and conviction which oversees the success of the corporation.
Persistence:
• A ‘never say die’ attitude, not giving up easily, striving information seeking continuously until success is achieved.
• Creating a need in the market for the enterprise is one of the main requirements of the entrepreneur. This calls for intense perseverance on the part of the entrepreneur. Failures or Roadblocks to success should not deter the entrepreneur. For example:(a)Mixers when introduced, did not have many customers but today, we find it to be an essential part of kitchen accessories.
(b)When Mahima Mehra brought out her product – Haathi Chaap, she had experimented on various other material before using elephant dung to manufacture hand-made paper.
Quality Performance: A successful entrepreneur values outstanding performance, one of the behavioural skills necessary is the sensitivity to and concern for the ‘standards’ and ‘quality of work’.
One develops the skill of comparing the quality of the product/services with certain standards, which he/she himself evolves or are set by others.
For example: Steve Jobs, the brain behind Apple and I-pod, is known to value quality in all the products introduced by the company.
Information Seeking:
• Information plays a very crucial role at every stage of enterprise building and management. An entrepreneur has an urge to look for the required information in order to make an informed decision.
• The success and failure of any business totally depend upon the information collected (should be quality information) and decision-making by the collected information, for example, selecting, starting and successfully managing the desired business.
The information collected can be of different sources like—
• by personally conducting research,
• using feedback from previous related experience, etc.
• by personally observing the on-going and related business or activities,
• by personally conducting research, trials and developing prototype and organizing trials on smaller scales,
• by establishing contacts with the reliable information network.
Systematic Planning:
• All entrepreneurs before going to start an enterprise, he must have systematic planning which will help him to prepare an action plan for every area of operation in order to achieve the pre-determined goals.
• Every entrepreneur has limited resources in terms of time, finance, and manpower and he cannot to loss or waste. Before putting the whole enterprise into operation, he is required to develop a detailed blueprint.
Persuasion and Influencing Others:
• Persuasion in entrepreneurship refers to the ability of entrepreneurs to link, convince and influence other individuals, groups, agencies, creditors, debtors, customers and even competitors in order to create a contact, good foothold in the market and maintain good rapport.
• Each and every entrepreneur has to influence the environment comprising of individuals and institutions, for mobilizing resources, obtaining inputs, organizing production and selling products and services.
• All these require skill of persuation and convincing and have to practice highlighting the strong points of their products and services in the market explaining the technological competencies of their enterprise to produce quality goods and services.
Enterprise Launching Competencies: Opportunities exist, but not all people respond to them. Large groups in society can perceive only the apparent and traditional openings of earning.
At the same time, resources are also available to all members of the society, but very few make efforts to ensure best use of these resources.
Entrepreneurs should identify and avail the facilities and resources needed to launch their enterprises.
Enterprise Management Competencies: The enterprise may be small or big but it demands management abilities on the part of its owner or manager.
Various management functions such as production, marketing, finance, etc., are crucial functions to entrepreneurs. These influence the result directly, and therefore, are necessary determinants for the sustenance of an enterprise/
(v)Entrepreneur’s decision can strengthen a firm’s future business viability, by following some ethical standards in their business practices:
(а) Providing quality and correct quantity of goods to consumers
(b) Keeping in mind the environmental issues during production
(c) Paying the minimum and correct wages to the workers
(d) Not to use child labour in their production
(e) Judicious use of natural resources.
(f) Integrity, promise keeping, commitment, and truthfulness towards employee, consumers other competitors, etc.
For example: Karsan Bhai Patel, the creator of Nirma Washing Powder, who was working as a factory chemist in Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation, started making detergent powder in his kitchen for poor rural women of Gujarat and selling his product by visiting different villages. His efforts culminated in the whitish yellow detergent powder named Nirma. The idea behind was need and the problem of the society that could not afford other brands of detergent powders because of their high cost. Today, Nirma is one of the world’s biggest detergent powder manufacturer. The strength of being capable is the plus point in an entrepreneur.
Entrepreneurs make choices and take actions that affect many, usually without the moral guidance available in established organisations. “Entrepreneur’s decisions can seriously weaken a firm’s future business viability.” Some common types of unethical action by an enterprise or an entrepreneur.
• Theft, manipulating suppliers, bribery, embezzlement, evading taxes, failure to
withdraw a defective product from the marketplace, adulteration, stealing supplies, falsification, etc.
For example: The cases of Enron, WorldCom are the examples of results of unethical decisions by key personnel of those enterprises. For example: The collapse of Enron is a scandal of a major energy provider that used to be the seventh largest corporation in America and became the biggest bankruptcy in the US corporate history. Unethical issues are:
• Enron used many manipulative accounting practices,
• Sophisticated accounting techniques to keep its share price high,
• Raise investment against its own assets,
• Artificially inflated profits, questionable accounting practices and fraud.
For example: Ramalinga Raju. We all are aware of the fraud at Satyam – a case of unethical practice.

6.HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS
(i)The government launched a programme for pollution free zones and provides financial assistance to entrepreneurs. By inducing such assistance, Ms. A was induced to enter into entrepreneurship. This included in which category? Explain.
(ii)What are the basic differences between Maslows and McClellands Theory of needs?
(iii)“An entrepreneur who is fulfilling the ethics and moral responsibility towards society is an asset for society and should be survive and grow.” Explain.
(iv)“Many problems are bound to come in the path of progress, Ratan Tata shifted the manufacturing plant for Nano Cars from Singur to Sanand due to unforeseen complexities”. Which type of competency is shown here? Discuss.
(v)“Raju is a 16 year young boy, working hard to earn his living. He also tries to save some part of his earnings to acquire basic education”. He falls in which level of need as propounded by Maslow in his Motivational Theory?
Ans.(i) It is based on motivating factor, included in the category of Induced Entrepreneur. Induced Entrepreneurs:
• Induced entrepreneurs enter into entrepreneurship because of various governmental supports.
• Interested entrepreneurs get support from the government to set up of their new enterprises in terms of financial assistance (in the form of Grants and Aids) incentives, concessions and other facilities.
• Sometimes prospective entrepreneurs are induced or even forced by their special circumstance, such as loss of job or inability to find a suitable job according to their talent and merit to adapt to entrepreneurship.
(ii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-12
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-13
(iii) According to Prof. Robert Dahd, Ethics is an obligatory on the part of business enterprise to be a socially responsible as they primarily exist to benefit society. Mahatma Gandhi observed, “If God has given you more wealth it is for the welfare of others. Keep what you need and distribute rest among less fortunate brethren.”
The following are some ethical standards in their business practices like which is to be followed by an entrepreneur:
(а) Providing quality and correct quantity of goods to consumers.
(b) Paying adequate taxes to government.
(c) Giving true information to employee, bankers, consumers, creditors, government.
(d) Fair practices for promotion, compensation, lay-off, fringe benefits, other facilities.
(e) Give proper information to customers about dangers of using a product.
(f) Respect property rights.
(g) Keeping in mind the environmental issues during production.
(h) Paying the minimum and correct wages to the workers.
(i) Not to use child labour in their production.
(j) Judicious use of natural resources.
All those entrepreneurs who is following the ethics and moral responsibility towards society is an asset for society and should be survive and grow.
Examples of such entrepreneurs:
• Parker brothers withdrew its best selling toy, when children were chocked to death by swallowing some parts of the toy and remain successful for long term.
• Nandita Bijur owner of Uma Food Products, an enterprise worth several crores of rupees.
• Karsan Bhai Patel, creator of Nirma Washing powder.
• Dhirubhai Ambani most successful entrepreneur of the world.
Their ethical value system provided them with rational economic attitude and successful entrepreneurs of the world.
(iv) Type of competency is shown here is Problem Solving.
Competency relates to the type of behaviour exhibited in the performing of various tasks in the discharge of his functions. These competencies are latent in the entrepreneur, which need to be identified and acquire by which he should be able to face the problems with attention confidence and conviction. In the business world, problem solvers take risk but often create value by solving a problem related to, within a business or outside business like customer, market-key to creating a profitable enterprise. The more or larger problems an entrepreneurial organization solves, the more profit it can generate.
A business entrepreneur Ratan Tata is a person who had undertaken some effort with risk for the benefit of others. He was aware that, the venture he started was established on a new area and he has taken certain calculated risks, he was also aware
of, that many problems are bound to come in the path of progress, during that time only taken a firm decision and when any problems like unforeseen complexities had come in the path of progress, then only he had taken a firm decision and shifted the manufacturing plant for Nano Cars from Singur to Sanand.
It clearly shows that most of the entrepreneur identified and understand the problem, find more than one ways for solving problems and, look for alternative strategies or resources that would help to solve the problem, generate new ideas, products, services, etc. At last, He has taken an entrepreneurial action with systematic efforts to solve problems.
(v)Raju falls in Safety Needs as propounded by Maslow in his Motivational Theory. Reason: In the workplace this needs translates into a need for at least a minimal degree of employment security; the knowledge that we cannot be fired on a whim and that appropriate levels of effort and productivity will ensure continued employment.

7. APPLICATION BASED EXERCISE:
Ans. 1. Read the following story.
A young man was passing through a site of construction. He saw three labourers working at the site. He went to one of them and asked “What are you doing here?” The worker answered,
“Don’t you see? I am making out a living. I am working to earn.”
The young man moved towards the second man and asked him the same question. Pat came the reply “Don’t you see? I am constructing a wall”.
The young man moved towards the third man and repeated the same question.
The labourer replied “Don’t you see? I am building a beautiful mansion”.
Answer the following questions:
A.All the three were doing the same work, then what differentiates them?
B.What is important to do a piece of work effectively and efficiently?
C.Whose answer reflected a positive attitude?
Ans. A.Yes, all the three labourers were doing the same work, their attitude to work differentiated them.
B.Right attitudes are important for doing work efficiently and effectively. An entrepreneur should have a right and positive attitude.
C.The third labourer, when he replied that “he is building a beautiful mansion”. As his attitude was right and positive.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED [1 MARK]

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS

1.How can an entrepreneur be classified based on the type of business?
Ans. Depending on the nature, size and type of business, entrepreneurs are divided into the following categories:
1.Business Entrepreneur
2.Trading Entrepreneur
3.Industrial Entrepreneur
4.Corporate Entrepreneur
5.Agricultural Entrepreneur
6.Use of Technology:
(i) Technical Entrepreneur (ii) Non-technical Entrepreneur
7.Professional Entrepreneur
8.Motivational Entrepreneur:
(i) Spontaneous Entrepreneur (ii) Induced Entrepreneur
(iii) Motivated Entrepreneur

2.How do sometimes prospective entrepreneurs become induced entrepreneurs?
Ans. Sometimes prospective entrepreneurs are induced or even forced by their special circumstance, such as loss of job or inability to find a suitable job according to their talent.

3.What do you understand by Ethical Entrepreneurship?
Ans. Ethical Entrepreneurship is an amount to the achievement of ethical goals through entrepreneurship.

4.Maslow defines one of the needs in the need hierarchy “As the desire to become everything one is capable of becoming.” Identify and explain.
Ans. Self-actualisation needs refers to final stage under the need hierarchy model. It refers to self-fulfilment which means to become actualised in what one is potentially good and creative at. After his need is fulfilled a man has the desire for personal achievement. He want to do something challenging job, creative tasks, advancement opportunities and achievement in work. All those entrepreneurs who may achieve self-actualisation are called as a successful entrepreneur.

5.Give two examples of esteem needs.
Ans.(i) Self-respect (ii) Self-recognition (iii) Self-image

6.Give two examples of self-actualisation needs.
Ans. (i) Growth (ii) Self-fulfilment

7.Define psychological needs.
Ans. Psychological needs can be defined as the basic needs of the survival.

8.Give an example of security needs of an individual.
Ans. Job Security.

9.Which needs are referred to as ‘Belonging Needs’?
Ans. Sense of belongingness, affection.

10.Define Attitude.
Ans. It may be defined as the way a person feels about something—a person, a place, a commodity, a situation or an idea.

ll.Name two necessary backdrop for acquiring the sense of enterprise.
Ans. The entrepreneurial values and attitudes provide the necessary backdrop for acquiring the sense of enterprise.

12. Define Ethics.
Ans. Oxford definition of ethics:
“The characteristics, spirit and beliefs of community, people.”

13. Define Business Ethics.
Ans. These are principles which govern business activities and provide a code of conduct for the managers and other concerned.

14. What happens in the absence of entrepreneurial competencies?
Ans. In the absence of entrepreneurial competencies, the entrepreneur may be well oriented, but may not be successful in venture.

I5. What do you think creativity is an ability of an entrepreneur or an activity of an entrepreneur?
Ans. Creativity is not an activity but it is an ability to bring something new into existence and give some value to the product.

16.Who brings new things into existence?
Ans.An innovator brings new things into existence, he only converts an idea into reality.

17.State the importance of entrepreneurial values and attitudes.
Ans.The entrepreneurial values and attitudes provide the necessary backdrop for acquiring the sense of enterprise.

18.How an entrepreneur can develop the competency of creativity and innovation?
Ans.By continuous practice.

19.Name the highest need in Maslow’s hierarchy.
Ans.The highest need in Maslow’s hierarchy is that of self-actualization.

20.Name the lowest-level needs in Maslow’s hierarchy.
Ans.Physiological needs are deemed to be the lowest level needs in Maslow’s hierarchy.

21.Who are called inherited entrepreneurs?
Ans.Inherited entrepreneurs are those, who run the enterprise/firms which are passed from one generation to another. They inherit the family business.

22.Name the other term used for ‘Ethical Entrepreneurship.
Ans.Ethical Entrepreneur is also merge with the terms ‘Social Entrepreneurship’, ‘Social Corporate Entrepreneurship’ and ‘Corporate Social Responsibility’.

23.Who are called as Professional Entrepreneurs?
Ans.Professional entrepreneur first establish their business with a purpose and after that they sell it off to other to earn high amount of profit.

24.Name the entrepreneur who introduced the logo given and the idea behind the same.
Ans.Mahima Mehra started Hathi Chaap. It was totally a new venture where different raw materials were tried out to make hand-made paper. After researching a lot, they found that elephant dung had more fibre content which made it easy to make hand-made paper.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-an-entrepreneur-14

25.Name and explain the type of entrepreneur who seldom survive long.
Ans.Drone Entrepreneurs:
The fourth type is the Drone Entrepreneurs, who refuse to copy or use opportunities that come their way. They are conventional in their approach. They are not ready to make changes in their existing production methods even if they suffer losses. They resist changes. They may be termed as laggards. They are the type of entrepreneur who seldom survive long.

26.How the people with achievement motives are motivated?
Ans.People with achievement motives are motivated by:
(i) Standards of excellence, (ii) Delineated roles
(iii) Responsibilities and concrete, (iv) Timely feedback.

27.How the people with affiliation motives are motivated?
Ans.Those with affiliation motives are motivated by when they can accomplish things with people they know and trust.

28.How the people with power motives are motivated?
Ans.The power motive is activated when people are allowed to have an impact, impress those in power, or beat competitors.

29. “Passion can be taught.” This statement shows which attitude of an entrepreneur? What does this statement show?
Ans. This statement shows attitude of passion for the business.

30. Name the type of an entrepreneur who built the modern capitalism.
Ans. Innovative entrepreneurs who build the modern capitalism.

31. Name the competency which deals with the “Standards” and “Quality of work”?
Ans. Quality performance is the competency which deals with the “Standards” and “Quality of work”.

32. When do Fabian entrepreneur exhibit the property of imitative entrepreneur?
Ans. Fabian entrepreneur imitate only when they are sure that failure to do so would result in a loss of the relative position in the enterprise.

33. Which value enables an entrepreneur to develop a ‘mission’ concept which drives them to achieve their goal with clear vision?
Ans. Independence or ownership (self-reliance).

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2/3 MARKS]

l. Who are Fabian Entrepreneurs? Give one example.
Ans. (i) Fabian entrepreneurs are very shy and lazy.
(it) They are very cautious and skeptical while practising any change.
(iit) Their dealings are determined by costumes, religion, tradition and past practices and experience.
(in) They do not venture or take risks. They are rigid and fundamental in their approach.
(v) They are second generation entrepreneurs in a family business enterprise. They follow the footsteps of their predecessors.
(ui) They imitate only when they are sure that failure to do so would result in a loss of the relative position in the enterprise.

2. Name few first generation entrepreneurs.
Ans. (i) Dhiru Bhai Ambani (Reliance)
(it) Naresh Goyal (Jet Airways)
(iii) N.R. Narayan Murthy (Infosys).

3. Who are called technical entrepreneurs?
Ans. Entrepreneurs have a science and technology background who is building a business where technology is core to the business. For example: N.R. Narayan Murthy (Infosys)

4. Define women entrepreneurs.
Ans. The Government of India has defined an enterprise owned and controlled by women having a minimum financial interest of 51 per cent of the capital and giving 51 per cent of the employment generated in the enterprise to women.

5. Who are called women entrepreneur?
Ans. Women entrepreneurs are those who belong to female sex. They establish a business enterprise, initiate it, organise all resources, operate and undertake risk and give contribution for the growth of the countries. They are generally found in developed and developing countries.

6. Why are innovative entrepreneurs generally aggressive?
Ans. Innovative entrepreneurs are generally aggressive. They believe in experimentation and attractive possibilities into practice. They are one who quickly introduces new products, new methods of productions and new technology and explore new markets.

7. Give common examples of unethical action performed by an enterprise or entrepreneur.
Ans. Some common examples of unethical action by an enterprise or an entrepreneur.
(i) Theft
(ii) Manipulating suppliers
(iii) Bribery
(iv) Embezzlement (v) Evading Taxes
(vi) Failure to withdraw a defective product from the market place (vii) Adulteration (viii) Stealing supplies (ix) Falsification

8. Name few institutions in India which are famous for giving away innovation awards.
Ans. In India few institutions like, Marico, manufacturers of Parachute hair oil, Saffola, Kaya Skin Clinic Industries have institutionalised innovation awards, where they receive 30-40 entries every year for innovations across the spectrum, including factories, brand, sales and HR, virtually covering the whole organisation.

9. When and by whom was Kinetic engineering Ltd. founded?
Ans. Kinetic Engineering Limited is the flagship company of Firodia Group of companies, one of the pioneering groups in automobiles in India, founded in 1972 by Mr. H.K. Firodia.

10. Name the model of bicycle introduced by Kinetic Engineering Ltd. through intrapreneurship.
Ans. The company encourages employees to use their time efficiently for innovation in its upcoming products. The Kinetic Zing model of bicycle was the idea of an employee working in the corporation.

11. Explain the consequences of not encouraging intrapreneurship with the help of an example.
Ans.
The important consequences of not encouraging intrapreneurship:
(i) Employee may leave the job and may start his/her own business.
(ii) He may get frustrated.
(iii) He may sell his idea to a competitor.
(iv) He may not work with efficiency and will not work on time.
Example: A classic case of entrepreneurs is that of the founders of Adobe, John Warnock and Charles Geschke. They both were employees of Xerox. As employees they were frustrated because their new product ideas were not encouraged. They quit Xerox in the early 1980s to begin their own business. Currently, Adobe has an annual turnover of over $3 billion.

12. Name the Latin word for ‘motivation’.
Ans. The word ‘motivation’ has its origin in the Latin word ‘movere,’ meaning “to move.” Psychologically, it means an inner or environmental stimulus to action, forces or the factors that are responsible for initiation, sustaining behaviour.

13. List out the competencies and state which one is the most important and why.
Ans. Entrepreneurial competencies are as follows:
(a) Creativity and Innovation (b) Risk Taking and Risk Management
(c) Problem Solving (d) Leadership
(e) Persistence (f) Quality Performance
(g) Initiative (h) Information seeking
(i) Systematic Planning (j) Persuasion and Influencing Others
(k) Enterprising Launching Competencies
Persistence is one of the most important competencies because this quality enables the entrepreneur to continue with the task and also to fight against the difficulties and obstacles faced. Hard-work always leads to the success of the enterprise.

14.Name the person who introduced first motivational theory and when.
Ans. Motivation theory is being considered the first theory that is being recalled is Maslow’s hierarchy of needs which he has introduced in his 1943 article named as “A Theory of Human Motivation”. According to this theory, individual strives to seek a higher need when lower needs are fulfilled. Once a lower-level need is satisfied, it no longer serves as a source of motivation. Needs are motivators only when they are unsatisfied.

15.Why are imitative entrepreneurs are also revolutionary and important?
Ans. The imitative entrepreneurs are also revolutionary and important because they contribute to the development of underdeveloped economies. Example: The local mobile companies using the same technology as big companies to manufacture their products.

16. What do trading entrepreneurs do to promote their business?
Ans. They have to identify the potential market for his product in order to stimulate the demand and they push many ideas ahead of others in the form demonstration to promote their businesses.

17. What is the strength of industrial entrepreneur?
Ans. They have the ability to convert economic resources and technology into a profitable venture. For example: Enterprises like Hero Motorcorp and Hyundai Corporation.

18. Name the type of an entrepreneur who concentrate more on production than marketing.
Ans. The entrepreneurs who are technical by nature in the sense of having the capability of developing new and improved quality of goods and services out of their own knowledge, skill and specialisation are called a technical entrepreneur. They are essentially compared to craftsmen who concentrate more on production than marketing.

19. “Professional Entrepreneurs are dynamic in nature”. How?
Ans. Professional entrepreneurs make it their profession to establish business enterprises with a purpose, to sell them once they are established. He/she is always looking forward to develop alternative projects by selling the running business.
He is not interested in managing operations of the business established by him that is why they are called as dynamic entrepreneur.

20. Why can’t attitude he directly observed?
Ans. Attitude cannot be directly observed as it constitutes a psychological phenomenon. However, we may observe an attitude indirectly through observing its consequences. For example, if a person is highly productive, we may infer that he has a positive attitude towards his work.

21. Why do prospective entrepreneurs become induced?
Ans. Sometimes prospective entrepreneurs are induced or even forced by their special circumstance, such as loss of job or inability to find a suitable job according to their talent and merit to adapt to entrepreneurship.

III. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

l. What is the common value between Narayan Murthy and Steve Jobs? Explain.
Ans. Dynamic entrepreneurs are guided by the value of outstanding performance. It is the quest for outstanding performance on the part of Narayana Murthy that saw the emergence and speedy growth of Infosys.
Steve Jobs, case study always believed in outstanding performance, for example, when Apple phone was launched, he took great care to make the package eco-friendly and light weight with 3D (Three dimensional) images on it. Such was his dedication for extraordinary performance.
Challenges seem to stimulate and motivate entrepreneurs. As they have strong motivation to succeed, they value performance of a high order.
Thus the entrepreneur, due to his quest for excellence, is an “overcomer” who can resolve problems under pressure. They are persistent and hardworking when things go wrong.

2. Explain various features of attitude.
Ans. Features of attitude:
1. Attitude affects behaviour: People have a natural tendency to maintain consistency between attitude and behaviour. Attitudes can lead to intended behaviour if there is no external intervention.
2. It is invisible: It constitutes a psychological phenomenon which cannot be directly
: observed. However, we may observe an attitude indirectly through observing its
consequences. For example, if a person is highly productive, we may infer that he has a positive attitude towards his/her work.
3. Attitudes are acquired: Attitudes are gradually learnt over a period of time. The process of learning attitudes starts right from childhood and continues throughout the life of a person. However, in the beginning, the family members have a greater impact on the attitude of a child.
4. Attitudes are pervasive: They are formed in the process of socialisation and may relate to anything in the world. For instance a person may have positive and negative attitudes towards religion, politics, politicians or countries.

3. Give an example of unethical action performed by an employee of Satyam Computer Services.
Ans. Ramalinga Raju is a former Founder-Chairman of Satyam Computer Services which he founded in 1987 and chaired till January 7, 2009. Stepping down admitting to faking financial figures of the company to the tune of? 7,136 crore (approximately $1.5Billion USD), including ? 5,040 crore (approximately $1 Billion USD) of non-existent cash and bank balances. Raju resigned from the Satyam board after admitting to falsifying revenues, margins and over ? 50 billion of cash balances as the company.

4. “As entrepreneurs climb the ladder of success, they should not forget that for success to be long lasting they will have to follow some ethical standards in their business practices.”. Give some examples related to it.
Or
Give five examples of ethical standards to be followed by an entrepreneur in their business practices for long lasting success.
Ans. Some examples related to the ethical standards followed by an entrepreneur are as follows:
(a) Providing quality and correct quantity of goods to consumers.
(b) Keeping in mind the environmental issues during production.
(c) Paying the minimum and correct wages to the workers. id) Not to use child labour in their production.
(e) Judicious use of natural resources.

5. How has ethics become an essential element in entrepreneurship?
Ans. (a) Ethics corresponds to basic needs.
(b) Helps in better decision.
(c) Ethics and profit go together.
(d) Law cannot protect society, ethics can.
(e) Value create credibility with the public and employees.

6. Given below are examples of certain enterprises depending upon nature, size and type of business. Categorise them according to their type.
(a) Motor Vehicle Repair Garage
(b) Poultry farming
(c) Plastic products, jerycans, tarpaulins.
Ans. Motor Vehicle Repair Garage: Industrial Entrepreneur: Industrial entrepreneurs essentially manufacture products and offer services.
(а) Poultry Farming: Agricultural Entrepreneur:
Agricultural entrepreneurs are those who undertake agricultural as well as allied activities in the field of agriculture.
(b) Plastic product, jerycans, tarpaulins: Industrial Entrepreneur
Industrial entrepreneurs essentially manufacture products and offer services.

7. What are the main assumptions of Maslow’s theory of needs?
Ans. (i) Behaviour of all people is based on their needs. Satisfaction at each level will influence their behaviour.
(ii) Needs are always arranged in a hierarchical order, i.e. from lowest to highest.
(iii) A satisfied need can no longer motivate a person only next higher level need can motivate.
(iv) Next higher level movement of the hierarchy can only be possible, if the lower level need is satisfied.

8. Write down the features of innovative entrepreneurs.
Ans. Following are the main features of innovative entrepreneurs:
• They are one who quickly introduces new products, new methods of productions and new technology.
• They explore new markets and new sources of supply of raw-materials.
• They are generally aggressive in experimentation and put attractive possibilities into practice.
• They convert technical resources into economic performance and give new value to the product.
• They always apply new improvised techniques to provide better goods and services.
• They are generally found in developed countries.
• Example: Walt Disney who started huge theme parks such as the Disney Land.

9. Write down the features of Fabian entrepreneurs.
Ans. Following are the main features of Fabian entrepreneurs:
• They are shy, inactive and basically lazy and do not show any enthusiasm.
• They are not interested and willing to accept risk and likely to perform only such activities where success is guaranteed.
• They are also influenced by customs, traditions, religions and past experiences.
• Most of the time they adopt old age or traditional method of production.
• They are very cautious, timid and skeptical while practicing any change.
• They do not venture or take risks.
• They are rigid and fundamental in their approach.
• Usually, they are second generation entrepreneurs in a family business enterprise. They follow the footsteps of their predecessors.
• They are generally found in underdeveloped countries.

10. Write down the features of drone entrepreneurs.
Ans. Following are the main features of drone entrepreneurs:
• They are leggards as they continue to operate in their traditional way and resist change.
• These entrepreneurs are not interested in revising and to make changes in their existing production methods even if they suffer losses.
• They take least interest in finding out new resources, new methods or more time saving method and always refuse to copy or use opportunities that come their way.
• Most of the time they struggle to survive not to grow.
• They try to perform their functions in a routine manner.
• When their product looses marketability and their operations become uneconomical, they are pushed out of market.
• They do not survive for long period.
• They are conventional in their approach.

ll. Who are called first generation entrepreneurs?
Ans. First Generation Entrepreneurs are those, who start the business on the basis of his/ her innovative skills. With innovation, new and improved ideas they develop and use an innovative business plan. They always use the modern concept of marketing and create large number of customers by fulfilling and satisfying their demands. They can also compete fiercely by standing against those businesses who follow the traditional business norms. The first generation entrepreneur is driven by his own belief and he is the master of his own fate. They do not have any family entrepreneurial background prior to start his/ her own business venture. Entrepreneur is very innovative, decision-maker, risk-taker, leadership quality, etc.

12. What is corporate intrapreneurship? Give two examples.
Ans. Corporate intrapreneurship/intrapreneurship relates to the innovations of some companies or corporate ventures leading to establishment of new ventures, new subsidiaries or new divisions. It often happens that managers of some leading companies exhibit a sense of enterprise combining their resources, systems, in unusual ways to get new products, new ventures or to provide new services. Sometimes this is also called intrapreneurship.
Examples of intrapreneurship:
(a) A classic case of intrapreneurs is that of the founders of Adobe, John Warnock and Charles Geschke. They both were employees of Xerox. As employees of Xerox, they were frustrated because their new product ideas were not encouraged. They quit Xerox in the early 1980s to begin their own business. Currently, Adobe has an annual turnover of over $3 billion.
(b) Dr. Pavan Goenka, designed and gave a pattern of Scorpio model for M&M (Mahindra and Mahindra). He utilized his vast experience of working with General Motors (prior company) to redefine the model in a new car design and sure shot development of the company.

IV. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [6 MARKS]

l. What are the features of adaptive/imitative entrepreneurs?
Ans. Following are the main features of imitative or adaptive entrepreneurs:
• They have high level tendency to adopt knowledge and technology and innovation created by innovative entrepreneurs and implement them in their own ways.
• They are adaptive and more flexible.
• They are less creative and innovative but more active and hardworking.
• They are always interested to adopt used up ideas and carry on the business activities.
• Such entrepreneurs are found in developed and developing countries and called as a contributor of underdeveloped countries.
• Usually, they are second generation entrepreneurs in a family business enterprise.
Example: The local mobile companies using the same technology as big companies to
manufacture their products.

2. How are drone Entrepreneurs different from Fabian Entrepreneurs?
Ans.Basis Drone Entrepreneurs Fabian Entrepreneurs
Nature They are leggards as they continue to operate in their traditional way and resist change. They are shy, inactive and basically lazy and do not show any enthusiasm.
Functions They take least interest in finding out new resources, new methods. They try to perform their functions in a routine manner. They are not interested and willing to accept risk and likely to perform only such activities where success is guaranteed.
Period They seldom survive for a long period. They survive for a long period.
Flexibility They are not flexible. They are flexible to some extent.
Influence They are not influenced. They are influenced.
Countries They are generally found in developing countries. They are generally found in underdeveloped countries.
Generation They are fourth generation entrepreneurs in a family business enterprise. Usually, they are second generation entrepreneurs in a family business enterprise.

V. VALUE-BASED QUESTIONS

l. Abhishek is a renowned entrepreneur. Few workers in his organisation are too lazy and always try to show inability and unwillingness to take up any kind of new work given to them. As a manager, how would you motivate lazy employees?
Ans. As a manager, I will take the following steps to motivate these employees to accomplish the desired target of an organisation.
McClelland’s Acquired Needs Theory—needs are to some extent acquired and can therefore be influenced, just as several simultaneous needs influence a person’s behaviour.
• Start with some team building exercises.
• Without hiring an outside consulting company as they are costly and do not know your company the way you do. Get your employees involved in your decision-making process. They will feel happy and great with you and your company with full responsibility
v and work enthusiastically.
• As a group have your employees brainstorm ideas for workplace values and ethics. Then be sure they each have a copy of the values they come up with.
• Recognize their accomplishments and listen to their ideas. Give them awards for their accomplishments. Let them make the decision about who gets the award.
• Incentives: Offering incentives, be it in the form of cash bonuses, promotions or even physical rewards, is a great way to make them work and get your employees eager to meet their goals.
• Lead with trust: To get the best from his team members, the leader needs to have their trust. You must become that General and get your team to believe in whatever goals you set. Now, lead them into battle.
• Be Nice to People: Too many bosses think of their staff as numbers and robots instead of humans. Treat your team as you would your family and friends and you’ll see how quickly they respond and put their best feet forward.
• The above given techniques will be sufficient for Abhishek to motivate lazy employees.

2. Motivation can be defined as stimulating, inspiring and inducing the employees to perform
to their best capacity. Motivation is a psychological term which means it cannot be forced on employees or it comes automatically from inside the employee as it is the willingness to do the work. List the social motive behind entrepreneurial motivation.
Ans. Social motive behind entrepreneurial motivation are:
(z) Providing employment opportunities (ii) Optimal use of local resources (Hi) Sustainable development (iv) Visionary towards society (v) Making society more competitive.

3.“Babita and Co. started a leather factory near Kanpur. As an entrepreneur she always helps her employees and motivate them in different ways”. You are a senior manager in an organisation according to you what motivational technique would Babita take to achieve an objective of an organisation. Explain using Maslow’s theory of motivation.
Ans. Maslow’s theory relates motivation to a hierarchy of needs. At the bottom are essential physiological needs such as air, food, shelter and clothing. As individuals satisfy one level of need, their motivations change as they aspire to reach the higher order needs. Therefore, to motivate an individual Maslow suggests that it is necessary to know where within the hierarchy each employee is placed so that these factors can be taken into account. Within enterprise every employee is motivated to work through each of these levels.
For example:
(a) Physiological needs
• Enterprise can offers competitive salaries. This gives people the means to acquire the basic needs for living.
• Enterprise may provide different beneficial programme allows employees to choose those benefits that suit them. Like childcare vouchers, cash alternatives to company cars and discounted life assurance schemes, mediclaim policy, etc.
• It will help workers’ improve their standard of living and motivate them to be loyal to the company.
(b) Entrepreneur may provide safety needs
Babita, an entrepreneur, must value the safety of all employees.
• The company is committed to providing a safe and healthy work environment to prevent accidents. Each employees are accountable and responsible to take care for observing the health and safety rules and practices.
• An entrepreneur may check with range and working conditions of an employees (Part-time or full time). This helps employees to choose the best option for a healthy work-life balance.
(c) Social needs
These are associated with a feeling of belongingness.
• By providing compatible work group and friendship at work.
• Good communication and proper instruction keeps everybody focused on the company’s aims helps individuals contribute to the company’s K-Values.
• They include values such as being positive, seeing the best in people and recognising diversity. Babita can positively recognise and reward staff achievements.
• This helps strengthen teams and enhances workers’ sense of belonging.
Esteem or egoistic—a need both for self-esteem and the esteem of others, which involves self-confidence, achievement, competence, knowledge, autonomy, reputation, status and respect.
• Self-actualisation—Babita can provide employees with the opportunity to take on challenging job, creative task demands, advancement opportunities and stimulating responsibilities, achievement for work, etc.
The above given methods and motivational technique would help Babita to take firm decisions and to achieve an objective of an organisation and get entrepreneurial success.

4. Read the following case study and answer the following questions:
A young village boy, who wanted to compete the I.A.S. examination, could not succeed because he got ^stuck at the interview level. He opened an institute for aspiring youngsters. What started as a single teacher coaching center grew into a big education institute that provides tutorials to wide range of courses. The young manal who could not materialise his dream of becoming a civil servant, has become an entrepreneur in the field of education.
(a) Name the associated with the case study.
(b) Explain the value associated with.
Ans. (a) Independence or ownership (self-reliance).
(b) • Analysts of entrepreneurial processes have found that a very strong and positive ego drive is involved in the action plan of all significant entrepreneurial ventures.
• It enables them to develop a ‘mission’ concept which drives them to achieve their goal with a clear vision.
• They drive great satisfaction in their sense of ‘independence’ or ‘ownership’. Commitment, sense of complete identification, sincerity and hard work to achieve their ‘mission’ constitute the ingredients of the ‘ownership’ factor.

 

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship An Entrepreneur appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial Journey

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship chapter 3  Entrepreneurial Journey

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED

l.Answer the following in about 15 words:
(i)List the fields in which ‘Trailblazer’ has business strengths.
(ii)List the fields in which ‘Motivator’ has business strengths.
(iii)List the fields in which ‘Collaborator’ has business strengths.
(iv)List the fields in which ‘Diplomat’ has business strengths.
Ans.(i) The trailblazers business strengths include the medical, technology, finance, legal and consulting fields.
(ii)Motivators do well in business with partners, or in a business that involves others.
(iii)Collaborators are good at running customer service-oriented or retail businesses, or any business where being convincing is an important aspect of getting the job done, and done right.
(iv)The diplomats excel in retail or other people-oriented environments. Both outgoing and empathetic, they tend to be well-liked, but they sometimes have a hard time asserting them self and holding others accountable.

2.Answer the following in about 50 words:
(i)Describe the characteristics of a ‘go-getter’ type of personality.
(ii)What is brainstorming?
(iii)What do you mean by ‘Environment Scanning’?
(iv)What are focus groups?
(v)Explain ‘feasibility study’.
(vi)What do you think is the reason for failure of business plan execution?
Ans.(i) Go-getters
(a)have dominance and sociability,
(b)are very driven and independent,
(c)are competitive,
(d)have great deal of initiative,
(e)have sense of urgency to get things done,
(f)are good leaders and good managers,
(g)work well in ambitious and unfamiliar environments.
(ii)Brainstorming is a way of generating idea in which a group of persons sit together and generate a number of business ideas by innovating alternative ways of meeting the needs and solving problems.
(iii)Environment scanning means the screening of large amounts of information to detect emerging changes or trends. Information is scanned from news magazines, reviews, government and consumer publications, trade publications, commercials, etc. Lot of effort is put in but in the end it is energy well spent.
(iv)Focus groups is a way of generating idea in which the groups of individuals provide information about proposed commodity (good or service) in a structured setting. Group provides an excellent way to generate new ideas and to screen proposed ideas and concepts.
(v)Following are the types of feasibility study:
1.Market Feasibility: This involves a complete description of the industry, current situation of the market, anticipated future of the product, competition, sales projections, etc.
2.Technical Feasibility: This involves the issues like how to deliver a product or service, transportation, location of the enterprise, technological requirement, etc.
3.Financial Feasibility: It involves the issues like requirement of the start-up capital, seed capital, sources of capital, returns on investment, etc.
4.’ Organisational Feasibility: It involves the legal and corporate structure of the business, size of the venture, legal formalities and requirements, etc.
(vi)Many plans fail because of following reasons:
(a)Companies often fail to deliver on their promises.
(b)The strategy followed was wrong.
(c)Strategies not executed well.
(d)The failure to execute the plan.
(e)Ineffective linkage of strategy, people, and work processes.

3.Answer the following in about 75 words:
(i)What do you mean by ‘Opportunity Assessment’?
(ii)Why are feasibility studies more important?
(iii)Why do you think the role of family in an entrepreneur’s life is important?
Ans.(i) Opportunity Assessment includes in-depth review of business opportunity, market research, intellectual property analysis, opportunity development timing, legal liability issues, applications of the opportunity, barriers to entry, industry trends, growth potential, market positioning, competitive analysis, financial projections and pricing, resource requirement analysis and licensing, etc.
(ii)Following are the main features of feasibility study:
(a) Process: A feasibility study is a process in which an idea is studied to see whether it will work and if going to work then how it will work.
(b)Comprehensive: A feasibility study looks at the total structure, needs, requirements, operations of a business, etc.
(c)Specific: Feasibility study looks at one issue, i.e. specific task, program, idea, or problem.
(d)Pros and cons: A feasibility study looks at both sides, i.e. merits and demerits. It also takes into consideration potential problems.
(e)Foundation: A feasibility study serves as a foundation for developing a successful business plan.
(f)Essential requirement for loan: Lending financial institution require the feasibility study considering the proposal for loan by the entrepreneur.
(iii)(a)What family and friends think or opine about entrepreneurship has a crucial role to play.
(b)Besides, the view of the family, their support and the society with regard to failure is also a very important factor.
(c)Family’s support is very essential as the entrepreneur need to borrow initial finances from the family and friends.
(d)The family’s attitude towards education and other careers in fields like medicine, engineering, etc. are also likely to dominate the youth’s mindset towards entrepreneurship.
(e)A prospective bride-groom can also become a deciding factor, promoting or inhibiting entrepreneurship.

4.Answer the following in about 150 words:
(i)According to Dell, what was the final outcome of the study about women entrepreneurs.
(ii)Explain in detail any four entrepreneurial types.
(iii)Explain any four main sources of ideas.
(iv)Explain the types of feasibility study.
(v)Differentiate between feasibility study and business plan.
(vi)What purposes does a business plan serve?
Ans.(i) According to a new study commissioned by Dell in January 2012, the ideal country to be where a woman starting a business in 2012 could well be India. Women entrepreneurs in India anticipate, an average of 90 per cent over the next five years.
(ii)Following are the details of four types of entrepreneurs:
(a)Trailblazers: Trailblazers are:
1.very competitive
2.ambitious
3.goal-oriented
4.tend to be aggressive
5.sometimes take a steamroller approach
6.restless and energetic
7.a strong drive
8.sense of urgency
9.logical, analytical, practical and realistic
10.calculated risk takers
Trailblazers tend to have two speeds: fast and faster. They aren’t happy unless they are in charge. Trailblazers tend to take their decisions on facts rather than feelings. The trailblazers business strengths include the medical, technology, finance, legal and consulting fields. Trailblazers prefer being the driving force of a business.
(b)Go-getters
1.have dominance and sociability
2.are very driven and independent
3.are competitive
4.have a great deal of initiative
5.have sense of urgency to get things done
6.are good leaders and good managers
7.work well in ambitious and unfamiliar environments Go-getters represent the largest percentage of the founders.
Go-getters show a great deal of initiative, coupled with a compelling sense of urgency to get things done. Go-getters are typically good leaders and good managers, excelling at motivating themselves and those around them.
The go-getter’s business strengths could include doing well in retail, but may prefer being the outside rainmaker.
They work well in ambitious and unfamiliar environments. They can invest in, buy or start a business that’s totally new to you and still make a success of it. They don’t need to be an expert in the field to start the business, they are good collaborators and can learn as they go.
(c)Managers. The features of managers are:
1.dominant and independent
2.very goal-oriented
3.quite analytical
4.focusing more on processes and outcomes than on people
5.straightforward style of communication
6.have a higher-than-average level of relaxation
7.loyal, sometimes to a fault, as they consider their employees to be an extension of their family.
The manager’s business strengths are:
1.doing things on their own
2.they excel at competitive selling because they enjoy overcoming rejection and achieving goals.
3.they enjoy working by themselves. Managers excel at competitive selling because they enjoy overcoming rejection and achieving goals despite obstacles.
(d)Motivators. Motivators have following features: They:
1.have a high level of sociability.
2.have the ability to work well under pressure and in autonomous situations.
3.are great consensus builder and a good collaborator
4.are a driver of change
The motivator’s business strengths is:
1.Retail can be their game – or any environment where people are a large part of the equation.
2.They do well in any business that involves people, as long as it’s a somewhat non-confrontational environment.
3.They can be convincing and avoid most confrontations by creating a strong emotional argument.
4.They do well in the toughest of customer service roles, as they are able to see both sides of the argument.
Motivators tend to deal with the negative arguments by using the three F’s—feel, felt and found—saying, —I understand how you are feeling. In fact, I have felt the same way, but when I learned, what I found was (again, insert your point).
Motivators excel at leadership or sales.
Motivators do well in business with partners, or in a business that involves others.
(iii)The different structured approaches adopted to generate ideas are:
1.Environment Scanning: It means the screening of large amounts of information to detect emerging changes or trends. Information is scanned from news magazines, reviews, government and consumer publications, trade publications, commercials, etc. Lots of effort is put in but the end it is energy well spent.
2.Creativity and Creative Problem Solving: Creativity is the ability to combine ideas in a unique way or to make unusual associations between the ideas. It involves cross thinking by seeing new angles, connections and approaches. The role of creativity and creative problem solving for generating ideas is that a number of specific creative approaches can be used. For example attribute listing, free association, etc.
3.Brainstorming: Here a group of persons sit together and generate a number of business ideas by innovating alternative ways of meeting the needs and solving problems. A number of ideas are discussed and finally a concrete idea is the end result.
4.Focus Groups: In this way generating idea, the groups of individuals provide information about proposed commodity (good or service) in a structured setting. Here a moderator focuses the group discussion or issues are being examined. Such group can provide an excellent way to generate new ideas and to screen proposed ideas and concepts.
5.Market Research: This is a method of gathering information about products/ services that already exist in the market. Demand supply position for a particular product or service is studied in the market and based on it new ideas for products and services are obtained.
(iv)Following are the types of feasibility study:
1.Market Feasibility: This involves a complete description of the industry, current situation of the market, anticipated future of the product, competition, sales projections, etc.
2.Technical Feasibility: This involves the issues like how to deliver a product or service, transportation, location of the enterprise, technological requirement, etc.
3.Financial Feasibility: It involves the issues like requirement of the start-up capital, seed capital, sources of capital, returns on investment, etc.
4.Organisational Feasibility: It involves the legal and corporate structure of the business, size of the venture, legal formalities and requirements, etc.
(v)Following are the points of difference between Feasibility Study and Business plan:
(a)A feasibility study can be defined as a controlled process for identifying problems and opportunities, determining objectives, describing situations, defining successful outcomes, and assessing the range of costs and benefits associated with several alternatives for solving a problem. On the other hand, a Business Plan is a written summary of various elements involved in starting a new enterprise like arrangement of resources, mobilizing resources, etc. ib) The feasibility study can be completed prior to the business plan.
(c)The feasibility study helps determine whether an idea or business is a viable or not, whereas the business plan is developed after the business opportunity is created.
(d)A feasibility study is carried out to know if the business venture is worth the time, effort and resources while a business plan is made up of mostly tactics and strategies to be implemented in order to grow the business.
(e)A feasibility study can be converted to a business plan.
(f)The business plan is studied in terms of growth and sustainability whereas the feasibility study studied in terms of idea viability.
(vi)A business plan serves the following purposes:
(а)Blue print: It provides a blueprint of actions to be taken by the firm in future.
(b)Guidance: It guides the entrepreneur in raising and mobilising the factors of production.
(c)Organisation: It serves as a guide to the entrepreneur in organizing and directing the activities of the entrepreneurial venture.
(d)Progress: It helps in measuring the progress of the venture at various stages (e) Communication: It communicates to investors, lenders, suppliers, etc. initiating the programmes of the business.

5.Answer the following in about 250 words:
(i)Explain in detail the elements of business plan.
(ii)Although there is no singular process to manage the execution of a business plan, there are basic processes-and fundamentals to be followed. Enlist them.
(iii)Explain in detail any six problems faced by women entrepreneurs.
Ans.(i)Proposed Business Plan has the following parts:
1.General Introduction
(a)Name and address of business
(b)Name and address of entrepreneur
(c)Stakeholder of business
(d)Nature of business and customers
2.Business Venture
(a)Product(s) to be offered
(b)Service(s) to be offered
(c)Scale of business operation
(d)Type of technology used
(e)Type of skilled personnel required
3.Organized Plan
(a)Form of ownership, sole proprietorship, partnership or joint stock company
(b)Identification of business, associated partners/members, etc.
(c)Administrative structure
(d)Identification of management team
4.Production Plan
(а)Details of manufacturing process
(b)Physical infrastructure required
(c)Types of plant and machinery
(d)Raw materials to be used
(e)Requirement of power, water, etc.
5.Human Resource Plan
(а)Categories of human resources or staff required
(b)Human resource already identified
(c)Human resource required to be procured
(d)Time frame for procurement of human resource
6.Marketing Plan
(a)Products and services offered
(b)Pricing policies
(c) Promotional strategies
(d)Logistics for distribution
(e)Channels of distribution
7.Financial Plan
(a)Breakeven analysis
(b)Fixed capital requirements
(c)Working capital requirement
(d)Sources of capital
(e)Schedule of procurement of capital
(f)Schedule of procurement of asset
(h)Cash flow projection
8.Miscellaneous/Appendix
(a)Market research report
(b)Contract with venders
(c)Contract with financial institutions
(d)Type of business risk
(e)Contingency plan
(ii)Following processes and fundamentals to be followed for managing the execution of a business plan:
(a)Focus on Core competencies: Focusing on the core competencies, specific quantifiable goals to support the strategy must be drafted and formulated.
(b)Evaluation: The organization must be evaluated. It must ensure that the right people with the right skills are in the right jobs. It require reallocation of human
resources if required. Right number of employees in the various departments are to be appointed.
(c)Identification: Identification of the following is must—the key initiatives, broad actions that must be accomplished, transitional issues, or the gaps, between where you are today and where you plan to be. Every employee must understand his/ her individual role in accomplishing his/her aspect of the plan.
(d)Budget: Budget is to be prepared to support the plan.
(e)Communicate well: There is to be a effective way of giving the message out to the entire organization. Develop compensation and reward systems to support the future vision of the organization.
(f)Review process: Establishing a review process because the markets, customers, competitors, government regulations, economy, etc. evolve; some priorities, and possibly some goals, may change.
(iii)The following are some of the limitations faced by women entrepreneurs:
1.Patriarchal society: The gender bias exists in society and is due to the patriarchal attitude.
2.Lack of opportunities: In some area education still has not reached to every female, the lack of education is thus a barrier.
3.Enabling technologies for women: There is lack of more opportunities regarding new methods of production, marketing and other modern technologies for women.
4.Social barriers: In rural areas, more social barriers are faced. This is due to lack of education and positive legislation.
5.Attitude of creditors towards women: Women entrepreneurs suffer while raising and meeting the financial needs of their business. The society was slightly biased in their attitude towards women entrepreneurs.
6.Organised sector: The skilled women work more in the unorganised sector and hence does not get her due.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [1 MARKS]
l.Does personality matter in becoming a successful entrepreneur?
Ans. Yes, successful entrepreneurs share a number of common features and these features are the predominant indicators of their success.

2.What are the benefits of choosing ventures that are in sync with the true personalities of the entrepreneur?
Ans. Such entrepreneur tend to experience the greatest level of success and fulfilment.

3.Who has the potential to grow a successful business?
Ans. Every person, has the potential to grow a successful business.

4.What does one need to determine for a successful entrepreneur?
Ans. One has to determine the right opportunity for becoming a successful entrepreneur.

5.What is needed to bridge the gap between who we are and what the opportunity requires?
Ans. Self-awareness.

6.Name the types of entrepreneurs.
Ans. Entrepreneurs can be divided into seven types:
1. Trailblazers 2. Go-getters
3. Managers 4. Motivators
5. Authoritarians 6. Collaborators
7. Diplomats

7.What are the two speeds of Trailblazers?
Ans. Trailblazers tend to have two speeds: fast and faster.

8. When are Trailblazers happy?
Ans. Trailblazers aren’t happy unless they are in charge.

9. What the Trailblazers tend to base their decisions on?
Ans. Trailblazers tend to take their decisions on facts rather than feelings.

10. What does the trailblazer’s business strengths include?
Ans. The trailblazers business strengths include the medical, technology, finance, legal and consulting fields.

ll. Why is a Trailblazer able to focus easily on marketing and operations?
Ans. Strong strategic thinking power enables the Trailblazer to focus easily on marketing and operations.

12. What is a challenge faced by the Trailblazers?
Ans. Their challenge faced is to be working with people as they are usually better leaders than managers.

13. What does Trailblazers prefer?
Ans. Trailblazers prefer being the driving force of a business.

14. What tasks are not normally taken by the Trailblazers? 
Ans. Trailblazers wouldn’t buy a franchise or distributorship.

15. When are Trailblazers highly innovative?
Ans. They are highly innovative, especially when it comes to taking an idea to the next level.

16. What makes the largest percentage of the founders?
Ans. Go-getters represent the largest percentage of the founders.

17. What does Go-getter’s business strength?
Ans. The Go-getter’s business strengths could include doing well in retail, but may prefer being the outside rainmaker.

18. Managers excel at competitive selling. Why?
Ans. Managers excel at competitive selling because they enjoy overcoming rejection and achieving goals despite obstacles.

19. How do the Motivators tend to deal with the most negative arguments?
Ans. Motivators tend to deal with the negative arguments by using the three F’s—feel, felt and found—saying,—I understand how you are feeling. In fact, I have felt the same way, but when I learned, what I found was (again, insert your point).

20. Motivators excel what?
Ans. Motivators excel at leadership or sales.

2I. Motivators do well in which business?
Or
List the fields in which ‘Motivator’ has business strengths.
Ans. Motivators do well in business with partners, or in a business that involves others.

22. What are motivators good at?
Ans. Motivators are good at nurturing relationships and do best in a business that involves keeping clients for the long term.

23. In what roles the Motivators do well?
Ans. Motivators do well in the toughest of customer service roles, as they are able to see both sides of the coin.

24. Give the examples of businesses that fit the authoritarians.
Ans. Dry cleaning stores, liquor or convenience stores where the need for the product or service is strong.

25. What does an Authoritarian see his customer as?
Ans. An Authoritarian see his customer as an extension of his family.

26. Why do Authoritarian dislike prospecting?
Ans. Authoritarian dislike prospecting as they are accommodating.

27. Till how long are the Authoritarian successful?
Ans. Authoritarian can be very successful as long as the organization is well-supported with advertising and marketing.

28. What is the difference between Collaborator and Authoritarian?
Ans. The difference between Collaborator and Authoritarian is that they have a personality gift called sociability.

29. What characteristics allows Collaborator and Authoritarian to use their influence?
Ans. Sociability allows to use their influence to get what they want.

30.Collaborators are good at what?
Ans. Collaborators are good at running customer service-oriented or retail businesses, or any business where being convincing is an important aspect of getting the job done right,

31. When does the collaborators do well?
Ans. Collaborators do well within structured environments where people are an element of success.

32. Collaborators can be great salesman. Why?
Ans. Collaborators can be great salesmen in a warm selling market because they use their sociability to sell their expertise.

33. What is the meaning of ‘warm selling’?
Ans. ‘Warm selling’ means that the collaborators bring the prospect to them, often through a letter or advertisement enticing the prospect to contact them for more information about their product or service.

34. What does ‘cold selling’ mean?
Ans. ‘Cold selling’ is the one that involves picking up the phone and dialling for dollars, or hitting the streets looking for prospects door to door.

35. Collaborators are not comfortable with what?
Ans. Collaborators aren’t comfortable with cold calling or pitching new ideas as they like to follow prescribed rules and guidelines.

36. Why the Diplomats work at their full capacity?
Ans. Diplomats work at full capacity because of their compliance and their need to do things right, their work at their full capacity.

37. Diplomats can experience difficulty in what?
Ans. Diplomats can experience difficulty in delegating details, but do a great job when they can do the work themselves.

38. What are the two important elements to success of Diplomats?
Ans. Sociability and drive in their personalities are two important elements to success.

39. What do you mean by Generating ideas?
Ans. Generating ideas is an innovative and creative process. In the process of generating ideas, ideas come from, ways to generate ideas and the role of structured approach, analysis and intuition.

40. What is Creativity?
Ans. Creativity is the ability to combine ideas in a unique way or to make unusual associations between the ideas.

4I. What is attribute listing?
Ans. Attribute listing is a method in which entrepreneur develops a new idea by looking at the positive or negative features of a product or a service.

42. What do you mean by free association?
Ans. Free association is a process whereby an entrepreneur develops a new idea through a chain of word associations, etc.

43. What is intuition?
Ans. Intuition is a cognitive process by which subconsciously decisions are made on the basis of accumulated or cumulative knowledge and experiences.

44. What is a Business Plan?
Ans. A Business Plan is a written summary of various elements involved in starting a new enterprise like arrangement of resources, mobilizing resources, etc.

45. What is the key to a successful execution?
Ans. The key to a successful execution is alignment.

46. What is the ray of hope with respect to the women entrepreneurs?
Ans. The ray of hope is that rate at which women entrepreneurs are growing is slowly increasing.

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2/3 MARKS]

l.What is Nandita’s advice to new entrepreneurs?
Ans. Nandita’s advice to new entrepreneurs is—
1.Don’t give up. Keep at it to succeed.
2.Pay the creditors, suppliers and vendors on time. It builds credibility.
3.Treat employees like family. If employees are happy, one’s business will be successful.

2. What are Go-Getters excellent in?
Ans. Go-Getters show a great deal of initiative, coupled with a compelling sense of urgency to get things done. Go-Getters are typically good leaders and good managers, excelling at motivating themselves and those around them.

3.In which environment the Go-getters work well?
Ans. They work well in ambitious and unfamiliar environments. They can invest in, buy or start a business that’s totally new to you and still make a success of it. They don’t need to be an expert in the field to start the business, they are good collaborators and can learn as they go.

4.What are manager’s business strength?
Ans.The manager’s business strengths are:
(a)Doing things on their own.
(b)They excel at competitive selling because they enjoy overcoming rejection and achieving goals.
(c)They enjoy working by themselves.

5.Give the characteristics of Motivators.
Ans.Motivators have following features: They—
(a)have a high level of sociability.
(b)have the ability to work well under pressure and in autonomous situations.
(c)are great consensus builder and a good collaborator.
(d)are a driver of change.

6. What are authoritarians’ business strength?
Ans. The authoritarians’ business strengths are:
(i)They often refer to themselves as—accidental entrepreneurs, because they may end up running a business that was never part of their original plan.
(ii)They’re best served by going into a business that embraces their level of expertise or allows them to develop a new level of expertise.

7.What are the main features of Collaborators?
Ans.The main features of collaborators are to:
(i)relish the people’s side of business.
(ii)benefit from having a partner who is more aggressive about developing new business.
(iii)follow prescribed rules and guidelines.
(iv)are good at running customer service-oriented or retail businesses.

8. Diplomats excel in which business and why?
Ans. The diplomats excel in retail or other people-oriented environments. Both outgoing and empathetic, they tend to be well-liked, but they sometimes have a hard time asserting themself and holding others accountable.

9.What does diplomats need to successfully leading a company?
Ans.To lead a company successfully, diplomats need—
(i)to hire stronger, more result-oriented personalities,
(ii)to be sure that deadlines are met,
(iii)commitments be fulfilled and staff members follow them through doing duties.

10. What is the role of intuition in generating ideas?
Ans. Intuition is a cognitive process by which subconsciously decisions are made on the basis of accumulated or cumulative knowledge and experiences. Intuition can be a powerful source of new ideas if you learn to use it. It provides an idea that is based on the idea of coming out and taking a viable form.

ll. What is the Feasibility Study?
Ans. According to Centre for Entrepreneurship at University of Rochester:
“A feasibility study can be defined as a controlled process for identifying problems and opportunities, determining objectives, describing situations, defining successful outcomes, and assessing the range of costs and benefits associated with several alternatives for solving a problem.”

12. What does Opportunity Assessment include?
Ans. Opportunity Assessment include in-depth review of business opportunity, market research, intellectual property analysis, opportunity development timing, legal liability issues, applications of the opportunity, barriers to entry, industry trends, growth potential, market positioning, competitive analysis, financial projections and pricing, resource requirement analysis and licensing, etc.

13. Do all business units need to prepare a business plan and will the plan vary depending on the size of the unit?
Ans. Not necessarily that all business units require a business plan.

But the plan size will vary from one unit to another depending on the nature of the enterprise. For example, for a new manufacturer of computer, would definitely need a comprehensive business plan, whilst for an entrepreneur who will be opening a small stationery shop would not need a detailed business plan.

14. What does a Business plan must define?
Ans. The plan must define the objectives, strategies, customer scenario, market segments, products and services to be offered, sales forecast and steps required to attain the objectives.

15. What does a Business plan must describe?
Ans. The plan should describe distribution systems, promotional activities and pricing decisions.

III. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

l.What are the motivator’s business strength?
Ans.The motivator’s business strength is:
(i)Retail can be their game or any environment where people are a large part of the equation.
(ii)They do well in any business that involves people, as long as it’s a somewhat non- confrontational environment.
(iii)They can be convincing and avoid most confrontations by creating a strong emotional argument.
(iv)They do well in the toughest of customer service roles, as they are able to see both sides of the argument.

2.Describe the importance of evaluating ideas.
Ans.Idea evaluation is an important step in researching the venture’s feasibility because of the following reasons:
1.Helps in deciding what is important: Idea evaluation forces the entrepreneur to decide what is important to the successful venture, which the entrepreneur is undertaking.
2.Helps to identify strengths and weaknesses of the idea: By evaluating the strengths and weakness of each idea, the entrepreneur identifies and assesses the strong and weak points. By this one gets information which helps to make a better decision.
3.Helps to make the best use of limited resources: It provides an idea about limited resources at disposal. Mostly entrepreneurs have limited resources in the form of money, time, people, etc. They can make sure that their choices make the best use of the available limited resources.
4.Helps to minimize risks while maximizing return:   Every entrepreneur like to have the least uncertainty or risk while getting the return from entrepreneurial decisions and actions. An entrepreneur puts in the effort to evaluate potential of the venture undertaken for maximizing the possible returns.

3.What do you think is the reason for failure of business plan execution?
Or
Why many plans fail?
Ans. Many plans fail because of the following reasons:
(a) Companies often fail to deliver as per their promises.
(b) The strategy followed was wrong.
(c) Strategies are not executed well.
(d) The failure to execute the plan.
(e) Ineffective linkage of strategy, people, and work processes.

4.What is the role of society and family in the growth of an entrepreneur?
Or
Why do you think the role of family in an entrepreneur’s life is important?
Ans.(i)What family and friends think or opine about entrepreneurship has a crucial role to play.
(ii)Besides, the view of the family, their support and the society with regard to failure is also a very important factor.
(iii)Family’s support is very essential as the entrepreneur needs to borrow initial finances from the family and friends.
(iv)The family’s attitude towards education and other careers in fields like medicine, engineering, etc. are also likely to dominate the youth’s mindset towards entrepreneurship.
(v) A prospective bridegroom can also become a deciding factor, promoting or inhibiting entrepreneurship.

5. What challenges do the woman entrepreneurs need to overcome?
Ans. Woman entrepreneurs need to overcome the following challenges:
(а)Responsibility towards family, society and huge workload.
(b)Tough resistance from men.
(c)Women are considered as helpers.
(d)The attitude of society towards women.
(e)Constraints in which women have to live and work are not very conducive.

IV.LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [6 MARKS]

l.What are the main features of Authoritarians?
Ans. Authoritarians:
(i)are loyal workers who make the world function.
(ii)make their products, service their systems, and always do it right.
(iii)can be an excellent distributor, franchisee or owner of an existing business.
(iv)can do well when they purchase an ongoing operation.
(v)are detail and tactic-oriented.
(vi)are motivated by doing things one-way-the right way.
(vii)are very conscientious and cooperative, following rules, procedures and policies carefully.
{viii)are cautious, deliberate, logical and analytical.
They are also relaxed, patient and accommodating by nature, and are a great team player who tends to avoid confrontation.

2.Give the main characteristics of Diplomats.
Ans. Diplomats:
(i)are restless and enjoy working under a certain amount of pressure.
(ii)get things done quickly and work well with deadlines.
(iii)adjust easily to change and deal well with new situations.
(iv)have a high sense of urgency and like variety,
(v)work at their full capacity
(vi)they do multitask and keep a variety of jobs going at once.

3.Give and explain the misconceptions about great idea.
Ans. The misconceptions about great idea are:
1.Great ideas just appear out of nowhere: It’s not true as the best idea generators tend to do so in a structured systematic way. They don’t wait for the things to happen.
2.There are no illogical ideas: The reality is that, many ideas may not be very good, though to prevent others from feeling that their contribution are not valued; the belief is that, all ideas should be approached as worthy.
3.The customer will tell you what to do if you will only listen: Although customers can help identify unmet needs, they require more involvements in making a great idea workable than simply listening to the customers.
4.We can generate all the ideas we will ever need if we sit down at a meeting-Generating great ideas is not restricted to a meeting but are best shaped through an ongoing dialogue.
5.Great ideas aren’t the problem; implementing them is: The reality is that, problems with implementation arise from not screening carefully enough, the ideas that are generated.

4.Describe the ways to generate ideas.
Or
Describe the various structured approaches adopted to generate ideas.
Or
Explain any four main sources of ideas.
Ans. The different structured approaches adopted to generate ideas are:
1.Environment Scanning: It means the screening of a large amounts of information to detect emerging changes or trends. Information is scanned from news magazines, reviews, government and consumer publications, trade publications, commercials, etc. Lot of effort is put in but in the end it is energy well spent.
2.Creativity and Creative Problem Solving: Creativity is the ability to combine ideas in a unique way or to make unusual associations between the ideas. It involves cross thinking by seeing new angles, connections and approaches. The role of creativity and creative problem solving for generating ideas is that a number of specific creative approaches can be used. For example attribute listing, free association, etc.
3.Brainstorming: Here a group of persons sit together and generate a number of business ideas by innovating alternative ways of meeting the needs and solving problems. A number of ideas are discussed and finally a concrete idea is the end result.
4.Focus Groups: In this way if generating idea the groups of individuals provide information about proposed commodity (good or service) in a structured setting. Here a moderator focuses the group discussion or issues are being examined. Such group can provide an excellent way to generate new ideas and to screen proposed ideas and concepts.
5.Market Research: This is a method of gathering information about products/services that already exist in the market. Demand supply position for a particular product or service is studied in the market and based on it new ideas for products and services are obtained.

5.How is feasibility study important to the entrepreneurs?
Ans.The information gathered and presented in a feasibility study will help entrepreneurs to:
• List in detail all the things they need to make the business work;
• Identify logistical and other business-related problems and solutions;
• Develop marketing strategies to convince a bank or investor that their business is worth considering as an investment; and
• Serve as a solid foundation for developing their business plans.
Even if entrepreneurs have a great business idea they still have to find a cost-effective way to market and sell their products and services.For example, most commercial spaces lease place restrictions on businesses that can have a dramatic impact on income. A lease may limit business hours/days, parking spaces, restrict the product or service that can be offered in some cases, even limit the number of customers a business can receive each day.

6.List the features of feasibility study.
Or
Why are feasibility studies more important?
Ans.Following are the main features of feasibility study:
(i)Process: A feasibility study is a process in which an idea is studied to see whether it will work and if going to work then how it will work.
(ii)Comprehensive: A feasibility study looks at the total structure, needs, requirements, operations of a business, etc.
(iii)Specific: Feasibility study looks at one issue, i.e. specific task, program, idea, or problem.
(iv)Pros and cons: A feasibility study looks at both sides, i.e. merits and demerits. It also takes into consideration potential problems.
(v)Foundation: A feasibility study serves as a foundation for developing a successful business plan.
(vi)Essential requirement for loan: Lending financial institution requires the feasibility study considering the proposal for loan by the entrepreneur.

7.Give an outline of a good feasibility study.
Ans. Following is an outline of a good feasibility study:
(a)Introduction (b)Product or Service
(c)Technology (d)Market Environment
(e)Competition (f)Industry
(g)Business Model (h)Market and Sales Strategy
(i)Production Operations Requirements (j)Management and Personnel Requirements
(k)Regulations and Environmental Issues (l)Critical Risk Factors
(m)Financial Predictions Including: Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Cash Flow Statement, Break Even Analysis and Capital Requirements
(n)Conclusion.

8.What purposes are fulfilled by a Business Plan?
Ans.A business plan serves the following purposes:
(a)Blue print: It provides a blueprint of actions to be taken by the firm in future.
(b)Guidance: It guides the entrepreneur in raising and mobilising the factors of production.
(c)Organisation: It serves as a guide to the entrepreneur in organizing and directing the activities of the entrepreneurial venture.
(d)Progress: It helps in measuring the progress of the venture at various stages.
(e)Communication: It communicates to investors, lenders, suppliers, etc. initiating the programmes of the business.

9. Give the main elements of a proposed business plan.
Or
Explain in detail the elements of business plan.
Ans. Proposed Business Plan has the following parts:
1.General Introduction
(a)Name and address of business (c)Stakeholder of business
(b)Name and address of entrepreneur (d)Nature of business and customers
2.Business Venture
(a)Product(s) to be offered (b) Service(s) to be offered
(c)Scale of business operation (d) Type of technology used
(e)Type of skilled personnel required
3.Organised Plan
(а)Form of ownership, sole proprietorship, partnership or joint stock company
(b)Identification of business, associated partners/members, etc.
(c)Administrative structure
(d)Identification of management team
4.Production Plan
(a)Details of manufacturing process (b)Physical infrastructure required
(c)Types of plant and machinery (d)Raw materials to be used
(e)Requirement of power, water, etc.
5.Human Resource Plan
(a)Categories of human resources or staff required
(b)Human resource already identified
(c)Human resource required to be procured
(d)Time frame for procurement of human resource
6.Marketing Plan
(a)Products and services offered (b)Pricing policies
(c)Promotional strategies (d)Logistics for distribution
(e)Channels of distribution
7.Financial Plan
(a)Breakeven analysis (b)Fixed capital requirements
(c)Working capital requirement (d) Sources of capital
(e)Schedule of procurement of capital (f)Schedule of procurement of asset
(h)Cash flow projection
8.Miscellaneous/Appendix
(a)Market research report (b)Contract with venders
(c)Contract with financial institutions (d)Type of business risk
(e)Contingency plan

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial Journey appeared first on Learn CBSE.


NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as Innovation and Problem Solving

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Chapter-4 Entrepreneurship as Innovation and Problem Solving

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED.

1.Answer each of these questions in about 15 words:
(i)Name any two institutions involved in Entrepreneurship Development Program.
(ii)Who is a social entrepreneur?
(iii)What are insurable risks?
(iv)What are non-insurable risks?
(v)What is economic barrier?
(vi)Give an example of a social entrepreneur.
Ans.(i) 1. National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD).
2.Indian Institute for Entrepreneurship.
3.National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (NIMSME).
(ii)According to Martin and Osberg, “The Social Entrepreneur aims for value in the form of large-scale transformational benefit that accrues either to a significant segment of society or to society at large.” Moreover, “The social entrepreneur targets his/her programs at the underserved, neglected, or highly disadvantaged population that lacks the financial means or political clout to achieve the transformative benefit on its own.”
(iii)These are the risks which are related to life and property against fire, theft, accidents, etc. They are covered and protected by insurance.
(iv)These are the risks whose probability cannot be determined and which cannot be insured against. For example: Fluctuations in price and demand. These are further divided into two types
(a)Internal Risks: Those risks which arise from the events taking place within the business enterprise.
(b)Business risks: These are of a diverse nature and arise due to innumerable factors. These risks can be insurable or non-insurable.
(v)The factors of production land, labour, capital, material, etc. contribute equally towards the development of entrepreneurship in any country. If all the factors are readily available to the entrepreneurs, then entrepreneurship is naturally promoted and developed. But if any of the factor of production are not available or not readily available or available in inadequate quality and quantity, they can become barriers to entrepreneurship.
(vi)(a)Vinoba Bhave: He was the founder of the Bhudaan Andolan, which resulted in redistribution of more than 7,000,000 acres of land to aid India’s untouchables and landless.
(b)Ela Bhatt: She founded Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA) in 1972 is a trade union of poor, unorganised, self-employed women who work as vendors, hawkers and labourers.

2.Answer each of these questions in about 50 words:
(i)What is business incubation?
(ii)Explain business intelligence.
(iii)List two examples of incubation centres in India
(iv)Write about any two innovations which led to entrepreneurial ventures.
(v)Differentiate between social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship.
Ans.(i)Business incubation are programs designed to support the successful development of entrepreneurial ventures through an array of business support resources and services, developed and orchestrated by incubator management and offered both in the incubator and through its network of contacts. Business support resources and services comprises of providing physical space, capital, coaching, networking connections, etc.
(ii)Business intelligence is the ability of an organization to collect, maintain, and organize data.
(iii)NZTE, Technology NZ.
(iv)(a) Potato Chips:
Aim: George Crum, a chef at the Carey Moon Lake House was trying to make a plate of fried potato.
Creation: One day, a customer repeatedly sent back the plate of potatoes for more frying and having thinner fried potatoes. In anger Crum sliced the potatoes insanely thin and fried them until they were hard as a rock. On serving it to the customer, the customer loved it and wanted more. This is how potato chips came into existence.
(b)The Pacemaker:
Aim: John Hopps, an electrical engineer was trying to use radio frequency heating to restore body temperature.
Creation: During his experiment, he realized that if a heart stopped beating due to cooling, it could be made to beat again by artificial stimulation. This led to the creation of pacemaker.
(v)Following is the difference between Entrepreneurship and Social Entrepreneurship:
(a)The entrepreneur’s final objective is wealth creation but for the social entrepreneur, wealth creation is simply a means to an end.
(b)The entrepreneur participates in entrepreneurial venture with the aim of earning profit. On the other hand, the social entrepreneur participates in profit seeking business ventures if only to use the profits generated to create valuable social programs for the whole community.
(c)Entrepreneur has individual motive of self-development whereas social entrepreneur has the motive of societal development.

3.Answer each of these questions in about 75 words:
(i)What is cloud computing?
(ii)How did KFC begin its operations?
(iii)Explain the various external factors which lead to business risk?
(iv)Enumerate three ways as to how incubators help start-ups get funding.
Ans.(i)The origin of the term cloud computing appears to be derived from the practice of using drawings of stylized clouds to denote networks in diagrams of computing and communications systems. The word cloud is used as a metaphor for the internet, based on the standardized use of a cloud-like shape to denote a network.
Cloud computing helps the firms to upload all its data on to a cloud and then it can be
used it remotely wherever it is required.
(ii)In 1930, Sanders was operating a service station in Corby, USA and he observed that travellers who stopped for gas were normally hungry and they wanted to eat something. Sanders saw and understood the problem. He knew how to cook, and so he cooked chicken recipe for the travellers. This spicy chicken receipe became super hit among travellers. This prompted him to start a restaurant which was beginning of the world famous fast food chain “KFC – Kentucky Fried Chicken”.
(iii)The various external factors which may give rise to such risks are as follows:
1.Economic factors: These arise due to prevalent economic condition and changes in the prevailing market conditions. These can be of following types:
(a)changes in demand
(b)price fluctuations
(c)changes in tastes and preferences of the consumers
(d)changes in income, output or trade cycles
(e)increased competition for the product
(f)inflationary tendency in the economy
(g)rising unemployment
(h)fluctuations in world economy
For example: Audio cassette player to CD player
2.Natural factors: These are the unforeseen natural calamities like earthquake, flood, famine, cyclone, lightening, etc. These may cause loss and damage to life and property. Entrepreneurs have very little or no control. For example, the land slide in Uttarakhand damaged the business and have adversely affected the whole economy of the State.
3.Political factors: These are due to political changes in a country like
(a)fall or change in the Government,
(b)communal violence
(c)civil war
(d)hostilities with the neighbouring countries.
(e)changes in Government policies and regulations
4.Change in taste and preference: Tastes change with the change of time and factors.
For example: Earlier home made food was preferred and fast food was considered as luxury. In the present scenario, there has been an increase for the liking towards fast food.
(iv)Incubators help the companies/firms to secure capital in the following ways:
(a)Helps in connecting companies with angel investors (high-net-worth individual investors).
(b)Working with companies to perfect venture capital presentations and connecting them to venture capitalists.
(c)Helping and guiding companies in applying for loans.
(d)Helping and guiding companies in accessing government agency.

4.Answer each of these questions in about 150 words:
(i)Explain the various internal factors which lead to business risk?
(ii)Explain in detail the personal barriers.
(iii)Explain.
(a)Smart, (b)Explain Information Collection as new business forms.
Ans.(i)Every business organization contains various risk elements while doing the business.
Business risks implies uncertainty in profits or danger of loss and the events that could pose a risk due to some unforseen events in fugure, which causes business to fail. The Business risk is classified into different 5 main types:
1.Strategic Risk: They are the risks associated with the operations of that particular industry. These kind of risks arise from
• Business Environment: Buyers and sellers interacting to buy and sell goods and services, changes in supply and demand, competitive structures and introduction of new technologies.
• Transaction: Assets relocation of mergers and acquisitions, spin-offs, alliances and joint ventures.
• Investor Relations: Strategy for communicating with individuals who have invedted in the business.
2.Financial Risk: These are the risks associated with the financial structure and transactions of the particular industry.
3.Operational Risk: These are the risks associated with the operational and administrative procedures of the particular industry.
4.Compliance Risk (Legal Risk): These are risks associatd with the need to comply with the rules and regulations of the government.
5.Other Risks: There would be different risks like natural disaster(floods) and others depend upon the nature and scale of the industry.
(ii)Following are the personal barriers to entrepreneurship:
1.Perceptual: Perceptual barriers that can adversely affect the progress of an entrepreneur and the enterprise. Lack of proper knowledge, lack of clear vision, misunderstanding of a situation, etc. can result in a faulty decisions. These features leave the entrepreneur with limited options and stubbornness in the decisions.
2.Motivational: Regular motivation is an essential for keeping the same tempo in the enterprise. Lack of motivation becomes a strong barrier to entrepreneurship. Many entrepreneurs start with enthusiasm, but when they face some difficulties in the execution of their plans, they lose motivation.
(iii)(a)Smart Mobility: Those devices which are mobile help in the growth of business.
Smart mobility is changing the way people interact. Smart devices have become a part of our lives. It includes Mobiles, smart phones, I-pads, I-phones, etc.
In the last quarter of 2010, sales of smart phones overtook the sale of Personal Computers for the first time.
• By 2014, more smart devices could be used to access the internet than traditional computers.
• More mobile world is creating new players and new opportunities for a variety of industries.
• Smart mobility will enable firms to profit more quickly from new technology.
(b)Need of customer detail: In order to attract a customer, the entrepreneurs have
to know the customer in detail so that they can know about those customers who are loyal to their product and the company. ,
Understanding taste and preference of customers: Information collected about the customers related to age, regularity of customer to the shop, preference of purchase, etc. enable the firm to understand the taste and preference of the customer so that customer services can be improved in a better way. Competition: Firms are now competing on analytics to differentiate themselves. The growing number of methods of data collection, growing number of data collecting firms, ways of analysis are generating immense quantities of information.

5.Answer each of these questions in about 250 words:
(i)Enumerate the characteristics of social entrepreneurs.
(ii)Explain in detail three new forms of business which is created because of technological changes.
(iii)Explain ‘barriers to entrepreneurship’.
Ans.(i)Social entrepreneurs have following characteristics:
1.Social Catalysts: Social entrepreneurs are the visionaries who create fundamental, social changes by reforming social systems and creating sustainable improvements. Their efforts and actions have the potential to bring global improvements in the various fields like education, health care, economic development, the environment, the arts, etc.
2.Socially aware: Social improvement, is the ultimate goal of the social entrepreneurs. The success of their efforts is measured by their social changes and impact on various social groups of the society.
3.Opportunity-seeking: Social entrepreneurs view every obstacle as an opportunity. They develop their business on the same grounds.
4.Innovative: Social entrepreneurs are creative, willing to think differently and ready to apply ideas to new situations. They see failures as learning opportunities.
5.Resourceful: Social entrepreneurs’ visions are not limited by the resources which they acquire or have but they actively expand their resource pool through positive collaboration with others.
6.Accountable: Social entrepreneurs are accountable to their beneficiaries like customers, investors, etc. and they often take measures to keep themselves on the right track by asking themselves,—Am I creating value for the people I am serving? Do I understand their needs?
(ii)(A)Business intelligence: Sales data during an off season discount produces
large amounts of information. This can be use for developing new opportunities. Implementing an effective strategy for the new opportunity for gaining competitive edge and having long-term stability.
The importance of business intelligence is as follows:
(a)Strategy: Business intelligence is used to make better strategic decisions.
(b)Data: Business intelligence, enables organizations to gather quantifiable data on each area of the organization.
(c)Analysis: Business intelligence, enables organizations to analyse data in a way that yields information they can act on.
(d)Efficiency: It helps firms to enhance decision-making, improve performance
and mitigate risk.
(B)Smart Mobility: Those devices which are mobile help in the growth of business. Smart mobility is changing the way people interact. Smart devices have become a part of our lives. It includes mobiles, smart phones, I-pads, I-phones, etc.
• In the last quarter of 2010, sales of smart phones overtook the sale of Personal computers for the first time.
• By 2014, more smart devices could be used to access the internet than traditional computers.
• More mobile world is creating new players and new opportunities for a variety of industries.
• Smart mobility will enable firms to profit more quickly from new technology.
(iii)(a)Environmental Barriers to Entrepreneurship Following are the environmental barriers:
1.Economic: The factors of production land, labour, capital, material, etc. contribute equally towards the development of entrepreneurship in any country. If all the factors are readily available to the entrepreneurs, then entrepreneurship is naturally promoted and developed. But if any of the factor of production are not available or not readily available or available in inadequate quality and quantity, they can
2.Social: Sociological factors such as religion, caste structure, age groups, standard of living, mobility of labour, cultural heritage, respect for senior citizens, values, etc. have a deep impact on business. In India, attitudes have changed with respect to food and clothing, due to changes in educational pattern, rise in standard of living, increase in literacy rate among men and women, employment of women in factories and offices, etc. Due to it there is growth of food processing and garment manufacturing units.
3.Cultural: Every society has its own culture, cultural values, customs, beliefs and norms. If the culture of a society is encouraging creativity and risk-taking, entrepreneurship gets encouragement leading to development.
4.Political: Political factor provides the legal framework for the functioning of the enterprises in the economy. Political environment poses challenge in front of entrepreneurs. Political environment is affected by political parties, stability of the government, government’s interference in business world, taxation and subsidies policies, etc.
(b)Personal barriers. Following are the personal barriers to entrepreneurship:
1.Perceptual: Perceptual barriers that can adversely affect the progress of an entrepreneur and the enterprise. Lack of proper knowledge, lack of clear vision, misunderstanding of a situation, etc. can result in a faulty decisions. These features leave the entrepreneur with limited options and stubbornness in the decisions.
2.Motivational: Regular motivation is an essential for keeping the same tempo in
the enterprise. Lack of motivation becomes a strong barrier to entrepreneurship. Many entrepreneurs start with enthusiasm, but when they face some difficulties in the execution of their plans, they lose motivation.

6. HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS
Application based exercise:
Explain the success story of Lijjat Papad.
Ans.Lijjat Papad
• Started with a loan of? 80, the cooperative now has annual sales exceeding ? 301 crore.
• Lijjat was the brain child of seven Gujarati women from Bombay (now Mumbai).
• The women lived in Lohana Niwas, a group of five buildings in Girgaum. They wanted to start a venture to create a sustainable livelihood using the only skill they had i.e. cooking.
• The women borrowed ? 80/- from Chhaganlal Karamsi Parekh, a member of the Servants of India Society and a social worker.
• They took over papad making venture which was running in loss owned by Laxmidas Bhai, and bought the necessary ingredients and the basic infrastructure required to manufacture papads.
• On March 15, 1959, they gathered on the terrace of their building and started with the production of 4 packets of papads. They started selling the papads to a known merchant in Bhuleshwar.
• Initially, the women were making two different qualities of papads, in order to sell the inferior one at a cheaper rate.
• Chaganbapa advised them to make a standard papad and asked them never to compromise on quality.
• Lijjat expanded as a cooperative system. Initially, even younger girls could join, but later eighteen was fixed as the minimum age of entry.
• Within three months there were about 25 women making papads.
• Soon the women bought some equipment for the business, like utensils, cupboards, stoves, etc. In the first year, the organization’s annual sales were ? 6196/-. The broken papads were distributed among neighbours.
• During the first year, the women had to stop production for four months during the rainy season as the rains would prevent the drying of the papads. The next year, they solved the problem by buying a cot and a stove. The papads were kept on the cot and the stove below the cot so that the process of drying could take place in spite of the rains.
By the second year of its formation, 100 to 150 women had joined the group, and by the end of the third year it had more than 300 members. The members were called as Ben/Sister.
• They have accountants in every branch and every centre has to maintain daily accounts.
• Profit (or loss, if any) is shared among all the members of that branch.
They have a committee of 21, that decides how the profits are to be distributed.
• Each branch calculates its profit and divides it equally among all its members.
• Mumbai has 12,000 members, the rest of Maharashtra has 22,000, and Gujarat has between 5,000 to 7,000 members.
Exports alone account for ? 10 crores.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [1 MARKS]

1.What are the distinguishing marks of an entrepreneur?
Ans. Creativity and innovation are the distinguishing marks of the entrepreneur.

2.How was Ink-Jet Printer created?
Ans. A Canon engineer accidently rested his hot iron on his pen, ink was ejected from the pens point a few moments later. This principle led to the creation of the inkjet printer for the world.

3.What is Social Entrepreneurship? 
Ans. According to J. Gregory Dees, Social entrepreneurship is which combines the passion of a social mission with an image of business-like discipline, innovation, and determination.

4.Who is a Social Entrepreneur in the words of Martin & Osberg?
Ans. According to Martin and Osberg, “The Social Entrepreneur aims for value in the form of large-scale transformational benefit that accrues either to a significant segment of society or to society at large.” Moreover, the social entrepreneur targets his/her programs at the underserved, neglected, or highly disadvantaged population that lacks the financial means or political clout to achieve the transformative benefit on its own.”

5.Who is referred as the father of Green Revolution?
Ans. Father of Green Revolution in India is M.S. Swaminathan and in the world is Norman Borlang.

6.How the social entrepreneurs improve their standard of living?
Ans. Social entrepreneur can assess a social problem and find a solution to remove poverty among the masses and thus improve their standard of living.

7.Define Risk.
Ans. Risk is the chance of loss and refers to the possibility of some adverse occurrence.

8.What are external risks?
Ans. External risks are the risks that arise due to the events occurring outside the firm or the business venture. These are beyond the control of entrepreneurs as they cannot be forecasted. Probability occurrence cannot be determined.

9.Wnat do you mean by Business Intelligence?
Ans.Business intelligence is the ability of an organization to collect, maintain, and organize data.

l0.Explain Business Intelligence using example.
Ans.Sales data during an off season discount produces large amounts of information. This can be used for developing new opportunities. Implementing an effective strategy for the new opportunity for gaining competitive edge and having long-term stability.

11. What do you mean by Smart Mobility?-
Ans. Those devices which are mobile help in the growth of business. Smart mobility is changing the way the people interact. Smart devices have become a part of our lives. It includes mobiles, smart phones, I-pads, I-phones, etc.

12. Cloud-based services is expected to grow sophisticatedly in the future. Give one example in support.
Ans. By 2016, Gartner-a consultancy firm, expects all Forbes’ Global 2000 companies to use public cloud services, transforming much of the current IT hardware, software and database markets into infinitely flexible utilities.

13. What is the future of cloud computing?
Ans. Over time, cloud-based services is expected to grow sophisticatedly and is expected to evolve into full-scale business processes as a service. It enables the firms to reduce cost, increase efficiency and will enable the firms to reduce risk.

14. What are the distinguishing marks of an entrepreneur?
Ans. Creativity and innovation are the distinguishing marks of the entrepreneur.

15. What do you understand by business risk?
Ans. Business risk means the possibility of some favourable occurrence.

16. How B.O. Wheeler has defined the term Business Risk?
Ans. According to B.O. Wheeler, “Risk is the chance of loss. It is the possibility of some adverse occurrence”.

17. ‘Fluctuations in price and demand’. Name the type of risk involved into it.
Ans. The type of risk is non-insurable risk.

18. What do you understand by social media?
Ans. Social media refers to an interaction among people in which they create, share, and/or exchange information and ideas between various people around the world and through networks.

19. Give an example of economic barrier to entrepreneurship.
Ans. If a prospective entrepreneur does not have access to capital for setting up his her new enterprise. He or she will feel discouraged to proceed further.

20. How does systematic study of barriers helps an entrepreneur?
Ans. Systematic study of barriers will lead to a proper understanding of the fields areas in which they occur.

21. Write some qualities an entrepreneur must have to become a successful entrepreneur.
Ans. Innovativeness, creativity and potential for hard work are some qualities an entrepreneur must have to become a successful entrepreneur.

22. For an entrepreneur, what is the main motivating factor which urges them to continue in their entrepreneurial pursuit?
Ans. For an entrepreneur, the main motivating factor which urges them to continue in their entrepreneurial pursuit is challenge.

23. Which qualities enables the entrepreneurs to enjoy challenge?
Ans. When the entrepreneurs are more intelligent, persistent and competent they enjoy a challenge.

24. To be a successful entrepreneur, one has to have which quality?
Ans. To be a successful entrepreneur, one has to be a problem solver.

25. Who is an entrepreneur?
Ans. Any person who undertakes risks, enjoys challenge and habitually creates and innovates to build something of recognised value around perceived opportunities can be referred as entrepreneur.

26. Why are entrepreneurs called problem solvers?
Ans. Entrepreneurs take efforts to solve problems faced by the people due to which they are referred as problem solvers. When one problem is solved a new commodity is created i.e. a new value is created.

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2/3 MARKS]

l.Mention the features of problem solvers.
Ans. Problem solvers:
(i)take risks,
(ii)often create value by solving a problem faced by customer or market.
(iii)able to create a profitable enterprise.
(iv)the more or larger problems are solved by them, the more profit they generate.

2.Describe the beginning of world famous fast food chain KFC.
Or
How did KFC begin its operations?
Ans. In 1930, Sanders was operating a service station in Corby, USA and he observed that travellers who stopped for gas were normally hungry and they wanted to eat something. Sanders saw and understood the problem. He knew how to cook, and so he cooked chicken recipe for the travellers. This spicy chicken receipe became super hit among travellers. This prompted him to start a restaurant which was beginning of the world famous fast food chain “KFC – Kentucky Fried Chicken”.

3. Give examples of problem solution.
Ans. Following are the examples of problem solution:
1.Bigger boats were used for carrying more fishes.
2.Installation of freezers on the big boats for storing the fishes.
3.Installation of fish tanks for providing fresh fish in the market.
4.To improve taste of the fresh fish in the tank shark were kept along with the fishes.

4. Describe one example explaining solving problems to meet the needs and wants of people.
Or
“Most entrepreneurial ventures have survived when they solve problems of people, understanding their needs and accordingly changing the product to their needs.” Give an example in the support of this statement.
Ans. Dr. John Harvey Kellogg was superintendent of a famous hospital and health spa in Battle Creek, Michigan. His hospital stressed healthful living and kept its patients on a diet that eliminated caffeine, meat, alcohol and tobacco.
One day, after cooking some wheat, the men were called away. When men returned, the wheat had become stale. They decided to force the tempered grain through the rollers anyway.
But surprisingly, each wheat berry was flattened and came out as a thin flake. On baking the flakes and were realized that they have made a new invention i.e. a delicious cereal. Keith Kellogg, brother of Dr. Kellogg eventually opened his own cereal business which became the famous brand Kellogg’s Corn Flakes.

5. Write in brief about creativity is a continuous activity for the entrepreneur.
Ans. As creativity is a continuous activity for the entrepreneurs they keep on disturbing markets and keeps on challenging large established businesses. Entrepreneurs always see new ways of doing things with little concern creativity in the entrepreneur is a mixture of ability to innovate, to take the idea and make it work in practice. Once the project is accomplished, the entrepreneur look for new venture.

6. How were Microwave Ovens created? Describe.
Ans. Percy Spencer, an engineer was conducting a radar-related research project with a new vacuum tube. During his research he realized that the candy bar in his pocket began to melt during his experiments. On putting pop corn into the machine, the popcorns are started to pop. This led to the creation of commonly used household item Microwave Oven.

7. What is the difference between Entrepreneurship and Social Entrepreneurship?
Ans. Following is the difference between Entrepreneurship and Social Entrepreneurship:
(a)The entrepreneur’s final objective is wealth creation but for the social entrepreneur, wealth creation is simply a means to an end.
(b) The entrepreneur participates in entrepreneurial venture with the aim of earning profit. On the other hand, the social entrepreneur participates in profit seeking business ventures if only to use the profits generated to create valuable social programs for the whole community.
(c)Entrepreneur has individual motive of self-development where as social entrepreneur has the motive of societal development.

8. What are the similarities between Entrepreneurship and Social Entrepreneurship?
Ans. Following are the similarities between Entrepreneurship and Social Entrepreneurship:
(a)Creation: Both, entrepreneur and the social entrepreneur believe in creation of something new.
(b)Profit: Both aim for earning profit from the venture.
(c)Development: Both work for development of the society though with different motives.

9.Why is there a growing need for Social Entrepreneurs?
Ans. There is a growing need for Social Entrepreneurs because of following reasons:
(i)Social problems: In the current economic crisis, financial pressures are becoming a reason for the increase of intensity of social problems such as poverty and unemployment.
(ii)Financial repercussions: According to J. Gregory Dees, social entrepreneurship is essential to reduce the financial consequences among vulnerable.
(iii)Creativity and Innovation: With pay-cuts and job losses a common phenomenon all over the world, the need of the present is new ideas, innovations, creative solutions and fresh perspectives. These new ideas, etc. have potential to deal with the changing market demands, emerging economies and a new world, economic order.

10. Social entrepreneurs keep on asking themselves,—Am I creating value for the people I am serving? Do I understand their needs? Why did they do so?
Ans. Social entrepreneurs do so:
(i)to know how they are actually making an impact.
(ii)to reply to investors who want to know whether their contributions are indeed stimulating social improvements as was promised.

ll. What are the views of J. Gregory Dees on Social entrepreneurs as social catalysts?
Ans. According to J. Gregory Dees, though (Social entrepreneurs) they may act locally, their actions have the potential to stimulate global improvements in their chosen arenas, whether that is education, health care, economic development, the environment, the arts, or any other social field.

12.Mention the functions performed by SEWA.
Ans.Following functions are performed by SEWA:
(i)Initially, SEWA provided the required capital to the co-operatives.
(ii)The members of the co-operatives share their skills and expertise, develop new tools, designs and techniques.
(iii)Members are engaged in joint marketing efforts.
(iv)SEWA is helping women to get regular employment, easy access to credit, childcare, healthcare facilities.

13.Describe the various types of Risk Taking.
Ans.Risk are of following types:
(i)Insurable Risks: These are related to life and property against fire, theft, accidents etc.
(ii)Non-insurable: These are the risks whose probability cannot be determined and which cannot be insured against. For example: Fluctuations in price and demand. These are further divided into two types:
(a)Internal Risks: Those risks which arise from the events taking place within the business enterprise.
(b)Business risks: These are of a diverse nature and arise due to innumerable factors.
These risks can be insurable or non-insurable.
(iii)Dynamic risks: Risks which are caused by changes in the economy are known as ‘dynamic risks’. These are generally less predictable because they do not appear frequently.

14.Describe the types of risks on the basis of place of origin.
Ans. On the basis of place of origin the risks are of two types:
(i)Internal Risks: These risks arise from the events taking place within the firm during the ordinary course of a business. These can be forecasted. Their probability of occurrence can be determined. These are controllable.
(ii)Business Risks: These risks are of varied nature and may arise due to innumerable factors. These can either be insurable or non-insurable. The probability of an insurable risk can be determined. These risks can be forecasted.

15.Give one example describing the role of technology in making the complex process easier.
Ans. In Kenya, mobile phones are used to collect data and report on disease-specific issues from more than 175 health centres serving over 1 million people. This has reduced the cost of the country’s health information system by nearly 25%. The data is being obtained and collected very fast i.e. from four weeks to one week.

16.Describe the role of Information Collection in the present business scenario?
Or
Explain Information Collection as new business forms.
Ans. Need of customer detail: In order to attract a customer, the entrepreneurs have to know the customer in detail so that they can know about those customers who are loyal to their product and the company.
Understanding taste and preference of customers: Information collected about the customers related to age, regularity of customer to the shop, preference of purchase etc. enable the firm to understand the taste and preference of the customer so that customer services can be improved in a better way.
Competition: Firms are now competing on analytics to differentiate themselves. The growing number of methods of data collection, growing number of data collecting firms, ways of analysis are generating immense quantities of information.

17.What are the findings and suggestions of the IDC?
Ans. IDC, a market research firm, suggests that:
(i)the amount of digital information created each year will increase to 35 trillion gigabytes
by 2020, .
(ii)this will require 44 times more data storage than in 2009,
(iii)telemetric applications, similar to GPS (global positioning systems), will allow organizations to send, receive and store information via telecommunications devices while controlling remote objects,
(iv)telemetric applications are now being used in medical informatics, healthcare and other fields.

18.Describe the importance of business intelligence.
Ans. The importance of business intelligence is as follows:
(a)Strategy: Business intelligence is used to make better strategic decisions.
(b)Data: Business intelligence, enables organizations to gather quantifiable data on each area of the organization.
(c)Analysis: Business intelligence, enables organizations to analyse data in a way that yields information they can act on.
(d)Efficiency: It helps firms to enhance decision-making, improve performance and mitigate risk.

19.Smart mobility is changing the way people interact. Support the statement.
Ans. • In the last quarter of 2010, sales of smart phones overtook the sale of Personal Computers for the first time.
• By 2014, more smart devices could be used to access the internet than traditional computers.
More mobile world is creating new players and new opportunities for a variety of industries.
• Smart mobility will enable firms to profit more quickly from new technology.

20.Explain the meaning of cloud computing.
Ans.The origin of the term cloud computing appears to be derived from the practice of using drawings of stylized clouds to denote networks in diagrams of computing and communications systems. The word cloud is used as a metaphor for the internet, based on the standardized use of a cloud-like shape to denote a network.
Cloud computing helps the firms to upload all its data on to a cloud and then it can be used it remotely wherever it is required.

21.Describe the power of social media for the entrepreneurial ventures.
Ans. The power of social media for the entrepreneurial ventures can be understood as under:
(i)Needs and wants:Through the new possibilities for social listening, businesses are able to better understand the needs and wants of the customers.
(ii)Changes: More change are expected as the generation that has grown up with new technologies and instant information gratification joins the workforce after completing their desired educational attainment.
(iii)New form of businesses: Creation of new forms of business enterprises is expected in the near future which is going to change the way business ethics and the procedures.

22. What is business incubation? Explain.
Ans. Business incubation are programs designed to support the successful development of entrepreneurial ventures through an array of business support resources and services, developed and orchestrated by incubator management and offered both in the incubator and through its network of contacts. Business support resources and services comprises of providing physical space, capital, coaching, networking connections, etc.

23.How do incubators help start-ups get funding?
Or
Enumerate three ways as to how incubators help start-ups get funding.
Ans.Incubators help the companies/firms-to secure capital in following ways:
(a)Helps in connecting companies with angel investors (high-net-worth individual investors).
(b)Working with companies to perfect venture capital presentations and connecting them to venture capitalists.
(c)Helping and guiding companies in applying for loans.
(d)Helping and guiding companies in accessing government agency.

24. Enlist some sector specific schemes run by the government for the growth and development of Entrepreneurship in India.
Ans. Various sector specific schemes of the government are as follows:
1.Schemes implemented through KVIC (Khadi and Village Industries Commission)
2.Schemes implemented through Coir Board
3.Schemes for priority sector 4.Animal Husbandry Schemes
5.Dairy Development Schemes 6.Fisheries Development Schemes
7.Agriculture Development Schemes 8.Tea Board Schemes
9.Tourism Industry Schemes 10.Scientific and Engineering Research Schemes

25. Name the factors giving rise to internal risk.
Ans. The various factors giving rise to internal risk:
• Human Factors: Due to involvement of human beings.
• Technological Factors: Due to unforeseen changes in the techniques of production.
• Physical Factors.

26. Write down the features of insurable risk.
Ans. • Insurable risks are those which can be covered through different types of insurance policies.
• The probability of an insurable risk can be determined, means can be forecasted.
• It is related to life and property against fire, theft, riots, etc.

27. Write down the features of internal risk.
Ans. • Internal risks are those risks which arise from the events taking place within the business enterprise.
• Such risks arise during the ordinary course of a business.
• These risks can be forecasted and the probability of their occurrence can be determined.
• They can be controlled by the entrepreneur to an appreciable extent.

28. What is the outcome of human factor risk?
Ans. They may result from:
• strikes and lock-outs by trade unions;
• negligence and dishonesty of an employee;
• accidents or deaths in the industry;
• incompetence of the manager or other important people in the organization.

29. What is the outcome of natural factor risk?
Ans. They may result from:
• Events like earthquake, flood, famine, cyclone, lightening, tornado, etc.
• Such events may cause loss of life and property to the firm or they may spoil its goods.

30. What is the outcome of political factor risk?
Ans. They may result from:
• Political changes in a country like fall or change in the Government, communal violence or riots in the country, civil war as well as hostilities with the neighbouring countries.
• Changes in government policies and regulations may also affect the profitability and position of an enterprise.

31. “The Gujarat earthquake caused irreparable damage not only to the business enterprises, but also adversely affected the whole economy of the State”. Name the risk factor involved in it.
Ans. Risk is due to natural factor.

32. “Emerging markets will create plenty of opportunities related to smart technology”. How? Explain with the help of an example.
Ans. Emerging markets will create plenty of opportunities related to smart technology, by interconnecting with the world by providing more powerful devices and applications, at the same time introducing more cost-effective technology and meeting the demand of the consumers. In Kenya, for example, mobile phones are being used to collect data and report on disease-specific issues from more than 175 health centres serving over 1 million people. This technology has reduced the cost of the country’s health information system by 25% and cut the time needed to report the information from four weeks to one week.

33. Name five government schemes implemented by the Government for entrepreneurs.
Do you agree? How?
Ans. Yes, a conducive and stable political environment that encourages and rewards personal endeavour and hard work and favourable political policies can help and support the growth of entrepreneurial ventures in a country.

34. What do you understand by dynamic risk? Give one example.
Ans. Dynamic risk occurs due to changes in the economy like changes in demand for the product inflationary tendency in the economy, rising unemployment and fluctuations in the world economy and this type of risk are generally less predictable because they do not appear at regular intervals.
For instance,
1. Due to market fluctuations, a well-known product of a firm may either lose its demand or may occupy a larger market share.
2. Black and White TV to Flat screen, high definition TV.

III. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

l. “Invention is the mother of necessity.” How does an entrepreneur proves this statement? Give some example.
Ans. Following are the examples:
1. Bigger boats were used for carrying more fishes.
2. Installation of freezers on the big boats for storing the fishes.
3. Installation of fish tanks for providing fresh fish in the market.
4. To improve taste of the fresh fish in the tank shark were kept along with the fishes.

2. “Creativity is a continuous activity for the entrepreneur”. Explain.
Ans. As creativity is a continuous activity for the entrepreneurs they keep on disturbing markets and keeps on challenging large established businesses. Entrepreneurs always see new ways of doing things with little concern. Creativity in the entrepreneur is a mixture of ability to innovate, to take the idea and make it work in practice. Once the project is accomplished, the entrepreneur look for new venture.

3. What are the different forms of social media used frequently by the people and how these tools are helpful?
Ans. Here are the different forms of social media platforms today; Google, Facebook, Twitter, smart phones, tablets and e-readers, —MySpace, Orkut, Hi5, Linkedln 3.— technologies that originated in the consumer space, are now reshaping the way companies communicate and collaborate with employees, partners and customers.
There is an increasing trend towards using social media tools that allow marketers to search, track, and analyze conversation on the web about their brand or about topics of interest.
This can be useful in campaign tracking, allowing the user to measure return on investment competitor-auditing, and general public engagement. These changes will definitely lead to the creation of new forms of business enterprises which will surely change the way business will be conducted in the future scenario.

4. State any four ways adopted by incubators to help resident companies securing capital. Flow?
Ans. Incubators help resident companies secure capital in a number of ways:
• Connecting companies with angel investors (high-net-worth individual investors).
• Working with companies to perfect venture capital presentations and connecting them to venture capitalists.
• Assisting companies in applying for loans.
• Assisting companies in accessing government agency (example NZTE, Technology NZ) business assistance grant programmes.

5. Name five government schemes implemented by the Government for entrepreneurs.
Ans. Various government sehemes have been implemented for entrepreneurs by the government.
1.Schemes implemented by the Ministry of MSME (Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises).
2.SIDBI (Small Industries Development Bank of India) Micro Finance Programme.
3.Memorandum of Understanding (MOUs) with foreign countries.
4.MSME National Award Scheme.
5.NSIC Schemes (National Small Industries Corporation).

6. Write down the main objectives of various Government Schemes for entrepreneurs.
Ans. The main objectives/functions of the various Government schemes:
• To provide financial assistance (long-term, medium term and short-term) to all forms of organization like sole tradership, partnership firms and joint stock company.
• To provide financial assistance enterprises engaged in service sector.
• To provide administrative and technical assistance for the promotion and expansion of the enterprise.

7. Briefly discuss the personal barriers to entrepreneurship.
Ans. The personal barriers to entrepreneurship can be classified into two types:
1.Motivational: Once the venture starts functioning, the obstacles faced in the initial stages can make the entrepreneurs to lose their commitment and consequently their level of motivation dips. The entrepreneurs who lack toughness and perseverance often quit.
2.Perceptional: Certain perception barriers can hamper the progress of the entrepreneur. Lack of a clear vision and misunderstanding can result in faulty perception. If the entrepreneur demands everything to be clear and well-defined in order to develop a perception, it will lead to disappointment. As entrepreneur’s world is basically disorderly and ambiguous, the people who excessively depend on order will find it a barrier to entrepreneurship.

8. Cite any three ways in which political environment can work against the interest of entrepreneurs?
Ans. The political environment can work against the interest of entrepreneurs in the following ways:
1.A political environment that is characterised by instability and insecurity will discourage entrepreneurs.
2.Political policies can retard the growth of entrepreneurial ventures in a country.
3.Excessive interference in the form of controls, delays etc. from the government can discourage prospective entrepreneurs.

9. How does environment play an important role for entrepreneurship?
Ans. In an entrepreneurial process, environment plays a vital role because all the opportunities exist in the environment and the entrepreneur is a part of it. A conducive environment throws up more entrepreneurs than an inhibiting environment.

10. How can the economic environment create negative influence for an entrepreneur?
Ans.The economic environment can create barriers for an entrepreneur because of the following reasons:
1.The capital for setting up the new venture is not accessible for the entrepreneur.
2.Non-availability of labour at reasonable cost.
3.If the labour market is unreliable and is fraught with indiscipline and selfishness, it will also become a barrier for entrepreneurship.
4.Shortfall in the availability of raw materials is the desired quality and quantity.
5.Inadequate infrastructure to transport the raw material to the factory.
6.Non-availability of easy access to the market for the finished goods.

ll. How can the economic environment create positive influence for an entrepreneur?
Ans. The factors which are responsible for economic development such as land, labour, capital, material, market, etc. are equally responsible for the development of entrepreneurship. Thus, an environment, where all these factors are available to the entrepreneurs, will naturally support and promote entrepreneurship.

12.How can the cultural factors create positive influence for an entrepreneur?
Ans.Every society has its own cultural values, beliefs and norms. If the culture of a society is conducive to creativity, risk-taking and adventurous spirit, in such a cultural milieu entrepreneurship will get encouragement.
For example: An entrepreneur will have to keep in mind the cultural reference of the region that he/she is going to cater to, this wall enable him/her to get a quicker acceptance in that region.

13.How can the cultural factors create positive influence for an entrepreneur?
Ans.Political: It provides the legal framework within which business is to function. The viability of business depends upon the ability with which it can meet the ch allenges arising out of the political environment. This environment is influenced by political organisations, stability, government’s intervention in business, constitutional provisions etc.
For example: War tension between two countries can also stop the trade between these countries.

14.Give one example each of environmental factors.
Ans.Social factor: Readymade garments, fast food, vending machines for tea and eatables are the result of social factors.
Political factor: War tension between two countries can also stop the trade between the two countries.
Economic factor: Unavailability of cash deters an entrepreneur from starting a new venture.
Cultural factor: Selling of more vegetarian food in the region comprising of vegetarians in majority.

15.Mention two types of barriers.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-chapter-4-entrepreneurship-as-innovation-and-problem-solving-1

16.Give three examples of how some innovations became successful ventures in the past.
Ans.Following are the examples:
(i)Penicillin:
Aim: Sir Alexander Fleming, was trying to make “wonder drug” that could cure diseases. However, it wasn’t until Fleming threw away his experiments that he found what he was looking for.
Creation: Fleming found that a contaminated and discarded Petri dish, contained a mold that was dissolving all the bacteria around it. When he grew the mold by itself, he learned that it contained a powerful antibiotic, penicillin.
(ii)Potato Chips:
Aim: George Crum, a chef at the Carey Moon Lake House was trying to make a plate of fried potato.
Creation: One day, a customer repeatedly sent back the plate of potatoes for more frying and having thinner fried potatoes. In anger Crum sliced the potatoes insanely thin and fried them until they were hard as a rock. On serving it to the customer, the customer loved it and wanted more. This is how potato chips came into existence.
(iii)The Pacemaker:
Aim: John Hopps, an electrical engineer was trying to use radio frequency heating to restore body temperature.
Creation: During his experiment, he realized that if a heart stopped beating due to cooling, it could be made to beat again by artificial stimulation. This led to the creation of pacemaker.

17.How can the social factors create positive influence for an entrepreneur?
Ans. Social factors such as caste structure, mobility of labour, customer needs, cultural heritage, respect for senior citizens, values, etc. might have a far reaching impact on business. In India, attitudes have changed with respect to food and clothing as a result of industrialisation, employment of women in factories and offices, and the increased level of education. This has resulted in the growth of food processing and garment manufacturing units thus the emergence and growth of a new class of entrepreneurs.
For example: Readymade shirts, instant food, vending machines for tea and eatables.

18.Do you think there are cultural barriers (Negative influence) to entrepreneurship in our society? Discuss with examples.
Ans. Yes, I agree that there are cultural barriers to entrepreneurship in our society.
Every society has developed its own cultural values, if the culture of a society is conducive for creativity, risk-taking and adventurous spirit, in such a cultural milieu entrepreneurship will thrive. At the same time, if the cultural values are bound by conventionalism, status- quo, rituals and strong cultural taboos, they may curb entrepreneurial spirit.
For Example:
• In the past, some societies in India discouraged people from going abroad believing that crossing the sea was a cultural taboo.
• Certain fields of work were considered unsuitable for people of a particular culture.
• In rural areas, negative attitude and discrimination towards women may curb their spirit.
• In India lack of interest and no support of in-laws and husband can be a big barrier to married women entrepreneurs.

19.Describe the beginning of world famous fast food chain KFC.
Ans. Harland David Sanders was born September 9, 1890 in Indiana, USA. He was a businessman owning a petrol service station in Kentucky. In 1930, Sanders was operating a service station in Corby, USA and he observed that many travellers stopped at his service station wanting refreshments and food. Sanders saw and understood the problem. He knew how to cook and considered this as a business opportunity and decided to offer chicken recipe to these customers. The Colonel enjoyed making his customers happy – he was passionate about entertaining them with excellent food and superb service. This spicy chicken recipe became super hit among travellers.
This prompted him to start a restaurant which was beginning of the world famous fast food chain “KFC—Kentucky Fried Chicken”.

20.Give the list of Institutions inv olved in Entrepreneurship Development Program (EDP).
Ans. Institutions involved in Entrepreneurship Development Program (EDP):
1.National Institute for Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development (NIESBUD).
2.Indian Institute for Entrepreneurship.
3.National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (NIMSME).
4.National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC).
5.Rural Entrepreneurship Development Institute (REDI).
6.Training and Development Centre (TDC).
7.Centre for Entrepreneurship Development (CEI).
8.Small Industries Service Institutions (SISI).
9.Small Industries Development Organisation (SIDO).
10. Entrepreneurship Development Institution of India (EDII).
11. National Alliances of Young Entrepreneur (NAYE).

21. List the various government schemes that have been implemented for entrepreneurs.
Ans.Following are the various schemes/programs started by the government for the:
1.Schemes implemented by the Ministry of MSME (Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises).
2.SIDBI (Small Industries Development Bank of India) Micro Finance Programme.
3.Memorandum of Understanding (MoUs) with foreign countries.
4.MSME National Award Scheme.
5.NSIC Schemes (National Small Industries Corporation).
6.SIDBI Schemes.
7.Tax Holiday Scheme.
8.Composite Loan Scheme.
9.Industrial Estate Scheme.
10.Factoring Services.
11.Small Industry Cluster Development Programme.
12.National Equity Fund Scheme.

22.Describe the role of technology and social media in creating new forms of business.
Ans. The role can be described under the following headings:
(i)Digital Revolution: The digital revolution has changed the working system and the working procedure. World is now more interconnected and the technology is now going for 100% interconnectivity worldwide.
(ii)Consumer Choices: Consumers’ taste and preference have undergone tremendous changes. Consumers now demand more powerful devices and applications. Business world on the other hand prefer more cost-effective technology to face the complex challenges of the business world.
(iii)Consequences: Satisfying the demands of consumers and the firms will lead to an explosive growth in data and analytics, intense competition and realignment of many industries.
(iv)Opportunities: New and emerging markets are going to create plenty of opportunities related to smart technology, and they will not be limited to for-profit enterprises.

IV.LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [6 MARKS]

1.How can the economic environment create barriers for an entrepreneur?
Ans. Economic Environment: All entrepreneur need some important prerequisites to start an enterprise, they are capital, labour, raw material and market. If all these factors of production are easily available to an entrepreneur in an environment, then it will give a natural support to him and easily he can promote entrepreneurship and contribute to economic growth of the country. But, if any of these or all of these factors are either not available or any of them are of inadequate quality or less in quantity, they can become barriers to entrepreneurship.
For instance,
• If a prospective entrepreneur does not have access to capital for setting up his/her new enterprise, he or she will feel discouraged to proceed further.
• If capital is available but at an exorbitant rate of interest, it will also discourage entrepreneurship. In olden days it was only due to greedy money-lenders that many people were not able to start their own business.
• Another problem is the availability of labour. However, if the labour is not productive, it will in itself become a barrier.
• If labour of high productivity is not available at reasonable cost, it will inhibit entrepreneurial activities.
• In the labour market, if labour climate is unreliable and is fraught with indiscipline and selfishness then definitely it can discourage entrepreneurs.
• Cut-throat competition in the market.
• Lack of availability of raw materials in desired quantity and quality and availability
of raw-materials at high prices.
• Problem of infrastructure to transport raw-materials to the factory.
• Inaccessible market for the finished goods can become a serious barrier to entrepreneurship.

2.How can an entrepreneur overcome the hurdles that he comes across during the course
of entrepreneurship?
Ans. In the entrepreneurial process the environment plays a vital role because all the opportunities exist in the environment and the entrepreneur is a part of it. A conducive environment throws up more entrepreneurs than an inhibiting environment. An environment where all these factors are available to the entrepreneurs will naturally support and promote entrepreneurship.
• Self-esteem is a very important motive for personality development in the path of an entrepreneur.
• All successful entrepreneurs are highly motivated and their drive to achieve becomes their engine of accomplishment.
• Adequate quality or quantity all of these factors access to capital for setting up his/ her new enterprise.
• Availability of cheap labour of high productivity promotes entrepreneurship. Labour includes skilled, unskilled and technical workforce.
• Availability of raw materials in desired quantity and quality, infrastructure to transport them to the factories and an easily accessible market for the finished goods are some pre-requisites for economic development.
• Every society has developed its own cultural value. If the culture of a society is conducive for creativity, risk-taking and adventurous spirit, in such a cultural milieu entrepreneurship will thrive.
• A conducive political environment that encourages and rewards personal endeavour and hard work and that does not penalize the entrepreneur.
• Toughness and perseverance are certain emotional qualities that are required to boost the level of motivation.
• Sustained motivation is an important asset for an entrepreneur.
• Some political policies can help the growth of entrepreneurial ventures in a country.
• Counselling and support services.
• Government procurement programs for small businesses.
• Restrictions on imports and exports.
• All successful entrepreneurs are highly motivated and their drive to achieve becomes
‘ their engine of accomplishment.
• In some societies it can be seen even now that businessmen do not command a high social status. Rather, business is considered a profession of lower hierarchy.
All these above mentioned factors are interlinked and support entrepreneurship. An entrepreneur must understand and analyse social, cultural, economic technological, continuous change in demand of people, so that he can easily overcome the hurdles during the course of entrepreneurship.

3.Give two examples of barriers arising out of social environment.
Ans. Social Environment:
• People are to a great extent bound by the norms, practices of the society in which they live. As a result, the society influences the thought pattern and mind-set of its members. As a matter of fact, the rules of social behaviour are learnt at a very early age.
• If the social norms expect the people to value discipline and conformity over adventure, creativity and independence, it is likely to thwart entrepreneurial spirit. Similarly, if a society puts premium on safety and security in matters of securing a livelihood, such a value can become a strong social barrier to entrepreneurship.
• In some societies it can be seen even now that business people do not command a high social status rather, business is considered a profession of lower hierarchy. They are considered inferior to office-goers, engineers, doctors etc. Such a social response to entrepreneurs can be a big hurdle in developing and nurturing entrepreneurs.
• An excessively protective attitude to children in their formative years, and discouragement to mobility can all thwart creativity, innovative spirit and a sense of adventure, the values that are essential for entrepreneurship.
• Self-esteem is a very important motive for personality development and a society that denies access to it will be placing hurdles in the path of an entrepreneur.

4. In a given society some people are unable to avail entrepreneurial start in spite of many facilities and incentives. Explain the personal factors which prevent them.
Ans. Motivational:
• Certain shortcomings in the motivational aspect act as barriers to entrepreneurship.
• Many entrepreneurs after starting a new venture faces obstacles in the initial stages, they tend to lose their commitment and consequently their level of motivation dips.
• Lack of tolerance, toughness and perseverance often quit.
• Lack of sustained motivation.
Perceptional: There are certain perception barriers that can hamper the progress of an entrepreneur.
• Lack of a clear vision and misunderstanding a situation can result in faulty perception.
• All entrepreneurial venture involves some amount of risk taking, however not analysing perception of the risk and the strategy to manage could hamper the growth of an entrepreneur.
• If the entrepreneur demands everything to be clear and well-defined in order to develop a perception, it will lead to disappointment.
• An entrepreneur’s world is basically disorderly and ambiguous, and the entrepreneur should learn to cope with inevitable uncertainties that crop up.
• People who excessively depend on order will find it a barrier to entrepreneurship. They should have a high level of intolerance for ambiguity and chaos because they are breakers of status-quo.

5. Describe the environmental barriers to entrepreneurship.
Ans. Following are the Environmental Barriers:
(i)Economic (ii) Social (iii) Cultural (iv) Political
(i)Economic: The factors of production land, labour, capital, material, etc. contribute equally towards the development of entrepreneurship in any country. If all the factors are readily available to the entrepreneurs, then entrepreneurship is naturally promoted and developed. But if any of the factor of production are not available or not readily available or available in inadequate quality and quantity, they can become barriers to entrepreneurship.
(ii)Social: Sociological factors such as religion, caste structure, age groups, standard of living, mobility of labour, cultural heritage, respect for senior citizens, values, etc. have a deep impact on business. In India, attitudes have changed with respect to food and clothing, due to changes in educational pattern, rise in standard of living, increase in literacy rate among men and women, employment of women in factories and offices, etc. Due to it there is growth of food processing and garment manufacturing units.
(iii)Cultural: Every society has its own culture, cultural values, customs, beliefs and norms. If the culture of a society is encouraging creativity and risk-taking, entrepreneurship gets encouragement leading to development.
(iv)Political: Political factor provides the legal framework for the functioning of the enterprises in the economy. Political environment poses challenge in front of
entrepreneurs. Political environment is affected by political parties, stability of the government, government’s interference in business world, taxation and subsidies policies etc.

6.Describe the main characteristics of social entrepreneurs.
Ans. Social entrepreneurs have following characteristics:
(i)Social Catalysts: Social entrepreneurs are the visionaries who create fundamental, social changes by reforming social systems and creating sustainable improvements. Their efforts and actions have the potential to bring global improvements in various fields like education, healthcare, economic development, the environment, the arts etc.
(ii)Socially aware: Social improvement, is the ultimate goal of the social entrepreneurs. The success of their efforts is measured by their social changes and impact on various social groups of the society.
(iii)Opportunity-seeking: Social entrepreneurs view every obstacle as an opportunity. They develop their business on the same grounds.
(iv)Innovative: Social entrepreneurs are creative, willing to think differently and ready to apply ideas to new situations. They see failures as learning opportunities.
(v)Resourceful: Social entrepreneurs’ visions are not limited by the resources which they acquire or have but they actively expand their resource pool through positive collaboration with others.
(vi)Accountable: Social entrepreneurs are accountable to their beneficiaries like customers, investors, etc. and they often take measures to keep themselves on the right track by asking themselves—Am I creating value for the people I am serving? Do I understand their needs?

7. Mention some names and their contributions as social entrepreneurs of India.
Ans. (i)Vinoba Bhave: He was the founder of the Bhudaan Andolan, which resulted in redistribution of more than 7,000,000 acres of land to aid India’s untouchables and landless.
(ii)Ela Bhatt: She founded Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA) in 1972 is a trade union of poor, unorganised, self-employed women who work as vendors, hawkers and labourers.
(iii)Dr. Varghese Kurien: He is the founder of the AMUL Dairy Project.
(iv)Bunker Roy: He is the founder of Barefoot College, which promotes rural development using new and innovative education programs.
(v)Nand Kishore Chaudhary: He is the founder of Jaipur rugs, which promotes rural development through capacity building in rural area.
(vi)Harish Hande: He is the founder of Selco India, a solar electric light company in 1995,
which emerged as India’s leading solar technology firm.

8.Describe the various internal factors giving rise to internal risk.
Ans.The various internal factors giving rise to such risks are:
(a)Human factors: These are mainly due to human behaviour and various related aspects. Like strikes lock-outs by trade unions; negligence, dishonesty of an employee; accidents, deaths, failure of suppliers to supply raw materials, default in payment, etc.
(b)Technological factors: These are unforeseen changes in the techniques of production or distribution and may result in technological obsolescence. For example: The packaging industry has increased the shelf-life of various products like chips, milk, etc. so small producers of these products are affected.
(c)Physical factors: These factors result in loss or damage to the property of the firm. These may be due to failure of machinery and equipment used in business; fire, theft, damages in transportation, etc. They also include losses to the firm arising from.

9. Explain the various external factors which give rise to external risks.
Ans. The various external factors which may give rise to such risks are as follows:
(i) Economic factors: These arise due to prevalent economic condition and changes in the prevailing market conditions. These can be of the following types:
(a)changes in demand
(b)price fluctuations
(c)changes in tastes and preferences of the consumers Cd) changes in income, output or trade cycles
(e)increased competition for the product
(f)inflationary tendency in the economy
(g)rising unemployment
(h)fluctuations in world economy
For example: Audio cassette player to CD player.
(ii)Natural factors: These are the unforeseen natural calamities like earthquake, flood, famine, cyclone, lightening, etc. These may cause loss and damage to life and property. Entrepreneurs have very little or no control. For example, the land slide in Uttarakhand damaged the business and have adversely affected the whole economy of the state.
(iii)Political factors: These are due to political changes in a country like:
(a)fall or change in the Government
(b)communal violence
(c)civil war
(d)hostilities with the neighbouring countries
(e)changes in Government policies and regulations.
(iv)Change in taste and preference: Tastes change with the change of time and factors. For example: Earlier home made food was preferred and fast food was considered as luxury. In the present scenario, there has been an increase for the liking towards fast food.

10.Explain the cloud computing.
Ans.The origin of the term ‘cloud’ computing appears to be derived from the practice of using drawings of stylized clouds to denote networks in diagrams of computing and communications systems. The word cloud is used as a metaphor for the internet, based on the standardized use of a cloud-like shape to denote a network.
Cloud computing helps the firms to upload all its data on to a cloud and then it can be used it remotely wherever it is required.
By 2016, Gartner—a consultancy firm, expects all Forbes’ Global 2000 companies to use public cloud services, transforming much of the current IT hardware, software and database markets into infinitely flexible utilities.

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as Innovation and Problem Solving appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Concept of Market: Market, Market, Where are you?

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship chapter 5A Concept of Market: Market, Market, Where are you?

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED.

1.Answer each of these questions in about fifteen words:
(i)What is meant by E-commerce?
Ans. (i) E-commerce is defined as the conduct of industry, trade and commerce using the computer networks.
An electronic communication among enterprises, including customers, suppliers, business partners, government organizations and financial institutions.

2. Answer each of these questions in about fifty words:
(i) Define Market.
(ii) Define ‘Traditional Markets’.
(iii) In what terms, with passage of time, did the industrial activity intensified?
(iv) t What range of activities business comprise of?
Ans. (i) “The term ‘market’ is not any particular place in which things are bought and sold But the whole of any region where buyers and sellers are in such free intercourse with one another that the price of the same goods tend to equality easily and quickly.”
(ii) According to the American Market Association:
• “At every point where a specific commodity is concentrated for sale a market is found”.
(iii) With the passage of time, the industrial activity has intensified in terms of:
Quantity • Quality
• Variety of the products • Competition
• Awareness on the part of consumers
• Emergence of laws and enactments to protect consumer’s interest.
(iv) Business include the following range of activities:
(a) Industry, i.e. production and related activities
(b) Commerce, i.e. trade and aides to trade.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-concept-of-market-market-market-where-are-you-1

3. Answer each of these questions in about 75 words:
(i) Give three points of difference between the Traditional Market and Modern Markets.
(ii) Discuss the role of E-business in promoting the business community.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-concept-of-market-market-market-where-are-you-2
(ii) Following points describe the role of E-commerce :
(a) E-business allows quick response to the queries/doubts of various categories of customers and other business houses, thus facilitating sales and customer satisfaction.
(b) Provides not only the first hand but the latest information about the product related to price, discount, quality, features, range, etc. available to the consumers merely at the click of the mouse.
(c) It has made it possible to make things available in those areas too where there are no markets around like rural areas.
(d) Producers are having direct contact with the consumers, resulting in the reduction of middlemen and related cost. Prices have thus decreased.
(e) Customers can get information and the goods online because of e-commerce, thus saving time, cost and energy.

4. Answer the question in about 150 words:
(i) Differentiate between E-Commerce and E-Business.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-concept-of-market-market-market-where-are-you-3

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [1 MARKS]
l. What is market?
Ans. The word “market” is derived from the Latin word ‘marcatus’ meaning merchandise, ware, traffic, trade or a place where business is conducted.

2. What is marketing?
Ans. Marketing is the process of communicating the value of a product or service to customers, for the purpose of selling that product or service.

3. What is Larter system?
Ans. ‘Barter system’ is the system where the exchange is of goods with goods only.

4. In olden days, what was referred as market?
Ans. In olden days, buying and selling was done by coming together at periodical fairs held at specific places on particular dates. The exchange was of goods with goods only.

5. What revolutionized the market system?
Ans. The invention of ‘money’ as a means of exchange revolutionized the market system.

6. Traditional concept of market focuses on what?
Ans. Traditional concept focuses that market means a place only, where actual buying and selling takes place.

7. What changed with reference to market in the fifties and sixties?
Ans. In the fifties and sixties, the size and character of the markets in many countries of the world changed.

8. What is the purpose of business activity according to Peter Drucker?
Ans. According to Peter Drucker the purpose of business is to create customer and customers do not have geographical boundaries.

9. What is the orientation of business activity?
Ans. Every business activity is consumer oriented.

10. In what terms is the business throughout the world changing?
Ans. Business throughout the world is changing in terms of organization, ways of working, use of technology and perspectives, scope and outlook.

11. Now the world seems to follow what adage?
Ans. Now the world seems to follow the adage “Market means people”.

12. What is said by DYDDY with respect to market?
Ans. Markets are people with money to spend and desire to spend it.

13. What remains permanent in the market?
Ans. The market is a dynamic and competitive arena, where “The only thing that is permanent is change”.

14. What is E-Business?
Ans. E-Business refers to “Carrying on business activities, both industrial and commercial through computer network i.e. Internet.”

15. Define trade.
Ans. Trade means buying and selling of goods or services.

16. What is responsible for making the economy strong and stable?
Ans. Markets are responsible for making the economy strong and stable, in itself is a very dynamic concept.

17. Now the world seems to follow what adage?
Ans. Now the world seems to follow the adage “Market means people”.

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2/3 MARKS]

1. The traditional meaning of market emphasizes on which points?
Ans. The traditional meaning of market emphasis on:
(i) Place: The goods available for sale are bought to a specific place and the buyers of those goods reach those places for buying them.
(ii) Commodity: Different markets for different commodities such as vegetable market, food grains market, etc.

2. How has Clark and Clark defined a market?
Ans. Clark and Clark defined a market as: “In fact, for most commodities, the market must not be thought as a geographical meeting place but as any getting together of buyers and sellers in person by mail, telephone, telegraph or by any other means of communication.”

3. What are the main features of Clark and Clark’s definition?
Ans. The market is not taken as a geographical place but a combination of:
(i) Buyers and sellers
(ii) Given commodity
(iii) Close contact with each other through any means personally, by mail, phone, etc.
(iv) Buyers and sellers are in competition with one another.
(v) The place or area can be regional, national or international.

4. What is market in the modern sense?
Ans. A market is the atmosphere of a region in which the forces of demand and supply operate directly or by means of any kind of communication that are sufficient to bring about transfer in the title of the goods and it does not necessarily mean only a place where actual buying and selling is conducted.

5. What changes are seen in Indian economy after globalization?
Ans. After the opening up of the economy, the pace of change that India and its people are experiencing in their sociocultural milieu is mind boggling. The profile of the Indian market is vastly different from what it was ten years ago. Modem business is facing global competition due to globalization, and increased customer expectation due to changes in technology.

6. What does the concept of market by DYDDY advocates to?
Ans. The DYDDY concept of market advocates:
(i) People having money and desire to spend it are taken as market.
(ii) A market cannot exist without people willingness to buy and sell.
(iii) It ignores ‘the place of activity’.
(iv) It is practical in today’s scenario.

7. What is the concept of market after the inclusion of E-Business?
Ans. • ‘Market’ is emerging as any form where the transaction between the buyer and seller is because of interacting electronically using telecommunication network the world over.
• So the whole world is a potential market, with no requirement of physical presence of a buyer or seller.
• Internet—commerce has broadened the definition, scope and range of markets.

8. How E-Commerce have resulted in easy launching of new products?
Ans. Any company can launch its new product in the market through the medium of e-business much more easily. Various modes like mails, catalogues, photographs, etc. can help customers understand the product better.
Using internet the pictures and the feature can be uploaded for the information of the consumers. This helps the consumers in finding the right product as per their satisfaction.

9. How E-commerce have resulted in lowering personnel cost?
Ans. The number of personnel or employees required decreases with the help of E-business because a single computer is good enough to do the job of many employees. The job is done more quickly, efficiently and correctly. This leads to helping the entrepreneur increasing efficiency, lower cost of production, increased sales and profit.

III. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

l. Describe the role of E-business or E-commerce in the developing countries.
Ans. Following points describe the role of E-business in the developing countries:
• Opportunities: It is offering great opportunities to developing countries.
• Entry: It is helping them to enter the global markets merely at the click of the mouse.
• Cost effective opportunities: It is helping business in discovering new cost-effective opportunities not only locally but also internationally.
• Promotion: It is playing leading role for the promotion of the business community.

2. Describe the scope of E-Commerce.
Ans. (i)Business function: E-commerce and other electronically conducted business functions such as production, product development, accounting, finance human resource management, etc.
(ii)Interaction: Covers the interaction of the firm with its customers and suppliers, over the Internet, i.e. it revolves around buying and selling products and services over the internet.
(iii)Transaction: The internet users can now order goods, receive their delivery and make their payment while at home, on the internet.

3. Which points did the Carnot’s definition of marketing advocate?
Ans. Carnot’s definition of marketing advocated the following points:
(i)Region: Market is not restricted to a particular place but to a region.
(ii)Access: The buyers and sellers of the whole region have free access to one another.
(iii)Price determination:The forces of demand and supply operate and determine competitive prices.
(iv)Whole region: The whole region is taken as a place of market.

4. What do you mean by Traditional Market?
Ans. Traditional Market involves the marketing method, which emphasizes mainly on the ‘Four Ps’ principles that comprises of Product, Price, Promotion and Place. A marketer has to consider the ‘Four Ps,’ before launching a product or offering a service. In traditional marketing, more importance is given on selling the product. Here existing products are imposed on the market through aggressive selling and promotional pressures.

5. Give five points of difference between the selling and marketing.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-concept-of-market-market-market-where-are-you-4

IV.LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [6 MARKS]

1. Describe the role of Role of E-business or E-commerce.
Ans.Following points describe the role of E-commerce:
1. Quick Solution: E-business allows quick response to the queries/doubts of various categories of customers and other business houses, thus facilitating sales and customer satisfaction.
2. Updated Information: A company’s web-site, which can be accessed anywhere in the world, provides not only the first hand but the latest information about the product related to price, discount, quality, features, range, etc. available to the consumers merely at the click of the mouse.
3. Extending Markets: Making sales to customers is spread over the different parts of the world. It has made it possible to make things available in those areas too where there are no markets around like rural areas.
4. Shortening of distribution channel: Producers are having direct contact with the consumers, resulting in the reduction of middlemen and related cost. Prices have thus decreased.
5. Saving time and cost: Customers now do not have to physically visit the market to purchase goods. They can get information and the goods online because of e-commerce, thus saving time, cost and energy.
6. Less risk in payments: Payments can be made on the Internet through debit cards, credit cards, E-banking, etc. thus reducing risks involved in the transfer of money.

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Concept of Market: Market, Market, Where are you? appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Analysing the Market Environment

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Chapter 5B Analysing the Market Environment

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED.

1. Answer each of these questions in about 15 words:
(i)What is micro environment?
(ii)Give one point of difference between the primary forces and secondary forces.
(iii)Who is a producer?
(iv)What is meant by the term ‘demographic forces’?
Ans.(i) Micro environment or internal environment refers to the forces operating in the market that are close or within the enterprise or firm and affect its ability to serve its customers directly. It comprises of the following forces: (1) Producer/Seller (2) Customers (3) Competitors (4) Suppliers (5) Marketing Intermediaries.
(ii) Primary forces refer to the forces which are close to firm or are within the control of firm. Secondary forces are those which are part of the larger society and are the “uncontrollable” to which companies mould itself.
(iii)Producer refers to an individual or a group of individuals who bring all the factors of production together and bring into existence something which has utility and commercial value.
(iv)Demographic forces refer to size, density, location, age, gender, race, and occupation of the population in the locality or in the area of the market.

2. Answer each of these questions in about 50 words: (i)Define Market environment.
(ii)Define Macro environment.
(iii)Define customers.
Ans. (i) The market environment refers to factors and forces that affect a firm’s abfi’ty to build and maintain successful relationships with customers.
(ii)Macro environment refers to all forces that are part of the larger society and are the “uncontrollable” to which companies mould itself through setting the “controllable” factors.
(iii)Customers refer to a person(s)or firms who buy/s goods or services from a shop, enterprise or business. They are the ultimate consumers of the product.

3. Answer each of these questions in about 75 words:
(i)Performing sellers sustain and succeed in the market. How?
Ans. (i) Performing sellers sustain and succeed in the market because—
(a)They keep themselves aware of market needs and trends.
(b)They give market a solution for their ‘unmet’ needs.
(c)They identify opportunities and threats in the environment.

4. Answer each of these questions in about 150 words:
(i)Differentiate between competitors and suppliers as primary forces of market.
(ii)“Consumer is the King”. Why?
Ans. (i) (a) Competitors provide similar offerings for goods and services whereas suppliers normally offer only one brand of goods or service.
(b)Competitors try for developing strategic advantage over their competitors whereas suppliers take advantage of the strategies made by the parent firm.
(ii) Consumer is the King because of the following reasons:
(a)Consumer’s willingness is involved in the purchase of products.
(b)Consumer is smart and want full return for its money.
(c)Useful creativity is always appreciated and accepted by the consumer.
(d)Consumer satisfaction is the foundation stone of a successful business.

5. Answer each of these questions in about 250 words:
(i)Discuss the primary forces that comprise the internal environment of the market.
(ii)Explain the term Secondary Forces. What all external environment comprise of? Explain with suitable examples.
(iii)Differentiate between the Micro and Macro environment.
Ans. (i)Following are the Primary forces that comprise the internal environment of the market:
(а)Producer/Seller: The goals, objectives, policies, strategies, etc. of the organization are the foremost forces which govern the market. Successful companies are those that can recognize and respond profitably to unmet needs and trends in the society. Unmet needs always exist.”PERFORMING SELLERS” sustain and succeed in the market. Catering to social responsibility, if more is the number of producers, harder and healthier would be the competition. Ethics, values, principles, creativity, innovativeness of the seller helps in setting trends for market.
(b)Customers: Consumer is the King instead of trying to market what is essential for us to make, we must find out much more about what the consumer is willing to buy. We must apply our creativity more intelligently to people, and their wants and needs, rather than products. The most influential force which rules the market is the ‘Consumer’. Consumer satisfaction is the foundation stone of a successful business. Business has to produce goods according to the needs of the customers. But knowing customers is never simple.
(c)Competitors: Competitors are such factors in the micro environment that provide similar offerings for goods and services. To remain competitive, an enterprise must consider who their biggest competitors are. With LPG, the level of competition is no more local or national, but international. The company should develop a strategic advantage over their competitors else if it’s otherwise the fate of the enterprise is doomed. Edmund Burke believes “An opponent is our helper”.
(d)Suppliers: Suppliers are another key component in the core system of market. The company is essentially a resource – conversion machine that converts material, machines, labour and funds into useful products. The necessary resources are obtained from suppliers. How well the company buys depends on how well it grasps the working of the various supply markets and how well it applies business principles in conducting its relations with suppliers. Lack or non-availability of suppliers can ruin the market for a product.
(e)Marketing Intermediaries: Marketing intermediaries are institutions that facilitate the flow of goods and services between the company and its final markets. They include resellers (i.e. wholesalers, retailers, agents and brokers), transporters, warehouses, banks and promoting agencies. These all institutions come into being to facilitate the work of consummating exchanges in the market. They perform a great deal of work in bringing about transactions between the buyers and sellers, market cannot survive without these intermediaries.
(ii)Secondary forces or Macro environment refers to all forces that are part of the larger
society and are the “uncontrollable” to which companies mould itself through setting
the “controllable” factors.
Following are the factors that comprises of Macro environment:
(a)Demographic Forces: Demographic forces refer to features of populations with reference to size, density, location, age, gender, race, and occupation. These features help to divide the population into market segments and target markets. Each classification has its unique and different characteristics and causes.
(b)Economic Factors: These refer to the purchasing power of potential customers and also the patterns in which people spend their money. Expenditure pattern of customers is different in different economic situations of the economy.
(c)Technological Forces: The technological environment is perhaps one of the fastest changing factors in the macro environment. This includes all developments from antibiotics and surgery to nuclear missiles and chemical weapons to automobiles and credit cards. Advances in technology have provided opportunities to new products, new ways of selling, new markets and new trends.
(d)Political Forces: The political environment covers all laws, government agencies, and groups that influence or limit other organizations and individuals within a territory. Market is run and regulated by these laws or restrictions. These are different for various places and varies from time to time. The fate of enterprises and markets depend upon the political conditions of the areas in which they are situated.
(e)Natural Factors: These include the natural resources that a company uses as inputs and affects their marketing activities. The ability to create a company’s product is becoming a tough task for the enterpriser. Also, pollution, government intervention, etc. have effect on a company’s reputation if they are known for damaging the environment.
(f)Cultural Forces: The cultural environment, which consists of institutions and basic values and beliefs of a group of people. The values can also be further categorized into core beliefs, which passed on from generation to generation and very difficult to change, and secondary beliefs, which tend to be easier to influence.
(iii) Differences between Micro environment and Macro environment:
ncert-solutions-class-11-entrepreneurship-analysing-market-environment-1

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [1 MARK]
l. Give examples of collapse due to failure to meet environmental challenges.
Ans. Nations (Assyria), Species (dinosaurs), industries (Kingfisher) have collapsed because they failed to meet environmental challenges with creative responses.

2. What is demography?
Ans. Demography refers to studying human populations in terms of size, density, location, age, gender, race and occupation.

3. What keeps spinning around in the market?
Ans. Opportunities and threats keep constantly spinning around. Those enterprises that ignore or resist market forces bear the brunt.

4. What does excellent companies keep on doing constantly in the market?
Ans. Excellent companies take an outside-inside view of the market and its forces.

5. ‘Google’ and ‘Yahoo’ just appeared and captured, whereas solids like American Airlines and Avon are almost on the brink of winding up. Why?
Ans. Because something in market was either in their favour or against them.

6. What forms the environment of the market?
Ans. The network of “key institutions” interact to supply the markets with needed goods and services, collectively form the ‘environment’ of the market.

7. What is market?
Ans. A market is an arrangement of establishing effective relationship between buyers and sellers of the commodities.

8. Which factors or forces are at play in the market?
Ans. Following factors or forces are at play in the market:
(a)Micro (Internal) Environment – Primary
(b)Macro (External) Environment – Secondary

9. What is said by Edmund Burke related to competitors?
Ans. Edmund Burke said that “An opponent is our helper”.

10. How well the company buys the resources depends on which features?
Ans. How well the company buys the resources depends on
(i)how well it grasps the working of the various supply markets.
(ii)how well it applies business principles in conducting its relations with suppliers.

11. What can ruin the market for a product?
Ans. Lack of suppliers can ruin the market for a product.

12. What are marketing intermediaries?
Ans. Marketing intermediaries are the organizations or institutions that facilitate the flow of goods and services between the company and its final markets.

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2/3 MARKS]

l. Explain market.
Ans. A market is an arrangement of establishing effective relationship between buyers and sellers of the commodities.
• It consist of all the potential customers sharing a particular need or want who might be willing and able to engage in exchange to satisfy that need or want.
• It is the forces of demand and supply which represents the aggregate influence of self- interested buyers and sellers on price and quantity of the goods and services offered in the market.

2. What do you mean by a firm?
Ans. A firm is a business organization, such as a corporation, limited liability company or partnership. Firms are typically associated with business organizations that practice law, but the term can be used for a wide variety or business operation units.

3. Give the features of the market.
Ans. Following are the main features of the market:
(i)Presence of buyers and sellers
(ii)Presence of a commodity (Good or service) which is to be transacted.
(iii)It refers to the whole area where buyers and sellers are in contact. It do not refer to any place.
(iv)There is competition between buyers-buyers, sellers-sellers and buyers-sellers.

4. Give examples of failures of some successful companies.
Ans. Following are the examples:
(a)‘Motorola, a few years back, dominated the mobile industry. Earlier, it had almost 50% of the cell phone handset market, which now is merely 17%.
(b)‘Satyam’ was once ranked 4th in the top Indian IT companies list in 2008, but collapsed in 2009.

5. Which forces govern the market?
Ans. The goals, objectives, policies, strategies, etc. of the organization are the foremost forces Which govern the market. Successful companies are those that can recognize and respond profitably to unmet needs and trends in the society. Unmet needs always exist.

6. List some unsolved problems in the world.
Ans. Following are some of the unsolved problems of the world:
(a)A sure shot cure for cancer.
(b)Permanent chemical cure for mental diseases.
(c) Desalinization of sea-water.
id) Non-fattening tasty nutritious food
(e) Voice-controlled computer, etc.

7. Which enterprises rule the market?
Ans. Those enterprises rule the market, who are capable of:
(a)Keeping itself aware of market needs and trends.
(b)Giving market a solution for their ‘unmet’ needs.
(c)Identifying opportunities and threats in the environment.

8. Which features are to be taken into consideration to create, maintain and retain consumer?
Ans. Following features are to be taken in consideration to create, maintain and retain consumer by the enterprises:
(a)Tradition, customs, beliefs, values of society and customers
(b)Lifestyle, standard of living, consuming habits
(c)Propensity to consume and save
(d)Education level, thinking behaviour
(e)Income level
(f)Demographic characteristics, etc.

9. How does the consumers’ demand affect enterprises?
Ans. Consumers’ demand affects enterprises as it affects the following things of the enterprises:
(a)Profitability
(b)Reputation and goodwill
(c)Expansion plans.

III. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

l. What are the features of marketing intermediaries?
Ans. Following are the features of marketing intermediaries:
(i) Marketing intermediaries are the organizations or institutions.
(ii) These facilitate the flow of goods and services between the company and its final markets.
(iii) These include resellers, i.e. wholesalers, retailers, agents, and brokers, transporters, warehouses, banks and promoting agencies.
(iv) These facilitate the work of consummating exchanges in the market.
(v)These bring about transactions between the buyers and sellers. ivi) These are indispensable part of market.

2. What do you mean by Macro environment?
Ans. Macro environment refers to all forces that are part of the larger society and are the “uncontrollable” to which companies mould itself through setting the “controllable” factors.

3. Why are demographic forces play an? important role in the market?
Ans. Demographic forces play an important role in the market because of the following reasons:
(i)They help to divide the population into various market segments.
(ii)They help to divide the population into target markets.

4. Give an example demographic classification.
Ans. Classifying groups of people according to the year they were born. Based on this classification following groups can be made:
(i)Baby boomers: Those individuals who are born between 1946 and 1964.
(ii)Generation X: Those individuals who are born between 1965 and 1976.
(iii) Generation Y: Those individuals who are born between 1977 and 1994.

5. What do you mean by economic factors?
Ans. Economic factors refer to the purchasing power of potential customers and the ways in which people spend their money. Under conditions of boom, buyer behaviour is different than its behaviour during recession and depression, thus affecting the market.

6. What does technological forces include?
Ans. Technological forces includes various types of technological changes that have taken place in all the fields of the economy. It covers all developments from antibiotics and surgery to nuclear missiles and chemical weapons to automobiles and credit cards. Advancement of such kind have provided opportunities to new products, new ways of selling, new markets and trends.

7. What does political forces include?
Ans. The political forces is a mix of all laws, government agencies, and groups that influence or limit other organizations and individuals within a given society.

8. Give the features of political forces.
Ans. The features of political forces are:
(i) It include the political environment of the society
(ii) It comprises of all laws, government agencies, and groups that influence or limit other organizations and individuals.
(iii) These regulate the market.
(iv)These varies from place to place and time to time.
(v)These determine the fate of companies and markets.
(vi)These are highly dynamic.

IV. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [6 MARKS]

l. Explain the forces of Micro environment or internal environment.
Ans. Following are the forces of Micro and Internal environment:
(1)Producer/Seller:The goals, objectives, policies, strategies, etc. of the organization are the foremost forces which govern the market. Successful companies are those that can recognize and respond profitably to unmet needs and trends in the society. Unmet needs always exist. “PERFORMING SELLERS” sustain and succeed in the market. Catering to social responsibility, if more is the number of producers, harder and healthier would be the competition. Ethics, values, principles, creativity, innovativeness of the seller helps in setting trends for market.
(2)Customers: Consumer is the King instead of trying to market what is essential for us to make, we must find out much more about what the consumer is willing to buy. We must apply our creativity more intelligently to people, and their wants and needs, rather than products.
The most influential force which rules the market is the ‘Consumer’, consumer satisfaction is the foundation stone of a successful business.
Business has to produce goods according to the needs of the customers. But knowing customers is never simple.
(3)Competitors: Competitors are such factors in the micro environment that provide similar offerings for goods and services. To remain competitive, an enterprise must consider who their biggest competitors are. With LPG, the level of competition is no more local or national, but international. The company should develop a strategic advantage over their competitors else if it’s otherwise the fate of the enterprise is doomed. Edmund Burke believes “An opponent is our helper”.
(4)Suppliers: Suppliers are another key component in the core system of Market. The company is essentially a resource — conversion machine that converts material, machines, labour and funds into useful products. The necessary resources are obtained from5 suppliers. How well the company buys depends on how well it grasps the working of the various supply markets and how well it applies business principles in conducting its relations with suppliers. Lack or non-availability of suppliers can ruin the market for a product.
(5)Marketing Intermediaries: Marketing intermediaries are institutions that facilitate the flow of goods and services between the company and its final markets. They include resellers (t.e. wholesalers, retailers, agents, and brokers), transporters, warehouses, banks and promoting agencies. These all institutions come into being to facilitate the work of consummating exchanges in the market. They perform a great deal of work in bringing about transactions between the buyers and sellers, market cannot survive without these intermediaries.

2. What things should be known by the enterprises in order to have an edge in the competition?
Ans.For the correct assessment following should be known by the enterprises:
(a)Who are our competitors?
(b)Level/size of competitors
(c)The areas of strengths/weaknesses of competitors
(d) The financial standing of competitors
(e)Overall image of competitors’ products in the market
(f) Operational capacity of the competitors.
The company should develop a strategic advantage over their competitors else if it’s otherwise the fate of the enterprise is doomed.

3. Describe the factors or forces that are the components of Macro environment.
Ans. Following are the factors that are the main players in the Macro environment:
(i) Demographic Forces: Demographic forces refer to features of populations with reference to size, density, location, age, gender, race, and occupation. These features help to divide the population into market segments and target markets. Each classification has its unique and different characteristics and causes.
(ii) Economic Factors: These refer to the purchasing power of potential customers and also the patterns in which people spend their money. Expenditure pattern of customers is different in different economic situations of the economy.
(iii) Technological Forces: The technological environment is perhaps one of the fastest changing factors in the macro environment. This includes all developments from antibiotics and surgery to nuclear missiles and chemical weapons to automobiles and credit cards. Advances in technology have provided opportunities to new products, new ways of selling, new markets and new trends.
(iv) Political Forces: The political environment covers all laws, government agencies, and groups that influence or limit other organizations and individuals within a territory. Market is run and regulated by these laws or restrictions. These are different for various places and varies from time to time. The fate of enterprises and markets depend upon the political conditions of the areas in which they are situated.
(v)Natural Factors: These include the natural resources that a company uses as inputs and affects their marketing activities. The concern in this area is the increased pollution, shortages of raw materials and increased governmental intervention. As raw materials become increasingly scarcer, the ability to create a company’s product gets much harder. Also, pollution can go as far as negatively affecting a company’s reputation if they are known for damaging the environment. The last concern, government intervention can make it increasingly harder for a company to fulfil their goals as requirements get more stringent.
(vi)Cultural Forces: The cultural environment, which consists of institutions and basic values and beliefs of a group of people. The values can also be further categorized into core beliefs, which passed on from generation to generation and very difficult to change, and secondary beliefs, which tend to be easier to influence. Market reflects the values of a target audience.

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Analysing the Market Environment appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Mineral Nutrition

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions  Mineral Nutrition

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Which one of the following roles is not characteristic of an essential element?
(a) Being a component of biomolecules.
(b) Changing the chemistry of soil.
(c) Being a structural component of energy related chemical compounds.
(d) Activation or inhibition of enzymes.
Soln.(b)

2.Which one of the following statements can best explain the term critical concentration of an essential element?
(a) Essential element concentration below which plant growth is retarded.
(b) Essential element concentration below which plant growth becomes enhanced.
(c) Essential element concentration below which plant remains in the vegetative phase.
(d) None of the above
Soln.(a): The limited concentration of essential element below which plant growth is retarded/ stunted is termed as critical concentration.

3.Deficiency symptoms of an element tend to appear first in young leaves. It indicates that the element is relatively immobile. Which one of the following elemental deficiency would- show such symptoms?
(a) Sulphur (b) Magnesium
(c) Nitrogen (d) Potassium
Soln.(a) :Th’e parts of the plants that show deficiency symptoms depend on the mobility of the element in the plant. Deficiency symptoms appear first in young leaves and young tissues for elements which are relatively immobile inside the plant e.g., Ca and S are a part of the structural component of the cell and hence are not easily released. The symptoms appear first in old leaves and tissues for those elements which are mobilised from senescing regions for supply to young tissues, e.g., N, K and Mg. .

4.Which one of the following symptoms is not due to manganese toxicity in plants?
(a) Calcium translocation in shoot apex is inhibited.
(b) Deficiency in both Iron and Nitrogen is induced.
(c) Appearance of brown spot surrounded by chlorotic veins.
(d) None of the above
Soln.(b) : The prominent symptom of manganese toxicity is the appearance of brown spot surrounded by chlorotic veins. It is important to know that manganese competes with iron and magnesium for uptake and with magnesium for binding with enzymes. Manganese also inhibits calcium translocation in shoot apex. Therefore, excess of manganese may, in fact, induce deficiencies of iron, magnesium and calcium. –

5.Reaction carried out by N2 fixing microbes include
2NH3 + 3O2 – » 2NO2 + 2H+ + 2H2O          (i)
2N O 2 + O 2 – »2N O 3                                                 (ii)
Which of the following statements about these equations is not true?
(a) Step (i) is carried out by Nitrosomonas or Nitrosococcus.
(b) Step (ii) is carried out by Nitrobacter.
(c) Both steps (i) and (ii) can be called nitrification.
(d) Bacteria carrying out these steps are usually photoautotrophs.
Soln.(d): Given reactions are of nitrification. The conversion (oxidation) of ammonia to nitrite is carried out by nitrifying bacteria Nitrosomonas and Nitrosococcus and of nitrite to nitrate by Nitrobacter and Nitrocystis. Bacteria carrying out these steps are chemoautotrophs, which are able to manufacture their organic food from inorganic raw materials with the help of energy derived from exergonic chemical reactions.

6.With regard to the biological nitrogen fixation by Rhizobium in association with soybean,
which one of the following statement/ statements does not hold true?
(a) Nitrogenase may require oxygen for its functioning.
(b) Nitrogenase is Mo-Fe protein.
(c) Leghaemoglobin is a pink coloured pigment.
(d) Nitrogenase helps to convert N2 gas into two molecules of ammonia.
Soln.(a): In roots of soybean, nodule acts as a site for N2 fixation. It contains all the necessary biochemical compounds, such as nitrogenase and leghaemoglobin. The enzyme nitrogenase is a Mo-Fe protein and catalyses the conversion of atmospheric N2 toNH3. This enzyme is extremely sensitive to oxygen. To protect it from oxygen, nodules contain an oxygen scavenger, called leghaemoglobin. It regulates 02 supply by creating anaerobic environment in the cell, so

7.Match the element with its associated functions/roles and choose the correct option among given below.
A.Boron                (i) Splitting of H2O to liberate O2 during photosynthesis
B.Manganese     (ii) Needed for synthesis of auxins
C.Molybdenum (iii) Component of nitrogenase
D.Zinc                   (iv) Pollen germination
E.Iron                    (v) Component of ferredoxin
A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(iv), E-(v)
A-(iv), B-(i), C-(iii), D-(ii), E-(v)
A-(iii), B-(ii), C-(iv), D-(v), E-(i)
A-(ii), B-(iii), C-(v), D-(i), E-(iv)
Soln.(b)

8.Plants can be grown in (Tick the incorrect option)
(a) soil with essential nutrients
(b) water with essential nutrients
(c) either water or soil with essential nutrients
(d) water or soil without essential nutrients
Soln. (d) : Plants need essential nutrients for growth, physiological changes and other
important activities. Soil having essential nutrients is suitable for plant growth. Plants can also be grown in water having all essential nutrients (e.y., Hydroponics, soilless culture of plants, where roots are immersed in nutrient solution without soil).

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Name a plant, which accumulate silicon.
Soln. Oryza sativa (Rice).

2.Mycorrhiza is a mutualistic association. How do the organisms involved in this association gain from each other?
Soln. Mycorrhiza is mutualistic (symbiotic) association between fungus and roots of plants. The roots provides shelter and food to the fungus and the fungus helps plant in absorption of minerals, water uptake and protection against fungus. .

3.Nitrogen fixation is shown by prokaryotes and not eukaryotes. Comment.
Soln. Prokaryotes like Rhizobium and Anabaena are capable of nitrogen fixation as they contain enzyme nitrogenase, but eukaryotes lack this enzyme.

4.Carnivorous plants like Nepenthes and Venus fly trap have nutritional adaptations. Which nutrient do they especially obtain and from where?
Soln. Niypn HIPS and Venus fly trap grow in soil that has little nitrogen. They obtain nitrogen from insect’s body. Being carnivores, these plants trap insects inside their leaves, secrete liquid to digest the insect and take nitrogen from insect’s body.

5.Think of a plant which lacks chlorophyll. From where will it obtain nutrition? Give an example of such a type of plant.
Soln. Parasitic plants lack chlorophyll. They cannot perform photosynthesis and derive their nutrition from host organism. E.g.;
Cuscuta is a parasite on hedge plant.

6.Name an insectivorous angiosperm.
Soln. Utricularia (Bladder wort)

7.A farmer adds Azotobacter culture to soil before sowing maize. Which mineral element is being replenished?
Soln. Azotobacter is a free living bacteria in the soil, which enhances the nitrogen element in the soil by process of biological nitrogen fixation.

8.What type of conditions are created by leghaemoglobin in the root nodule of a legume?
Soln. The leghaemoglobin is responsible for creating anaerobic conditions in the root nodules of the legume plant. It acts as oxygen scavenger and protects enzyme nitrogenase from oxygen and helps in proper functioning of the enzyme.

9.What is common to Nepenthes, Utricularia and Drosera with regard to mode of nutrition?
Soln. Nepenthes, Utricularia and Drosera, all are insectivorous or carnivorous plants.

10. Plants with zinc deficiency show reduced biosynthesis of________
Soln. auxin (IAA)

11 .Yellowish edges appear in leaves deficient in________
Soln. nitrogen, magnesium, potassium and iron

12 .Name the macronutrient which is a component of all organic compounds but is not obtained from soil.
Soln. Carbon

13.Name one non-symbiotic nitrogen fixing prokaryote.
Soln. Azotobacter.

14 .Rice fields produce an important green house gas. Name it.
Soln. Rice fields remain logged with excess water arid anaerobic bacteria grove on them and due to microbial activity, methane gas is released.

15.Complete the equation for reductive animation
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-mineral-nutrition-6
Soln.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-mineral-nutrition-1

16.Excess of Mn in soil leads to deficiency of Ca, Mg and Fe. Justify.
Soln. Excess of manganese causes deficiency of iron, magnesium and calcium. Micronutrient present in higher doses becomes toxic. Manganese toxicity is due to reduction in uptake of iron and magnesium and inhibition of calcium translocation into shoot apex.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.How is sulphur important for plants? Name the aminoacids in which it is present.
Soln. Sulphur is a macronutrient involved in chlorophyll formation, growth metabolism and nodule formation in legumes. It is present in two amino acids; methionine and cysteine. ‘

2.How are organisms like Pseudomonas and Thiobacillus of great significance in nitrogen cycle?
Soln. Pseudomonas and Thiobacillus are denitrifying bacteria which carry out denitrification in nitrogen cycle, in which under anaerobic conditions, nitrate present in soil is reduced back to nitrogen oxides, which later escapes from soil into atmosphere, and gets converted into free nitrogen. Denitrification causes acidification of soil.

3.Carefully observe the following figure.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-mineral-nutrition-2
(a) Name the technique shown in the figure and the scientist who demonstrated this
technique for the first time.
(b) Name atleast three plants for which this technique can be employed for their commercial production.
(c) What is the significance of aerating tube and feeding funnel in this setup?
Soln.(a) The figure shows hydroponics or soilless culture and it was first demonstrated by Julius Von Sachs.
(b) Tomato, seedless cucumber, lettuce.
(c) Aerating Tube – a bent tube for aeration is used in hydroponic setup. Regular aeration is required for proper growth and activities of roots.
Feeding funnel – it is used for adding nutrient solution (water + nutrients).

4.Name the most crucial enzyme found in root nodules for N2 fixation. Does it require a special pink coloured pigment for its functioning? Elaborate.
Soln. Enzyme nitrogenase present in root nodules is required for nitrogen fixation. Pink coloured pigment called leghaemoglobin is required for functioning of enzyme nitrogenase, as this pigment acts as oxygen scavenger and thus protects enzyme from oxygen, because too much oxygen inactivates the enzyme that catalyses nitrogen fixation.

5.How are the terms ‘critical concentration’ and ‘deficient’ different from each other in terms of concentration of an essential element in plants? Can you find the values of ‘critical concentration’ and ‘deficient’ for minerals – Fe and Zn.
Soln. Critfcal concentration is the limited concentration of essential element below which growth of the plant is reduced. Deficiency of element is inadequate supply of nutrient to plant resulting in visible deficiency symptoms.
For Zn. critical concentration is 0.5-1% and deficient concentration is less than 0.5% and for Fe, critical concentration is 3.5-5% and deficient concentration is less than 3.5%.

6.Carnivorous plants exhibit nutritional adaptation. Citing an example explain this fact.
Soln. Carnivorous plants fulfill their nutritional requirements by feeding on small animals, like insects or protozoans. E.g., Nepenthes, Venus fly trap, Utricularia, etc. Carnivorous, plants grow in soil deficient in nitrogen.
Pitcher plant – In pitcher plant leaves are modified into pitcher which stores the juice to lure an insect. When an insect comes to suck this juice, chemicals present in nectar dissolves the skin of the prey and the plant obtains nutrients (mainly nitrogen) from its skin.

7.A farmer adds/ supplies N, Ca, Mg and Fe regularly to his field and yet he observes that the plants show deficiency of Ca, Mg and Fe. Give a valid reason and suggest a way to help the farmer improve the growth of plants.
Soln. N, Ca, Mg and Fe are macronutrients, i.e., required in large amounts by plants for proper growth and metabolism. Inspite of supplying these elements regularly to plants, if they still show deficiency symptoms of Ca, Mg and Fe, it indicates that the soil pH is inappropriate. If pH of soil is not appropriate (very acidic or alkaline), then plant is unable to take nutrients from soil even if they are supplied regularly. E.g., too high pH leads to iron deficiency. Dryness and water logging also make if difficult for plants to take up soil nutrients. In this case as plants do not have nitrogen deficiency, it might be due to presence of nitrogen fixing bacteria in soil which make soluble nitrogenous compounds available to plants for absorption. Nutrient deficiency can be overcome by using well aged compost inspite of recently formed manure. Using good fertilisers and regulating soil pH also help in ensuring nutrient uptake.

Long Answer Type Questions
1.It is observed that deficiency of a particular element showed its symptoms initially in older leaves and then in younger leaves.
(a) Does it indicate that the element is actively mobilised or relatively immobile?
(b) Name two elements which are highly mobile and two which are relatively immobile.
How is the aspect of mobility of elements important to horticulture and agriculture?
Soln.(a) For elements that are actively mobile, deficiency symptoms tend to appear first in older leaves and tissues and then in younger leaves. Deficiency symptoms of mobile elements are first visible in the senescent leaves. In the older leaves, biomolecules containing these elements are broken down making these elements available for mobilising to younger leaves. For immobile elements, deficiency symptoms first appear in young leaves. It means in the given plant deficiency symptoms are of actively mobilised element.
(b) Flighly mobile elements – Nitrogen and magnesium
Immobile elements – Sulphur and calcium
(c) Deficiency symptoms vary from element to element, eg: chlorosis is due to deficiency of N, Mg, Fe etc. and necrosis is due to deficiency of Ca, Mg, Cu, etc. Symptoms of deficiency of mobile elements are more pronounced in older leaves and symptoms of deficiency of relatively immobile element appear first in younger leaves. This information can be utilised by horticulturist and agriculturist to get a broad idea of the deficiency elements in plants and will apply corrective measures by supplying the deficient nutrient.

2. We find that Rhizobium forms nodules on the roots of leguminous plants. Also Frankia another microbe forms nitrogen fixing nodules on the roots of non-leguminous plant Alnus.
(a) Can we artificially induce the property of nitrogen fixation in a plant – leguminous or non-leguminous?
(b) What kind of relationship is observed between mycorrhiza and pine trees?
(c) Is it necessary for a microbe to be in close association with a plant to provide mineral nutrition? Explain with the help of one example.
Soln.(a) The gene responsible for nitrogen fixation in plants is nitrogen fixing gene (nif gene). Ability of nitrogen fixation can be artificially induced in leguminous and non-
leguminous plants by genetic engineering which involves transformation of nif genes from bacteria into plant by using Ti plasmid from Agrobacterium tumefaciens.
(b) Mycorrhiza is symbiotic association of,fungal hyphae with roots of higher plants. In mutual beneficial relationship, both the members are incapable of living separately. Mycorrhiza in Pinus is ectotrophic (external) association.
(c) It is necessary for microbe to be in close association with plant to provide nutrition because they develop the ability to fix nitrogen only as symbiont, when they become anaerobic. E.g., N2 fixing bacteria are unable to fix nitrogen by themselves. Roots of a legume secrete chemical attractants (flavonoids and betaines). Bacteria collect over the root hair, release nod factors that cause curling of root hair around the bacteria, degradation of cell wall and formation of an infection thread enclosing the bacteria. Infection thread grows alongwith multiplication of bacteria. The infected cortical cells dedifferentiate and start dividing. It produces swellings or nodules. The infected cells enlarge. Bacteria stop dividing and form bacteriods. Symbiotic nitrogen fixation requires cooperation of nod genes of legume, nod, nif and fix gene clusters of bacteria.

3.What are essential elements for plants? Give the criteria of essentiality. How are minerals classified depending upon the amount in which they are needed by the plants?
Soln. An essential element is the one which has a specific structural or physiological role and without which plants cannot complete their life cycle.
Criteria to know essentiality of an element:
(i) It is indispensable for the growth of plants.
(ii)The element is directly involved in the metabolism of plants. It becomes a component of either a structural or functional molecule. The element may additionally have a corrective effect on mineral balance and other soil conditions.
(iii)A plant is unable to complete its vegetative or reproductive phase in the absence of the element.
(iv)The element cannot be replaced by any other element.
(v) The absence or deficiency of the element produces disorders. These disorders are a direct result of the lack or deficiency of the element.
(vi)The element alone can correct the disorders produced by its absence or deficiency.
Essential elements are differentiated into two categories, macroelements and microelements depending on the amount in which they are needed by plants.
Macroelements (Macronutrients) : They are those essential elements which are present in easily detectable quantities, 1-10 mg per gram of dry matter. Macroelements are usually involved in the synthesis of organic molecules and development of osmotic potential. They are nine in number- C, H, O, N, P, K, S, Mg and Ca.
Microelements (Micronutrients) : They are those essential elements which are required by plants in small amounts, less than 1.0 mg/ gm of dry matter. Microelements are mostly involved in the functioning of enzymes, as cofactors or metal activators. They are eight in number — Fe, Zn, Mn, B, Cu, Mo, Cl and Ni.

4.With the help of examples describe the classification of essential elements based on the function they perform.
Soln. Based on the diverse functions of essential elements, these are categorised into four categories given below :
(i)Constituents of biomolecules: These are the essential components of biomolecules. Hence, known as the structural elements of cells, e.g., carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen.
Carbon, oxygen and hydrogen are known to be the components of all the organic substances. While, nitrogen acts as the constituent of all amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, vitamins and cytokinins.
(ii)Energy related chemical compounds: Some elements also function in providing energy to the cell, e.g., phosphorus is a component of ATP which functions as an energy currency of all the living systems, while magnesium is a component of chlorophyll, which is involved in the conversion of light energy into chemical energy.
(iii)Enzymes showing catalytic effects : Many of the essential elements are required in the form of cofactors by enzymes. They function as the activator or inhibitor of enzymes, e.g., Mg2+ acts as an activator of several enzymes in both photosynthesis (e.g., Ribulose biphosphate (RuBP) carboxylase, phosphoenol pyruvate (PEP) carboxylase) and respiration (e.g., hexokinase and phosphofructokinase). While Zn2+ acts as an activator of alcohol dehydrogenase and Mo of nitrogenase during the course of fixation of nitrogen. •
(iv)Elements altering osmotic potential: Some of the essential elements also alter the osmotic potential. Most of the osmotic potential of cell is due to inorganic salts. Potassium plays an important role in the opening and closing of stomata.

5.We know that plants require nutrients. If we supply these in excess, will it be beneficial to the plants? If yes, how/ If no, why?
Soln. nil Nutrient supply in excess amount is not beneficial to plant because in higher doses, micronutrients become toxic. Any tissue concentration which reduces dry weight of tissue by 10% is called toxic concentration. Critical toxic concentration is different for different micronutrients as well as different plants. For example Mn2+ is toxic beyond 600 pg g_1 for soyabean and beyond 5300 pg g 1 for sunflower. Toxic effects may be due to direct excess of the micronutrient or its interference in the absorption and functioning of other nutrient. E.g: Manganese toxicity (brown spots surrounded by chlorotic veins) is due to
(i) Reduction in uptake of iron and magnesium.
(ii)Inhibition of binding of magnesium to specific enzymes,
(iii) Inhibition of calcium translocation into shoot apex. Therefore, excess of manganese causes deficiency of iron, magnesium and calcium. The toxicity symptoms of Mn are actually combined deficiency symptoms of Fe, Mg and Ca.

6.Trace the events starting from the coming in contact of Rhizobium to a leguminous root till nodule formation. Add a note on importance of leghaemoglobin.
Soln. The process of formation of nodules is a series of multiple interactions that takes place between Rhizobium bacterium and the root system of legume plant (host).
During the process, bacteria initially grow in soil near the roots of higher plants. They are unable to fix nitrogen there, but after coming in contact with the roots of leguminous plants, they interact chemically and enter into roots through root hair.
The process of nodule formation is as follows:
(i) Rhizobium multiply and colonise itself to the surrounding of the roots of host plant where it gets physically attached to the epidermal root hair cells.
(ii) After attachment, the root hair get curled up at the tip due to which bacteria invade the root hair.
(iii) The enzymes from the bacteria degrade the parts of root hair cell wall which produces a thread-like structure called infection thread.
(iv) The bacteria invade the infection thread and reaches upto the inner cortex of the root.
(v) The bacteria after reaching cortex (mainly tetraploid cell) stimulate the initiation of formation of nodule.
(vi) Bacteria enlarge in size and become bacteroid (rod-shaped) thus, leaving the infection thread and enter the cells, i.e., inner cortical and pericycle cells to divide.
(vii) This growth and division of pericycle and cortical cells leads to the formation of a knob-like structure called mature root nodule.
(viii) The nodule, thus formed after division is finally responsible for the direct vascular connection with the host for the exchange of nutrients.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-mineral-nutrition-3
Leghaemoglobin is pink coloured pigment similar to haemoglobin of humans. It acts as oxygen scavenger and protects the enzyme nitrogenase, required for N2 fixation from oxygen. Excess oxygen inactivates the enzyme nitrogenase. Leghaemoglobin creates anaerobic conditions as nitrogenase cannot function in aerobic conditions.

7.Give the biochemical events occurring in the root nodule of a pulse plant. What is the end product? What is its fate?
Soln. Nitrogen fixation in root nodules occurs directly within the bacteroids. The host plant provides bacteroids with carbohydrates, which they oxidise and from which they obtain energy. These carbohydrates are first formed in leaves during photosynthesis and then are translocated through phloem to the root nodules. Sucrose is the most abundant carbohydrate translocated, at least in legumes. Some of the electrons and ATP obtained during oxidation by the bacteroids are used to reduceN2 to NH4+ .
The overall chemical reaction for nitrogen fixation (reduction) is
N2 + 8,electrons + 16 MgATP + 16 H2– »
2 NH3 +H2+ 16 MgADP + 16 Pi + 8 H+
The process requires both a source of electrons and protons and numerous ATP molecules. The original source of electrons and protons is carbohydrate translocated from the leaves (and then respired by the bacteria). Respiration of carbohydrate in bacteroids leads to reduction of NAD+ to NADH+ or of NADP+ to NADPH.
Fate of Ammonia : Nitrogen assimilation results in the formation of ammonia which is further used for the synthesis of amino acids. Most of the plants can assimilate both nitrate and ammonium ions (NH4) (the ammonium ions are formed by the protonation of ammonia at physiological pH). Ammonium ions are toxic to plants and cannot accumulate in them.
Thus, these NH4 are used in the synthesis of amino acids in plants by following two methods:
(i) Reductive amination: During this process, the ammonia reacts with a-ketoglutaric acid (organic acid) and forms an amino acids, i.e., glutamic acid,
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-mineral-nutrition-4
(ii) Transamination : It is the transfer of amino group (—NH2) of one amino acid to keto group (C = O) of another keto acid. The enzyme responsible for this is transaminase or aminotransferase. Glutamic acid is the main amino acid involved in the synthesis of other amino acids through transamination. Glutamic acid is mainly responsible for making the transfer of amino group to keto group
possible.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-mineral-nutrition-5

8.Hydroponics have been shown to be a successful technique for growing of plants. Yet most of the crops are still grown on land. Why?
Soln. Hydroponics is a solution culture used
for raising many plants in soilless medium.
Various disadvantages of this technique are:
(i) There is need for continuous root aeration for proper plant growth.
(ii)Solution needs to be replaced every few days to achieve maximum growth.
(iii)Certain ions are absorbed more rapidly than others causing undesirable pH changes.
(iv)This technique is very expensive. The setting and handling of hydroponics require much more investment than soil based production.
(v) Some methods of hydroponic production might spread water borne diseases.
(vi)It is not used by traditional farmers due to lack of knowledge.

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Mineral Nutrition appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 12 Entrepreneurship Enterprise Growth Strategies

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 12 Entrepreneurship Chapter-4 Enterprise Growth Strategies

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED

A. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. What are the two ways in which an organisation can expand?
Answer. Internal Expansion and External Expansion are the two ways in which an organisation can expand.

Question 2. Who is a franchisor?
Answer. The owner or person offering the franchise is known as the franchisor.

Question 3. Who is a franchisee?
Answer. The franchisee is the person who purchases the franchise and is given the opportunity to enter a new business with a better chance to success than if he or she were to start a new business from nothing.

Question 4.What is franchising?
Answer. Franchising is an arrangement through which the manufacturer or sole distributor of a trademarked product or service gives exclusive rights of local distribution to independent retailers in return for royalties and conformance to standardized operating procedures.

Question 5. Which is the most popular form of franchising?
Answer. Business format franchise opportunity is the most popular form of franchising.

Question 6. What is acquisition?
Answer. Acquisition or take over is enveloping in itself a range of acquisition transactions by a firm.

B. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS-I
Question 1. Explain in brief the three ways in which an organisation can expand externally.
Answer. The three ways in which an organisation can expand externally are:

  1. Franchising: Franchising is an arrangement through which the manufacturer or sole distributor of a trademarked product or service gives exclusive rights of local distribution to independent retailers in return for royalties and conformance to standardized operating procedures,
  2. Merger: It is the combining of two firms into a single large firm.
  3.  Acquisition: Acquisition or takeover is enveloping in itself a range of acquisition transactions by a firm.

Question 2. Enumerate the importance of franchising.
Answer. Importance of Franchising:

  1.  Proven idea: Business is based on a proven idea. Success of the product can be checked in the market and is also known.
  2. Profit from brand recognition:Franchises develop an image in the marketplace. This saves both time and money of advertising, promotion, recognition, etc. Image of the product is a favourable one and is in the minds of consumers.
  3.  Recognized brand name and trademarks: Entrepreneur gets a recognized brandname and trademarks. Benefit from any advertising or promotion by the parent company automatically benefits the franchise.
  4.  Support from parent company: The franchisor gives support in the form of training, help setting up the business, a manual telling how to run the business and ongoing advice.
  5. Exclusive rights of the territory: The franchisor can’t sell any other franchises in the same territory which leads to the creation of monopoly power in the territory.
  6. Easier Financing: Financing the business becomes easier due to the associated brand name. Banks are more likely to lend money to buy a franchise with a good reputation.

Question 3. Differentiate between consolidation and merger.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-enterprise-growth-strategies-1

Question 4. Name the two forms that merger can take place.
Answer. Two forms of merger are:

  1. Amalgamation: Amalgamation is a union of two or more companies, made with an intention to form a new entity or company.
  2. Absorption: It means an existing company taking over one or more company. In this case one or more company will close down their business and this business will be continued by the name of the existing company.

Question 5. Explain the types of acquisition.
Answer. There are four types of acquisitions:

  1. Friendly acquisition: Here, both the companies approve of the acquisition under friendly terms. There is no use of force or pressure and every thing gets over cordially.
  2.  Reverse acquisition: Here, a private company takes over a public company.
  3. Rack flip acquisition: Here, the purchasing company becomes a subsidiary of the purchased company.
  4. Hostile acquisition: Here, the entire process is based on force. The smaller company is forced to say yes to the acquisition or the bigger company just buys off all its share.

Question 6. What is value addition? Explain by giving examples.
Answer. Value addition refers to creation of a competitive advantage by, combining, packaging features and benefits or through any other method that results in greater customer acceptance. Its examples are:

  1. Offering one year of free support on a new computer would be a value-added feature.
  2. Turning cotton into fabric. Here, fabric has more usefulness than cotton.
  3.  Turning milk into cheese. Cheese has got more specific uses than milk.
  4. Packaging ready-to-use grated cheese into serving size packets.
  5.  Turning wood into paper. Utility of paper is more than wood.

C. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Explain the types of franchising.
Answer. Following are the types of franchising:

  1.  Product Franchise Business Opportunity: Here, the manufacturers use the product franchise to govern how a retailer distributes their products. The manufacturer grants a store owner the authority to distribute goods by the manufacturer and allows the owner to use the name and trademark owned by the manufacturer. The store owner purchases the inventory in return for these rights. Example: Some tire stores.
  2. Manufacturing Franchise Opportunity: It provides an organisation with the right to manufacture a product and sell it to the public, using the franchisor’s name and trade mark. This type of franchising is very common. For example, in the food and beverage industry, bottlers of soft drinks, etc.
  3. Business Franchise Opportunity Ventures: Here, a business owner purchases and distributes the products for one specific company. The company provides customers or accounts to the business owner. In return, the business owner pays a fee as compensation. Example, vending machine routes and distributorships.
  4. Business Format Franchise Opportunity: Here, a company provides a business owner with a proven method for operating a business using the name and trade mark of the company. The company provides a significant assistance to the business owner in starting and managing the company. The business owner pays a fee or royalty in return.

Question 2. What are the disadvantages of franchising to the franchisee?
Answer. Disadvantages of franchising :

  1. Higher cost: Costs may be higher than expectations. The costs include initial costs of buying the franchise, you pay continuing management service fees and you may have to agree to buy products from the franchisor, this may be more than the expectations.
  2. Huge restrictions: The franchise agreement usually includes strong restrictions on how to run the business. Franchise might not be able to make changes to suit the local market.
  3.  Risk: There is a risk that the franchisor might go out of business and in this case a huge risk is involved.
  4.  Bad reputation: Other franchisees could give the brand a bad reputation, so the selection process needs to be perfect.
  5. No sale option: Franchise finds it difficult to sell to someone if willing to sell due to any reason. It can only be sold to someone approved by the franchisor.

Question 3. What is synergy? In what forms can it take place?
Answer. Synergy is the benefit that results when two or more firms together achieve something either one couldn’t have achieved on its own. It’s the concept of the whole being greater than the sum of its parts.
For example, if firms A and B merge and the value of the combined entity— V(AB)—is expected to be greater than (VA+VB), the sum of the independent values of A and B, the combined entity is said to be benefitting through synergy. Synergy can take place in two forms:

  1. Operating synergy: This refers to the cost savings that come through economies of scale or increased sales and profits. It involves raising scale of production by changing all factors of productions of the firm. It leads to the overall growth of the firm.
  2. Financial synergy: It is the type of synergy which is due to financial factors such as lower taxes, higher debt capacity or better use of idle cash. When a loss making firm merges with a profitable firm and the combined firm can set off such losses against its profits, a financial synergy, known as tax shield, occurs.

Question 4. What are the different types of value added?
Answer. The different types of value added are as follows:

  1.  Quality Added Value: It is adding convenience, ease of use, etc. that customers value. For example, turning a commodity into a branded product or design enhancements.
  2. Environmental Added Value: It is value added which employs methods or systems that do not harm the environment. For example, using less fuel, using recycled material for packaging.
  3. Cause-related Added Value: Here, the business contributes part of the revenue from a commodity to a cause. For example, a business may donate a percentage of revenue from each transaction to a orphanage.
  4. Cultural Added Value: It uses methods or systems of production involving cultural aspects. For example, using a combination of English and the regional language in written communications.

D. VERY LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Explain the advantages of franchising, both for the franchisor and franchisee.
Answer. Merits of Franchising:

  1.  Proven idea: Business is based on a proven idea. Success of the product can be checked in the market.
  2. Profit from brand recognition:Franchises develop an image in the marketplace. This saves both time and money of advertising, promotion, recognition, etc. Image of the product is a favourable one and is in the minds of consumers.
  3. Recognized brand name and trademarks: Entrepreneur gets a recognized brand name and trademarks. Benefit from any advertising or promotion by the parent company automatically benefits the franchise.
  4. Support from parent company: The franchisor gives support in the form of training, help setting up the business, a manual telling how to run the business and ongoing advice.
  5. Exclusive rights of the territory: The franchisor can’t sell any other franchises in the same territory which leads to the creation of monopoly power in the territory.
  6. Easier Financing: Financing the business becomes easier due to the associated brand name. Banks are more likely to lend money to buy a franchise with a good reputation.

Question 2. Explain in detail the types of mergers.
Answer.

  1.  Conglomerate: Here, two totally unrelated business activities mearge. Pure conglomerate mergers is between the firms with nothing in common.
    Mixed conglomerate mergers involve firms which are going for product extensions or market extensions. Example: Walt Disney Company and the American Broadcasting Company. Here the new company formed had to face tough competition in both the products.
  2. Horizontal merger: This merger is between companies in the same industry. It is a type of business consolidation that occurs between firms which are competitors and offering the same goods or service. It is in the condition where competition tends to be higher and the potential gains in market share are much greater for merging firms in such an industry.
    Example: A merger between Coca-Cola and the Pepsi beverage division, would create a new, larger organisation with more market share.
  3.  Market extension mergers: It takes place between two companies that deal in the same products but in different markets. This merger is to make sure that the merging results in a bigger market and a bigger client base. Example: The acquisition of Eagle Bancshares Inc. by the RBC gave RBC a chance to deal in the financial market of Atlanta, which is among the leading upcoming financial markets in the USA. RBC has thus diversified due to this move.
  4.  Product extension mergers: A product extension merger takes place between two business organizations that deal in products that are related to each other and operate in the same market. The product extension merger allows the merging companies to group together their products ‘ and get access to a bigger set of consumers. This ensures that they earn higher profits.
    Example: The acquisition of Mobilink Telecom Inc. by Broadcom Broadcom deals in the’ manufacturing of
    Bluetooth personal area network hardware systems and chips for IEEE 802.11b wireless LAN. Mobilink Telecom Inc. deals in the manufacturing of product designs meant for handsets that are equipped with the Global System for Mobile Communications technology. It is expected that the products of Mobilink Telecom Inc. would be complementing the wireless products of Broadcom.
  5. Vertical merger: A merger between two companies producing different goods or services for one specific finished product. A vertical merger occurs when two or more firms, operating at different levels within an industry’s supply chain, merge operations. Most often the logic behind the merger is to increase synergies created by merging firms that would be more efficient operating as one. Example: A vertical merger joins two companies that may not compete with each other, but exist in the same supply chain. An automobile company joining with a parts supplier would be an example of a vertical merger. Such a deal would allow the automobile division to obtain better pricing on parts and have better control over the manufacturing process. The parts division, in turn, would be guaranteed a steady stream of business.

Question 3. What do you think are the reasons for failure of merger and acquisition?
Answer. Following are the reasons for failure of merger and acquisition:

  1. Unrealistic price paid for target: Merger and acquisition involves valuation of the target company and paying a price. Many a time the price paid to the target company is much more than what should have been paid. Shareholders of the target company are benefited, the shareholders of the acquirer end up on the losing side.
  2. Difficulties in cultural integration: Merger involves combining of two or more different companies with different corporate cultures, styles of leadership, differing employee expectations etc. If the merger is not dealing sensitively with the companies people and their different corporate cultures, the merger may be a disaster. For example, the merger of Daimler Benz with Chrysler. While Daimler-Benz’s culture stressed on a more formal and structured management style, Chrysler favoured a more relaxed and freewheeling style.
  3. Overstated synergies: Mergers and acquisitions assumed to be for creating synergies through increased revenue, reduced costs and improvement in the investment intensity. Overestimation can lead to failure.
  4. Integration difficulties: The combined firm or entity has to adapt to a new set of challenges given by the new circumstances. Plans are thus prepared to integrate the operations of the combining entities. This is done on the present information. If the information available is inadequate, integration becomes difficult.
    (a) Poor business fit: Mergers and acquisitions also fail when the products of the merging firms do not fit into the acquirer’s overall business plan.
  5.  Inadequate due diligence: Due diligence helps in detecting financial and business risks that the acquirer inherits from the target company. Inaccurate estimation of the related risk can result in failure of the merger.

Question 4. What is meant by moving up the value chain? Explain with the help of an example.
Answer.

  1. Moving-up the value chain is a value chain in the whole series of activities that create and build value at every step. The total value delivered by the company is the sum total of the value built up gradually all throughout the company.
  2.  It is the primary and secondary facilitations offered by a company.
    Low facilitation to highest facilitation by a company then leads to movement from low level to highest level.
    For example, in a steel industry, if they make specialized steel for automobiles, rather than selling basic steel, which is taken by another company who makes specialized steels to automobiles.
    Since the company makes it directly now, they get more money for their product, and thus higher revenues. This will eventually lead to higher profits.
    The value chain concept separates useful from the wasteful activities which hinder the company from becoming a leader in the market. Focusing on the value-creating activities gives the company many advantages.
    It involves primary activities like Inbound logistics, Operations, Outbound logistics, Marketing, sales, Services, etc. and Support activities like Procurement, Technological development, Human resource management etc.
    Value chain management requires coordination and collaboration, Technology investment, Organizational process, Leadership, Employee/ Human resources and Organizational culture and attitudes.
    For example: The ability to charge higher prices; lower cost of manufacture; better brand image, faster response to threats or opportunities.
    Outsourcing: The fragmentation of the production process across various countries has given rise to restructuring in firms including the outsourcing and off shoring of certain functions. Outsourcing involves the purchase of intermediate goods and services from outside specialist providers, while off shoring refers to purchases by firms of intermediate goods and services from foreign providers, or to the transfer of particular tasks within the firm to a foreign location. Off shoring includes both international outsourcing where activities are contracted out to third parties abroad and international in-sourcing to foreign affiliates.

Question 5. Explain in detail Porter’s Generic Value Chain with the help of a diagram.
Answer. Michael Porter gave the value chain analysis concept in his 1985 book ‘The Competitive Advantage’. He suggested that activities within an organisation add value to the service and products that the organisation produces and all these activities should be run at optimum level if the organisation is to gain any real competitive advantage.
If these activities are run efficiently, the value obtained exceed the costs of running them and customers return to the organisation and transact freely and willingly.
He suggested that the organisation is split into ‘primary activities’ and ‘support activities’.

  1. Primary activities include:
    (a)Inbound logistics: Here, goods are obtained from the suppliers and are used for producing the end product.
    (b)Operations: Here, raw materials and goods are manufactured into the final product.
    (c)Outbound logistics: Distribution of finished goods is known as outbound logistics.
    (d)Marketing and sales: Here, marketing mix is used to form an effective strategy to the target group through the promotional mix.
    (e) Services: After the product/service has been sold, sales training, guarantees and warranties etc. play its part.
  2.  Support activities: These help the primary activities achieve competitive advantage. They include:
    (a) Procurement: It is to obtain the best possible quality available in the market for their budget.
    (b) Technological development: Technology can be used to obtain a competitive advantage. Technology can be used to reduce cost and thus adding value, research and development to develop new products on the internet so that customers can have all time access to the firm.
    (c) Human resource management: Here, the organisation will have to recruit, train and develop the right people for the organisation to be successful. Staff will have to be motivated and paid the ‘market rate’, if they are to stay with the organisation and add value.
    (d) Firm infrastructure: Organisation needs to ensure that their finances, legal structure and management structure work efficiently and help drive the organisation forward.
    ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-enterprise-growth-strategies-2

Question 6. Explain the requirements for value chain management.
Answer. Following are the six requirements for value chain management:

  1. Coordination and collaboration:
    It is essential to increase efficiency within an organization. Care should be taken that efforts are not duplicated. Firm is greater than the sum of its parts for achieving a common goal of the firm.
  2. Technology investment: With outdated technology, like old computers or machinery, an organization’s competitiveness is weakened due to a loss in productivity. This devoids the firm from gaining advantage.
  3. Organisational process: Improvement in processes through better technology and greater procedural knowledge is essential for the present and future success of a company. Continuity is to be maintained for the improvement and is to be made an integral part of the system.
  4. Leadership: Strong leaders adds to the successions value chain management. Good leaders earn the respect of their employees through neutral, effective and sound management practices. Conflict management, motivation and direction are the essential requirements of strong leaders.
  5. Employee/human resources: Without a knowledgeable and active human resources department, employees may feel they don’t have a voice within the company and this may lead to lack in belongingness from the employees. Also, an employee hesitant to go directly to the ultimate superiors with issues act as a hurdle in many situations.
  6. Organisational culture and attitudes: Organisations that foster strong cultural identity with positive attitudes tend to attract and retain top employees. Regular sponsored activities are suggested to help build cultural unity and keep attitudes positive while boosting productivity of the firm.

E. HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS
In the following cases identify the type of merger:
Question 1. A merger between firms that are involved in totally unrelated business activities.
Answer. It is Conglomerate merger.

Question 2. A merger occurring between companies in the same industry.
Answer. It is Horizontal merger.

Question 3. It takes place between two companies that deal in the same products but in separate markets.
Answer. It is Market extension merger.

Question 4. It takes place between two business organisations that deal in products that are related to each other and operate in the same market.
Ans. It is Product extension merger.

Question 5. It is between two companies producing different goods or services for one specific finished product.
Answer. It is Vertical merger.

F. APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS
Question 1. ABC Company, manufacturing shoes, has taken over XYZ Company which also manufactures shoes at a small scale. What do you think will be the reason for this kind of takeover?
Answer. Following can he reasons for the take over:

  1. ABC Company may have decided to expand in terms of its production and wanted to raise its sales and turnover.
  2. ABC Company may have decided to expand its area of sales and so may be desirous to take over the marketing area of XYZ Company.
  3. ABC Company may have wanted to use the research and development of the XYZ company for raising its output and sales.

Question 2. Vimal Company Ltd., were earlier producing pencils, now they have decided to further venture into the field of notebooks and paper. What do you think is the company attempting to do? Identify and explain the concept.
Answer. The concept is of diversification. It is a process of adding new products or markets to the existing, by an enterprise. Here, the enterprise thus is able to produce more types of products e.g. not only washing soap, but toilet soaps, shampoos, detergents, washing powders etc. are produced by such enterprises. For example, Samsung not only produces TV but washing machines, copying machines, printers, etc.
Usefulness of diversification for an enterprise:

  1. Risk is reduced: If one type of product is not sold then other products can be sold. This reduces the chances of incurring overall loss to the enterprise.producers are producing the product.
  2. Continuous revenue: By diversification an enterprise continuously receives payments. This makes the inflow a continuous process. The financial obligations of the company can thus be easily met.
  3. Financial obligations can be met easily: Due to a variety of products being sold the cash flow becomes regular. This helps in fulfilling the financial obligations like installments premium, payment for power, payment for raw material, etc.
  4. Helps in branding: When one product is able to gain faith of consumers, then this faith can be utilized for increasing the sale of other products. Thus, a brand name comes into existence.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I.VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. In what sense are small enterprises more vulnerable than large ones?
Answer. Small enterprises are more vulnerable than large ones to small changes in environment, change in taste and preference of consumers, taxation policies, other government policies, cost of raw materials, etc.

Question 2. What is called the stage of consolidation for an enterprise?
Answer. Stage of consolidation for an enterprise is the stage, which is normally 3 to 5 years after the take-off stage. During this stage the turnover of the enterprise is maintained.

Question 3. Why is it necessary for an enterprise to have a plan for growth?
Answer. It is necessary for an enterprise to have a plan for growth as without growth the enterprise will be removed from the market and will become extinct.

Question 4. What constitutes direct competition?
Answer. Direct competition is found where many Each producer wants to capture maximum consumers using various techniques like persuasive advertising, schemes etc. each firm wants to enjoy competitive edge over its competitors.

Question 5. How an internal expansion may be financed?
Answer. Internal expansion may be financed by the issue of more share capital, generating funds from old profits or by issuing long¬term securities.

Question 6. What is required by an entrepreneur to ensure the continued efficiency and profitable functioning and growth of enterprise?
Answer. To ensure the continued efficiency and profitable functioning and growth of enterprise, extra managerial ability is required.

Question 7. What are the two main forms of external expansion?
Answer. The two main forms of external expansion are: Franchising and Mergers and Acquisitions.

Question 8. ‘It is the process of entrepreneurship which involves the translation of a useful idea into an application which has commercial value.’ Identify the process.[CBSE Delhi 2015]
Answer. Innovation.

Question 9. Define merger.
Answer. A merger is a combination of two companies to form a new company.

II.SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Give the franchising facts of Goli Vada Pav.
Answer.

  1.  The company is looking to strengthen its pan India franchisee network.
  2.  It is targetting Tier I, Tier II, Tier III cities and small towns for expansion.
  3. Franchise requirement include potential franchise partners who can invest Rs 10-20 lakh, area requirement is about 350 sq ft and the preferred location is a high street traffic areas like market, colleges, business areas and residential catchments.

Question 2. What dual role entrepreneur has to play?
Answer. An entrepreneur has a dual role to play— as a leader and as a manager. Leader provides direction and energy while the Manager processes the input and gives the production or output.
To ensure the continued efficiency and profitable functioning and growth of enterprise, extra managerial ability is required.

Question 3. Give a brief history of Franchising.
Answer.

  1. Franchising began in 1850’s when Isaac Singer; the inventor of sewing machine wanted to distribute his machines outside of his geographical area, and also provides training to customers. Singer began selling licenses to entrepreneurs in different parts of the country.
  2.  In 1955 Ray Kroc took over a small chain of food franchises and built . it into today’s most successful fast food franchise known as McDonald’s.It has the most franchise units worldwide of any franchise system.

Question 4. What happens when an enterprise is not sensitive to change in technology?
Answer. If an enterprise is not sensitive to change in technology then its technology will become outdated and it has to quit the market. It is mainly because the cost of production will become higher compared to other enterprises; this will lead to decrease in demand of this product.

Question 5. What do you understand by creativity and innovation?
Answer. Creativity: It means bringing something new into existence. It is a type of ability, which is present in all but in varying quantity. More are the creative persons of this ability, more are the chances of doing something new, or which was not present earlier, e.g. new painting of an artist. It also means bringing about certain improvements in already existing products.
Innovation: It refers to performing a task in a new way. There may be many ways of doing a thing but the innovator always tries to do it in a new way or new method e.g. the products are packed by company but the company which makes its package consumer friendly compared to other is innovation.

Question 6. What do you understand by franchising?
Answer. Franchising is a process by which the rights of producing or selling any product or service are provided to another enterprise. It is also associated to fulfilment of some terms, conditions or requirement by the enterprise. These conditions are laid down by the parent company.

Question 7. How high leverage is a reason for failure of merger? Explain.
Answer. The acquirer firm may decide to acquire the target through cash. To pay the price of acquisition, the acquirer may borrow heavily from the market. This creates a very high leveraged structure and increases the interest burden of the company. This increased interest cost may consume a big portion of the earnings and may lead to failure of the purpose of acquisition.

Question 8. Explain how a boardroom split is a reason for failure of merger.
Answer. When a merger is planned, evaluation of the composition of the boardroom and compatibility of the directors is crucial. Managers who are suddenly deprived of authority can react in a bitter way. Personality clashes between executives in the two companies are bound to arise. This may slow down or prevent integration of the firms.

Question 9. Explain how the regulatory issues leads to the failure of merger.
Answer. Merger requires legal approvals and has to follow a legal procedure. If any of the stakeholders are not in favour of the merger, they might create legal obstacles and slow down the entire process. This results in regulatory delays and increases the risk of deterioration for the business. So care has to be taken to ensure that regulatory hurdles and problems do not crop up, else it may lead to failure.

Question 10. Human resources issues may lead to failure of merger. Describe.
Answer. A merger is involved with job losses, restructuring and the imposition of a new corporate culture and identity. This may create uncertainty, anxiety and resentment among the company’s employees. Companies often pay less attention to the short term legal and financial considerations involved in a merger and neglect crucial HR issues related to corporate identity and communication. This in turn affects the worker’s morale and productivity.

Question 11. What makes concept of Goli Vada Pav so special?
Answer. Following things make the concept of Goli Vada Pav so special:

  1. It is a spicy vegetable patty in bun sold through retail outlet.
  2.  It offers quality and hygienic fast food which is quite affordable.
  3.  It sells hygienically prepared food items made in fully automated ‘HACCP’ certified hands free plant with an authentic touch.
  4. It is known as an established, reputed, and popular Indian fast-food brand offering clean food for those who have less money and time.

Question 12. Growth and development of an enterprise is inevitable. Explain.
Answer.

  1. Growth is always essential for the existence of a business.
  2. A business firm is bound to die if it does not try to expand its activities.
  3. Growth is the next challenge for a established firm.
  4. Extension is a result of thoughtful consideration of various factors, including the financial, logistical, even his/her emotional readiness.
  5. There may be a niche that firm wants to capture or a location not serviced even by your competitors.

Question 13. What is the relevance of Franchising?
Answer.

  1.  Franchising is helping thousands of individuals be their own boss operate their own business.
  2.  Franchisingis allowing entrepreneurs to be in business for themselves
  3.  There is high chance of success when an individual takes a franchisee.

Question 14. Give examples of consolidation.
Answer. In a consolidation, a new firm is created after the merger, and both the acquiring firm and the target firm stockholders receive stock in this firm. For example Citi Group, was created after the consolidation of Citicorp and Travelers Insurance Group.

Question 15. “An entrepreneur has a dual role to play- one, that of a leader and the other of a manager”. Do you agree?
Answer. Yes, I agree as a leader he provides direction and energy and as a manager he processes the input and gives the output.

Question 16. If merger of Hindustan Computers Ltd, Hindustan Instruments Ltd, Indian Software Company Ltd. and Indian Reprographics Ltd into an entirely new company called HCL Ltd. Identify the forms of merger and explain the same.
Answer.

  1.  Merger through Consolidation/ Amalgamation
  2.  Meaning: A consolidation is a combination of two or more companies into a ‘new company’. In this form of merger, all companies are legally dissolved and a new entity is created. Here, the acquired company transfers its assets, liabilities and shares to the acquiring company for cash or exchange of shares.

Question 17. If Tata Fertilisers Ltd (TFL) take-up by Tata Chemicals Ltd. (TCL). TFL transferred its assets, liabilities and shares to TCL. Identify the type of merger and explain the same.
Answer.

  1. Merger through Absorption
  2. Meaning: An absorption is a combination of two or more companies into an ‘existing company’. All companies except one lose their identity in such a merger.

Question 18. Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd., India’s fourth largest private bank, and ING Vysya, the Indian branch of the Netherlands ING Bank. Kotal Mahindra signed a Memorandum of Understanding with ING Bank, establishing both firms’ stake in the Indian firm.
Answer.

  1. Merger through Absorption
  2. Meaning: An absorption is a combination of two or more companies into an ‘existing company’. All companies except one lose their identity in such a merger.

Question 19. Atlanta-based global mobile engagement provider mGage acquired Bangalore- based Unicel Technologies. Due to this friendly acquisition, mGage is poised to become one of India’s largest provider of enterprise mobile messaging solutions.
Answer.

  1. Merger through Consolidation/ Amalgamation
  2. Meaning: A consolidation is a combination of two or more companies into a ‘new company’. In this form of merger, all companies are legally , dissolved and a new entity is created. Here, the acquired company transfers its assets, liabilities and shares to the acquiring company for cash or exchange of shares.

Question 20. “A leading manufacturer of athletic shoes merges with a soft drink firm”. Identify the type of conglomerate merger the explain.
Or
Acquisition of General Foods, a diversified food products company, by Philip Morris, a Tobacco manufacturer. Identify the type of conglomerate merger and explain.
Answer. Pre conglomerate:

  1. Because it involve firms with nothing in common or conducted between unrelated companies.
  2. They are not the competitors.
  3. Buyers and sellers so not show much relationship or no evident relationship.

Question 21. “If a baker in Delhi bakery in Indore”, or a producer of household detergents buys a producer of liquid bleach. Identity the type of conglomerate mergers.
Answer. It is called as product extension mergers, where a firm that produces one product that requires the application of similar type of manufacturing or marketing techniques strategies.

Question 22. Ron Sommer, former president, Sony Corporation of India: say “Where a company comes from is less important than where it is going, as boundaries are erased corporation birth certificate won’t count much.”
Answer. Successful entrepreneur will make sure there is a constant flow of new ideas and a commitment to try out at least some of these new ideas. An organization has to maintain its momentum through interplay of flexibility and change. This calls for growth and development which in essence is achieved through constant strife.

Question 23. Give some examples of Financial synergy.
Answer. Hindustan Unilever Company acquired Lakme, it helped HUL to enter the cosmetics market though an established brand.

  1. Glaxo an Smithkline Beecham merged, to gain market share and eliminate competition between each other.
  2. Tata Tea acquired Tetley to leverage Tetley’s international marketing strengths.

Question 24. Give an alternate name of financial synergy.
Answer. An alternate name of financial synergy is tax shield.

Question 25. How can you represent the idea of a synergy mathematically?
Answer. In mathematical terms, a synergy is where 2 + 2 =5.

Question 26. “Merger depends of variety of factors” Enumerate.
Answer. The term merger depends on the:

  1. economic function
  2. purpose of the business transaction
  3. and relationship between the merging companies.

III. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Explain direct and indirect competition with an example for each.
Answer. Direct Competition: It refers to the competitions in which various enterprises producing close substitutes try to increase their sale of their product. Each tries to enhance its sale and tries to capture maximum possible consumers of the market e.g. Luxor, Flair, Camlin etc. are the companies which produce substitutes and each tries to capture maximum consumers of pen and other stationery items.
Indirect Competition: It is a type of competition in which the enterprises compete not only for price but other references about the product. It is also referred as non price competition, e.g. Coca-Cola and Pepsi compete with each other in advertisements for persuading the customers. Any new advertisement of one company is normally followed by a fresh advertisement by another company.

Question 2. How do changes in consumer trends affect growth?
Answer. The consumer trends affect growth : because of following reasons:

  1. Change in consumption pattern: Due to change in season or changes in income the consumption pattern of the consumer changes. With change in seasons some specific products are demanded more e.g. demand for umbrella increases during rainy season.
  2. Change in income: With the rise in income, new types of products, costlier products are demanded by the consumers. Such demand forces entrepreneurs to produce new products. This leads to growth.
  3. Some enterprises are closed down: With the changing consumption pattern some enterprises become obsolete and are forced to quit the industry. This affects the production of the enterprise and the growth.

Question 3. What are the different activities that an entrepreneur can undertake to expand his enterprise?
Answer. An entrepreneur can undertake following activities to expand his enterprise:

  1. Raising the level of production: By raising the level of production, the volume of the product produced increases. This leads to expansion in increasing the number of employees. With the increase in the strength of the employees, the expansion takes place provided it is associated with the rise in production.
  2. Adding more machines: By adding new machines to the existing ones, the turnover also increases. This is referred to as expansion.
  3. Opening an ancillary unit: If the product of one company can be used as raw material for the other product, then a new enterprise can come into existence which is dependent on the main. If the parent company and the ancillary unit are of same enterprise, it is also leading to expansion.

Question 4. ‘An enterprise that does not grow will eventually die’. Explain this statement with suitable examples.
Answer. Yes, it is true. An enterprise that does not grow will eventually die. This can be supported by following reasons: Market is dynamic: Market is never stable. Continuously some changes are taking place. Every enterprise has to keep a close wratch on such changes and has to make favourable changes in product process etc. This is to maintain the number of consumers of the product e.g. with the growing income the consumers requirement of electronic items is increasing. Electronic companies are thus growing in terms of turnover and diversification.
Innovation is essential: When growth takes place it is normally associated with innovation. New methods, techniques, processes, etc. help in reducing the cost, increasing efficiency and are also able to attract more customers e.g. fast foods manufacturers always keep some attractive articles to attract children.

Question 5. Describe the origin and concept of Goli Vada Pav.
Answer.

  1. Goli Vada Pav, a quick serve food concept with Indian touch, originated in Mumbai in 2004.
  2. The brand’s founders, Venkatesh Iyer and Shiv Menon, realised the huge scope of business in tapping the adult and lower income customers by selling widely popular local street food ‘Vada Pav’ to them, in an organised way.
  3. Thus, the idea of Goli Vada Pav Pvt Ltd was born that was pocket friendly as well as prepared and served in hygienic conditions.
  4. Goli Vada Pav No. 1 reaffirms the fact that a strong home grown concept cannot only thrive but also compete with International Brands like McDonalds.

Question 6. Discuss the success journey of Goli Vada Pav till now.
Answer.

  1. Goli Vada Pav has extensive presence across 40 Indian cities in six states.
  2. Its outlets are spread across the length and breadth of the country.
  3.  Its stores can be found in cities like Aurangabad, Ahmednagar, Bengaluru, Belgaum, Chandrapur, Chennai, Coimbatore, Dhulia, Hubli, Hyderabad, Jalgaon, Kolhapur, Mumbai, Pune, etc.
  4.  It operates about 150 stores, of which over 140 are via franchise route.

Question 7. Distinguish between Internal and External Expansion.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-enterprise-growth-strategies-3

Question 8. What are the main ingredients of a franchise agreement?
Answer. The main ingredients of a franchise agreement:

  1. Contract Explanation: This part , of the agreement outlines the type of relationship a franchisee is going to have with the franchisor.
  2. Operations Manual: It is the section of the agreement that details the guidelines that the franchisee must legally follow. Amendments may be made from time to time and the franchisee has to adjust operations accordingly. The franchisee has to maintain the confidentiality.
  3. Proprietary Statements: This part tells how the franchise name is to be used. What marketing and advertising procedures is required to follow. It also documents how much the franchisee will be required to contribute toward national advertising efforts.
  4. Ongoing Site Maintenance: It includes the types and time frames regarding various maintenance items and upgrades that must be made to the franchisee’s location.

Question 9. “Big brands make head towards franchising”. Why?
Answer. The big corporate houses have opted for a franchise route because :

  1. It considers franchising as an easy mode of expansion.
  2.  Chances of success are higher due to high commitment level of the franchisor and the franchisees.
  3. It is a powerful and ideal way to expand business.
  4. It is best suited for a company which does not have any capital, manpower or time to build the network of company-owned outlets.

Question 10. How franchising helps start-ups?
Answer. Franchising helps the start-ups in following ways:

  1.  Working: Franchising changed the working of the start-ups because already the product carriers a name in the market already. The start-ups pay royalty to the franchisor. Start-ups save struggling time and money involved in the process.
  2.  Training: Start-ups take up trainingto understand the product. Franchisors make franchises fully known with the product/services. Start-ups are the sales person. And franchisors charge a fee for this purpose.
  3.  Fast growth: The start-ups can grow fast without having to increase cost through increasing labour, operating costs, etc. because normally buyers straight away contact them.
  4.  One plus one eleven: Franchises work for the benefit of franchisors i.e. they turn up one plus one eleven. Both are open to help each other. Franchisors’ efforts to boast their franchises are always real and sincere. No clash of interest arises.

Question 11. What are the disadvantages of franchising to the franchisee?
Answer. Following are the disadvantages of franchising to the franchisee:

  1. Right and the only way of doing things: Degree of freedom for the franchise gets limited. There is over guidance and over-influenced degree of control over them. This leaves no scope for the innovation.
  2. Continuing cost implication: Revenue gets shared with the franchisor. This is in addition to the royalty and the fees. Additional amounts can be charged towards sharing the cost for advertising, training, etc. It may become an expensive business due to tendency of exploitation by the parent firm.
  3. Risk of franchisor getting bought: The franchisee faces irreversible changes in form of problems and difficulties when the franchisor either fails or goes for merger.
  4.  Inability to provide services: When promises made in the agreement are not kept, the franchisee are left without any support in important areas.

Question 12. Give examples of failure of franchisee due to inability to provide services.
Answer. Curtis Bean bought a dozen franchises in Checkers of America Inc., a firm that provides auto inspection services. After losing Rs 200,000, Bean and other franchisees filed a lawsuit claiming that the franchisor had misrepresented advertising costs and had made false claims including that no experience was necessary to own a franchise.

Question 13. How growth is essential for the existence of an enterprise?
Answer.  Growth is always essential for the existence of a business concern.

  1. For further growth of an enterprise every concern must try some ways.
  2. According to the requirement try to expand its activities.
  3. An entrepreneur must act as a challenge seeker.
  4. Quick and thoughtful decision of various factors like increase in financial, logistical, and market share of a business.
  5. The rule of thumb is that one should only expand when there are untapped opportunities that can benefit the business.
  6. There may be a comfortable way that an entrepreneur want capture or a location not serviced even by your competitors.
  7. Extra managerial ability, its continued efficiency and profitable functioning ensures existence and growth of enterprise.

Question 14. Why big brands make head towards for franchising? Explain with an example.
Answer.

  1. The big corporate houses that have opted for a franchise route consider franchising as an easy mode of expansion as per the requirement and commitment level of the franchisor and the franchisees.
  2. It is a powerful and ideal way to expand business, for a company which does not have any capital, manpower or time to build the network of company-owned outlets. Example – Dabur is one of the big established brand that has taken up franchising for expansion.

Question 15. State some of the disadvantages to franchising to franchisor.
Answer. Some of the disadvantages to franchising to franchisor are as follows:

  1.  Difficulty in identifying quality franchisees:
    (a) Sometimes the franchisor may find it difficult to identify quality franchisees.
    (b) Even after extending all support towards training and providing capital, poor management may lead to the failure of the franchisee and in turn, which may affect adversely franchisor and the system as a whole.
  2. Legal Regulation:
    (a) Franchising is a regulated activity and requires follow with federal and state franchise laws.
    (b) To successfully establish a franchise, franchisors are required to work with an experienced franchise lawyer to establish a solid blueprint for franchising.
  3. Investment: Every one knows that franchising serves as a source for the capitalized expansion of your business (i.e., franchisees invest in your expansion), the establishment of a franchise system requires the investment of capital to cover legal fees and the cost of establishing a franchising infrastructure.

Question 16. What do you mean by acquisition? Give some examples.
Answer. Acquisition is a more general term, enveloping in itself a range of acquisition transactions. It could be leading to takeover of a company. Acquisition refers a corporate action in which a company buys almost, the target company’s ownership stakes in order to assume control of the target firm. It is often made as part of a company’s growth strategy whereby it is more beneficial to take over an existing firm’s operations . It is often paid in cash, it could be the acquisition of company’s stock, tangible assets, intangible assets, ‘ rights, acquisition of control, and other kinds of obligations. It is also known as a takeover, means the buying company takeover or acquire by another.
For Examples: Bharti Airtel acquired Zain Africa, February 2010

  1. Bharti Airtel is the largest mobile network in India. It is also expanding its reaches throughout the globe, Bharti Airtel added 180 million new customers in its list by acquiring an African Mobile Network provider called Zain Africa.
  2. Tata Steel acquired 100% stake in Corus Group on January 30, 2007. It was an all cash deal which cumulatively amounted to Rs 12.2 billion.

Question 17, How cost advantages are one of the important advantage of an enterprise?
Or
“The mere size of a franchised company offers many advantages to the franchisees”. Explain.
Answer.

  1. The franchisor can purchase supplies in large quantities, thus achieving economies of scale that would not have been possible otherwise.
  2. Many franchise businesses produce parts, accessories, packaging and raw materials in large quantities, then in turn sell these to the franchisees.
  3. The franchisee are usually required to purchase these items as part of the franchise agreement and they usually benefit from lower prices.
  4. One of the biggest cost advantages of franchising a business larger sums of money to advertising. Which covers major media wide geographical area.
    Therefore each franchisee contributes a percentage of sales (1 to 2 %) to an advertising pool.

Question 18. “Quick expansion is the most obvious advantage of franchising for an entrepreneur.” Explain with the help of an example.
Answer. The most obvious advantage of franchising for an entrepreneur is that it allows the venture to expand quickly using little capital.

  1.  It involves low capital investment by the franchisor as the capital used to expand the network comes from franchisees.
  2. By using the franchisees’ capital, the franchisor is able to establish a large number of outlets in a short period of time.
  3. A franchisor can expand a business nationally and even internationally by authorizing and selling franchises in selected locations.
  4.  Quick expansion can be achieved without incurring the overheads and costs associated with opening company-owned outlets.
  5.  Operating a franchised business requires fewer employees, this allows the franchisor to maintain low payroll and minimizes personnel issues and problems.
    This brings benefit to both the franchisor and franchisee as it helps build consumer recognition quickly and establish the franchise. Example: Just think of the capital needed by DeLuca to build 8,300 Subway sandwich shops!
    The value of the franchise depends on the track record of the franchisor and on the services offered to the entrepreneur or franchisee. Subway’s low franchise fee has enhanced expansion opportunities, as more people can afford it.

Question 19. Explain the reasons for mergers and acquisitions.
Or
Why do companies merge with or acquire other companies? 
Answer. Reasons for mergers and acquisitions: Every company wants to achieve higher growth rate and diversification. Mergers can give the acquiring company an opportunity to grow market share without having to really earn it by doing the work themselves – instead, they buy a competitor’s business for a price. While one often hears CEOs saying that M & As are inspired by a desire to diversify or achieve higher growth rate, the reasons could be varied. Some of the commonly identified reasons are:

  1. Synergy:
    (a) It refers to the difference between the value of the combined firm and the value of the sum of the participants,
    (b) Synergy accrues in the form of revenue enhancement and cost savings.
    (c) For example, if firms A and B merge and the value of the combined entity—V(AB)—is expected to be greater than (VA+VB), the sum of the independent values of A and B, the combined entity is said to be benefitting through synergy.
  2. Acquiring new technology: To remain competitive, companies need to constantly upgrade their technology and business applications. To upgrade technology, a company need not always acquire technology. By buying another company with unique technology, the buying company can maintain or develop a competitive edge.
    For example is a merger (a) Logistics company such as a land transport entity with an air-line cargo company. (b) Blackberry and Treo which can incorporate cell phone capability and e-mail connectivity in one device; palm pilots and tablet laptops can provide benefits to both the entities.
  3. Improved profitability: Companies explore the possibilities of a merger when they anticipate that it will improve their profitability.
    For example, European Media Group Betelsmann, Pearson, and others have driven their growth by expanding into the US though M&As.
  4. Acquiring a competency: Companies also opt for M&As to acquire a competency or capability that they do not have and which the other firm does.
    For example,
    (a) the ICICI ITC alliance made the retailer network and depositor base available to the merging entity.
    (b) IBM merged with Daksh for acquiring competencies that the latter possessed.
  5. Entry into new markets: Mergers are often looked upon as a tool for hassle-free entry into new markets. Under normal conditions, a company can enter a new market, but may have to face stiff competition from the existing companies and may have to battle out for a share in the existing market. However, if the merger route is adopted, one can enter the market with greater case and avoid too much competition. For example, the merger of Orange,Hutch, and Vodafone took place to achieve this objective.
  6.  Access to funds: If a company finds it difficult to access funds from the capital market. In such situation, a company may decide to merge with another company that is viewed as fund-rich.
    For example, TDPL (Tamil Nadu Dadha Pharmaceuticals) merged with Sun Pharma since TDPL did not have funds to launch new products.
  7.  Tax benefits: Mergers are also adopted to reduce tax liabilities. By merging with a loss-making entity, a company with a high tax liability can set off the accumulated losses of the target against its profits gaining tax benefits.
    For example, Ashok Leyland Information Technology (ALIT) was acquired by Hinduja Finance, a group company, so that it could set off the accumulated losses in ALITs books against its profits.

Question 20. How growth of an enterprise is possible through Mergers and Acquisitions (M & A)?
Or
“Mergers and Acquisitions (M&As) is a potential strategy for ensuring the accelerated growth of a business.” Explain.
Or
What are the reasons that firms may choose to grow through M & A instead of expanding internally ?
Answer. The term ‘business growth’ is used to refer to various things such as:

  1.  increase in the total sales volume per annum,
  2. an increase in the production capacity,
  3. increase in employment,
  4. an increase in production volume,
  5. an increase in the use of raw material and power.But in actual way, business growth means an increase in the size or scale of operations of a firm usually accompanied by increase in its resources and output.

Mergers and Acquisitions (M&As) is a potential strategy for ensuring the accelerated growth of a business.” The various reasons are as follows:

  1.  It is often cheaper to acquire an existing unit than to set up a new one or less expensive.
  2. New ways to generate ideas.
  3.  It provides economies of large-scale operations.
  4.  Easy and Better utilization of funds can be made to increase profits.
  5. Gaining economic and marketing power.
  6.  More possibility of diversification.
  7.  More efficient use of resources can be made.
  8.  Sick firms can be rehabilitated by merging them with strong and efficient concerns.
  9.  It is possible to gain quick entry into new lines of business.
  10.  It can provide access to scarce raw materials and distribution network.
  11.  Supporting managerial expertise’.
  12.  Analysis client’s requirements
  13.  Valuing companies
  14. Identifying potential partner’s.

Question 21. ‘Healthy Juice India Ltd.’ and ‘Asli Juice Ltd.’ are engaged in the production of fruit juice. Both the companies sell the juice in 1,000 ml tetra packs and are in direct competition. To avoid competition, the management of both the companies decided to merge and formed a new company ‘Asli Healthy Juice India Ltd.’. The new company decided to sell the fruit juice through the company owned outlets throughout the country.[All India 2015]

  1. Name and explain the ‘Enterprise Growth Strategy’.
  2. Also identify the channel of distribution decided by ‘Asli Healthy Juice India . Ltd.’

Answer.

  1. The Enterprise Growth Strategy involved is Horizontal merger. Horizontal merger: This merger is between companies in the same industry. It is a type of business consolidation that occurs between firms which are competitors and offering the same goods or service. It is in the condition where competition tends to be higher and the potential gains in market share are much greater for merging firms in such an industry.
    Example: A merger between Coca-Cola and the Pepsi beverage division, wquld create a new, larger organization with more market share.
  2. There is Direct/zero level of distribution channel.

IV. VERY LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Discuss growth sustaining activities giving appropriate examples.
Answer. Following are the growth sustaining activities:

  1.  Franchising: In franchising the rights of selling a product or service are transferred to another enterprise. This saves time as the parent company has its own marketing strategy, fixed requirement of infrastructure, written rule and regulations. The franchisee need not require expenditure on promotion, advertisement, layout, etc as it is the responsibility of the franchiser, e.g. McDonalds had expanded itself by offering franchisee.
  2. Manufacturing more than one product: Under it, the enterprise grows by producing a new product. This new product can be a complementary good or any related product or a non-related product, e.g. Videocon started with the production of electronic goods. But now it is producing various other consumer goods like mixer-grinder, etc. thus this type of diversification helps in the growth of the enterprise.
  3. Up gradation: An enterprise can upgrade itself by adopting new technique, process etc. This not only increases efficiency of the enterprise but also reduces the cost of production. Also it helps in reducing the per unit price of the commodity which provides a competitive edge to the enterprise. Thus this type of up gradation or modernization helps in the growth of the enterprise.
  4. Increasing Turnover: An enterprise can increase its turnover for growth. For raising its turnover it may have to modernize or expand or both. With the increase in volume of production the growth takes place though such rise in production is also associated with increase in number of employees, demand for raw materials etc.

Question 2. Describe some examples of franchising by Indian firms.
Answer.

  1. Raymond Ltd: Raymond Ltd, started in 1325 as a woollen and readymade garment industry. It has more than 503 stores. It opted for franchise model for expanding in smaller towns as these areas are not affected by recession. In smaller towns the franchised Stores can be driven by local entrepreneurs who are aware of the preferences of the local customers.
  2.  NUT: NIIT, a firm in IT education industry, has a franchising network of more than 12,500 centres spread over in more than 40 countries worldwide, ap’art from India. This success has bfeen possible due to their business partners, who have been a crucial element. The Business Partner Network helped NIIT expand its presence across India and reach the unreached, and also entrepreneurship in the country.
  3.  JSW Steel Ltd: It is the third- largest Steel manufacturer in India, operates through 174 JSW Shoppe outlets that work on the franchise model. It is planning to take the count of its JSW Shoppe outlets to 340 by 2011.
  4. Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd: It a part of the India Industrial Mahindra Group. It has taken the franchise route to expand its 100 per cent subsidiary. It is planning to take the count of its outlets to 450 in the next four years.

Question 3. Mention some of the prominent synergies that could arise from the deal between TATA Steel and Corus.
Answer. There were a lot of apparent synergies between Tata Steel which was a low cost steel producer in fast developing region of the world and Corus which was a high value product manufacturer in the region of the world demanding value products.
Some of the prominent synergies that could arise from the deal were as follows:

  1. Tata was one of the low cost steel producers in the world and had self¬sufficiency in raw material. Corus was fighting to keep its production costs under control and was on the lookout for sources of iron ore:
  2. Tata had a strong retail and distribution network in India and SE Asia. This would give the European manufacturer an in-road into the emerging Asian markets. Hence, there would be a powerful combination of high quality development and low cost high growth markets.
  3. There would be technology transfer and cross-fertilization of R&D capabilities between the two companies that specialized in different areas of the value chain.
  4. There was a strong culture fit between the two organizations, both of which highly emphasized on continuous improvement and ethics. Tata steel’s Continuous Improvement Programme ‘Aspire’ with the core values: trusteeship, integrity, respect for individual, credibility and excellence. Corus’s Continuous Improvement Programme ‘The Corus Way’ with the core values:’code of ethics, integrity, creating value in steel, customer focus, selective growth and respect for our people.

Question 4. “The expansion of a concern may be in the activities or acquisition of ownership and control of other concerns”. What are the ways used by an entrepreneur for the expansion of an enterprise?
Answer. The two ways of expansion are :

  1.  Internal Expansion
  2.  External Expansion

Internal Expansion: It refers the gradual increase in the activities of the concern.
It can be in the form of:

  1. Increase its present production capacity by adding more machines or by replacing old machines with the new machines with higher productive capacity.
  2. It can also be undertaken by taking up the production of more units.
  3. By entering new fields on the production.
  4. Adding new market and marketing sides.
  5. It may be financed by the issue of more share capital.
  6. Generating funds from old profits/ retained earnings.
  7.  By issuing long-term securities.

The net result of internal expansion is the increase in business activities and broadening the present capital structure.

External Expansion: It refers to business combination where two or more concerns combine and expand their business activities.
It can be in the form of:

  1. Combining two or more units engaged in similar business or related process or stages.
  2. Sometimes stages of the same business join with a view to carry on their activities.
  3. Giving shape, their polices on common basis.
  4. In coordination for mutual benefit.
  5. To earn maximum profits.

The combination may be among competing units or units engaged in different processes. After combination, the constituted firm pursues some common objectives or goals.

Question 5. ‘Jagriti Ltd’ are the manufacturers of Cars for the last 15 years and was earning good profits. Recently, due to the irregular supply of parts by the suppliers the company could not make timely delivery of cars to its customers. The customers cancelled their bookings and there were very few new bookings. As a result the sale of the cars declined and also the profits. The management of the company analysed the problems and decided to take over those two firms because of whom the problems arose. One of them was supplying engines and the other types. The company also launched new discount schemes for its customers. It also decided to employ 200 unemployed young boys and girls to take up the cleaning operations using imported machines inside the factories as well as the surrounding areas.[CBSE Delhi 2015]

  1. Identify and state the concept of ‘Enterprise Marketing and Growth Strategies’ discussed in the above para.
  2. Identify any one value which ‘Jagriti Ltd’ wanted to communicate to the society.

Answer.

  1.  The concept for enterprise marketing is sales promotion. Sales promotion is one level or type of marketing aimed either at the consumer or at the distribution channel (in the form of sales-incentives). It is used to introduce new product, clear out inventories, attract traffic, and to lift sales temporarily.
    The concept for growth strategy is acquisition. Acquisition are often made as part of a company’s growth strategy whereby it is more beneficial to take over an existing firm’s operations and niche compared to expanding on its own. Acquisitions are often paid in cash, the acquiring company’s stock or a combination of both.
  2.  Following are few of the values which ‘ Jagriti Ltd.’ wanted to communicate to the society:
    • Job opportunity for youth
    • Equal opportunities for both men and women
    • Care for environmental cleanliness.

Question 6. Unicon Ltd. and Nahata Communications provide Cable T.V. network in adjacent areas of Delhi. After some time the market was slowly taken over by big cable companies. Both Unicon Ltd. And Nahata communications understood the competition and decided to come together so as to increase their markets share. This strategy helped them in cost saving through economies of scale as they could cover more areas now. It led to the overall growth of both the companies.[CBSE Sample Paper 2016]

  1. Identify the enterprise growth strategy adopted by the two.
  2.  State the benefits that the companies have after this arrangement.

Answer.

  1. A market extension merger takes place between two companies that deal in the same products but in separate markets. The main purpose of the market extension merger is to make sure that the merging companies can get access to a bigger market and that ensures a bigger client base.
  2.  Following are the benefits that the companies have after this arrangement:
    (а) Synergy: Synergy is the most essential component of mergers. In mergers, synergy between the participating firms determines the increase in value of the combined entity. In other words, it refers to the difference between the value of the combined firm and the value of the sum of the participants. Synergy accrues in the form of revenue enhancement and cost savings.
    (b) Acquiring new technology: To remain competitive, companies need to constantly upgrade their technology and business applications. To upgrade technology, a company need not always acquire technology.By buying another company with unique technology, the buying company can maintain or develop competitive edge.
    (c) Improved profitability: Companies explore the possibilities of a merger when they anticipate that it will improve their profitability.
    (d) Acquiring a competency: Companies also opt for Merger and Acquisition to acquire a competency or capability that they do not have and which the other firm does.
    (e) Entry into new markets: Mergers are often looked upon as a tool for hassle-free entry into new markets. Under normal conditions, a company can enter a new market, but may have to face stiff competition from the existing companies and may have to battle out for a share in the existing market.
    (f) Access to funds: Often a company finds it difficult to access funds from the capital market. This weakness deprives the company of funds to pursue its growth objectives effectively. In such cases, a company may decide to merge with another company that is viewed as fund-rich.
    (g) Tax benefits: Mergers are also adopted to reduce tax liabilities. By merging with a loss-making entity, a company with a high tax liability can set off the accumulated losses of the target against its profits gaining tax benefits.

V. VALUE BASED QUESTIONS
Question 1. Write short note on discipline in dealing with competitors.
Answer. Each entrepreneur is expected to be a member of healthy competition. Unhealthy competition leads to downfall of the enterprise in the long run. Discipline in dealing with competitors, always leads to better quality products and more consumer satisfaction. Depending on illegal activities, malpractices etc. for getting major share of the attitude is undesirable. Every producer has the right, to sell. This right could not be taken away.

Question 2. Write short note on Legal Responsibility.
Answer. Every entrepreneur is expected to fulfil all its statutory and legal responsibilities. This is the duty of each entrepreneur. He must pay license fees, taxes, social security contributions, minimum were; interest on loans, dividends, etc. well in time. Moreover any recent changes in the laws must be taken care of. Enterprise comes under many laws like, Factories . Act, Minimum Wages Act. Payment of Wages Act etc. Fulfilment of legal aspects is the legal as well as moral duty. Violation of laws leads to punishment or fine. This leads to loss of goodwill, affects faith of shareholders and also results in loss of money, time and energy.

Question 3. “Synergy can be a positive or negative T outcome of combined efforts”. Explain with the help of an example.
Answer. According to the American Heritage Dictionary, the term ‘synergy’ is derived ; from the Greek word sunergos, meaning “working together.”
When two or more people or organizations combine their efforts, they can accomplish more together than if you added their accomplishments achieved separately…” Positive synergy is sometimes called the 2A + 2B = 5AB effect. Individually each subsystem can produce two units of output. And if we combine their efforts and work together effectively, the two subsystems can produce five units of output.
Mergers and acquisitions are corporate- level strategies designed to achieve positive synergy. The 2004 acquisition of AT&T Wireless by Cingular was an effort to create customer benefits and growth prospects that neither company could have achieved on its own— Values:

  1. offering better coverage,
  2. improved quality and reliability,
  3.  a wide array of innovative services for consumers,
  4.  broadening the firm’s product or market mix will result in a higher level of performance.
    When two or more people or organizations combine their efforts, and if they can produce less than. If added their accomplishments achieved separately. Negative synergy can be called the 2A + 2B = 3 AB effect. When an individuals operating alone can each produce two units of output. However, with negative synergy, the combination of their efforts results in less output than what they would have achieved if they had each worked alone.

Negative synergy can result from:

  1.  inefficient committees, business units that lack strategic planning,
  2.  poor functioning of joint efforts,
  3. inefficient workers,
  4.  if one of the individual dominate and control the group decision or less effective group decisions.

Question 4. Read the following case study of an Shri Jhunjhunwala and write down the values that can help him to bring a positive change and sustain growth in the enterprising world?
Shri Jhunjhunwala is an Entrepreneur Shri Jhunjhunwala of Varanasi is a businessman engaged in the production of “Jhula Vanaspati”. He started his business career from a humble beginning. He had a small retail shop of oil and ghee. His earning was limited and not sufficient to meet the needs of his family. He started looking for an opportunity to earn more. One of his relatives owned an oil factory which was running at a loss. The relative was willing to sell it. Jhunjhunwala thought he can run the factory and earn profit out of it. He bought his relative’s factory. The factory took a new birth and today it is earning huge profit. “Jhula Vanaspati” is now a reputed brand of ghee in that part of the country. He says business is an opportunity, it involves risk and it is a challenge.
Answer.

  1. Adaptability: It is the ability to adjust to new situations-and find creative solutions to problems.
  2. Opportunity: It means a chance to do something new. When his problem is solved by him in a challenging way, he find opportunities.
  3. Competitiveness: It also implies that competition is perceived as a challenge which motivates the entrepreneur to strive harder. The advertisements that we see in newspapers, journals and on TV will indicate the continuous competition among entrepreneurs and how they constantly strive to maintain their competitive edge. For a successful entrepreneur competition is a tonic for further growth.
  4. Confidence: Self-belief is a very important trait of all successful entrepreneurs. They strongly believe that they can do what they set out to do.
  5. Dedication: All successful entrepreneurs are consumed by a goal or purpose. As project champions they are dedicated to fulfillment of their vision.
  6. Vision and Drive: The ability to see the end results of one’s goals while working to achieve them and the desire to work hard to accomplish one’s goals are other important traits of successful entrepreneurs.
  7.  Honesty: A successful entrepreneur is invariably honest. Contrary to popular beliefs all great entrepreneurs have always had the commitment to tell the truth and deal with people fairly. It is one trait that guarantees sustainable growth.

VI. HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS
Question 1. These concept began back in the 1850’s when Isaac Singer invented the sewing machine. In order to distribute his machines outside of his geographical area, and also provide training to customers, Singer began selling licenses to entrepreneurs in different parts of the country. Identify the concept and explain it by giving value points to it.
Ans.

  1. Franchising,
  2. Franchising is a process by which the rights of producing or selling any product or service are provided to another enterprise. It is also associated to fulfilment of some terms, conditions or requirement by the enterprise. These conditions are laid down by the parent company.
    ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-enterprise-growth-strategies-4
    The franchisee sells the franchisor’s product or services, trades under the franchisor’s trade mark or trade name and benefits from the franchisor’s help and support.
    In return, the franchisee usually pays an initial fee to the franchisor and then a percentage of the sales revenue.
    The franchisee owns the outlet they run. But the franchisor keeps control over how products are marketed and sold and how their business idea is used.

Question 2. Explain the advantages of franchising to franchisee.
Answer. One of the most important advantages of buying a franchise is that the entrepreneur does not have to incur all the risks associated with creating a new business. Typically, the areas that entrepreneurs have problems with in starting a new venture are product acceptance, management expertise, meeting capital requirements, knowledge of the market, and operating and structural controls. In franchising, the risks associated with each are minimized through the franchise relationship, as discussed below:
Advantages to the franchisee:

  1. Product acceptance: The franchisee usually enters into a business that has an accepted name, product or service.
    Example: In case of Subway,
    (a) Any person buying a franchise will be using the Subway name, which is well known and established throughout the United States.
    (b) The franchisee does not have to spend resources trying to establish the credibility of the business. It already exists based on past performances from how long the franchise exist.
    (c) The franchise has also spent millions of dollars in advertising, and thus build a favourable image of the products and services offered.
  2. Management expertise:
    (a) Franchisee always get the advantage of managerial assistance provided by the franchisor.
    (b) Special training programme and education provided by them on all aspects of operating the franchise like classes in accounting, personnel management marketing and production. Example: McDonald’s, for example, requires all its franchisees to spend time at its school, where everyone takes classes in these areas. In addition, some franchisors require their new franchisees to actually work with an existing franchise owner or at a company-owned store or facility to get on-the job training.
    Once the franchise has been started,
    • Most franchisors will offer managerial assistance on the basis of need.
    • Toll-free numbers are also available so that the franchisee can ask questions anytime.
    • Visit the local franchisees to offer advice and keep the owners informed of new development.
    • The training and education offered is actually an important criterion that the entrepreneur should consider in evaluating any franchise opportunity.
    • If the assistance in start-up is not good, the entrepreneur should probably look elsewhere for opportunities unless he or she already has extensive experience in the field.
  3. Capital requirements:
    (a) The franchise offers an opportunity to start a new venture with up-front support that could save the entrepreneur’s significant time and huge investment of capital. They also provide initial investment to start operation.
    (b) Some franchisors conduct location analysis and market research of the area which include an assessment of traffic, demographics, business condition and competition.
    The initial capital required to purchase a franchise generally reflects a fee for the franchise, construction costs and the purchase of equipment.
    The layout of the facility, control of stock and inventory and the potential buying power of the entire franchise operation can save the entrepreneur significant funds.
  4. Knowledge of the market:
    (a) Any established franchise business offers the entrepreneur years of experience in the business and knowledge of the market.
    This knowledge is usually reflected in a plan offered to the franchisee that details the profile of the target customer and the strategies that should be implemented once the operation has begun.
    This is particularly important because of regional and local differences in markets.
    (b) Competition, media effectiveness, and tastes can vary widely from one market to another. Given their experience, franchisors can provide advice and assistance in accommodating any of these differences.
    Most franchisors constantly evaluate market conditions and determine the most effective strategies to communicate to the franchisees. Newsletters and other
    publications that reflect new ideas and developments in the overall market are continually sent to franchisees.
  5. Operating and structural controls: Two main problems that generally an entrepreneur face during the start-up:
    (a) Maintaining quality control of products and services.
    (b) Establishing effective managerial controls. The franchisor, particularly in the food business, identifies purveyors = and suppliers that meet the quality standards established.
    Some of the supplies are actually provided by the franchisor. Standardization in the supplies, products and services provided helps ensure that the entrepreneur will maintain quality standards. Administrative controls unusually involve financial decisions related to costs, inventory and cash flow and personnel issues such as criteria for hiring/firing, scheduling and training to ensure consistent service to the customer. These controls are usually outlined in manual supplied to the franchisee upon completion of the franchise deal. Although all the above are advantages to the franchisee, they also represent important strategic considerations for an entrepreneur who is considering growing the business by selling franchises. Since there are so many franchise options available for an entrepreneur, the franchisor will need to offer all of the above services in order to succeed in the sale of franchises. One of the reasons for the success of such franchises as McDonald’s, Burger King, KFC, Boston Market, Subway, Midas, Jiffy Lube, Holiday Inn, Mail Boxes and Merry Maids is that, all these firms have established an excellent franchise system that effectively provides the necessary services to the franchisee.

Question 3. What are the advantages of franchising to the franchisor?
Answer. The advantages a franchisor gains through franchising are related to expansion risk, capital requirements and cost advantages that result from extensive buying power.
It is clear from the Subway example that Fred De Luca would not have been able to achieve the size and scope of his business without franchising it. In order to use franchising as an expansion method, the franchisor must have established value and credibility that someone else is willing to buy.
Quick expansion:
(a) Franchising for allows an entrepreneur an easy way to start the business the venture and to expand quickly using little capital.
(b) It helps to reflect on the problems and issues that an entrepreneur faces in trying to manage and grow a new venture.
Cost advantages: Many franchise businesses produce parts, accessories, packaging and raw materials in large quantities, then in turn sell these to the franchisees.
The franchisee are usually required to purchase these items as part of the franchise agreement and they usually benefit from lower prices.
One of the biggest cost advantages of franchising a business is the ability to commit larger sums of money to advertising.Each franchisee contributes a percentage of sales (1 to 2 %) to an advertising pool.

Question 4. Explain various types of mergers with the help of an example.
Answer. The term merger depends on the:
• Economic function
• Purpose of the business transaction
• Relationship between the merging companies.

  1. Conglomerate:
    (a) A merger between firms that are involved in totally unrelated business activities.
    (b) There are two types of conglomerate mergers: pure and mixed.
    • Pure conglomerate mergers involve firms with nothing in common.
    • Mixed conglomerate mergers involve firms that are looking for product extensions or market extensions. Example: A leading manufacturer of athletic shoes merges with a soft drink firm. The resulting company is faced with the same competition in each of its two markets after the merger as the individual firms were before the merger. One example of a conglomerate merger was the merger between the Walt Disney Company and the American Broadcasting Company.
  2. Horizontal merger: A merger occurring between companies in the same industry. Horizontal merger is a business consolidation that occurs between firms which operate in the same space, often as competitors offering the same goods or service. Horizontal mergers are common in industries with fewer firms, as competition tends to be higher and the synergies and potential gains in market share are much greater for merging firms in such an industry.
    Example: A merger between Coca-Cola and the Pepsi beverage division. The goal of a horizontal merger is to create a new, larger organization with more market share.
    If the merging companies’ business operations are very similar, there may be opportunities to join certain operations, such as manufacturing and reduce costs.
  3. Market extension mergers: A market extension merger takes place between two companies that deal in the same products but in separate markets. The main purpose of the market extension merger is to make sure that the merging companies can get access to a bigger market and that ensures a bigger client base.
    Example: A very good example of market extension merger is the acquisition of Eagle Bancshares Inc. by the RBC Centura. Eagle Bancshares is headquartered at Atlanta, Georgia and has 283 workers. It has almost 90,000 accounts and looks after assets worth US $1.1 billion.
    Eagle Bancshares also holds the Tucker Federal Bank, which is one of the ten biggest banks in the metropolitan Atlanta region as far as deposit market share is concerned.
    One of the maj or benefits of this acquisition is that this acquisition enables the RBC to go ahead with its growth operations in the North American market. With the help of this acquisition RBC has got a chance to deal in the financial market of Atlanta, which is among the leading upcoming financial markets in the USA. This move would allow RBC to diversify its base of operations.
  4. Product extension mergers:A product extension merger takes place between two business organizations that deal in products that are related to each other and operate in the same market. The product extension merger allows the merging companies to group together their products and get access to a bigger set of consumers. This ensures that they earn higher profits.
    Example: The acquisition of Mobilink Telecom Inc. by Broadcom is a proper example of product extension merger. Broadcom deals in the manufacturing of Bluetooth personal area network hardware systems and chips for IEEE 802.11b wireless LAN.
    Mobilink Telecom Inc. deals in the manufacturing of product designs meant for handsets that are equipped with the Global System for Mobile Communications technology. It is also in the process of being certified to produce wireless networking chips that have high speed and General Packet Radio Service technology. It is expected that the products of Mobilink Telecom Inc. would be complementing the wireless products of Broadcom.
  5. Vertical merger: A merger between two companies producing different goods or services for one specific finished product. A vertical merger occurs when two or more firms, operating at different levels within an industry’s supply chain, merge operations. Most often the logic behind the merger is to increase synergies created by merging firms that would be more efficient operating as one. Example: A vertical merger joins two companies that may not compete with each other, but exist in the same supply chain. An automobile company joining with a parts supplier would be an example of a vertical merger. Such a deal would allow the automobile division to obtain better pricing on parts and have better control over the manufacturing process. The parts division, in turn, would be guaranteed a steady stream of business.
    Synergy, the idea that the value and performance of two companies combined will be greater than the sum of the separate individual parts is one of the reasons companies merge.

Question 5. Explain the disadvantages of franchising to the franchisee.
Answer. Some of the key disadvantages of this mode of expansion are:
Right and the only way of doing things: Franchisees are required to operate their businesses according to the procedures and set forth by the franchisor in the franchisee agreement. Entering into a franchise contract limits the degree of freedom for the franchise. The franchisee is not completely independent. It shows that, one gets an over-guided and over-influenced degree of control exerted by the franchisor. This restrictions results in losing the freedom to innovate to some extent.

  1.  Continuing cost implication:
    Excess of the original franchise fee and royalties, a percentage of revenue gets shared perpetually with the franchisor. The franchisor may also charge additional amounts towards sharing the cost for services provided such as advertising and training.
  2. Risk of franchisor getting bought:
    When the franchisor either fails or gets bought out by another company, the franchisee faces serious problems and difficulties.
  3. Inability to provide services:
    (a) Anytime if there is a problem and inability of the franchisor to provide services advertising and location.
    (b) When promises made in the franchise agreement are not kept, the franchisee may be left without any support in important areas.
    For example, Curtis Bean bought a dozen franchises in Checkers of America Inc., a firm that provides auto inspection services. After losing Rs 200,000, Bean and other franchisees filed a lawsuit claiming that the franchisor had misrepresented advertising costs and had made false claims including that no experience was necessary to own a franchise.

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 12 Entrepreneurship Enterprise Growth Strategies appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Digestion and Absorption

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Digestion and Absorption

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Select what is not true of intestinal villi among following.
(a) They possess microvilli.
(b) They increase the surface area.
(c) They are supplied with capillaries and the lacteal vessels.
(d) They only participate in digestion of fats.
Solution.(d) : Intestinal villi are finger like projections, present in small intestine which increases surface area for absorption of fats, amino acids, monosaccharides, vitamins, water etc. Villi do not participate in digestion of fat.

2.Hepato-pancreatic duct opens into the duodenum and carries
(a) bile
(b) pancreatic juice
(c) both bile and pancreatic juice
(d) saliva.
Solution.(c) : The bile duct (carrying bile juice from liver) and the pancreatic duct (carrying pancreatic juice from pancreas) open together into the duodenum as the common hepato-pancreatic duct, the opening of which is guarded by the sphincter of Oddi.

3.One of the following is not a common disorder associated with digestive system.
(a) Tetanus (b) Diarrhoea
(c) Jaundice (d) Dysentery
Solution.(a) : Tetanus is caused by bacterium Clostridium tetani. Its symptoms are spasm of muscies (of jaw and face) and severe pain. Diarrhoea is the frequent defecation of liquid faeces. It reduces absorption of food. Jaundice is the disease of liver characterised by yellowing of eyes and skin due to large quantities of bilirubin pigment in extracellular fluid. Dysentry is an inflammatory disorder of the intestine, especially the colon, that results in severe diarrhoea containing blood and mucus in faeces with fever, abdominal pain and painful passing of stool.

4.A gland not associated with the alimentary canal is
(a) pancreas
(b) adrenal
(c) liver
(d) salivary glands.
Solution.(b) : Adrenal glands are hormone secreting endocrine glands which are located on the top of kidneys and do not take part in digestion.

5.Match the two columns and select the correct among options given.
Column-I                                                  Column-ll
A. Biomacromolecule of food              (i)Alimentary canal and associated gland
B.Human digestive system                  (ii)Embedded in jawbones
C.Stomach                                               (iii)Outer wall of visceral organs
D.Thecodont                                           (iv) Converted into simple substances
E.Serosa                                                   (v) J-shaped bag like structure
A-(ii), B-(i), C-(v), D-(iii), E-(iv)
A-(iv), B-(i), C-(v), D-(ii), E-(iii)
A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(iv), E-(v)
A-(i), B-(iii), C-(ii), D-(iv), E-(v)
Solution.(b)

6.Match the two columns and select the right one among options given.
Column-I                                           Column-ll
A.Duodenum                                   (i) A cartilaginous flap
B.Epiglottis                                      (ii)Small blind sac
C.Glottis                                           (iii)’U’shaped structure emerging from the stomach
D. Caecum                                        (iv)Opening of wind pipe
(a) A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(iv)
(b) A-(iv), B-(iii), C-(ii), D-(i)
(c) A-(iii), B-(i), C-(iv), D-(ii)
(d) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(i), D-(iii)
Solution.(c)

7.Match the enzymes with their respective substrates and choose the right one among options given.
Column-I                                                     Column-II
A.Lipase                                                      (i)Dipeptides
B.Nuclease                                                 (ii)Fats
C.Carboxypeptidase                                (iii)Nucleic acids
D.Dipeptidases                                         (iv)Proteins,peptones and proteoses
(a) A-(ii), B-(iii), C-(i), D-(iv)
(b) A-(iii), B-(iv), C-(ii), D-(i)
(c) A-(iii), B-(i), C-{iv), D-(ii)
(d) A-(ii), B-(iii), C-(iv), D-(i)
Solution.(d)

8.Dental formula in human beings is
(a) 3223/ 3223   (b) 2123/2123
(c) 1232/1232     (d) 2233/2233
Solution.(b) : Dental formula represents the number of teeth in each half of the jaw. Dental
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-1
Number of permanent teeth in human beings are 32 i.e., 8 incisors, 4 canines, 8 premolars and 12 molars.

9.Liver is the largest gland and is associated with various functions, choose one which is not correct.
(a) Metabolism of carbohydrate
(b) Digestion of fat
(c) Formation of bile
(d) Secretion of hormone called gastrin
Solution.(d) : Gastrin hormone is secreted by gastrin cells (G-cells) in the pyloric region of the stomach. It stimulates gastric glands to secrete and release the gastric juice. It also stimulates gastric mobility.

10. Mark the right statement among the following.
(a) Trypsinogen is an inactive enzyme.
(b) Trypsinogen is secreted by intestinal mucosa.
(c) Enterokinase is secreted by pancreas.
(d) Bile contains trypsin.
Solution.(a): Trypsinogen is secreted by the pancreas. It is concerned with protein digestion. Enterokinase is secreted by the intestine. Bile does not contain any enzyme.

Very Short Answer Type Questions
1.The food mixes thoroughly with the acidic gastric juice of the stomach by the churning movements of its muscular wall. What do we call thfe food then?
Solution.The food at this stage is called chyme.

2.Trypsinogen is an inactive enzyme of pancreatic juice. An enzyme, enterokinase, activates it. Which tissue/ cells secrete this enzyme?/ How is it activated?
Solution. An enzyme enterokinase, secreted by the intestinal mucosa activates proenzyme trypsinogen into active trypsin, which in turn activates the other enzymes in the pancreatic juice.

3.In which part of alimentary canal does absorption of water, simple sugars and alcohol takes place?
Solution. The absorption of water, simple sugars, alcohol and some drugs takes place in the stomach.

4.Name the enzymes involved in the breakdown of nucleotides into sugars and bases.
Solution. Nucleotidases and nucleosidases.

5.Define digestion in one sentence.
Solution.The process of conversion of complex food substances into simple absorbable forms with the help of enzymes is called digestion.

6.What do we call the type of teeth attachment to jaw bones in which each tooth is embedded in a socket of jaw bones?
Solution.The type of attachment in which each tooth is embedded in a socket of jaw bone called thecodont.

7.Stomach is located in upper left portion of the abdominal cavity and has three major parts. Name these three parts.
Solution. The three major parts of stomach are cardiac, fundus and pylorus.

8.Does gall bladder make bile?
Solution. NO, bile is secreted by hepatic cells (liver cells) and is stored and concentrated in the gall bladder.

9.Correct the following statements by deleting one of entries (given in italics).
(a) Goblet cells are located in the intestinal mucosal epithelium and secrete chymotrypsin / mucus.
(b) Fats are broken down into di-and monoglycerides with the help of amylase/ lipases.
(c) Gastric glands of stomach mucosa have oxynticcell/chief cells which secrete HCl.
(d) Saliva contains enzymes that digest starch /protein.
Solution. (a) Goblet cells are located in the intestinal mucosal epithelium and secrete mucus.
(b) Fats are broken down into di-and monoglycerides with the help of lipases.
(c) Gastric glands of stomach mucosa have oxyntic cells which secrete HCI.
(d) Saliva contains enzymes that digest starch.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.What is pancreas? Mention the major secretions of pancreas that are helpful in digestion.
Solution. Pancreas is a heterocrine (both exocrine and endocrine) gland situated between the limbs of the ‘U’ shaped duodenum. The exocrine part of pancreas secrete pancreatic juice which contains three proenzymes; trypsinogen, chymotrypsinogen and procarboxypeptidase and some enzymes; DNase, RNase, pancreatic amylase and lipase. Pancreatic juice helps in digestion of starch, proteins, fats and nucleic acids. Endocrine part of pancreas consists of islets of Langerhans which contains a-and P-cells which secrete hormone glucagon and insulin respectively, which regulate blood glucose level.
Proteins, proteoses and peptones present in the chyme, on reaching the intestine are acted upon by the proteolytic enzymes of pancreatic juice as given below:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-2
Carbohydrates, fats and nucleic acids present in the food are also hydrolysed by pancreatic juice.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-3

2.Name the part of the alimentary canal where major absorption of digested food takes place. What are the absorbed forms of different kinds of food materials?
Solution. Absorption is a process by which nutrients pass from the alimentary canal into the blood and lymph through its mucous membrane. Small intestine is the principal organ for absorption of nutrients. The absorbed forms of different kinds of food materials are glucose, fructose, fatty acids, glycerol, amino acids and vitamins etc.

3.List the organs of human alimentary canal and name the major digestive glands with their location.
Solution. Human digestive system consists of two main parts : alimentary canal and digestive glands. The organs of human alimentary canal are mouth, pharynx, oesophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, rectum and anus.
Major digestive glands with their location are as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-4

4.What is the role of gall bladder? What may happen if it stops functioning or is removed?
Solution. Gall bladder is a pear shaped sac like structure that is attached to posterior surface of liver by connective tissue. Bile is secreted by liver and is stored and concentrated in the gall bladder. If gall bladder stops functioning or is removed, then bile would directly move from liver into intestine and would be less concentrated. After gall bladder removal, low fat diet is recommended because fat digestion reduces significantly.

5.Correct the statement given below by the right option shown in the bracket against them. Absorption of amino acids and glycerol takes place in the (small intestine/ large intestine). The faeces in the rectum initiate a reflex causing an urge for its removal (neural / hormonal). Skin and eyes turn yellow in infection, (liver/stomach). Rennin is a proteolytic enzyme found in gastric juice of (infants / adults). Pancreatic juice and bHe are released through (intestine-pancreatic/hepato¬pancreatic duct). Oipeptides, disaccharides and glycerides are broken down into simple substances in region of small intestine (jejunum/duodenum).
Solution.
(a) Small intestine (b) neural (c) liver
(d) infants (e) hepato-pancreatic duct (f)
duodenum

6.What are three major types of cells found in the gastric glands? Name their secretions.
Solution. The -mucosa of stomach has gastric glands. Three major types of cells found in the gastric glands and their secretions are as follows :
(i) Mucus neck or goblet cells which secrete mucus.
(ii) Peptic or chief cells which secrete gastric digestive enzymes as proenzyme e.g., small amount of gastric amylase and gastric lipase.
(iii) Parietal or oxyntic cells which secrete HC1 and castle intrinsic factor.

7.How is the intestinal mucosa protected from the acidic food entering from stomach?
Solution.The intestinal mucosal epithelium has goblet cells which secrete mucus. The mucus along with bicarbonates present in the gastric juice help in lubrication and protection of mucosal epithelium from the acidic food entering from the stomach.

8.How are the activities of gastro-intestinal tract regulated?
Solution.Tbe activities of the gastro-intestinal tract are under both neural and hormonal control. The gastro-intestinal tract is innervated by intrinsic nerves as well as by extrinsic nerves. The sight, smell and/or the presence of food in the oral cavity can stimulate the secretion of saliva. Neural signals stimulate the gastric and intestinal secretions. The muscular activities of different parts of the alimentary canal can also be moderated by neural mechanisms, both local and through CNS. Hormonal. control of the secretion of digestive juices is carried out by the local hormones produced by the gastric and intestinal mucosa such as gastrin, cholecystokinin and secretin etc.

9.Distinguish between constipation and indigestion. Mention their major causes.
Solution. Differences between constipation and indigestion are as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-5

10.Describe the enzymatic action on fats in the duodenum.
Solution. Fat is largely digested in the small intestine (duodenum). Bile secreted by liver is released into duodenum which break down fat droplets into small micelles by the process, known as emulsification. This increases lipase action, on fats. Pancreatic juice and intestinal juice contain lipase. The pancreatic lipase converts triglycerides, first into diglycerides and then into monoglycerides, releasing a fatty acid at each step. The intestinal lipase converts remaining fats into monoglycerides and fatty acids. Finally all fats are converted into fatty acids, glycerol and monoglycerides.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-6

Long Answer Type Questions
1.A person had roti and dal for his lunch.Trace the changes in those during its passage through the alimentary canal.
Solution.Roti contains starch while dal contains proteins. When the food is taken into the buccal cavity the teeth and tongue with the help of saliva masticate and mix up the food thoroughly. Mucus in saliva helps in lubricating and adhering the masticated particles into a bolus. By swallowing, the bolus is then passed into the pharynx and then into the oesophagus. In the oral cavity, about 30% of the starch present in roti is hydrolysed by salivary amylase present in saliva into maltose.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-7
The food then moves into the stomach. In the stomach, the food mixes thoroughly with the acidic gastric juice by the churning movements of its muscular wall and is called chyme. A proteolytic enzyme pepsin present in the gastric juice converts proteins into proteoses and peptones. Gastric juice does not contain any starch digesting enzyme. Proteins, proteoses and peptones in the chyme reaching the intestine are acted upon by the proteolytic enzymes of pancreatic juice as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-8
Carbohydrates in the chyme are hydrolysed by pancreatic amylase into disaccharides.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-9
The enzymes in the intestinal juice act on dipeptides and maltose to form the respective simple absorbable forms.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-10
Finally, the amino acids and glucose are absorbed through the mucosa of the small intestine into the blood stream. The absorbed substances finally reach the tissues which utilise them for their activities. This process is called assimilation.
The undigested and unabsorbed substances of roti and dal are passed on to the large intestine for defecation (egestion of faeces).

2.What are the various enzymatic types of glandular secretions in our gut helping digestion of food? What is the nature of end products obtained after complete digestion of food?
Solution. ln the buccal cavity, saliva secreted by the salivary glands contains salivary amylase that acts as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-11
Gastric juice of the stomach contains proenzyme pepsinogen, which on exposure to hydrochloric acid gets converted into active enzyme, pepsin. Pepsin is a proteolytic enzyme that converts proteins into proteoses and peptones. Rennin is a proteolytic enzyme found in the gastric juice of infants which helps in the digestion of milk proteins. Small amounts of lipases are also secreted by gastric glands.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-12
Bile, pancreatic juice and intestinal juice (succus erttericus) are the secretions released into the small intestine. Pancreatic juice and bile are released through hepato-pancreatic duct into duodenum. Pancreas secretes pancreatic juice that contains inactive enzymes like trypsinogen, chymotrypsinogen, procarboxypeptidases and enzymes like amylases, lipases and nuclease. An enzyme, enterokinase, secreted by the intestinal mucosa converts trypsinogen into active trypsin, which in turn activates the other enzymes in the pancreatic juice. The food reaching the small intestine is acted upon by the enzymes of pancreatic juice as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-13
Bile secreted by liver does not contain any enzyme. It only helps in emulsification of fats and activation of lipases.
In the duodenum of the small intestine, the enzymes of the succus entericus act on the end products of the above reactions to form the respective simple absorbable form.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption14
The end products of the carbohydrate digestion are glucose, protein digestion are amino acids, fat digestion are fatty acids and glycerol and nucleic acid digestion are sugars and bases.

3.Discuss mechanisms of absorption.
Solution. Absorption is the process by which the end products of digestion pass through the intestinal mucosa into the blood or lymph. It is carried out by passive, active or facilitated transport mechanisms. Small amounts of monosaccharides like glucose, amino acids and some of electrolytes like chloride ions are absorbed by simple diffusion. Some of the substances like fructose and some amino acids are absorbed with the help of the carrier ions like Na+ by the mechanism known as facilitated transport. Water is transported along osmotic gradient. Various nutrients like amino acids, monosaccharides like glucose, electrolytes like Na+ are absorbed by active transport.
Fatty acids and glycerol are insoluble, thus they cannot be absorbed into the blood. They are first incorporated into small droplets called micelles which move info the. intestinal mucosa. They are reformed into very small protein coated fat globules called the chylomicrons which are transported into the lacteals in the villi. The lacteals ultimately release the absorbed substances into the blood stream. The maximum absorption of food takes place in small intestine.

4.Discuss the role of hepato – pancreatic complex in digestion of carbohydrate, protein and fat components of food.
Solution.The hepato-pancreatic complex is common duct for pancreatic duct and bile duct, which opens into duodenum. It is guarded by a sphincter called the sphincter of Oddi. Pancreatic juice contains enzymes for digestion of starch, proteins and fats. Bile helps in emulsification of fats only.
Starch digesting enzyme of pancreatic juice, called pancreatic amylase converts starch into maltose, isomaltose and a-dextrins. Three proenzymes present in pancreatic juice; trypsinogen, chymotrypsinogen and procarboxypeptidase are concerned with protein digestion.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-15
Bile provide alkaline medium required for various reactions Bile salts break down fats into small fat droplets, by process called emulsification. Bile increases lipase action on fats. Pancreatic lipase is the principal enzyme for digestion of fats. It converts emulsified fats (triglycerides) into diglycerides and then into monoglycerides and release a fatty acid at each step.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption16

5. Explain the process of digestion in the buccal cavity with a note on the arrangement of teeth.
Solution. The buccal cavity has a number of teeth. Each tooth is embedded in a socket of jaw bone. This type of attachment is called thecodont. Human beings have diphyodont type of teeth which means that they have two sets of teeth during their life, a set of temporary milk or deciduous teeth replaced by a set of permanent or adult teeth. An adult human has 32 permanent teeth which are of four types : incisors (i), canines (c), premolars (pm) and molars (m). This type of dentition is called heterodont dentition. Arrangement of teeth in each half of the upper and lower jaw in the order i, c, pm, m is represented by a dental formula, which in human is 2123 /2123′ Surface of the teeth is made up of a hard substance called enamel, which helps in the mastication of food.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-17
Fig.: Arrangement of different types of teeth in the jaws on one side and the sockets on the other side.
The buccal cavity performs two major functions: mastication of food and facilitation of swallowing. The salivary glands secrete saliva in the buccal cavity. The teeth and tongue with the help of saliva masticate and mix up the food thoroughly and convert it into a bolus. The saliva contains, electrolytes like Na+, K+, Cl-, HC03- and enzymes, salivary amylase and lysozyme. Salivary amylase is a starch digesting enzyme that acts upon the starch present in the food. About 30% of the starch is hydrolysed in the buccal cavity by this enzyme (pH 6.8) into a dissacharide-maltose.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-digestion-absorption-18
Lysozyme is an antibacterial agent that acts on bacteria that have come along with the food.

 

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Digestion and Absorption appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Breathing and Exchange of Gases

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Breathing and Exchange of Gases

Multiple Choke Questions
1.Respiration in insects is called direct because
(a) The cells exchange O2 /CO2 directly with the air in the tubes
(b) The tissues exchange O2 /CO2 directly with coelomic fluid
(c) The tissues exchange O2 /CO2 directly with the air outside through body surface
(d) Tracheal tubes exchange O2 /CO2 directly with the haemocoel which then exchange with tissues.
Solution.(d):Direct respiration is the exchange of gases, without any special respiratory
organ and blood. In insects, the tracheal tubes exchange O2 and CO2 directly with the ‘ haemocoel which then exchange them with tissues.

2.A person suffers punctures in his chest cavity in an accident, without any damage to the lungs, its effect could be
(a) Reduced breathing rate
(b) Rapid increase in breathing rate
(c) No change in respiration
(d) Cessation of breathing.
Solution.(d): The movement of air into and out of lungs is due to development of pressure gradient between the lungs and the atmosphere. Punctures in a person’s chest may lead to loss of pressure gradient, and thus resulting in cessation of breathing.

3.It is known that exposure to carbon monoxide is harmful to animals because
(a) It reduces CO2 transport
(b) It reduces O2 transport
(c) It increases CO2 transport
(d) It increases O2 transport.
Solution. (b): Haemoglobin has about 250 times more affinity for carbon monoxide than for oxygen. In the presence of carbon monoxide, it readily combines to form a stable compound called carbonmonoxyhaemoglobin (HbCO). The oxygen combining power decreases and as a result tissues suffer from oxygen starvation which leads to asphyxiation and in extreme cases to death.

4.Mark the true statement among the following with reference to normal breathing.
(a) Inspiration is an passive process whereas expiration is active
(b) Inspiration is an active process whereas expiration is passive 
(c) Inspiration and expiration are active processes 
(d) Inspiration and expiration are passive processes.
Solution. (b): Inspiration is the process by which fresh atmospheric air enters into the alveoli of the lungs. It is an active process and is brought about by activity of inspiratory muscles. Expiration is the process by which foul air is expelled out of the lungs. Expiration
is a normal passive process that involves relaxation of inspiratory muscles.

5.Mark the incorrect statement in context to O2 binding to Hb.
(a) Higher pH (b) Lower temperature
(c) Lower pCO2
(d) Higher pO2
Solution.(None of the options is correct) :
Oxygen dissociation curve is highly useful in studying the effect of factors like pCO2 , H+concentration, etc., on binding of O2 with haemoglobin. In the alveoli, high pO2, low pCO2, lesser H+ concentration i.e. higher pH and lower temperature, all these factors are favourable for the formation of oxyhaemoglobin.

6.Mark the correct pair of muscles involved in the normal breathing in humans.
(a) External and internal intercostal muscles
(b) Diaphragm and abdominal muscles
(c) Diaphragm and external intercostal muscles
(d) Diaphragm and intercostal muscles
Solution.(d): Breathing involves two stages : inspiration during which atmospheric air is drawn in and expiration by which the alveolar air is released out. Inspiration can occur if the pressure within the lungs (intra-pulmonary pressure) is less than the atmospheric pressure, i.e., there is a negative pressure in the lungs with respect to atmospheric pressure. Similarly, expiration takes place when the intra-pulmonary pressure is higher than the atmospheric pressure. The diaphragm and a specialised set of muscles-extemal and internal intercostals between the ribs, help in generation of such gradients.

7.Incidence of emphysema-a respiratory disor-der is high in cigarette smokers. In such cases
(a) The bronchioles are found damaged
(b) The alveolar walls are found damaged
(c) The plasma membrane is found damaged
(d) The respiratory muscles are found dam-aged.
Solution. (b) : Emphysema is a condition of short breath due to breakdown of alveolar walls and reduction of respiratory area mainly due to smoking.

8.Respiratory process is regulated by certain specialized centres in the brain. One of the following listed centres can reduce the inspiratory duration upon stimulation.
(a) Medullary inspiratory centre
(b) Pneumotaxic centre
(c) Apneustic centre
(d) Chemosensitive centre
Solution. (b) : Pneumotaxic centre located in the dorsal part of pons varolii, regulates rate of respiration by reducing the duration of inspiration.

9.CO2 dissociates from carbaminohaemoglobin when
(a) pCO2 is high and pO2 is low
(b) pO2 is high and pCO2 is low
(c) pCO2 and pO2 are equal
(d) None of the above.
Solution.(b) : High pO2 and low pCO2 in the lung alveoli causes dissociation of CO2 from carbaminohaemoglobin.

10.In breathing movements, air volume can be estimated by
(a) Stethoscope (b) Hygrometer
(c) Sphygmomanometer
(d) Spirometer.
Solution. (d) :Spirometry is the process of
recording the changes in the volume and movement of air in and out of the lungs and the instrument used for this purpose is called spirometer or respirometer, which measures the volume of air inhaled and exhaled by lungs.

11. From the following relationships between respiratory volumes and capacities, mark the correct option.
(i) Inspiratory capacity (1C) = Tidal Volume + Residual Volume
(ii)Vital Capacity (VC) = Tidal Volume (TV) + Inspiratory Reserve Volume (IRV)+Expiratory Reserve Volume (ERV)
(iii)Residual Volume (RV) = Vital Capacity (VC) – Inspiratory Reserve Volume (IRV)
(iv)Tidal Volume (TV! = Inspiratory Capacity (1C) – Inspiratory Reserve Volume (IRV)
(a)(i) Incorrect,  (ii) Incorrect, (iii) Incorrect, (iv) Correct
(b) (i) Incorrect, (ii) Correct,    (iii) Incorrect, (iv) Correct
(c) (i) Correct,     (ii) Correct,    (iii) Incorrect, (iv) Correct
(d) (i) Correct,    (ii) Incorrect, (iii) Correct,    (iv) Incorrect
Solution.(b)

12.The oxygen – haemoglobin dissociation curve will show a right shift in case of ,
(a) High pCO2 (b) High pO2
(c) Low pCO2 (d) Less H+ concentration.
Solution.(a) : The oxygen haemoglobin dissocia-tion curve is shifted either to right or left by various factors. The shift of curve to right indicates dissociation of oxygen from haemoglobin. It occurs in the following conditions :
(i) Decrease in partial pressure of oxygen.
(ii)Increase in partial pressure of carbon dioxide (Bohr effect).
(iii)Increase in hydrogen ion concentration and decrease in pH (acidity).
(iv)Increased body temperature.
(v) Excess of 2, 3-diphosphoglycerate (DPG).

13.Match the following and mark the correct options
Animal                                      Respiratory Organ
A.Earthworm                          (i)Moist cuticle
B.Aquatic Arthropods           (ii)Gills
C.Fishes                                   (iii)Lungs
D.Birds/Reptiles                    (iv)Trachea
(a) A-(ii), B-(i), C-(iv), D-(iii)
(b) A-(i), B-(iv), C-(ii), D-(iii)
(c) A-(i), B-(iii), C-(ii), D-(iv)
(d) A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iv), D-(iii)
Solution.(None of the options is correct) : Both fishes as well as aquatic arthropods (like crustaceans) have gills as respiratory organs. Earthworms have moist cuticle, while birds/ reptiles have lungs as respiratory organs.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Define the following terms.
(a) Tidal volume
(b) Residual volume
(c) Asthma
Solution.(a) Tidal volume is the volume of air inspired or expired during a normal breath. Its value is approximately 500 mL.
(b) Volume of air remaining in the lungs even after a forcible expiration is called residual volume. This average 1100 mL to 1200 mL.
(c) Asthma is a respiratory disorder which causes difficulty in breathing, wheezing, coughing due to inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles.

2.A fluid filled double membranous layer surrounds the lungs. Name it and mention its important function.
Solution.The fluid (pleural fluid) filled double membranous layer surrounding the lungs is called pleura. The pleural fluid lubricates the pleurae so that the may slide over each other without friction during breathing.

3.Name the primary site of exchange of gases in our body?
Solution. Alveoli are the primary site of exchange of gases in our body.

4.Cigarette smoking causes emphysema. Give reason.
Solution.Cigarette smoke contains various harmful chemicals like tar, nicotine, hydrogen cyanide and different metals. They damage alveolar walls due to which respiratory surface in decreased and it causes emphysema. Cigarette smoking is one of the major causes of emphysema. It is a chronic disorder.

5.What is the amount of O2 supplied to tissues through every 100 mL of oxygenated blood under normal physiological conditions?
Solution. 5 mL of O2 is the amount of O2 supplied to tissues through every 100 mL of oxygenated blood under normal physiological conditions.

6.A major percentage (97%) of O2 is transported by RBCs in the blood. How is the remaining percentage (3%) of O2 transported?
Solution. The remaining percentage (3%) of O2 is transported in a dissolved state through the plasma.

7.Arrange the following terms based on their volumes in an ascending order:
(a) Tidal Volume (TV)
(b) Residual Volume (RV)
(c) Inspiratory Reserve Volume (1RV)
(d) Expiratory Capacity (EC).
Solution. TV (500 mL) < RV (1100-1200 mL) < EC (1600/mL) < IRV (2000 – 3000 mL)

8.Complete the missing terms
(a) Inspiratory Capacity (1C)=_____+IRV
(b)_____= TV + ERV
(c) Functional Residual Capacity (FRC) = ERV +_____
Solution.(a) Inspiratory Capacity (IC) = Tidal volume (TV) + IRV
(b) Expiratory capacity (EC) = TV + ERV
(c) Functional Residual Capacity (FRC) = ERV + Residual volume (RV).

9.Name the organs of respiration in the following organisms:
(a) Flatworm ____________
(b) Birds ____________
(c) Frog____________
(d) Cockroach____________
Solution. (a) Body surface
(b) Lungs
(c) Moist skin and lungs
(d) Tracheal tubes

10. Name the important parts involved in creating a pressure gradient between lungs and the atmosphere during normal respiration.
Solution.Diaphragm and external and internal intercostal muscles of ribs are the important parts involved in creating a pressure gradient between lungs and the atmosphere during normal respiration.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.State the different modes of CO2 transport in blood.
Solution.CO2 is transported in the blood by the following modes:
(i) Dissolved in plasma (about 7 %).
(ii)As bicarbonate ions in plasma (about 70%).
(iii)As carbaminohaemoglobin (about 20 – 25%).

2.Compared to O2 , diffusion rate of CO2 through the diffusion membrane, unit difference in partial pressure is much higher. Explain.
Solution.This is due to the solubility of CO2 which is 20 – 25 times higher than that of O2 .

3.For completion of respiration process, write the given steps in sequential manner.
(a) Diffusion of gases (O2 and CO2) across alveolar membrane.
(b) Transport of gases by blood.
(c) Utilisation of O2 by the cells for catabolic reactions and resultant release of CO2 .
(d) Pulmonary ventilation by which atmos-pheric air is drawn in and C02 rich alveolar air is released out.
(e) Diffusion of 02 and CO2 between blood and tissues.
Solution. The correct sequence is d —> a —> b —> e —> c i.e. Pulmonary ventilation by which atmospheric air is drawn in and CO2 rich alveolar air is released out —> Diffusion of gases (02 and CO2 ) across alveolar membrane—> Transport of gases by blood —> Diffusion of Oz and C02 between blood and tissues —> Utilisation of O2 by the cells for catabolic reactions and resultant release of CO2 .

4.Differentiate between
(a) Inspiratory and expiratory reserve volume
(b) Vital capacity and total lung capacity
(c) Emphysema and occupational respiratory disorder.
Solution.(a) The differences between inspiratory reserve volume and expiratory reserve volume are as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-1
(b) The differences between vital capacity and total lung capacity are as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-2
(c) The differences between emphysema and occupational respiratory disorder are as follows:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-3

Long Answer Type Questions
1.Explain the transport of O2 and CO2 between alveoli and tissue with diagram.
Solution. Transport of O2 : Blood carries oxygen from the alveoli to various body tissues. About 3% of 02 is carried in a dissolved state through the plasma. About 97% of O2 is transported in combination with haemoglobin of the RBCs as oxyhaemoglobin. Partial pressure of O2 is high in the alveoli as compared to pulmonary
blood capillaries, therefore 02 diffuses from alveoli into the pulmonary capillaries and combines with Hb to form oxyhaemoglobin. When this oxygenated blood reaches the different tissues having low partial pressure of 02, the bonds holding  O2 to Hb become unstable. As a result, O2 is released from the blood capillaries into the tissues.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-4
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-5
Transport of CO2 : Blood carries CO2 from various body tissues to the alveoli. About 7% of CO2 gets dissolved in the blood plasma and is carried in solution. About 70% of CO2 is transported by plasma as bicarbonate ions. From the tissues (which have high pCO2), C02 diffuses into the blood capillaries (which have low pCO2). In the RBCs, CO2 combines with water, to form carbonic acid (H2 CO3 ).H2COis unstable and quickly dissociates into hydrogen ions and bicarbonate ions.

ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-6
The above reaction is thousand times faster in RBCs as compared to plasma because RBCs contain carbonic anhydrase enzyme that reversibly catalyses the conversion of CO2 and water to H2CO3. About 20-35% CO2 is carried by Hb as carbaminohaemoglobin.
The blood carries CO2 in these three different forms towards the alveoli. CO2 is less soluble in arterial blood than in venous blood. Therefore, some CO2 diffuses from the plasma of the pulmonary capillaries into the alveoli. For the release of CO2 from the bicarbonate, a series of reverse reactions takes place and CO2 is released into the alveoli of the lungs. High pO2 in the pulmonary capillaries due to oxygenation of Hb favours separation of CO2 from carbaminohaemoglobin.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-7

2.Explain the mechanism of breathing with neat labelled sketches.
Solution.Breathing involves two stages : inspiration during which atmospheric air is drawn in and expiration by which the alveolar air is released out. The movement of air into and out of the lungs is carried out by creating a pressure gradient between the lungs and the atmosphere. The diaphragm and a specialised set of muscles – external and internal intercostal muscles between the ribs help in the mechanism of breathing. The given figure shows thoracic cavity Inspiration:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-8
Inspiration is initiated by the contraction of diaphragm which increases the volume of thoracic chamber in the antero-posterior axis. The contraction of external inter¬costal muscles lifts up the ribs and sternum causing an increase in the volume of the thoracic chamber in the dorsal-ventral axis. This increase in the thoracic volume leads to similar increase in pulmonary volume. An increase in pulmonary volume decreases the intra-pulmonary pressure to less than the atmospheric pressure which forces the air from outside to move into the lungs, i.e., inspiration. Relaxation of the diaphragm and intercostal muscles cause the diaphragm and sternijm to go back to their normal positions and thus reduce the thoracic volume and thereby the pulmonary volume. This results in an increase in intra-pulmonary pressure to slightly above the atmospheric pressure causing the expulsion of air from the lungs i.e., expiration.
The given figure shows thoracic cavity during expiration:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-breathing-and-exchange-of-gases-9

3.Explain the role of neural system in regulation of respiration.
Solution. Neural system plays a significant role in maintaining and moderating the respiratory rhythm. Medulla oblongata has a specialised centre called respiratory rhythm centre, that regulates the respiration. The functions of the respiratory rhythm centre are controlled by another centre present in the pons varolii, called pheumotaxic centre. Neural signals from this centre can reduce the duration of inspiration and thereby alter the respiratory rate. Adjacent to the rhythm centre is situated a chemosensitive area which is highly sensitive to CO2 and H+ ions. Increase in these substances can activate this centre, which in turn can signal the rhythm centre to make necessary adjustments in the respiratory process by which these substances can be eliminated. Receptors present on aortic arch and carotid artery also can recognize changes in CO2 and H+ concentration and send necessary signals to the rhythm centre for remedial actions.

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Breathing and Exchange of Gases appeared first on Learn CBSE.


NCERT Solutions for Class 12 Entrepreneurship Business Arithmetic

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 12 Entrepreneurship Chapter-5 Business Arithmetic

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED

A. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Explain the following terms with proper example:

  1.  SKU
  2. Cash flow
  3. Cash inflow
  4.  Cash outflow
  5. Re-order point
  6.  Cash flow projection
  7.  Cash conversion cycle

Answer.

  1. SKU: Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) code
    (a) All items in the inventory is to be identified with a unique code which signifies certain aspects of the item.
    (b) It can be colour, size, weight or any other characteristics that is of importance in its use.
    (c) The SKU code can be a combination of alpha and numeric.
    (d) SKU is the very basic unit for data collection and further manipulation for deriving meaningful statistics and decision making.
    (e) Bar Codes and RFID (Radio Frequency Identification tags are used in tracking etc. using SKU.
  2. Cash flow: Cash flow refers to the movement of money in and out of a business during a specific period of time.
    Example: Loan Received, Sales Receipts, Sale of Assets.
  3. Cash inflow: All receipts of money in the business is known as cash inflow like rent received and loan received.
  4.  Cash outflow: It is defined as the movement of money out of a business.
    Example: Furniture and Fixtures, Interior Decoration, Tools, Computers, Raw Material.
    (a) Re-order point: It is a level at which a new order must be placed so that the inventory is renewed before the stock reaches zero level.
    It is estimated by using the formula Reorder Point = Usage Rate x Lead Time.
  5. Cash flow projection: Cash flow projection shows how cash is expected to flow in and out of your business.
  6. Cash conversion cycle: (CCC or Operating Cycle) is the length of time between a firm’s purchase of inventory and the receipt of cash from accounts receivable. It is the time required for a business to turn purchases into cash receipts from customers.
    CCC represents the number of days a firm’s cash remains tied up within the operations of the business.

Question 2. Pareto’s Law formed the basis for a technique. Name it.
Answer. The principle is named for Vilfredo Pareto, an Italian economist who studied land ownership in Italy in the early 1900’s and found that roughly 20 per cent of the population held title to about
80 per cent of the land. Pareto’s law has applications throughout science as well as business, including inventory control, where it forms the basis for a technique called ABC analysis.

B. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS-I
Question 1. What is ABC analysis?
Answer.ABC analysis is an inventory categorization method which consists in dividing items into three categories (A, B, C):

  1. A being the most valuable items.
  2.  B-items are the inter class items, with a medium consumption value.
  3. C being the least valuable ones.
    This method aims to draw managers’ attention on the critical few (A-items) not on the trivial many (C-items).

Question 2. What is Pareto’s Principle?
Answer. In 1906, Italian economist Vilfredo Pareto noted that 80% of Italy’s land was owned by 20% of the people. Pareto principle is a prediction that 80% of effects come from 20% of causes. The 80:20 ratio of cause-to-effect became known as the Pareto Principle. He became somewhat obsessed with this ratio, seeing it in everything. For example, he observed that 80% of the peas in his garden came from 20% of his pea plants.

Question 3. Differentiate between cash flow projection and cash flow statement.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-1

Question 4. What is financial management? What is the main objective of financial management?
Answer.

  1.  Financial management means planning, organizing, directing and controlling the financial activities such as procurement and utilization of funds of the enterprise.
  2.  It is an activity which is concerned with acquisition and conservation of capital funds in meeting financial need an overall objectives of business organisation.
  3. It means applying general management principles to financial resources of the enterprise.

The main objectives of financial management is wealth maximization of shareholder’s wealth.

  1. To ensure regular and adequate supply of funds to the concern.
  2. To ensure adequate returns to the shareholders.
  3.  To ensure optimum funds utilization. Once the funds are procured, they should be utilized in maximum possible way at least cost.

C. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS-II
Question 1. There are three key elements in the process of financial management. Explain them.
Answer.

  1. Financial planning: Management need to ensure that enough funding is available at the right time to meet the needs of the business.
    (а) The short term funding may be needed to invest in equipment and stocks, pay employees and fund sales made on credit.
    (b) The medium and long term funding may be required for significant additions to the productive capacity of the business or to make acquisitions.
  2. Financial control: It ensures that the business is meeting its goals and objectives. Financial control addresses questions such as:
    (a) Are assets being used efficiently?
    (b) Are the business assets secure?
    (c) Does management act in the best interest of shareholders and in accordance with business rules?
  3. Financial decision-making: The key aspects of financial decision-making relate to investment, financing and dividends. For example, it is possible to raise finance from selling new shares, borrowing from banks or taking credit from suppliers.
    (a) A key financing decision is whether profits earned by the business should be retained or distributed to share¬holders through dividends.
    (b) If dividends are too high, the business may be starved of funding to reinvest in growing revenues and profits further.

Question 2. What are the key aspects of financial decision-making?
Answer. The key aspects of financial decision-making relate to investment, financing and dividends. Investments must be financed in some way however there are always financing alternatives that can be considered.
For example, it is possible to raise finance from selling new shares, borrowing from banks or taking credit from suppliers:

  1. A key financing decision is whether profits earned by the business should be retained rather than distributed to shareholders via dividends.
  2. If dividends are too high, the business may be starved of funding to reinvest in growing revenues and profits further.

Question 3. What is a budget? What are the essentials of a budget?
Answer. For any business, a budget is a quantitative expression of a plan for a defined period of time. It may include planned sales volumes and revenues, resource quantities, costs and expenses, etc. Essentials of budget include:

  1. To control resources
  2. To communicate plans to various responsibility center managers.
  3. To motivate managers to strive to achieve budget goals.
  4. To evaluate the performance of managers.
  5. For accountability.

Question 4. Explain Inventory Control and state its objectives.
Answer. Inventory Control is a systematic and detail record of purchase of materials, their storage capacity, quantity in order to supply quantity order for large discounts, handling delivery of materials etc. It is a process which facilitates an entrepreneur in smooth production operation and to take important decisions in a production line.
The objectives of inventory management are:

  1. To ensure that the supply of raw materials and finished goods will remain continuous so that production process is not halted and demands of customers are duly met.
  2.  To minimise carrying cost of inventory.
  3.  To keep investment in inventory at optimum level.
  4.  To reduce the losses of theft, obsolescence and wastage, etc.
    (a) To make arrangement for sale of slow moving items.
  5. To minimise inventory ordering costs.

D. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. What is a budgeting process?
Answer.

  1. Budgeting is a collective process in which operating units prepare their plans in conformity with corporate goals published by top management.
  2. Each unit plan is intended to contribute to the achievement of the corporate goals.
  3. Unit managers prepare projections of sales, operating costs, overhead costs, and capital requirements. They calculate operating profits and returns on the investment they intend to use.
    The budget itself is the projection of these values for the next calendar or fiscal year.
    In this process, each unit presents its plans and budget to a reviewing upper management panel and may, thereafter, make whatever changes result from instructions or negotiations with the higher level.
    Texts presenting, documenting, and defending the rationales underlying the numbers are usually part of the planning document.
    Approved budgets then become the road¬map for operations in the coming year. Ideally monthly or quarterly budget reviews track performance against the budget.
    As part of such reviews, changes to the budget may be approved. At the end of year managers are judged by their performance against the budget.

Question 2. There is a Budget to suit every business and its need. Elucidate.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-2

  1. Sales Budget:
    (a) This budget shows what finished products can be sold in what quantities and at what prices.(an estimate of future sales)
    (b) It may be prepared product wise, region wise, customer wise and period wise.
    (c) It is often broken down into both units and currency.
  2. Production Budget: It is always based on sales budget. It is generally prepared into two parts:
    (a) It shows the estimates in volume or quantities. It estimates the number of units that must be manufactured to meet the sales goals.
    (b) It shows production cost. The production budget also estimates
    the various costs involved with manufacturing those units, including labour and material,
  3. Capital Budget:
    (a) It is generally prepared to estimate the total capital required for acquiring the fixed assets for fulfilling the production demand of an organisation.
    (b) Long term investments such as new machinery, replacement machinery, new plants, new products, and research development projects are worth pursuing. Capital required for developing research and development should be totally different from the work of manufacturing unit.
    (c) The capital budget helps you figure out how much money you need to put in place of new equipment or procedures to launch new products or increase production or services.
    (d) This budget estimates the value of capital purchases you need for your business to grow and increase revenues.
  4.  Cash Flow/Cash Budget/Financial Budget:
    (a) It is one of the important budgets because success of any business totally depends upon the cash flow management and liquidity.
    (b) It gives a prediction of future cash receipts and expenditures for a particular time period. A cash flow budget details the amount of cash you collect and pay out.
    (c) It usually covers a period in the short term future.
    (d) It helps the business determine when income will be sufficient to cover expenses and when the company will need to seek outside financing.
    (e) It makes a provision for minimum cash balance which will be available at all times.
    (f) The minimum cash balance should be equal to one month’s operating expenses including contingencies.
    (g) A positive cash flow is essential to grow your business.
  5. Marketing Budget: It is an estimate of the funds needed for promotion, advertising, and public relations in order to market the product or service.
  6. Project Budget:
    (а) It estimates of the costs associated with a particular company project. These costs include labour, materials, and other related expenses.
    (b) The project budget is often broken down into specific tasks, with task budgets assigned to each. A cost estimate is used to establish a project budget.
  7. Operational Budget:
    (a) An operational budget is the most common type of budget used.
    (b) It forecasts and tries to closely predict yearly revenue and expenses for a business.
    (c) It is a short term budget.
    (d) This budget can be updated with actual figures on a monthly basis and then you can revise your figures for the year, if needed.

Question 3. Explain the two dominant forms of budgeting process.
Ans. The two dominant forms of budgeting processes are traditional and zero- based. Business planning is usually a combination of the two.
Traditional budgeting:

  1.  It is based on a review of historical performance and then the projection of such findings to the future with modifications.
  2. If inflation is high, for instance, cost trends of the last several years are projected forward but with adjustments both for inflation and for projected growth or decline in business activity.
  3. Historical sales patterns, using established trends in sales growth, are projected; new sales from planned new product introductions are then added.

Zero-based budgeting:

  1.  It is the creation of a completely new budget from the ground up—as if no history existed.
  2. When using this method, the operation must justify and document every item of expenditure and income anew.

Question 4. What is working capital? What is the need for a working capital?
Answer.Money needed to fund the normal, day- to-day operations of a business is known as the working capital.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-3

  1. Adequate working capital is required for the smooth running of any business.
  2.  It is required by a business for meeting day to day business expenses to complete a business cycle or the operating cycle.

The working capital of a business keeps on circulating or changing since the money circulates in various forms of assets in a continued manner.

The above diagram explains that:

  1. In a business concern operating cycle begins with outflow of cash towards the purchase of raw materials, payment of labour, power, fuel and other expenses converting the raw materials into work in progress and converting them into finished goods. Sale of finished good for cash or credit.
  2.  If on credit then conversion of account receivables into cash.
  3. This operating cycle indicates that funds once tied up in the form of raw materials are later converted into the form of finished goods.
  4. In a manufacturing concern there is a time gap between the first step of purchasing of raw-materials to last step of selling of goods and realizing cash. This time duration is called operating cycle. It is also called the “changing” or circulating capital because money circulates in various forms of assets in a continued manner.

E. HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS (HOTS)
Question 1. Calculate working capital of Raja & Co. has the following items in its Balance sheet: Stock — 50,000; Trade creditors – 32,000; Debtors – 75000; Cash -1,00000; Dividend payable – 50,000; Tax – 44,000; Short term loan – 61,000; Short term investments – 76,000. Calculate gross and net working capital.
Answer. 

  1. Total Current Assets = Debtors + Stock + Cash + Short term investment Total Current Assets = (Rs 75000 + Rs 50,000 + Rs 1,00000 + Rs 76,000) Total Current Assets = Rs 3,01,000
  2. Total Current Liabilities = Sundry Creditors + Dividend Payable + Tax + Short Term loan)
    Total Current Liabilities = (Rs 32,000 + Rs 50,000 + Rs 44,000 + Rs 61,000) = Rs 1,87,000
  3. Gross Working Capital = Total Current Assets
    Gross Working Capital = Total Current Assets = Rs 3,01,000
  4. Net Working Capital = Total Current
    Assets – Total Current Liabilities
    Net Working Assets = Rs 3,01,000 – Rs 1,87,000 = Rs 1,14,000
    (a) Gross Working Capital = Rs 3,01,000
    (b) Net Working Assets = Rs 1,14,000

Question 2. Ramu is buying and selling ice-cream.Explain his working capital requirement.
Answer. Ramu is a trading entrepreneur.

  1.  Trading entrepreneur is one who undertake trading activities, whether domestic or overseas.
  2. They deal in buying and selling of manufactured goods.
  3. Before launching the business they identify the potential market for his product in order to stimulate the demand.

They believe in creating a demand in the market to market survey and push many ideas ahead of others in the form of demonstration to promote

Operating cycle or cash conversion cycle for trading business:
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-4

  1.  Money needed to fund the normal, day to day operations of a business is known as the Working Capital.
  2.  For trading, where there is no manufacturing (or conversion), the operating cycle will be shorter.
  3. Ramu needs less amount of working capital as ice-cream is a perishable goods and can’t keep for a long time period.
  4. Therefore, Ramu has to purchase and sale of goods through cash only.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. What do you mean by Unit of Sales?
Answer. Unit of sales can be defined as the measure of what products are sold.

Question 2. What do you mean by Gross Profit?
Answer.Excess of Unit Price over Unit Cost is known as the Unit Gross Profit or Unit Gross Margin. This represents the business’s profit from selling a product
or providing service before deducting fixed expenses such as salaries, rent, and other expenses.
Gross Profit = Unit Price — Unit Cost

Question 3. What do you mean by Cash Inflow and Cash Outflow?
Answer. All receipts of money is known as cash in flow 5 like rent received and loan received, and payments made in money is known as cash outflow. Ex: Insurance premium and Transprtation charges.

Question 4. Give one difference between Income Statement and Cash Flow Statement.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-5

Question 5. What do you understand by Unit Cost/ Variable Cost/Cost of Goods sold?
Answer. Cost of unit can be defined as the cost incurred by a company to produce, store and sell one unit of sale of a particular product or service.

Question 6. Give some examples of Variable Cost/ Unit Cost.
Answer. The Unit Cost refers to the variable cost like raw-materials, packing material, sales commission, freight, etc.

Question 7. How do we calculate the unit cost in the case of multi product or service situations? Explain with the help of an example.
Answer. Grocery store is a trading business. One buys and sells. So, the cost at which the items are purchased is known as Unit Cost (just as its MRP at which you are selling). Therefore, at the end of the day, it is possible to know the purchase price of all the items and quantities that were sold. Let us suppose that it works out to Rs 1,70,000. There are 100 units of Sale. So the unit cost is Rs 1,700.

Question 8. What is MRP?
Answer. MRP is a short form of Maximum Retail Price. It is a price at which shopkeeper sells the goods to customers.

Question 9. What are “Carrying Costs”?
Answer. It is defined as the cost of holding and handling materials inside or outside the stores. It is important to examine the inventory level and to maintain optimum balance of inventory.

Question 10. What do you mean by Order lead time?
Answer. It is an average time that elapses between placing an order and receiving the goods.

Question 11. What do you understand by Usage Rate?
Answer. It is an average rate at which the inventory is drawn down over a period.

Question 12. How Cash Flow Projection will be considered as a better idea for your business plan?
Answer.  As part of a business plan, Cash Flow Projection will always give an entrepreneur a much better idea, of how much capital investment a business idea needs to start and to run the business.

Question 13. Give four examples of inflow of cash in the business.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-6

Question 14. Define Budget.
Answer.  ICMA London defines a budget as “financial and quantitative statement, prepared and approved prior to a defined period of time, of the policy to be persued during that period for the purpose of attaining a given objective.” It may include income, expenditure and capital.

Question 15. Give a few examples of Outflow of cash in the business.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-7

Question 16.What are the key aspects of financial decision-making?
Answer. The key aspects of financial decision-making relate to investment, financing and dividends.

Question 17. Give some examples of current assets.
Answer.

  1. Cash and bank balances
  2. Account receivables:
    (a) Bills receivable, and
    (b) Debtors
  3.  Short term investments/Temporary investment
  4.  Prepayment:
    (a) Prepaid rent,
    (b) Unexpired insurance, etc.
  5.  Accrued Income

Question 18. Give some examples of Current Liabilities.
Answer.

  1. Bank overdrafts
  2. Accounts Payable: (a) Creditors (b) Bills payable
  3. Outstanding Expenses: wages, rent, commission, etc.
  4.  Income received in advance
  5. Dividend Payable
  6. Provision for doubtful debt.

Question 19. What is the desirable behaviour of any inventory item?
Answer.Desirable behaviour of any inventory item is “Availability”. It means that there should never be any stock out.
In other words, moment the need (demand) arises we should be able to supply the item- without losing any time.

Question 20. Name the French word for the origin of the word ‘Budget’.
Or
Write the etymology of the word “Budget”.
Answer.The French word bougette, meaning purse (referring to money), is the origin of the word budget.

Question 21. What do you understand by Budget Period?
Answer. It refers to the period for which a budget is prepared and implemented.

Question 22. If Bhavin spends Rs 2,00,000 to open a grocery shop and earns a net profit of Rs 40,000 in one year. Calculate the annual return on investment.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-8

Question 23. What does the acronym EBITDA stand for?
Answer. Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization.

Question 24. What does ROE Indicate?
Answer.  ROE (Return On Equity) is a good indicator to know a true measure of how own money is being used.

Question 25. What does ROI Indicate?
Answer. ROI (Return On Investment) is a good indicator to know a true measure of how total money is being used. ROI, on the other hand, gives an indication of how the total money is being used.

Question 26. Give one example each of bulky items with low value and high value items with low volume.
Answer.

  1. Bulky items with low value – straw for use in paper mill.
  2. High value items with low volume — Diamond.

Question 27. Give four examples of items which are hazardous in nature and special precautions have to be taken in their storage.
Answer. Gasoline, other combustible items, some hazardous chemicals, etc.

Question 28. Give four examples of items are hazardous in nature and special precautions have to be taken in their manufacturing.
Answer. In a factory manufacturing safety matches, phosphorous and potassium chlorate are not stored in the same or even adjoining areas, for fear of accidental mix up.

Question 29. What do you mean by shelf-life? Give two examples.
Answer. The length of time a product may be stored without becoming unsuitable for use or consumption. Items like vegetables, fruits, flowers and fish are perishable in nature. This calls for special storage conditions and equipments – cold storage, freezers, etc. These have financial implications. Similarly some of the manufactured food or medicinal products have expiry dates – beyond which they are not fit for consumption. This imposes certain constraints on inventory management.

Question 30. Give one difference between amortisation and depreciation.
Answer. Depreciation is applicable for tangible assets (Building, Machinery) and amortisation is available for intangible assets (Goodwill, Patent, Trademark). Depreciation may write off slow but amortisation may write off fast.

Question 31. What is meant by ‘financial management’?[CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Answer. The financial management is the process of procurement, allocation and control of financial resources of a concern.

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Why is working capital called as circulating capital?
Answer. Working capital is called the changing or “circulating capital”, since the money circulates in various forms of current assets in a continued manner.
For example: Funds once tied up in the form of raw materials are later converted into the form of finished goods which are not ultimately sold.

Question 2. Write down the formula for calculating the weighted-average contribution margin per unit for the sales mix.
Answer. Suppose a manufacturing unit produces three products A, B, and C. Then the following formula is used:
Product A CM (contribution mix) per unit x Product a sales mix percentage + Product B CM per unit x Product B sales mix percentage + Product C CM per unit x Product C sales mix percentage = Weighted average unit contribution margin

Question 3. Give some examples of Carrying Cost.
Answer. Examples of Carrying Cost are:

  1. Money tied up in inventory
  2. Storage on inventories
  3. Taxes on inventories
  4. Obsolescence cost
    (a) Handling and transfer
  5. Deterioration of quality
  6.  Cost of maintaining inventory records.

Question 4. What is an Inventory?
Answer. Inventory means detailed list of items used in the business. It refers to stock of goods in the form of raw materials, work in progress and finished goods, a firm can make up the product and kept for sale in ordinary course of business. Thus, inventories make a linkage between production and sale of goods.

Question 5. When an entrepreneur’s business is expanding, his business outflows can be more than his business inflows. Do you agree. How?
Answer. Yes, when an entrepreneur’s business is expanding, his business outflows can be more than his business inflows. It is so because there is always a lag between your spending (on raw materials, labour, etc.) and receiving the sales revenue. Receipt of sales revenue may be delayed because he might have given credit or you have produced ahead of the sales (to cater to the high demand during festive season) and are temporarily holding finished goods stock.

Question 6. Write Unit of Sale in each case.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-9
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-10

Question 7. What do you mean by Reorder Point? How it is calculated?
Answer. It is a level at which a new order must be placed so that the inventory is renewed before the stock reaches zero level. It is estimated by using the formula: Reorder Point = Usage Rate x Lead Time
Example: Suppose a company uses 15 units of an item per day (usage rate, and the order lead time is 10 days, a new order must be placed when the inventory level reaches 150 units (Reorder Point 150 = Usage Rate 15 x Lead Time 10) so that inventory is replenished before a stock out occurs.

Question 8. Why financial control is considered as an important activity?
Answer. Financial control is a critically important activity to help the business ensure that the business is meeting its objectives.
It also addresses following points like:

  1. Efficient usage of all business assets
  2. Security of all business assets.
  3. Taking interest of all shareholders of the company and going in accordance with business rules.

Question 9. What are Order Processing Costs?
Answer. The cost is associated with the placement of an order for the acquisition of inventories. It is determined on the basis of expenses incurred in the purchase department. Some of the components of cost are:

  1. Finding the sources of supply
  2. Obtaining quotations
  3. Transportation cost
  4. Expenses and follow up of an order (stationery, stamp)
  5. Forgone discounts
  6.  Loss of sales and customer goodwill.

Question 10. What do you mean by financial management?
Answer. Financial management is the part of management which deals with planning, organizing and controlling financial activities of an entrepreneur or the activity undertaken by the entrepreneur,

  1. For acquiring and maintaining fund.
  2. For fulfilling the financial requirements of the objectives of the enterprise.
  3. And for attaining the goals and objectives of the enterprise.

Question 11. “The Budget period for all the business are same”. Do you agree? Comment. Answer.  No, I don’t agree with the statement. The budget period will depend upon the type and size of business enterprise and control aspect.

  1. For seasonal enterprise (food and clothing) short period generally should cover one season.
  2. For heavy industries with heavy capital expenditure (heavy engineering works/automobile industries) the budget period is generally long.

Question 12. What are the assumptions to be made for sales mix, for the calculation of break even point?
Answer. Following assumptions are made:

  1. The proportion of sales mix must be predetermined.
  2. The sales mix must not change within the relevant time period.
  3. All cost can be categorized as variable or fixed.
  4. Sales price per unit, variable cost per unit and total fixed cost are constant.
  5. All units produced are sold.

Question 13.Why is Return on Investment deemed as a yardstick for the performance of an enterprise?
Answer. Return on Investment is a relationship between profit before interest and tax and capital employed. It is deemed as a yardstick for the performance of an enterprise because it measures the overall profitability and efficiency of the enterprise in relationship to investment made by an entrepreneur in business. Higher the ratio, higher the overall profitability of the business. The ratio is compared with earlier years ratio and important conclusions are drawn from such comparison. As a yardstick it also shows how efficiently the resources are used in the business.

Question 14. What is B.E.P? Why an entrepreneur should know about it?
Answer. The business to break even when its value is equal to its total cost. The Break Even Point (B.E.P) is the sales volume at which there is neither profit nor loss, cost being equal to revenue. Break Even Point is a neutral point. Sales below this point show loss and sales excess of this point show profit. It is the relationship amongst cost of production, volume of production, profit and the sales value. The entrepreneur should know B.E.P as:

  1. He can forecast about profit accurately.
  2. He can ascertain costs, sales and profits at different levels of activity.
  3. For taking decision regarding price policy.

Question 15. Explain the various categories of inventory.
Answer. In a manufacturing firm inventories work as a link between production and sale. The three categories of inventories are as follows:

  1.  Raw materials: Those materials which have purchased and stored in a godown at a particular time for future production.
  2. Work in progress: These are the goods in the course of manufacture. It means goods which are likely to be in various stages but not reached to the final stage. It consist of material, labour and factory expenses applied to the unit up to the last stage. In these the goods are in semi-finished stage.
  3. Finished goods: These are the goods reached at the final stage of production process. These goods are ready for sale. The size of three types of inventories depends upon varying nature of their business.

Question 16. Why is inventory control essential for an enterprise?
Answer. The process of inventory control gives direction to the entrepreneur to take important decision about the various activities like production line and use of material in the business. It is very essential for the enterprise:

  1. To ensure efficient, effective and optimum use of raw materials.
  2. To know the availability of resources for production.
  3. To ensure and make efforts to purchase raw materials in bulk to get quantity discounts.
  4. To ensure that delivery of finished materials to customers are prompt and not being delayed.
  5.  To stabilize the fluctuation of demands. Thus we can say that it is an important tool in the hand of enterprise.

Question 17. What factors should be kept in mind for ordering an inventory?
Answer. Inventory means list of materials used in a business. An entrepreneur must be very careful and wise while deciding about the level of inventory. An entrepreneur must avoid overstocking and under-stocking of each item of the inventory.
The factors that influence the decision on such orders are:

  1. Order lead time
  2. Usage rate or rate of consumption
  3. Reorder-point or minimum quantity of the item to be kept.
    An entrepreneur must maintain the supply line in a proper manner so that at any time he may have adequate flexibility to change the process of production according to customer’s requirement.

Question 18. Differentiate between Unit Cost and Unit Price.
Ans. The following are the differences between Unit Cost and Unit Price.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-11

Question 19. What is the need of financial management?
Answer. Financial management is needed for:

  1. Ensuring availability of funds in the right amount at the right time.
  2. Ensuring the safety of funds.
  3. Ensuring efficient utilization of the available fund.
  4. Ensuring the desired level of income and profit.

Question 20. Explain trading on equity with the help of a suitable example.
Answer. Trading on equity relates to a situation when the debt component is likely to provide higher rate of return on share capital.
Debt and equity are the two sources of finances. Both have their own merits and demerits.But when a mix of both is used wisely, the rate of return equity can increase. This is because the interest paid on the loan is deductible from earning before tax payment. The payment of dividend is only made after realizing the interest.

Question 21. Distinguish between Fixed Capital and Working Capital.
Answer. The following are the differences between fixed capital and working capital.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-12

Question 22. Distinguish between Budget and Budgeting.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-13

Question 23. Name and explain the chief cost of budget process.
Answer. The chief cost of the budget process is time. In some corporations the process takes on a life of its own and becomes a convoluted exercise of excessive complexity which, moreover, prevents unit managers from doing any thinking: their time is consumed in efforts to comply with a vast array of requirements dictated from above.
Much of the negative attitude that has developed concerning this activity has its roots in unnecessary bureaucratic impositions on the one hand and unreliability because of the rapid change, a few months out.

Question 24. What do you understand by sales mix? State the assumptions made for the calculation of break even point for sales mix.
Answer. Sales mix is the proportion in which two or more products are sold.
For the calculation of break even point for sales mix, following assumptions are made:

  1. The proportion of sales mix must be predetermined.
  2. The sales mix must not change within the relevant time period.
  3. All cost can be categorized as variable or fixed.
  4. Sales price per unit, variable cost per unit and total fixed cost are constant.
  5.  All units produced are sold.

Question 25. Explain the concept of ROI (Return on Investment).
Answer. Meaning: It is the ratio of net profit before interest and tax and total investment. Significance: The significance of computing this ratio is to find out how efficiently the long term funds supplied by the outsiders or creditors and owners are being used.
It gives an indication of how the total money is being used.
Example: If an entrepreneur spends X 100,000 to open a grocery shop and makes a net profit of? 20,000 in one year, your annual ROI equals (20,000/100,000) x 100 = 20 per cent.
When calculating ROI, the investment will include not only what the investor spent out of his/her pocket, but also all borrowed funds.

Question 26. Explain the concept of ROE (Return on Equity).
Answer. Meaning: It is the ratio of net profit after interest and tax and owner’s investment. Significance: The significance of computing this ratio is to find out how efficiently the owners funds supplied by the shareholders/owners are being used. Example, if Sushmita the owner of a grocery shop has an equity stake of Rs 70,000 in the business, she has borrowed Rs 30,000 (rate of interest is 10%).
This will attract an interest of 3,000 @ 10% per annum.
If the Net Profit is Rs 14,000 then:
ROE=Rs 14,000/Rs 70,000 x 100 =20%

Question 27. Is ‘Break-even Analysis’ useful to achieve the target level of profit?
Answer. Yes, organisation’s identify those products, which yield the highest contribution. ‘Break even Analysis’ helps the firm in selecting and ranking those products, based on contribution, to achieve the targeted level of profit.

Question 28. Make a SKU form for “Shirts” for the given number, classify them in Style, colour, date, month, year, size: 01234- 021-R- Ma 31-10-40 M.
Answer. Style: 01234-021, Colour: R-Red, Month: Ma-May, Date: 31st, Year: 2010, Size: 40 Medium.

Question 29. Name the commonly used tags for tracking while using SKU.
Answer. Bar Codes and RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) tags are used in tracking containing electronically stored information.

Question 30. Name few different system of inventory control.
Answer.

  1. ABC Analysis
  2.  Economic Order Quantity
  3.  Just-in- time (JIT),
  4. Perpetual inventory, etc.

Question 31. What is RFID?
Answer. Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) is the wireless use of electromagnetic fields to transfer data, for the purposes of automatically identifying and tracking tags attached to objects. The tags contain electronically stored information.

III. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. What is the procedure to prepare a cash flow projection?
Or
How to develop a cash flow projection?
Or
What steps are to be taken to develop a cash flow projection?
Answer. Step 1: Every enterprise has different guidelines and rules and regulations. It is based on the business charateristics, decides on the frequency and period (day, week or month) as well as horizon (month, 13 weeks or 6 months).
Step 2: Develop the format, with items appropriate for your business, which will be used for developing the projection. You may take help from the formats attached here as sample.
Step 3: A projected cash flow begins with the existing cash balance for the business. It then lists the sources of inflow and the anticipated payment dates.
Step 4: For example, if you supply goods on credit, you will know at the start of February that you will receive a certain amount during the month covering sales from January – based on credit terms. You may have other inflows interest on your deposits, sale of scrap, rent from space sub-let etc. In this manner, you add up all your inflows.
Step 5: The statement then looks at forthcoming expenditure. Some of this will be a fixed, regular sum such as staff costs. Other expenses will be known but only payable at certain times, such as taxes. There will also be variable costs such as buying stock or materials.
Step 6: Where payment dates are variable, it is usually safest to work on the basis that you will pay suppliers as soon as possible but not receive payment from customers until the last possible date. Step 7: In short, be conservative in assumptions.

  1. Adding all outflows enables you arrive at the surplus or deficit for the period.
  2. Combined with the opening balance, leads to deriving the closing balance.
  3.  It becomes opening balance for the next period.

Question 2. What is EOQ? How it is calculated?
Answer. Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) is an important tool in the purchase of raw materials and storage of finished goods. Generally to determine the optimal order of quantity of a particular item of inventory to be purchased at a particular time, which gives maximum economy to an entrepreneur, is called “EOQ”.
It is calculated on the basis of the given formula:
\(EOQ=\sqrt { 2DP/C } \)
Where D= the annual usage (or demand) of the item in units P = the cost of place on order C = inventory carrying cost per unit (This may be derived by multiplying the unit price of the item by carrying cost expressed as % of the unit price.)
The above formula minimizes the total cost of managing inventory consisting of ordering cost and carrying cost of inventory. The two costs are inversely related, when the one increases the : other decreases with the change in the purchase quantity of inventory. It is a balance between the two opposing cost-carrying cost and order processing cost, can be achieved by computing the economic order quantity.

Question 3. Give the formula of EOQ and write down its assumptions.
Answer.  \(EOQ=\sqrt { 2DP/C } \)
where D = the annual usage (or demand)
of the item in units
P = the cost of place on order
C = annual carrying cost per unit
The above formula is based on following assumptions:

  1.  Ordering cost is constant i.e. it is independent of size of the order.
  2.  The cost of carrying the additional inventory is constant.
  3. There are no quantity and discounts available.
  4. The consumption is in a steady rate.

Question 4. Why is inventory control essential for an enterprise?
Answer. Inventory control is essential for an enterprise because:

  1.  It ensures the availability of materials in the production process whenever it is needed.
  2. To ensure efficient and effective utilization of raw materials.
  3. It helps in removing all bottlenecks.
  4.  To ensures prompt and regular delivery of materials to consumers.
  5. To examine quantity discount for large and lump sum order to stabilize the fluctuation of demand side.

Question 5. Explain ABC Analysis of Inventory Control.
Or
Which items of inventory claim bulk of the values?
Answer. A firm maintains several types of inventories. To control them properly the firm adopts a selective approach which is called ABC Analysis. In this the firm classifies all items according to values so that the most valuable items may be paid highly, more attention is given regarding their safety and care as compared to other items. It has been observed that out of a long list of inventory,
A category list are small in number say 5-10 per cent of the total value but they are quite valuable of total value. The value being 70-75 per cent of the total value of stocks.
B category is in between A and C categories having 15 to 20 per cent of the number of items and 15 to 20% of the total value.
C category items are 70-75% in numbers but carrying little value ranging from 5-10%.
We can see following categorization:
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-14
The above three categories vary from product to product and organization to organization. Great care and control is to be exercised on items of “A” list, as any loss or breakage or wastage of any item of this list may prove to be very costly, proper care is to be taken on “B” list items and comparative list control is needed for “C” list items.

Question 6. What do you mean by Break Even Point? Explain its importance.
Answer. Break even point is a neutral point at which the company neither makes a profit nor suffers a loss. Calculating the break¬even point is a powerful quantitative tool for managers.
In its simplest form, break even analysis provides insight into whether or not revenue from a product or service has the ability to cover the relevant costs of production of that product or service. Entrepreneurs can use this information in making a wide range of business decisions, including setting prices, preparing competitive bids, and applying for loans. It also helps in profit planning and goal setting.
At the break even level,
Total Revenue = Total Expenses The formula for calculating break even level is:
Break Even Volume=Fixed cost/Gross margin
Gross Margin Per Unit = Unit Price (Selling price) – Marginal Cost (Variable cost)
Contribution per unit = Selling price per unit – Variable cost per unit Or
Contribution Ratio = Selling price – Marginal cost
Marginal Cost = Total variable cost Or = Total cost — Fixed cost
Or = Direct material+Direct
labour + Direct expenses + Variable overhead
The ‘Break-even Point’ is that volume of sales at which total revenue is equal to total costs, with zero profit. ‘Break-even point’ is a situation where the firm is neither in profit nor loss. In other words, this is a ‘no-profit, no-loss situation’. When the organisation is not able to earn profits, the best alternative for the firm is, at least, not to incur loss. So, organisation would like to know at what level of production and sales, the organisation would be able to achieve no-loss, no-profit situation. This is the greatest contribution of ‘Break-even Point’.

Question 7. State the advantages of‘cost plus’ method of pricing. [All India 2015]
Answer. Advantages of Cost Plus method of pricing:

  1. Easy: This method of pricing is very simple method. It can easily be used for determining the price.
  2.  Flexible: Any changes in the cost of production or the margin of profit change the price in the same direction. It automatically gets adjusted to the change.
  3. Visible profit margin: Profit margin is not to be calculated. It is already fixed. Thus by multiplying the profit per unit with the volume of the product, the total profit can be determined.
  4. Increases efficiency: Any upward rise in cost is easily visible. This provides an idea to the entrepreneur to adjust his production for keeping the cost as low as possible.
  5. Less calculation: Comparatively less calculations are involved. Which makes the implementation of this method simple,
  6.  Easy implementation: This method can easily be implemented because of its simplicity to understand and easy calculations.

Question 8. Explain the following features of a cooperative society:[CBSE Sample Paper 2016]

  1.  Democratic management
  2.  Capital and return thereon
  3.  Distribution of surplus

Answer. Features of Co-operative societies:

  1. Democratic management: The management of a co-operative organisation is vested in the hands of the managing committee elected by the members on the basis of ’one member-one vote’. Democracy is, thus, the keynote of the management of a co-operative society.
  2. Capital and return thereon:The capital is procured from its members in the form of share capital. A member can subscribe subject to a maximum of 10% of the total share capital or Rs 1,000 whichever is higher. Shares cannot be transferred but surrendered to the organisation. The rate of dividends paid to the members/ shareholders is restricted to 9% as per the Co-operative Societies Act, 1912.
  3. Distribution of surplus: After giving dividends to the members, the surplus of profits, if any, is distributed among the members on the basis of goods purchased by each member from the society.

IV. VERY LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS
Question 1. Differentiate between cash flow projection and cash flow statement.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-15

Question 2. Identify the following items as inflow/outflow. Also give reasons for your choice.
(i) Raw material, (ii) Depreciation, (iii) Machinery purchased, (iv) Loan from bank,
(v) Equity shares issued (vi) Excise duty paid, (vii) Profit on sale of asset, (viii) Interest received on investments
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-16

Question 3. Why there is a need for cash flow projection?
Answer. The following are the need of cash flow projection:

  1. Every business must want to manage its affairs in a very efficient manner.
  2.  It means it must pay its suppliers as per agreed terms, pay the employees their wages on stipulated dates, pay government levies, etc. as per rules, procure services and pay for the same, pay utility bills and rent etc., on time.
  3.  It must collect what is due to it also in a timely manner and should strive to sell more so it can collect more.
  4. Very often, when business is expanding, your outflows can be more than in your inflows. This is so because there is always a lag between your spending (on raw materials, labour, etc.) and your receiving the sales revenue.
  5. Receipt of sales revenue may be delayed because you might have given credit or you have produced ahead of the sales (to cater to the high demand during festive season) and are temporarily holding finished goods stock.
  6.  In such situations, you should be equipped with sufficient information to be able to arrange for needed funds.
  7.  The nature of any business is uncertainty. You base your calculations on certain (hopefully realistic) assumptions.
  8.  It plans the funds required using these assumptions. ‘
  9. However, your actual performance, say of sales, could be higher or lower than your plan. It will rarely be exactly per plan.
  10. Or your collection from credit customers has lagged and you are running short of funds. There could be many other reasons as to why your well laid out funding plan has gone for a loss,
  11. To avoid such situations and be on top of things, reviewing your projections periodically and recasting the future based on the current status (and not assumptions of the past) and what is likely to happen in the near future is very crucial.
  12.  Cash flow projections is not a static document. It must be used as a dynamic tool.

V. HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS
Question 1. Explain why break-even analysis is of reduced value to a multi-product firm? Analyse the factors that any business should take into consideration before using break-even analysis as a basis for decision making.
Answer. Break -even analysis is a technique widely used in the manufacturing unit by the production manager It is based on categorising production costs between two types of cost:

  1. Fixed cost
  2. Variable cost

ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-17
From the above two examples we can understand that unit price of single product is comparatively higher than the unit price of a multiple product.
Businesses dealing with multiple products must reduce all the selling prices down to one selling price and bring down to one variable cost. This is accomplished by calculating a weighted average selling price and a weighted average product cost (variable cost). Further, when the weighted average selling price and weighted average variable cost are calculated, only then can a business, selling multiple products, determine their break-even point. Moreover, businesses selling multiple products will determine their break-even point using the following Break Even formula:
Break-even point =Fixed Costs/Weighted Average Selling Price – Weighted Average Variable Costs
As you can see, the break-even point formula for businesses selling multiple products is similar to the formula used by businesses selling a single product. The only difference is the term “weighted average” placed in front of the selling price and variable cost. It is important to understand the concept of weighted averages.

  1. Calculating the break-even point (through break-even analysis) can provide a simple, yet powerful quantitative tool for managers.
  2. The analysis provides insight into whether or not revenue from a product or service has the ability to cover the relevant costs of production of that product or service.
  3. Entrepreneurs can use this information in making a wide range of business decisions, including setting prices, preparing competitive bids, and applying for loans.
  4. It also helps in profit planning and goal setting.

Question 2. Explain the factors determining the working capital requirements.
Answer. Following factors determine the working capital requirements:

  1.  Turn over: Higher is the sales turn over, lower is the requirement of working capital. The revenue is obtained from the current assets. On the other hand, lower is the sales turn over; higher is the requirement of working capital.
  2. Tax liability: Increase in the tax liability increases the requirement of working capital and decrease in the tax liability of the enterprise decreases the need of working capital.
  3. Size of enterprise: Larger is the size of enterprise; larger is the requirement of working capital. On the contrary, smaller is the size of enterprise; smaller is the requirement of working capital.
  4. Nature of the enterprise: Requirement of working capital is different type of enterprises. Restaurants, hotels, etc. have less working capital requirements due to cash sales. Enterprise producing heavy machines needs more working capital, as their operating cycle is longer.
    (a) Operating cycle: Longer is the length of operating cycle larger is the requirement of working capital. This is due to the fact that more money is needed for making stocks, purchasing raw materials, etc.
  5. Stock of inventory: If the enterprise prefers to make a larger stock of finished, semi-finished goods and raw materials, the requirement of working capital also matters. On the other hand, lesser is the stock of such materials, lesser is the requirement of working capital.

Question 3. Classify the following into fixed cost and variable cost:
(i) Rent of a Godown
(ii) Minimum telephone bill
(iii) Interest on capital invested by an entrepreneur
(iv) Salary to permanent staff
(v) Cost of raw-material, payment of transportation of goods.
(vi) Daily wages of sweepers
(vii) Telephone charges beyond the minimum.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-18

Question 4. State whether the following require small or large working capital. Answer should be supported by a valid reason:
(i) Selling ice-creams
(ii) Following a liberal credit policy
(iii) Dealing in stainless steel wares
(iv) Using capital intensive technology
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-19

Question 5. On the basis of duration, classify the sources of finance.
Answer. Sources of finances can be classified on the basis of duration:
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-20

VI. VALUE BASED QUESTIONS
Question 1. How does pilferage of material affect the enterprise and entrepreneur?
Answer. Pilferage of material means – theft. In any enterprises or a business theft raises your costs, lowers your profits, makes you less competitive and affects morale.

Question 2. How can an entrepreneur or an enterprise can take preventive measures to reduce pilferage in an enterprise? What values can lead to a successful implementation of these measures?
Answer. In many enterprises/organisations generally most of employees are honest and disapprove of theft, pilferage of materials and resources in many organisations. But every enterprise must keep some strategies for prevention of pilferage within your company could include:

  1. Install adequate inventory and control measures to account for all material, supplies and equipment.
  2. One control method is the requirement, register and signing for all tools and equipment to be issued by individuals.
  3.  Identify all tools and equipment by some mark or code.
  4.  Conduct a meeting in the form of workshop to convince and educate the employees that they have much more to lose than gain by stealing.
  5. Make them understand and realize all employees that pilferage is morally wrong no matter how insignificant the value of the item taken.
  6. Demand that supervisory personnel set a proper example and maintain a desirable moral climate for all employees.
  7. In extreme situations, propose spot searches of employees and vehicles leaving the installation at unannounced times and places. Publicize widely.
  8. Impress upon all employees that they have a responsibility to report any loss to proper authorities.
  9.  Value Points:
    (a)Spirit of enquiry
    (b) Discipline
    (c) Sincerity
    (d) Unwillingness to hurt by employer
    (e) Duty and loyalty to duty.

Question 3. How cash flow projections will be helpful for an entrepreneur? What values can lead to a successful implementation of these programmes? (Value Points)
Answer.

  1. For an entrepreneur it is an important tool for cash management.
  2. He will be able to verify when his outlays/outflows are too high or when you might want to arrange short term investments to deal with a cash surplus.
  3. A cash flow projection will give a much better idea of how much capital investment a business idea needs.
  4.  Measurement is essential to analyse performance of any business. Given below are some businesses and items being sold/serviced by them.
  5.  Value Points:
    (a) Self- control
    (b) Duty and loyalty to duty
    (c) Discipline id) Self-support
    (e) To protect national property
    (f) Concentration.

Question 4. Explain the main objectives of financial management which is helpful to the enterprise? (Give four value points)
Answer. Financial management is needed because of the following:

  1. To protect against unforeseen circumstances: Entrepreneur minimizes the risks by making a estimate of risks. For this purpose, he prefers to manage his money (finance) by keeping in mind its requirement in the future.
  2.  To maximise profit: By managing the finance effectively, the entrepreneur tries to maximize his profit. Finance like other resources is available in limited quantity. Efficient utilization of finance is the only way for profit maximization.
  3. To acquire assets: Any type of asset whether tangible or intangible, need finance for acquiring them. As the enterprise grows, develops or diversifies, the requirement of finance also increases. Thus more is the finance available, more are the chances of acquiring new assets. Moreover from the present income the provision is to make for meeting future obligations. This needs proper management of finance.
  4. To maximise wealth: As the profit increases the wealth of the entrepreneur and the enterprise both are maximized. Goal of wealth maximization is realized by entrepreneur by making optimum utilization of resources, by maintaining the faith of the shares, by properly utilizing the undistributed profit etc.
  5.  To ensure ready availability of funds: The flow of funds must take place as and when needed. At any point of time the shortage of funds is undesirable for the growth of enterprise.
  6.  Value points:
    (a) Proper utilization of time
    (b) Universal
    (c) Awareness of responsibility of others and employees
    (d) Sincerity
    (e) Team work and team spirit.

Question 5. Explain the benefits of budgeting. Give some value points.
Answer.

  1. For start up entrepreneurs, a budget is like a road map that can help them set goals and assess the validity of their business concept.
  2.  For established small businesses, a budget can be used to take the pulse of the business, determining how the business is performing through the years, and helping identify possible future investments.
  3.  By regularly consulting a budget, business leaders can compare actual figures and catch potential business shortfalls or other problems early. Budgets can also be instrumental in winning over investors, convincing banks your business is a good loan risk, or bringing on new partners or customers.
  4. The single-most potential benefit of formal budgeting lies in ensuring that responsible managers take time each year (and then at fixed intervals throughout the year) in thinking about their operation by looking at all of its aspects. Budgeting creates a comprehensive picture of the future and makes both opportunities and barriers conscious. This foreknowledge then helps guide day-to-day activities.
    (a) Value Points:
    (a) Regularity
    (b) Positive performance
    (c) Responsibility of managers and others
    (d) Feasibility
    (e) Deal with other problems and find solutions to it.

Question 6. Draw a diagram of an operating cycle or cash conversion cycle for large scale manufacturing business (in Detail). And explain how it is important for business (positive and adverse effects).
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-21
Answer. Positive Effects:

  1. Working capital is a life-blood of manufacturing unit. Its working capital financing can eliminate.
  2. Any gap between cash flowing into operations and cash flowing out.
  3. An adequate supply of raw material for smooth functioning of the process.
  4.  Cash to meet the wage bill.
  5. Ability to grant credit facility to customer.

Adverse Effects:

  1. Due to inadequate funds. Growth of a firm may stop and it will become difficult for the firm to undertake important projects.
  2. Attractive credit opportunity may have to be lost due to paucity of working capital.
  3. It will be very difficult for meeting day-to-day expenses.
  4. Sometimes even fixed assets may not be efficiently utilized, it may affect low rate of return on investment in the working process.
  5.  Firm may loose its reputation when sometimes not able to meet short term obligations.

Effects of Excess Working Capital:

  1. It may result in unnecessary accumulation of stock of raw materials and finished goods, leads to mishandling, waste, theft, value may depreciate.
  2.  It shows managerial inefficiency.
  3. It may lead for making speculative profits.
  4. Undue incentive to adopt liberal credit policy.

Value Points:

  1. Regularity
  2. Positive performance
  3.  Responsibility of managers and others
  4.  Feasibility
  5. Social awareness
  6. Proper and maximum utilization of resources
  7. National awareness
  8. Self-discipline
  9.  Concentration and social justice.

Question 7. In the following cases (statements) identify the type of budgets related to it:

  1. It always estimates of future sales, often broken down into both units and currency.
  2.  It estimates the various costs involved with manufacturing those units, including labour and material.
  3. It is used to determine an organization’s long term investments.
  4. It also estimates the investment for research and development.
  5.  It estimates the funds for promotion and advertising.
  6.  It shows a cost estimated/associated and is used to establish a particular company project.
  7.  An estimate of the number of units that must be manufactured to meet the sales goals.
  8.  A budget which details the amount of cash you collect and pay out.
  9.  This is generally tallied on a monthly basis, but some businesses tabulate this weekly.
  10.  It helps you figure out how much money you need to put in place new equipment or procedures to launch new products or increase production or services.
  11.  It estimates the value of capital purchases you need for your business to grow and increase revenues.

Answer.

  1. Sales budget
  2.  Production budget
  3. Capital budget
  4.  Capital budget
  5.  Marketing budget
  6.  Project budget
  7.  Production budget
  8.  Cash flow budget
  9. Cash flow budget
  10. Capital budget
  11.  Capital budget

Question 8. Explain the concept of ABC Analysis.
Answer. The ABC approach states that a company should rate items from A to C, basing its ratings on the following rules:

  1. A-items are goods which annual consumption value is the highest; the top 70-80% of the annual consumption value of the company typically accounts for only 10-20% of total inventory items.
  2.  B-items are the inter class items, with a medium consumption value; those 15-25% of annual consumption value typically accounts for 30% of total inventory items.
  3. C-items are, on the contrary, items with the lowest consumption value; the lower 5% of the annual consumption value typically accounts for 50% of total inventory items.

Through this categorization, the supply manager can identify inventory which is more important and more profitable, and separate them from the rest of the items, especially those that are numerous but not that profitable.

Steps involved in ABC Analysis:

  1. Find out the unit cost and the usage of each material over a given period.
  2. For each item calculate the total cost = Annual demand x Item cost per unit
  3.  Arrange all items in a progressively decreasing order of the cost (descending value).
  4. Calculate and tabulate the cumulative total cost.
  5. Calculate percentage on total inventory in value and in number.
  6. Compute the individual items as a percentage of the total number of items
  7.  Tabulate.

Question 9. Explain the concepts of working capital with the help of an example. 
Answer. Concept of Working Capital: Generally, there are two concepts of working capital i.e. gross concept and net concept.

  1. Gross Concept of Working Capital: According to gross concept, working capital refers to all the current assets and represents the amount of funds invested in current assets.
    (a) Thus, gross working capital is the capital invested in current assets. Current assets are those
    assets which can be converted into cash within the short-time period, (say for 12 months )
    (b) Gross working capital = Total current assets
    Gross working capital refers to the firm’s investment in current assets. Gross working capital represents total of current assets which includes cash in hand, cash at bank, inventory, prepaid expenses, bills receivable, etc.
  2.  Net Concept of Working Capital: According to the net concept, working capital is the excess of current assets over current liabilities. In other words, the difference between current assets and current liabilities is called net working capital.
    Net Working Capital = Current Assets – Current liabilities Net working capital is the difference of current assets and current liabilities.
    (a) Gross Working Capital = Total Current Assets
    (b) Net Working Capital/Funds/Net Current Assets = Current Assets — Current Liabilities
    Example: Working capital of Raja and Co. has the following items in its Balance Sheet: Stock – 50,000: Trade creditors — 32,000; Debtors – 75000; Cash – 1,00000 Dividend payable – 50,000; Tax – 44,000; Short term loan — 61,000; Short term investments – 76,000. Calculate gross and net working capital.
    Total Current Assets = Debtors + Stock + Cash + Short term investment = (Rs75000 + Rs 50,000 + Rs 1,00000 + Rs 76,000)
    = Rs 3,01,000.
    Total Current Liabilities =Sundry Creditors + Dividend Payable + Tax + Short Term loan = Rs 32,000 + Rs 50,000 + Rs 44,000 + Rs 61,000 = Rs 1,87,000.
    Gross Working Capital = Total Current Assets = Rs 3,01,000 Net Working Capital = Total Current Assets – Total Current Liabilities = Rs 3,01,000 – Rs 1,87,000 = Rs 1,14,000 Gross Working Capital = Rs3,01,000 Net Working Assets = Rs 1,14,000.

Question 10. Enumerate the suggested policy guidelines for A, B and C classes of items.
Answer. The table given below explains the policy guidelines for A, B and C classes of items:
ncert-solutions-for-class-12-entrepreneurship-business-arithmetic-22
ABC (Always Better Control) analysis can help you control your inventory better.

Question 11. “For a good inventory control system, we need to take care of both physical and fiscal aspects.” Explain the nature of items that make up the inventory.
Answer. For a good inventory control system, we need to take care of both physical and fiscal aspects. But before we deal with those two, let us understand the nature of items that make up the inventory.

  1. Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) Code: Each and every item in the inventory is to be identified with a unique code which signifies certain aspects of the item.
    It can be colour, size, weight or any other characteristic that is of importance in its use. The SKU code can be a combination of alpha and numeric.
    SKU is the very basic unit for data collection and further manipulation for deriving meaningful statistics and decision-making. Bar Codes and RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) tags ‘ are used in tracking etc. using SKU.
  2. Motley crowd:
    (a) We always refer to inventory in one monetary value in the accounting statement, behind it are myriad numbers of SKUs – that can be classified as Raw Materials, Packing Materials, Spare Parts, Semi Finished Goods (or WIP – Work In Progress), Finished Goods, Consumables, etc.
    (b) The SKU code should definitely help us identify which class the item belongs but not much else. The treatment for each class will have to be different, keeping in mind some of the factors identified here.
  3. Space: Space requirement for all items will not be identical; neither will it have proportionate relationship with the cost of the item. There can be many bulky items with low value (For example, straw for use in paper mill) as well as high value items with low volume (For example, Diamonds).
  4.  Value: Not all SKUs have same value.
  5.  Lead time:
    (a) Lead time to manufacture or procure an item depends on many factors. Combined effect of these factors — like standard or special raw material, processing time, scheduling of machines, distance between source and user point etc. – makes up the lead time for an item.
    (b) It is not always the same for a given item; variability in different factors contributing to the total lead time can make the lead time vary.
  6. Standard Made to order: Some of the items in the inventory could be commodity items – no significant differentiation and hence easy to substitute, or many suppliers produce to same specifications and hence easy to choose from.
    (a) Others may be specifically made to order and hence possibly limited sources to order from.
  7.  Seasonality of supply: If the item is an agricultural product (grains, vegetables, fruits, etc.), the supply would be seasonal. This can play a role in designing the inventory control system.
  8. Demand neither uniform nor predictable:
    (a) Demand for an item could be seasonal — weather, festival seasons, events, school opening, etc. can play a significant part in this.
    (b) In some cases it is easy to forecast-raw material for items produced to order; but in others not so easy – requirement of a spare part.
  9. Shelf life:
    (a) Items like vegetables, fruits, flowers and fish are perishable in nature. This calls for special storage conditions and equipments – cold storage, freezers, etc. These, have financial implications.
    (b) Some of the manufactured food or medicinal products have expiry dates— beyond which they are not fit for consumption. This imposes certain constraints on inventory management.
  10. Safety aspects:
    (a) Some of the items are hazardous in nature and special precautions have to be taken in their storage. Examples are — gasoline, other combustible items, some hazardous chemicals, etc.
    (b) In a factory manufacturing safety matches, phosphorous and potassium chlorate are not stored in the same or even adjoining areas, for fear of accidental mix up. In fact, even their path of delivery to the respective end use points do not cross.
  11. Obsolescence:
    (a) Due to advancement in technology, certain items may not be used and their demand drops off. These are the various characteristics of SKUs that have to be kept in mind while designing inventory control systems – one size will not fit all.
    (b) Different (rules and guidelines) will have to be different for raw materials, consumables, spare parts, packing materials, etc.

Question 12. Define budgetary control. State how “budgetary control” helps an entrepreneur?
Answer. Budgetary control is a technique of managerial control in which all operations are planned in advance. In the form of budget actual performance is compared with standard performance.
It also helps to achieve the organizational objective of an enterprises.

  1.  Provides a source of motivation to employees and employers.
  2. It helps in optimum utilization of resources.
  3. It also helps to maintain the coordination among all the departments.

 

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 12 Entrepreneurship Business Arithmetic appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Resource Mobilization

$
0
0

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Chapter 7 Resource Mobilization

TEXTBOOK QUESTIONS SOLVED.

1. Answer in not more than 15 words:
(i) Define the term ‘resources’.
(ii) Why do entrepreneurs need resources?
(iii) What do you mean by mobilisation of resources’?
(iv) Name two state level organisations, which provide information about the infrastructural facilities.
(v) How can a professional assistance?
Answer. (i) It refers to anything or means physical tangible/non-physical-tangible required or required to support the activities of organisation to achieve pre-determined organizational goals.
(ii) Resources’ are life blood of any economic activity. Resources are needed for setting up and running of the business organisation to achieve the objectives and goals.
(iii) Resource mobilization is the process of getting resource from resource provider like landlord, financiers, labourers using different mechanisms, to implement the organization’s work for achieving the pre-determined organizational goals.
(iv) (i) DIC (District Industries Centre)
(ii) EB (Electricity Board)
(iii) LA (Local Authority)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-1
(v) Now-a-days, these services are not limited to licentiates (i.e. individuals holding professionals licenses), they may run to partnership, firms, or corporations as well as to individuals. An entrepreneur procures professional assistance according to analyse and evaluate the extent, nature and type of resource required. He can arrange any one for these types:
• Contractual arrangements
• Third party arrangement
• Captive unit arrangement
• Part time arrangement
• Regular basis

2. Answer in not more than 50 words:
(i) What are physical resources? Give two examples.
(ii) What factors help in determining the resources required?
(iii) What basic resources are required to commence any enterprise?
(iv) Enlist any four expert professional assistance required to start a school.
(v) Name any four factors to be kept in mind while selecting physical resources.
Answer. (i) Physical resources are those that are made by human through his abilities and skills.
They are available to an organisation and it is required for running of an enterprise. For example: buildings, plants, machineries, etc.
(ii) The various factors involved in determining the resources required are:
1. The right type of resource selected by an entrepreneur and other related expert,
2. Procurement should be at right time,
3. All purchases of resources should be at right price with making right use of acquired resources and at last ensuring optimum and fuller utilization of the arranged resources.
(iii) The most basic resources, for any enterprise are:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-2
(iv) The main resources used in a school are:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-3
(v) (1) Capital Cost
(2) Access to other resources
(3) Transport and Communication Cost
(4) Availability of manpower and its cost (wages, salaries)
(5) Cost of production
(6) Availability of other utilities like water, gas, fuel, etc.
(7) Access to market for both raw material and finished goods

3. Answer in not more than 75 words:
(i) Why does an entrepreneur need expert professional services?
(ii) What is said to be an “efficient utilization of human resources”?
(iii) Why should entrepreneurs ensure that there is a “right individual at the right job”?
Answer. (i) Today is an era of specialization. Competitive advantage can be realized only when businesses become more efficient in their operations and reduce the cost of their inefficiencies. Give the best to the society.
The need of an expert professional services realized by most of the successful organizations whether small or large in the following form:
(а) Entrepreneurs alone cannot do justice to all areas and aspect of business like – production, distribution, marketing, legal, researching, accounting, human resource or product development, etc.
(b) They do not have ample expertise, resources, time and energy in their hands to meet out the never ending requirements of the enterprise.
(c) Entrepreneurs always work on a strategic plan to accomplish functional goals in an efficient and effective way, they need expert professional services.
(d) In addition to their professional expertise, these are trusted business advisors, experts and connectors. They can be considered as the most important to entrepreneurs growing company and success.
Thus, either outsourcing or availing healthy mix of various professional services from outside the firm, has become a major trend in human resources, and entrepreneur started considering the need of expert professional services as a basic need for an entrepreneur.
(ii) Efficient utilization of human resources means fuller utilization of resources. In an organization, human resources are the most important element and the effective utilization of other resources depends upon the quality of human resources. It also helps an entrepreneur in exploitation of natural, physical, financial resources in a better way. It is the foremost responsibility of an entrepreneur/human resource to:
(a) Finding out the total amount of works to be done and then dividing it into different sets of activities.
(b) The total number of tasks and jobs required to be accomplished under different activities.
(c) How much work can an average person do in a specified period of time? Secondly: An entrepreneur make a manning table/organisation chart to determine: How many people, at what level, in what positions and what kind of experience and training would be required to provide organizational environment and to meet its objectives.
Thirdly: Other ways by which human resources can be developed and led to performance depending upon the total structure, local climate and motivational factor like providing scope for participation, rewards and scope for performance and the futuristic needs of the organisation with the help of all the workforce involved in the operation of the business like:
1. Managerial Staff: Framing policies, objectives goals, etc. for the enterprise, ensuring their implementation and finally getting the work done from workers is the field area of this category.
2. Non-managerial staff: The real group which effectively converts the raw material into finished goods is ‘workers’. Nature of job decides the quality and quantity of workers to be assigned.
3. Trained Technical Manpower: This constitutes of people who have technological expertise and are frequently required for machinery selection, installation, supervision and operation.
4. Administrative Manpower: These are a group of staff which gives support services to managerial, professional and trained staff. They are not involved in production directly but only provide assisting services in the maintenance of the enterprise.
5. Professional Manpower: Chartered accountants, auditors, bankers, lawyers, who are professional experts can be outsourced by the entrepreneur if required. Small enterprises cannot afford them on their regular payrolls.
Thus, efficient utilization of human resources is only possible if the entrepreneur is able to decide:
(a) The total work to be done.
(b) The right type of people who can do the work.
(c) Employing right man at right job.
(iii) Human resource is a vital element for any enterprise and all other resources depends upon the quality of human resources. It also helps an entrepreneur in exploitation of other resources like natural, physical, financial resources in a better way. It includes skilled, unskilled and
administrative staff. Growth and development of any enterprises depend on the factors like skills and talents of the employees, competency and talents of the employees, their dedication sincerity and the leadership skills of the owners. Dynamic group or team is always successful in meeting the challenges, changes, problem of the market. A joint effort of all the members of an enterprises contribute to achieve the objectives of an organisation and the feasibility of the enterprises. ‘Right man at right job at the right time’— is the mantra for successful enterprises because it ensures:
(1) Benefits of specialization to the firm
(2) Minimizes wastages of resources
(3) Reduces inefficiencies
(4) Reduces labour turnover ratio and rate of absenteeism
(5) Saves cost of production.

4. Answer in not more than 150 words:
(i) Define ‘intangible resources’. What do they generally comprise of?
(ii) With reference to utilization of resources, state any four moral responsibilities of the entrepreneur.
Answer. (i) These resources are neither felt nor seen, far from being touched or preserved but helps immensely in providing a strong foothold to enterprise.
The intangible possession is a resource which enables a business to continue to earn a profit that is in excess of the normal basic rate of profit earned by other business of similar type. This category generally comprises of:
(a) Goodwill: The difference between the value of the tangible assets of the business and the actual value of the business (what someone would be prepared to pay for it).
(b) Reputation: Though it is generally not present in case of new entrepreneurs. But if he is acquiring or entering into a partnership or some alliance, he may benefit from the goodwill of his associate, if any.
(c) Brands: It is a name given to a product in order to be recognized and differentiated from other similar products.
(d) Intellectual Property: Key commercial rights protected by patents and trademarks may be an important factor to be worked out by the entrepreneur.
(ii) Resource mobilization advocates upon moral responsibilities of the entrepreneur having:
• the right type of resource
• at the right time
• at right price
• with making right use of acquired resources thus ensuring optimum utilization of the same.

5. Answer in not more than 250 words:
(i) What are material resources? While planning state the important decisions to be made by the entrepreneur.
(ii) “Procurement of physical resources is not easy”. Giving reasons, state what is required to be planned for this procurement.
Answer. (i) Whether a business deals in trading business, manufacturing business or a services, certain operations are essentially carried out combining raw material, processing and assembling, machines, tools, power, etc.
Every entrepreneur must have a deep insight into the production processes is essential for effective handling of the enterprise. To successfully convert raw material into finished products with value addition, a wide range of arrangements need to be worked out by entrepreneur. Some of the important decisions are regarding:
(1) Size of the unit and its installed capacity.
(2) Identifying machinery and the technical know-how required.
(3) Technical training involved.
(4) Quality control systems required.
(5) Type of technical staff required.
(6) Maintenance Cost
(7) Availability of spare parts and support services (after sale services)
(8) Wear and tear rate of assets.
(9) The type of raw materials required.
(10) Supplies of the raw material, their number and location.
(ii) Physical resources are those that are made by human through his abilities and skills. It includes various capital equipments required by an entrepreneur at the start up stage of the businesss that he can carried out his business smoothly. They are available to an organisation in the form of:
(a) buildings, plants, machineries, etc.
(b) Raw-material required for the basic operation
(c) Other requirements depending upon the nature of the product and services for running of an enterprise like technology:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-4
• So, the foremost concern for the entrepreneur is to assess the ‘place’ where the enterprise is going to be established.
• The basic infrastructure required to be constructed is all part of physical resources.
• The category of physical resources covers a wide range of operational resources concerned with the physical capability of the enterprise.
A careful selection of physical resources is essential because many allied issues are influenced by the ‘place’, selected, such as:
(1) Capital Cost: with physical resources should be within the limit laid down.
(2) Access to other resources: at initial stage availability should be assured.
(3) Transport and Communication Cost: should be within the limit.
(4) Availability of manpower and its cost: (wages, salaries)-all skilled, unskilled, administrative staff and technical expert should be available and their remuneration should be appropriate.
(5) Cost of production: should not exceed.
(6) Availability of other utilities: like water, gas, fuel, etc. The premises should be located according to the availability of various infrastructural requirement like water, gas,power, fuel, etc.
(7) Access to market: for both raw material and finished goods – within the area easily access and delaying should be avoided for both market and supply of finished goods.
(8) Pollution concerns involved: It should be cross checked and verified throughout means should not be harmful to the society .

ESTIMATING FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT
1. Answer in not more than 15 words:
(i) Define ‘Capitalisation’.
(ii) Define the term “Business Finance”.
(iii) What is meant by ‘Capital Structure’?
(iv) Name the plan that shows the inflows and utilization of funds.
Answer. (i) “Capitalisation of a corporation comprises the ownership capital and the borrowed capital as represented by long-term indebtness. It may also mean the total accounting value of capital stock surplus in whatever form it may appear and funded long-term debt.”—Lillin Doris.
(ii) Business finance may be defined as the acquisition and utilization of capital funds in meeting the financial needs and overall objectives of a business enterprise.
(iii) It is the composition or mix of different types of long-term capital whether owned or borrowed. It includes all the long term funds consisting of share capital, debentures, bonds, loans and reserves.
(iv) Financial Planning.

2. Answer in not more than 50 words:
(i) Why is finance required for business?
(ii) Enlist the major areas of financial decision-making by the entrepreneur.
(iii) The nature of business affects the requirement of fixed capital. Give two examples to support this observations.
Answer. (i) Finance is the life blood of the business. It is one of the basic foundations of all kinds of economic activities. It is the master key which provides access to all the other sources for being employed in manufacturing and merchandising activities. It is required for many purpose:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-5
(ii) The two major areas of financial decision-making, requires on part of entrepreneur to take the:
(a) Funds requirement decision
(b) Financing decisions
(iii) • Fixed capital refers to that which is required in a business for meeting the
permanent or long term needs.
• The total capital is divided into two parts -a) Fixed Capital and Working capital. For the business the entrepreneur invest major part of the total capital in the business.
• Need of fixed capital depends upon the nature of business.
• Nature of business is of two kinds: (a) Manufacturing Business, (b) Trading Business and Services.
• In case of manufacturing business, large investment is made in land, building, machinery, etc.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-7
The type or nature of business determines the fixed capital requirement of a concern. Manufacturing concerns require more of fixed capital as they have to invest heavily on purchase of land, plant and machinery building, furniture, other fixed assets according to type of business, etc. Various public utility undertakings like Railways, Electricity, Water supply, other facilities have to invest heavily on fixed assets. Trading organizations does not required heavy investment or it requires very less amount to invest on fixed capital..

3. Answer in not more than 75 words:
(i) How is “Capitalisation” different from “Capital Structure”?
Answer. (i)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-6

4. Answer in not more than 150 words:
(i) What are the objectives of financial planning?
(ii) Differentiate between the Fixed Capital Requirement and Working Capital Requirement on the following basis:
(a) Meaning and Scope (b) Nature
(c) Duration (d) Sources of Procurement
(iii) State whether the following require small or large working capital. Answer should be supported by a valid reason:
Answer. (i) Financial planning being an intellectual process of formulating a financial plan, is devised to achieve the following objectives:
(а) To assess the amount of finance needed by enterprise.
(b) To assess the different types of financial requirements, viz. long, medium and short-term.
(c) Funds, i.e. capitalization.
(d) To develop suitable capital structure for the enterprise funds from the suitable sources, keeping in view the principles of economy, convenience, financial commitments, ownership, etc.
(e) According to pre-determined objectives, to allocate the funds to various departments according to requirement to achieve the predetermined objectives.
(f) To make the policies related with the finance for the enterprise.
(g) To safeguard the enterprise from financial risk.
(h) To establish effective control on financial matters.
(i) To provide optimum amount of working capital requirement of the enterprise.
(l) To build up reserves for future contingencies.
(ii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-8
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-9
(iii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-10

5. Answer in not more than 250 words:
(i) Discuss the factors that determine the amount of working capital required by an enterprise.
(ii) Explain the term ‘Fixed Capital Requirement’. Discuss the factors to be kept in mind while planning for fixed capital.
(iii) ‘An ideal capital structure is the result of great planning and team work’. What factors are required to be planned and paid attention at this time?
(iv) Explain the meaning of “Working Capital”. Briefly state any four factors that help determining the working capital requirement of a company.
Answer. (i) Working capital refers to that part of the capital which is needed for the financing of the working or current requirements of the enterprises and for meeting out day-to-day operational expenses.
Factors determining the amount of working capital:
The requirement of working capital is not uniform in all enterprises. It varies from one enterprise to another because of following factors playing the lead role:
1. Nature and size of business: The business that is engaged in production process requires more working capital in comparison to the one lending trade services.
Similarly enterprises working on large demands for higher working capital than small scale units.
2. Business Cycle: Boom period is marked by more demand, more production and thus more working capital as compared to depression phase having declaimed demands.
3. Gestation Period: Longer the time gap between commencement and end of manufacturing process, more is requirement working capital as compared to industries having shorter gestation period.
4. Volume and procurement of raw material: If amount to be spent on raw material is more in total investment, automatically, the requirement for working capital will be higher as compared to those enterprises where the raw material cost involved is smaller.
5. Manual vis Automation: In labour intensive industries, large working capital will be required than in the highly mechanized ones.
6. Need to stock up inventories: The larger the stocks of whether raw material or finished goods required to be kept, more will be the need for working capital and vice-versa.
7. Turnover of working capital: Turnover means the rate at which the working capital is recovered by the sale of finished goods enterprises where the rate is higher-less working capital is required as compared to enterprises having lesser slow rate.
8. Terms of Credit: Those enterprises who believe in selling goods on credit, needs more working capital than the ones selling goods against cash.
(ii) The capital which is required for meeting the permanent or long term needs of the business is referred as fixed capital. It is that part of the total capital of an enterprise which is invested for the purchase of fixed assets like land and building, plant and machinery, etc.
Features:
Fixed capital’exhibits the following characteristics:
(a) It is not easy to withdraw the capital from business, as it’s more like a permanent capital.
(b) Generally the fixed capital is procured through long term financial resources.
(c) It is invested in procuring fixed assets.
(d) It forms the basis for income generation capacity of the enterprise.
The assessment of fixed capital requirement for a business can be made by preparing a list of fixed assets required. At the same time, an entrepreneur should keep in mind the following factors too:
(а) Nature of his/her business: viz. trading, manufacturing, services.
(b) Size of the business: small business needs less fixed capital in comparison to
large scale enterprises. .
(c) Technology to be used in production, i.e. whether capital intensive or labour intensive.
(d) Range of production: If more diversified products are manufactured, more is
fixed capital requirement in comparison to those who deal in single type of product range. . ‘
(e) Type of product to be manufactured: It may range from being simple (e.g. soap) to a highly complicated machinery, thus demanding more investment in fixed assets.
if) Method of acquisition of fixed assets: The option of buying a fixed asset demands more capital in comparison to acquiring an asset on lease or hire purchase system.
(iii) Following factors affect the determination of capital structure:
(a) Nature of sales: Higher is the sale of the product, greater is the turnover and consequently the fixed obligations are difficult to for fulfilling. Here the enterprise has to rely on obtaining more debt. In case the sales are low, debt is not preferred.
(b) Control: If the enterprise is willing to share the power then equity is preferred, If it does not want to dilute its control then it prefers debt, debentures etc.
(c) Flexibility: Capital structure should be flexible enough to raise additional funds without undue delay and cost.
(d) Legal factor: A enterprise has to work within the framework of the law. It has to modify and make changes with the changing laws of the country. The rules for this purpose are made by SEBI, Govt, of India, etc.
(e) Situation of market: During the period of boom, the trust is more on equity shares thus it is preferable. During the situation of depression, the trust is on debentures and also debt is not preferable.
(iv) Working capital refers to that part of the capital which is needed for the financing of the working or current requirements of the enterprises and for meeting out day-to-day operational expenses.
Factors determining the amount of working capital:
The requirement of working capital is not uniform in all enterprises. It varies from one enterprise to another because of following factors playing the lead role:
(a) Size of business: The business that is engaged in production process requires more working capital in comparison to the one lending trade services.
Larger is the size of enterprise, larger is the requirement of working capital. On the contrary, smaller is the size of enterprise, smaller is the requirement of working capital.
(b) Business Cycle: Boom period is marked by more demand, more production and thus more working capital as compared to depression phase having declaimed demands.
(c) Gestation Period: It refers to the time gap between commencement and end of manufacturing process. Longer is the length of operating cycle/gestation period larger is the requirement of working capital because it is due to the fact that more money is needed for making stocks, purchasing raw materials, etc. and if shorter the period less working capital is required.
(d) Volume and procurement of raw material: If amount to be spent on raw material is more in total investment, automatically, the requirement for working capital will be higher as compared to those enterprises where the raw material cost involved is smaller.
(e) Manual vis automation: In labour-intensive industries, large working capital will be required than in the highly mechanized ones.
(f) Need to stock up inventories: The larger the stocks of whether raw material or finished goods required to be kept, more will be the need for working capital and vice-versa.
(g) Turnover of working capital: Turnover means the rate at which the working capital is recovered by the sale of finished goods enterprises. Higher is the sales turnover, lower is the requirement of working capital. The revenue obtained from the current assets. On the other hand, lower is the sales turnover; higher is the requirement of working capital.
(h) Terms of Credit: Those enterprises who believe in selling goods on credit, needs more working capital than the ones selling goods against cash.
(i) Nature of the enterprise: Requirement of working capital is different types of enterprises. Restaurants, hotels, etc. have less working capital requirement due to cash sales. Enterprise producing heavy machines needs more working capital, as their operating cycle is longer.

SOURCES OF FINANCE
1. Answer in not more than 15 words:
(i) What is public financing?
(ii) Define debentures as a source of finance.
(iii) Why is equity share capital called “Risk Capital”?
(iv) From which type of capital are raw-materials purchased?
Answer. (i) It is a process of arranging finance from public by an entrepreneur. It is usually raised through shares and debentures.
(ii) Debenture is a formal document issued by an enterprise containing acknowledgement of debt. It normally have set terms and conditions. These conditions may be regarding payment of interest, time period of repayment, mode of repayment etc. According to Section 2 (12) of Indian Companies Act, 1956 debenture includes debenture stock, bonds and any other securities of the company whether constituting a charge on the company’s assets or not.
(iii) Equity shareholders are the virtual owners of the company. Thus, company is under no obligation to pay them either the principal amount or dividend and that’s make them true risk bearers. For start-up entrepreneur, accessing equity capital may be a difficult task as risk involved for investor is high.
(iv) It is working capital because working capital is a short-term capital.

2. Answer in not more than 50 words:
(i) On the basis of duration, classify the sources of finance.
(ii) What are the major sources of capital of a Public Limited Company?
(iii) In terms of tax benefits, which one of the two-preference shares or debentures will be preferred by the organization? Give reasons.
Answer. (i) Sources of finances can be classified on the basis of duration:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-11
(ii) Equity.
(iii) Debentures will be preferred.
Reason: The interest paid on the borrowed fund is tax deductible, i.e. no tax is to be paid the entrepreneur on interest.

3. Answer in not more than 75 words:
(i) Define ‘personal financing’. Give its sources.
(ii) Differentiate between ‘equity shares’ and ‘preference shares’.
(iii) Differentiate between ‘owner’s funds’ and ‘borrowed funds’.
Answer. (i) The entrepreneur always makes the initial investment capital available. Either he invests his personal cash or converts his assets into cash for investment. Generally, the entrepreneur very often mobilizes his personal resources for enterprise development using his private assets or from his members of the family, dear and the near ones.
The investors from the family may not have a legal hold on the enterprise. They tend
to remain as silent partners extending informal assistance.
Sources
(a) Personal Savings: Past savings, if any, is the most conventional source of financing, dependable, readily available and without incurring any liability. This accumulated form of minor or major savings done by entrepreneur is an internal source and meets out small, short term requirements.
(b) Friends and Relatives: Arranging finance from near and dear ones viz. (a) friends
(b) relatives (c) known persons, in informal manner is even a popular source of financing.
(c) Chit Funds: This customary source where in some members who might be friends, or known, etc. form a type of club, committee, party, association, etc. keep paying monthly deposits privately and can claim the ‘chit’ if his sudden demand for money i.e. like ‘kitty’. This premature encashing of the deposited amount is like an internal source of financing and personal.
(d) Deposits from Dealers: When the dealers or distributors are appointed by the business firm, the dealers selected are required to give security deposits to the entrepreneurs, depending upon the reputation, goodwill and creditability of the enterprise. This can be used as a short term source of financing.
(ii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-12
(iii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-13
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-14

4. Answer in not more than 150 words:
(i) Public deposits are a good source of raising medium term finance. How?
(ii) When is it appropriate to use financial institutions as a source of financing?
(iii) Name the following:
(a) The persons who are given preference in payment of dividend and repayment of capital.
(b) The person who are owners of a company.
(c) The secured creditors of a company.
(d) The source of finance in which the right to use assets for a specific period is worked out.
Answer. (i) Public deposits are a good source of raising medium term finance
(a) It is source of investment through the general public and public are supposed to deposit their savings with his company.
(b) The company at the time of accepting the amount of deposit immediately issues a receipt mentioning the amount of loan, rate of interest and date of repayment.
(c) The deposit period should not exceeding 36 months.
(d) The existing shareholders or any employees of the company can deposit the money.
(e) The depositor will get the principal amount and the rate of return (interest).
(f) The rate of interest is generally higher than the rate applicable on bank deposits.
(g) The depositors have no rights and control over the management, and
(j) The company does-not give any guarantee of paying back of interest and loan amount.
(i) They are like unsecured creditors of the company.
(j) The deposit amount of depositer with the company are not insured with the insurance company.
(ii) Financing an enterprise-whether large or small-is a critical element for success . in business. Financing is the use and manipulation of money. Raising money for a business is one aspect of financing. All new entrepreneurs most of the time face difficult problems to arrange startup finance.
While finance is a life blood of the business and is needed throughout the life of business, the new entrepreneur faces significant difficulties in acquiring capital at start-up.
(a) The entrepreneur needs to consider all possible sources of capital and select the one that will provide the needed funds at minimal.
(b) Different sources of funds are used at various st ages in the growth and development of the venture.
(c) If an entrepreneur cannot personally supply the necessary amount of money, other option is ‘OTHER PEOPLE’S MONEY (OPM)’. It means, before seeking outside financing; an entrepreneur should first explore all methods of internal financing and the other external financing and if it suits an entrepreneur he can go for use financial institutions as a sources of financing.
(d) Financial institutions provide services as intermediaries of financial markets. There are three major types of financial institutions.
(i) Depository institutions (ii) Contractual instutions
(iii) Investment institutions
(e) Sources of finance to industry, other than commercial banks. These institutions are established by the Central/State Government, aiming at:
(a) Promoting the industrial development of a country.
(b) Providing both owned capital and land capital for long and medium term requirements.
(c) Supplement the traditional financial agencies like commercial banks.
(d) To encourage setting up of industries in backward areas.
(e) To provide technical assistance to industrial units.
(f) To develop investment markets.
(iii) (a) Preference shares (b) Sharesholders
(c) Debentures (d) Term loan.

5. Answer in not more than 250 words:
(i) What is ‘venture capital’? Explain the mode of raising funds.
(ii) Discuss the various sources of financing capital through ownership.
(iii) Explain the term ‘debt financing’. How are Banks an important source of debt financing?
Answer. (i) The term venture capital is defined as a equity by which an investor supports an
entrepreneur talent with finance and business skills to exploit market opportunities and thus obtain a long term market gains. These are investors and investment companies whose specialty is financing new, high potential, high-technology oriented entrepreneurial ventures.
The mode of raising finds through venture capitalists :
(a) They are more interested in financing ventures which are in their second or third stage of development.
(b) They often provide initial equity investment to start up a business.
(c) Such ventures can be of software, biotechnology, high-potential ventures, high- technology ventures or are venture having high potential prospects and returns expected.
(d) Venture capitalists look for a high rate of return. Thus, they want equity, or some share of ownership in return for their capital.
(e) They are willing to take the higher risk of losing their capital for a chance of profit from the business’s success.
(f) The venture capitalist sells his or her percentage of the business to either another investor or back to the entrepreneur after specific number of years association or when he finds returns lowering down.
(g) Mostly small business approach to venture capitalists when they want to start or grow a business but couldn’t persuade banks to lend money.
(h) These investors have a deep insight about the fields in which they make their investment, but they behave like more or less as non-working partners do not interfere in the management of the enterprise but protect them at initial stage by keeping good contact with them.
(i) Venture capitalist more careful while investing in any venture as they know that investment is highly illiquid. It means it is not subject to repayment on demand.
(ii) On the basis of ownership, finance may be classified into two categories:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-15
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-16
(iii) Debt-financing is a financing method involving an interest-bearing instruments, usually a loan, the payment of which is only indirectly related to the sales and profits of the venture. Typically, debt financing called as asset-based financing requires that some asset, e.g. car, house, etc. be used as a collateral. Here, the entrepreneur is to pay back the amount of funds borrowed and the amount of interest.
Commercial banks, generally extends short term to medium term loans to firms of all sizes and in many ways like:
(a) Overdraft: A temporary arrangement in the form of a permission granted to the customers to withdraw more than the amount standing to his/her credit.
How it works:
1. Under overdraft, the bank permits the customer to overdraw his account up to a certain limit for an agreed period.
2. To avail of this facility, a customer should have a current account with that bank.
3. Interest is charged on the amount actually overdrawn.
4. Overdraft may be allowed on the security of assets or customer’s personal security.
(b) Cash Credit: This facility is like overdraft arrangement with its features being:
1. The bank allows the borrower to borrow up to a specified limit.
2. The amount is credited to the account of the borrower.
3. The customer can withdraw this amount as and when he requires.
4. Interest is charged on the amount actually withdrawn.
5. Cash credit is usually granted on a bond or some other security.
(c)Discounting of Bills/Factoring: Discounting of bills, is an arrangement, where in the bank encashes the customer’s bills before they become due for payment. For this, the bank charges a nominal amount called discounting charges. In case the bill is dishonoured on due date, the bank can recover the amount from the customer. Similarly, factoring is a financial service which is rendered by the specialized person known as a ‘factor’, who deals in realizing the book debts, bills receivables, managing sundry debtors and sales registers of the commercial and trading firms in the capacity of agent for a commission called commercial charges or discount, Thus, it is the sale of accounts receivables to a bank or finance company or anyone else.
(d)Loans and Advances: A loan is a lump sum advance made for a specified period. Here, the entire amount is paid to the borrower in lumpsum either in cash or by way of transfer to his account. In this:
1. The borrower may withdraw the entire amount in a lumpsum or in installments as per his/her needs.
2. The interest is charged on full amount of loan irrespective of how much had been actually withdrawn.
3. Loans are generally granted against the security.
(f)Term Loan: These loans are extended by the banks to their customers for fixed period to purchase:
1. Machinery 2. Trucks, scooters 3. Houses, etc.
The borrower repays these back in monthly/quarterly/half yearly/annual installments.
(g)Demand Loans: These loans are provided by the banks against the security of Fixed Deposits Receipts (FDR), Government Securities, Life Insurance Policies, etc. These loans are called demand loans because bank can demand them at any time, by giving notice to the customer.

MENTORSHIP
1. Answer in not more than 15 words:
(i) Who is a ‘Mentor’?
(ii) Define the term ‘Business Mentor’.
(iii) Give one difference between Group Mentoring and Peer Mentoring.
Ans. (i) A mentor is an experienced person, trusted guide, an advisor, wise and intellectual person who provides information, support, and encouragement, uses the mind creatively especially to another person, in their board for day-to-day issues encountered on the job and alternative perspectives on issues in terms of both problem identification and problem solving.
(ii) Business refers to an established person who is capable and willing to offer invaluable advice, support and guidance to a new entrepreneur is referred as Business mentor.
(iii) Group Mentoring/Peer Mentoring: This requires a mentor to work with 4-6 mentees at one time. Mentoring relations, formally or informally with colleagues.

2. Answer in not more than 50 words:
(i) What is informal mentoring?
(ii) Enumerate the role played by the mentor.
Ans. (i) (a) There is no mentoring agreement.
(b) Goals of the relationship are not specified.
(c) Outcomes are not measured.
(d) Mentor and mentee self-select on the basis of personal chemistry.
(ii) (a) Help in diagnosing in order to define and understand the current situations in ,’ the enterprise.
(b) Help a mentee to assess his/her areas of shortcomings and strengths, giving critical , feedback to him in key areas.
(c) Provide assistance in finding the necessary information.
(d) Provide assistance in preparation of documentation for the enterprise and enterprise support programmes.
(e) Provides guidance and support in preparation and implementation of development activities/plans/projects, in order to achieve the best possible business results.
(f) Helps in identification, procurement and utilization of resources required for the proposed venture.
(g) Provides assistance in finding business partners.
(h) Provides consultation, and helps in coordinating activities aimed at accessing funds, new technologies, etc.
(i) Introduce the mentee to relevant consultants, trainers, suppliers, lawyers, accountants, etc. for that will help him boost confidence.
(l) As the mentor has the experience of witnessing ‘highs’ and ‘lows’ daring his venture starting, he/she can be a great source of introducing mentee to threats, can risks of market. –
(k) Helps the mentee in learning, specific skills, knowledge, unspoken rules critical for success of business. Mentoring benefits the enterprise, mentors and mentees.

3. Answer in not more than 75 words:
(i) What benefits do mentors gain from their function?
(ii) Explain the concept of mentoring. Give two examples to support your answer.
Ans. (i) Mentors enjoy many benefits:
(a) Gains insights from the mentee’s background and history that can be used in the mentor’s professional and personal development.
(b) Gains satisfaction in sharing expertise with others.
(c) Re-energizes the mentor’s career.
(d) Gains an ally in promoting the organization’s well-being.
(e) Learns more about other areas within the organization.
(ii) Mentoring is about a person helping another to achieve something beneficial.
He is a faithful, wise advisor, creates an informal environment, in which the other person feels encouraged to discuss their needs and circumstances openly and in confidence.
Mentoring is a powerful personal development and empowerment tool.
His help and support are in a non-threatening manner, so that the recipient appreciates and give values to him.
It involves to support and encourage people to manage their own learning in order that may maximize their potential develop their skills, improve performance and become the person they want to do.
Examples:
1. Family members, experienced friends or your career advisor giving out advice.
2. Well established person who is capable and willing to offer invaluable advice, support and guidance to a new entrepreneur.
3. Teacher teaches students.
4. Group of promoters advising and new entrepreneurs.
5. Coaching is also one of the transactional situation.

4. Answer in not more than 150 words:
(i) Briefly state the different types of mentoring.
(ii) “Not only the entrepreneur but also the entire organization benefits from Mentoring”. Explain?
Ans.(i)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-17
Types:
Generally, a mentor does not get involved in the daily activities of the business. But they will stay in contact with the new business owner, and make themselves available when questions arise.
At the start, the person being mentored may need more frequent meetings but as the mentee grows confident, they will need fewer contacts with the mentor. It is for the mentee to select the type of mentoring required.
Mentoring thus may be classified on two grounds:
(a) Mode of construction (in which way mentorship is structured)
(b) Mode of delivering (in which manner mentorship is rendered).
Informal:
• Goals of the relationship are not specified
• Outcomes are not measured
• Mentor and mentee self-select on the basis of personal chemistry.
Formal:
• Mentor and mentee are paired based on compatibility
• Goals are established from the beginning by the organization
• Outcomes are measured.
Delivering Mode
One-on-one: This mentoring matches one mentor with one mentee.
Group Mentoring: This requires a mentor to work with 4-6 mentees at one time. Online Mentoring: Mentoring relations through computerized programmes.
Peer Mentoring: Mentoring relations, formally or informally with colleagues.
(ii) Mentoring in itself benefits the organisation through:
• Enhancing strategic business initiatives.
• Encouraging retention.
• Reducing turnover costs.
• Improving productivity and production.
• Breaking down the “silo” mentality by senior employees and in between employers and employees.
• Elevating knowledge transfer from just getting information and to retaining the practical experience and wisdom gained from long-term employees.
• Enhancing professional development.
• Linking employees with valuable knowledge and information to other employees in need of such information.
• Using own employees, instead of outside consultants, as internal experts for professional.
• Development and encouraging them.
• Supporting the creation or a multicultural workforce by creating relationships among diverse employees and allowing equal access to mentoring.
• Creating a mentoring culture, which continuously promotes individual employee growth and development.

5. Answer in not more than 250 words:
(i) Discuss the role and importance of mentoring.
(ii) Explain mentoring. What are the characteristics?
Ans. (i) For giving a strong foothold to the venture and ensuring its growth, the role of the mentor is very wide, crucial and significant. This long-term guidance support, enabling someone who is less experienced to develop and grow in their chosen role can be summarized as follows:
(а) Help in diagnosing in order to define and understand the current situations in the enterprise.
(b) Help a mentee to assess his/her areas of shortcomings and strengths, giving critical feedback to him in key areas.
(c) Provide assistance in finding the necessary information.
(d) Provide assistance in preparation of documentation for the enterprise and enterprise support programmes.
(e) Provides guidance and support in preparation and implementation of development activities/plans/projects, in order to achieve the best possible business results.
(f) Helps in identification, procurement and utilization of resources required for the proposed venture.
(g) Provides assistance in finding business partners.
(h) Provides consultation, and help in coordinating activities aimed at accessing funds, new technologies, etc.
(i) Introduce the mentee to relevant consultants, trainers, suppliers, lawyers, accountants etc. for that will help him boost confidence.
(j) As the mentor has the experience of witnessing “highs’ and ‘lows’ during his venture starting, he/she can be a great source of introducing mentee to threats, risks of market.
(k) Helps mentee in learning, specific skills, knowledge, unspoken rules critical for success of business.
(ii) Mentoring is about a person helping another to achieve something. As a faithful and wise advisor he creates an informal environment, in which the other person feels encouraged to discuss their needs and circumstances openly and in confidence.
It is a powerful personal development and empowerment tool. He/she is always providing help and support in a non-threatening way, in a manner that the recipient appreciates and values is mentoring. It involves to support and encourage people to manage their own learning in order that may maximize their potential, develop their skills, improve performance and become the person they want to do.
It is the process through which someone who is perceived as a facilitator, listener, coalition builder, trustworthy, creates a safe learning environment, without making the mentee worry about negative consequences.
These are the following characteristics of mentoring :
1. Takes place outside a line manager-employee relationship, at the mutual consent of a mentor and the person being mentored.
2. It always focuses on professional development and sometimes may go beyond the extent like outside a mentee’s area of work.
3. It is always considered as a personal relationship. As a mentor he provides both professional and personal support.
4. Relationship may be initiated by a mentor through a match initiated by the organization.
5. Relationship crosses job boundaries.
6. Relationship may last for a specific period like short period of time (nine months to a year) in a formal program, at which point the pair may continue in an informal mentoring relationship.
7. It is really about developing a person’s character and ability to grow. Coaching is more for the immediate future.
8. The relationship itself, which determines if the mentoring will be successful. Trust, rapport and caring are important in coaching but the relationship dynamic is not the same.
9. Mentoring is a gift, and usually the person will pay it back by mentoring someone else. This is what helps mentoring grow exponentially throughout society. Coaching is a more transactional situation.

SOURCES OF INFORMATION
1. Answer in not more than 15 words:
(i) Define Census Method of collecting data.
(ii) Name the main producers of information.
(iii) Name the-sources available to an entrepreneur at the state and the central level, to seek information regarding plant and machinery .
Ans. (i) It refers to the method of collecting data covering each and every item of the prescribed area under investigation.
(ii) There are three main producers/originators of information. These are the:
(a) Government Agencies (b) Academic Institutions
(c) Private sector (d) Individuals
(iii) SFC (State Finance Corporation).
CCIE (chief Controller of Import and Export).

2. Answer in not more than 75 words:
(i) Identify any six major small scale industry groups in India.
(ii) What purpose does ‘information’ serve for an entrepreneur?
Ans. (i) Small scale industries: These are the industrial units whose investment in plant and machinery does not exceed ? 5 crore.
The main features of these industries are as follows:
(i) Labours are the main people involved in the part of production. They will be get wages.
(ii) They use machine and runs with electricity.
Examples:
(a) Hosiery factories in Ludhiana.
(b) Scientific instruments making factories in Ambala.
(c) Carpet making factories in Panipat.
(d) Radio, TV, etc. manufacturing factories in Delhi.
1. Tiny Sector: Only the business enterprises which are constituted under the tiny sector and whose investment in plant and machinery is up to 25 lakhs, but would
• shortly be raised irrespective of location of the unit.
2. Auxiliary Small Units: A small-scale industry unit can be known as ancillary (auxiliary) small industrial unit if it supplies not less than 50% of its production to another unit, referred to as the parent unit. Such type of units manufacture tools and equipments, components, unfinished goods, spare parts, etc. for the parent units.
These units also enjoy the benefit of getting demand from the parent units so that they can survive for long time and time to time they get financial help also from their parent unit.
3. Micro-business: A unit can be called as micro business enterprise, if it has an investment in plant and machinery and it does not exceed 25 lakh.
4. Small-scale Service and Business (industry Related) Enterprise:
The definition of MSME’s (Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises) in the service sector is:
Micro-enterprise: Investment in equipment does not exceed 10 lakh.
Small enterprise: Investment in equipment is more than 10 lakh but does not exceed 2 crores.
Medium enterprise: Investment in equipment is more than 2 crores and less than 5 crores.
5. Small-Scale Industries Owned and Managed by Women Entrepreneurs:
A small-scale industry can be known as a ‘Women Enterprise’ if a woman or a group of women individually or jointly, have share capital of not less than 51%. Such type of enterprises can avail of the concession offered by the government, e.g. low rate of interest on loans, etc.
6. Export-oriented: A small scale industry unit can be known as export-oriented unit if it exports more than 50% of its production. Such type of units have the benefit like subsidy offered by the government.
The Ministry of MSME & ARI will bring out a specific list of hi-tech and export oriented industries which would require the investment limit to be raised upto 5 crores to admit of suitable technology upgradation and to enable them to maintain their competitive edge.
7. Cottage and Rural: According to the Fiscal Commission, “Cottage industry is an industry which is run either as whole-time or part-time occupation with the full or partial help of the members of the family.”
The main features of these industries are as follows:
(i) Run only by the members of the family.
(ii) Mainly run by the artisans at their homes.
(iii) Involve very little capital.
(iv) Often fulfil the requirement of a local region.
(v) Involve rare use of machines.
(vi) The main examples are khadi and handicrafts industries. Traditional items are manufactured in these industries like mats, shoes, pottery, etc.
(ii) Importance of Information for an Entrepreneur:
Entrepreneur is a person who conceives an idea, or who discovers the opportunity in the environment. This ability of an entrepreneur of perceiving and sensing an opportunity, makes him always, search “For knowledge/need/problem” in the environment. He needs to, in depth scan “inquiry/idea”/“quest” so as to evaluate its feasibility and viability. A detailed investigation is a must, before an entrepreneur converts the idea into enterprise. The most common parameters to be investigated are:
(1) Feasibility, viability, application and utility of prevailing market conditions viz. demand, supply, competitors.
(2) Types of resources required and their supplies.
(3) Expected profitability.
(4) Prevailing environmental factors and their impact on idea’s feasibility. Thus, before any decision is taken an entrepreneur needs accurate, authentic and relevant information.

3. Answer in not more than 150 words:
Identify the information resource centre at the State and Central levels available in India to the entrepreneur regarding:
(a) Product standardization and quality mark.
(b) Technical know-how.
(c) Selection of project.
(d) Registration.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-18

4. Answer in not more than 250 words:
(i) Differentiate between Primary, Secondary and Tertiary source of information.
(ii) What is meant by primary source of information? Explain the method of collecting primary data.
Ans.(i)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-19
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-20
(ii) Primary sources are original materials and collected from the time period involvec and have not been filtered through interpretation or valuation. They present original thinking, report a discovery, or share new information and it is based on in-depth research studies.
It includes:
(a) The data is collected by the investigator for the first time.
(b) Primary source report, a discovery or share new information.
(c) They present first hand accounts and information relevant to an event.
(d) They present information in its original form, not interpreted, condensed or evaluated by other writers.
(e) They are usually evidence or accounts of the events, practices being researched and created by a person who directly experienced that event.
(f) Primary sources are the first formal appearance of results in print or electronic formats.
Methods of Collection:
The different methods of collecting data are as follows:
(a) Direct Personal Investigation: It refers to the method by which the investigator collects the information personally from the informants and the source concerned. It can be possible if field of investigation is limited. More degree of originality and accuracy is required. Direct data with the informants are required.
(b) Indirect Oral Investigation: The investigator collects the information not from the original person but approaches certain sources which are close or to be known directly or indirectly to the informants.
• It can be more suitable-if the field of investigation is large.
• There is no possibility of direct contact.
• The concerned informants are not able to read and write.
• Mostly used in government departments.
(c) Local Correspondents: The investigator appoints local agents or correspondents in different parts of the area under investigation. Generally, they collect the information according to their skills and tactfulness and then submit it to the investigators.
• It is more suitable when regular and time-to-time information is required.
• Area has wide coverage.
• The availability of information is possible through magazine, journals, annual report.
(d) Mailed Questionnaire: It refers to the type prepared by the investigator keeping in view the objective of the inquiry and sends it to informants/respondents who post or e-mail. The informants fill it completely by himself and send it back to the investigator.
(e) Questionnaire through Enumerators: The enumerators go to informants along with the questionnaire to help fill the questionnaire according to the answers given by the informants. It is also known as schedules.

SIZE AND CAPITAL BASED

Classification of Business Enterprises
1. Answer in not more than 15 words:
(i) Define a ‘Tiny enterprise’.
(ii) Define a Large Scale Enterprise.
(iii) When is a unit said to be a “Medium Scale Enterprise”?
(iv) When is a unit referred to as a “Micro-Business Enterprise”?
Ans. (i) Tiny enterprises are those business unit where the investment in plant and machinery does not exceed ? 2.5 million (? 25 Lakhs) irrespective of the location of the unit.
(ii) The industrial units whose investment in plant and machinery exceeds 10 crores are
said to be large units. .
(iii) A medium enterprise is one where the investment in plant and machinery is more than ? 5 crore but does not exceed ? 10 crore.
(iv) A unit is known as micro business enterprise if it has an investment in plant and machinery (their original cost excluding/and building and items specified by Ministry of SSI in its notification No. S.O. 1722 (e) dated Oct. 5, 2006) does not exceed Rs. 25 lakh.

2. Answer in not more than 50 words:
(i) List the parameters used to measure the volume of the business.
(ii) How would you differentiate between an ancillary unit and a tiny unit?
(iii) When is any activity referred as a ‘Business Activity’?
Ans. (i) Following are the list of the parameters used to measure the volume of the business.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-21
(ii) Differences between an ancillary unit and a tiny unit.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-22
(iii) All the activities which are undertaken in connection with the place of production to the place of consumption is said to be business activity.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-23

3. Answer in not more than 75 words:
(i) Classify, on the basis of size, the business enterprises.
(ii) Explain the characteristics of a cottage and rural industry.
(iii) Discuss the enterprises which comes under the category of being an SSI units.
Ans. (i) On the basis of size three types of industries are there:
1. Small Scale Industry: It means that industrial unit whose investment in plant and machinery does not exceed ? 5 crores.
2. Medium Scale Industries: A medium enterprise is one where the investment in plant and machinery is more than X 5 crores but does not exceed ? 10 crores.
3. Large Scale Industries: The industrial units whose investment in plant and machinery exceeds 10 crores are said to be large units.
Whether a business enterprise is small or large depends upon its volume. Some of the prevalent parameters for measuring the volume are as follows: In India, often, it is adjudged on the basis of the volume of the capital invested whether an enterprise is large or small.
Thus, according to volume of capital invested, industries are categorized as:
(a) Small Scale (b) Medium Scale (c) Large Scale
(a) Small Scale Industries: It means that industrial unit whose investment in plants and machinery does not exceed Rs. 5 crores. In this type of industry labours are kept on wages, machines are used,machines must run with electricity. Some examples of SSI units are:
(а) Hosiery factories in Ludhiana.
(b) Scientific instruments making factories in Ambala,
(c) Carpet making factories in Panipat.
(b) Medium Scale Industries: A medium enterprise is one where the investment in plant and machinery is more than Rs. 5 crores but does not exceed Rs. 10 Crores.
(c) Large Scale Industries: The industrial units whose investment in plant and machinery exceeds 10 crores are said to be large units.
(ii) Cottage and Rural: According to the Fiscal Commission, “Cottage industry is an industry which is run either as a whole-time or a part-time occupation with the full or partial help of the members of the family.” It includes all the products that are produced in a home-based enterprise rather than in a factory.
The main features of these industries are as follows:
(a) Run only by the members of the family.
(b) Mainly run by the artisans at their homes.
(c) Involve very little capital.
(d) Often fulfil the requirement of a local region.
(e) Involve rare use of machines.
(f) The main examples are khadi and handicraft industries.
(g) Cottage industries are mainly traditional industries which produce traditional goods with the traditional techniques.
Examples of cottage industries are khadi industry, handicrafts, handlooms, cane and bamboo based industries, pottery, black smithy, etc. Cottage industries in India are spread all over the country. This is an employment opportunity for people who know how to make articles such as rugs, clothing, jewellery and other things. It is usually done at home and then sold. The industry tries to preserve the cultural history of the people.
(iii) Small Scale Industries: The industrial unit whose investment in plant and
machinery does not exceed ? 5 crore are called Small Scale Industries.
The main features of these industries are as follows:
(a) Labour are the main people involved in the part of production. They will be get wages.
(b) They use machine and runs with electricity.
Examples: (a) Hosiery factories in Ludhiana.(b) Scientific instruments making
factories in Ambala. (c) Carpet making factories in Panipat. (d) Radio, TV, etc.
manufacturing factories in Delhi.
(1) Tiny Sector: Only those business enterprises are constituted under the tiny sector whose investment in plant and machinery is up to ? 25 lakhs, but would shortly be raised irrespective of location of the unit.
(2) Auxiliary Small Units: A small-scale industry unit can be known as ancillary (auxiliary) small industrial unit if it supplies not less than 50% of its production to another unit, referred to as the parent unit. Such type of units manufactures tools and equipments, components, unfinished goods, spare parts, etc. for the parent units. These units also enjoy the benefit of getting demand from the parent units so that they can survive for long time and they get financial help also from their parent unit. ‘
(3) Micro-business: A unit can be called as micro business enterprise, if it has an investment in plant and machinery does not exceed ? 25 lakhs.
(4) Small-scale Service and Business (industry Related) Enterprise: The definition of MSME’s (Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises) in the service sector is:
• Micro-enterprise: Investment in equipment does not exceed ? 10 lakhs.
• Small enterprise: Investment in equipment is more than ? 10 lakhs but does not exceed ? 2 crores.
• Medium enterprise: Investment in equipment is more than ? 2 crores and less than 5 crores.
(5) Small-Scale Industries Owned and Managed by Women Entrepreneurs:
A small-scale industry can be known as a ‘Women Enterprise’ if a woman or a group of women individually or jointly, have share capital of not less than 51%. Such type of enterprises can avail of the concession offered by the government, e.g. low rate of interest on loans, etc.
(6) Export-oriented: A small scale industry unit can be known as export-oriented unit if it exports more than 50% of its production. Such type of units have the benefit like subsidy offered by the government.
The Ministry of MSME & ARI will bring out a specific list of hi-tech and export oriented industries which would require the investment limit to be raised upto ? 5 crores to admit of suitable technology upgradation and to enable them to maintain their competitive edge.
(7) Cottage and Rural: According to the Fiscal Commission, “Cottage industry is an industry which is run either as a whole-time or a part-time occupation with the full or partial help of the members of the family.”
The main features of these industries are as follows:
(a) Run only by the members of the family.
(b) Mainly run by the artisans at their homes.
(c) Involve very little capital.
(d) Often fulfil the requirement of a local region.
(e) Involve rare use of machines.
(f) The main examples are khadi and handicraft industries.

4. HIGHER ORDER THINKING SKILLS (HOTS)
(i) Anurag, a textile industrialist, wants to buy a new printing machinery and its allied tools.
Suggest for him, that before any finalising the same, what he should investigate first.
(ii) Procurement of physical resources is not an easy job. Do you agree? Give reasons.
(iii) How is “Capitalisation” different from “Capital Structure”?
(iv) ‘An ideal capital structure is a result of great, planning and team work’. What factors are required to be planned and paid attention to at this time?
(v) Anjali Ltd. had decided to expand its production capacity by modernizing its plant and machinery at an estimated cost of ? 2 crores. The company doesn’t have enough reserves to finance modernization. Suggest two sources to the company from where they can raise finance.
Ans. (i) Physical resources are those that are made by human through his abilities and skills.
It includes various capital equipments required by an entrepreneur at the startup stage of the business that he can carry out his business smoothly. They are available to an organisation in the form of:
(а) buildings, plants, machineries, etc.
(b) raw-material required for the basic operation.
(c) other requirements depending upon the nature of the product and services for running of an enterprise like technology.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-24
• So, the foremost concern for the entrepreneur is to assess the ‘place’ where the enterprise is going to be established.
The basic infrastructure required to be constructed is all part of physical resources.
• The category of physical resources covers a wide range of operational resources concerned with the physical capability of the enterprise.
(ii) A careful selection of physical resources is essential because many allied issues are influenced by the ‘place’ selected such as:
(1) Capital Cost: Physical resources should be within the limit laid down.
(2) Access to other resources: At initial stage availability resources should be assured
(3) Transport and Communication Cost: These two things should be within the limit.
(4) Availability of manpower and its cost (wages, salaries) All skilled, unskilled, administrative staff and technical expert should be available and their remuneration should be appropriate.
(5) Cost of production should not exceed.
(6) Availability of other utilities like water, gas, fuel, etc. must be ensured. The premises should be located according to the availability of various infrastructural requirement like water, gas, power, fuel, etc.
(7) Access to market for both raw materials and finished goods within the area easily accessible and delaying should be avoided for both market and supply of finished goods.
(8) Pollution concerns involved: Should be cross checked and verified throughout means it should not be harmful to the society.
(iii)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-25
(iv) Capital structure is the composition or mix of different types of long-term capita whether owned or borrowed. It includes all the long term funds consisting of share capital, debentures, bonds, loans and reserves.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-26
To find out an ideal debt-equity mix is a difficult task. Every entrepreneur should try developing that relationship of debt and equity securities which is maximum the value of a company’s shares in the market. There are many factors which are to be considered while designing an appropriate capital structure of a company like earning capacity of the company. The relative weightage assigned to each of these factors will vary widely from company to company depending upon the:
(а) Characteristics of the company
(b) General economic conditions prevailing
(c) Circumstances under which the company is operating.
A proper proportion between fixed and variable yield-bearing securities is very necessary for the liquidity and solvency of the company.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-27
If a company make an ideal capital structure which shows a high degree of earning capacity it shows a result of great, planning and team work.
(v) (i) Loans from Financial Institutions: Institutional finance refers to institutional sources of finance to industry, other than commercial banks. These institutions are established by the Central/State Government, aiming at promoting the industrial development of a country and to provide technical assistance to industrial units.
(ii) Loans and Advances: A loan is a lumpsum advance made for a specified period. Here, the entire amount is paid to the borrower in lumpsum either in cash or by way of transfer to his account. In this:
• The borrower may withdraw the entire amount in a lumpsum or in installments as per his/her needs.
• The interest is charged on full amount of loan irrespective of how much had been actually withdrawn.
• Loans are generally granted against the security of certain assets.
These are the two sources to the company from where they can easily raise finance.

APPLICATION BASED EXERCISE
Question. (i) Shraddha wants to start an Agro-based unit in Solan. What is she required to do to acquire a competent workforce for her proposed plant?
(ii) Suruchi is planning to establish a small scale export factory. To ensure that she is neither short of or in excess of capital, guide her how to go about for financial resources.
(iii) Mr. Nair, while planning for the financial requirement, overlooked the use of Technology in Production. What loss can befall on society because of his act of ignorance.
(iv) Mukesh is planning to establish a restaurant at Connaught Place, Delhi. What patterns of capital structure are available to him? Give reasons.
(v) Shalini plans to set up a Printing Press in Ludhiana. She looks upto her cousin Amit, who is successfully running a similar unit in Jaipur, for all possible help, guidance and suggestions. What kind of mentoring is this?
(vi) Malti, wants to commence a Blue Pottery Enterprise. Before starting, multiple information is required as a part of her systematic planning. Discuss the methods available to her to collect the required data.
Ans. (i) People required for various positions throughout the enterprise gets affected by:
(a) Finding out the total amount of works to be done and then dividing it into different sets of activities.
(b) The total number of tasks and jobs required to be accomplished under different activities.
(c) How much work can the average person do in a specified period of time?
(d) Level of absenteeism expected.
(e) Level of labour turnover.
(f) The present number of employees.
(g) The future plans for expansions, diversification and growth.
(ii) It refers to a small scale industry unit can be known as export-oriented unit if it exports more than 50% of its production. Such type of units have the benefit like subsidy offered by the government.
The Ministry of MSME & ARI will bring out a specific list of hi-tech and export oriented industries which would require the investment limit to be raised upto Rs. 5 crores to admit of suitable technology up gradation and to enable them to maintain their competitive edge. These method will ensure that she is neither short of or in excess of capital, guide her how to go about for financial resources.
(iii) The capital requirement of a business enterprise can broadly be classified into two main categories. They are:
(i) Fixed capital requirements (ii) Working capital requirements.
In general the technology to be used in production can be of two types
1. Capital-intensive Technique: It refers to more amount of capital required to start a business like machineries.
2. The labour-intensive technique refers to more number of labour to start the business. While planning for the financial planning technology in production to be used is one of the important decision taken by an entrepreneur and the financial requirements depends on a number of factors, the most important being the size of the enterprise, the industry group in which it operates and the nature of the technology employed. In general, small enterprises tend to have lower relative requirements for fixed as against working capital because of the high degree of labour intensity and if it a large scale industries the fixed capital requirement. Requirement is more as compared to working capital requirement as more investment in fixed assets. The fixed capital requirement should be correctly assessed and financed carefully for the smooth running of enterprise.
(iv) Capital structure is the composition or mix of different types of long-term capital whether owned or borrowed. It includes all the long term funds consisting of share capital, debentures, bonds, loans and reserves.
The patterns of financing, i.e. deciding about the types of securities to be issued for raising the necessary funds is what capital structure determines.
Patterns of capital structure are available to him.
In case of a new company, the capital structure may be of any of the following patterns:
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-28
( v ) It is a type of informal mentoring—Peer mentoring.
Informal mentoring is a voluntary relationship. In this the satisfaction and personal rewards a mentor gains from an effective mentoring relationship. They are free to withdraw from it if it becomes unproductive or onerous. The mentored individual can, therefore, enjoy the advantages of the mentor relationship without guilt. The starting point is to be very clear on how a mentor could help you at this point in your career. What specifically do you need? This will be personal to your circumstances but might include one or more of the following:
As he assist in her for preparation of documentation and other help
• Personal-a mentor provides both professional and personal support
• Career direction/guidance
• How to handle office politics?
• Options for skills development
• Professional/technical help
• Support through a decision-making process
• Organisational information/knowledge
• Help a mentee to assess his/her areas of shortcomings and strengths, giving critical feedback to him in key areas
• Helps in identification, procurement and utilization of resources required for the proposed venture
• Provides consultation, and helps in coordinating activities aimed at accessing funds, new technologies, etc.
(vi) Methods of Collection:
The different methods of collecting data are as follows:
(а) Direct Personal Investigation: It refers to the method by which the investigator collects the information personally from the informants and the source concerned. It can be possible if field of investigation is limited. More degree of originality and accuracy is required.
(b) Indirect Oral Investigation: The investigator collects the information not from the original person but approaches certain sources which are close or to be known directly or indirectly to the informants.
• It can be more suitable, if the field of investigation is large.
• There is no possibility of direct contact.
• The concerned informants are not able to read and write.
• Mostly used in government departments.
(c) Local Correspondents: The investigator appoints local agents or correspondents in different parts of the area under investigation. Generally, they collect the information according to their skills and tactfulness and then submit it to the investigators.
• It is more suitable when regular and time to time information is required.
• Area has wide coverage.
• The availability of information is possible through magazine, journals, annual
report.
(d) Mailed Questionnaire: It refers to the type prepared by the investigator keeping in view the objective of the inquiry and sends it to informants/respondents who post or e-mail. The informants fill it completely by himself and send it back to the investigator.
(e) Questionnaire through enumerators: The enumerators go to informants along with the questionnaire to help fill the questionnaire according to the answers given by the informants. It is also known as schedules.

MORE QUESTIONS SOLVED

I. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [1 MARK]
1. Name the word ‘mentor’ comes from.
Ans. The word mentor comes from the character “Mentor” in Homer’s epic tale, The Odyssey.

2. What do you understand by mentorship?
Ans. Mentorship is a developmental partnership through which one person shares knowledge, skills, information and perspective to foster the personal and professional growth of someone else.

3. Why mentor is also called as trusted guide?
Ans. Mentor is also called as trusted guide because he is a wise advisor, creates an informal environment, in which the other person feels encouraged to discuss their needs and circumstances openly and with confidence.

4. What do you understand by captive unit arrangements?
Ans. Captive Service is a portion of Business Process Outsourcing where an organization will use a wholly owned subsidiary instead of a Third Party Vendor. Parent company will use the resources made by the subsidiary company , with the only benefit of reducing the cost of production, cost of saving of using outside resources and easily maintaining and complete control over the process.

5. What do you mean business etymology of “business”?
Ans. The etymology of “business” relates to the state of being busy either as an in dividual or society as a whole doing commercially viable and profitable work.

6. How L.H. Haney has defined the term ‘ Business’?
Ans. “Business may be defined as a human activity directed towards producing or acquiring wealth through buying and selling of goods”. —L.H. Haney

7. Define strategy.
Ans. ’’Strategy is the direction and scope of an organisation over the long-term; which achieves advantage for the organisation through its configuration of resources within a challenging environment, to meet the needs of markets and to fulfil stakeholder expectations”.
—Johnson and Scholes

8. How will an entrepreneur can classify business activities?
Ans. Business activities can be also classified on the following grounds/basis:
(i) activity (ii) size (iii) ownership.

9. Neerja wants to start a small size business in her colony. Give some examples of tiny units she can approach for.
Ans. Stationery shop, schools, parlours, photostate and STD booths in your locality.

10. Who is called as a brain box of the enterprise?
Ans. Managerial staff is called as a brain box of the enterprise.

11. Why some entrepreneurs outsource professional experts?
Ans. Professional experts can be outsourced by the entrepreneur because the small enterprises cannot afford them on their regular payrolls.

12. Give examples of professional experts who render their services to run the business enterprises.
Ans. Chartered accountants, auditors, bankers, lawyers, are important professional experts who render their services to run the business enterprises.

13. What features are to be considered for adopting the technology by an enterprise?
Ans. The technology should he latest, valid, credible, and must have proper and have sound technical values.

14. What do you mean by the term licentiates?
Ans. Licentiates refers to any individuals holding professionals licenses, or it indicates that any person who holds a certificate of competence to practice a profession. They may run to partnership, firms, or corporations as well as to individuals.

15. If an entrepreneur cannot personally supply the necessary amount of money he can go for another option, i.e. (OPM) .What does this OPM stands for?
Ans. OPM stands for ‘OTHER PEOPLE’S MONET.

16. How an entrepreneur workout financial resourcing for a business?
Ans. (1) How much finance is required?
(2) The terms for which finance is required.
(3) What are the sources of generating finance?

17. What constitutes borrowed capital?
Ans. The capital, which is borrowed by the entrepreneur from banks, financial organizations, or from any other source constitutes borrowed capital.

18. What do you understand by intangible resources?
Ans. These resources are neither be touched or can be seen but that have value but helps immensely in providing a strong foothold to enterprise.
The intangible possession is a resource which enables a business to continue to earn a profit that is in excess of the normal basic rate of profit earned by other business of similar type.

19. Enumerate the categories of intangible resources.
Ans. This category generally comprises:
(i) Goodwill (ii) Reputation
(iii) Brands (iv) Intellectual Property.

20. What do you mean by goodwill?
Ans. Goodwill = acquisition price – net assets.

21. What do you mean by reputation?
Ans. It is business tactics which could help gather the necessary support from employees and suppliers to get good name in the market.

22. What do you mean by Intellectual Property?
Ans. The steps in the process of financial planning are as follows:

23. Define financial planning.
Ans. Financial planning is deciding in advance how much to spend, on what to spend on the basis of availability of funds.

24. How strong brands help an entrepreneur as a key factor?
Ans. Strong brands are often the key factors to know in whether a growth strategy is a success or failure and it will help an entrepreneur to command and sustain with higher margin.

25. Define financial planning.
Ans. Financial planning is deciding in advance how much to spend, on what to spend on the basis of availability of funds.

26. What do you understand by manning table?
Ans. A manning table is a listing of the positions or number of workers to be used in the operation of a particular machine or process.

27. What is the basis of obtaining unsecured loans?
Ans. Unsecured loans are mostly given on the credit worthiness and capacity to pay of an entrepreneur.

28. Why is finance called as a master key?
Ans. Finance is also known as the master key because it provides access to all the other sources for being employed in manufacturing, trading and services activities.

29. What do you mean by the manning table?
Ans. It refers to a listing of the position of workers number of employees to be used from top level to lower level in the manufacturing process or of a particular machine or for a particular job.

30. Define the term ‘Job’.
Ans. ‘Job’ is a task or piece of work especially one that is paid.

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2/3 MARKS]
1. What are the steps in the process of financial planning?
Ans. The steps in the process of financial planning are as follows:
(a) Estimation: Amount of funds or capital to be required in the future is estimated.
Here, the amount of money to be raised bases on goals is determined.
(b) Determining securities: For acquiring capital what securities are to be issued is determined here. The form, types, size, etc. of the securities is to be fund to be raised,
(c) Formulation of policies: After estimating the requirement and determining securities, the next is formulating policies for administrating the capital. This involves the making of various targets, ensuring proper utilization of funds, etc.

2. Define Finance.
Ans. Finance may be defined as the provision of money at the time as per the requirement.

3. How an entrepreneur sources to procure finance for small business?
Ans. Finance is required whether the business is small or large. Sources of procurement of finance for small business : Own saving or raise loans from relatives, friends or some financial institutions.

4. Define Business Finance.
Ans. Business Finance may be defined as the acquisition and utilization of capital funds in meeting the financial needs and overall objectives of a business enterprise.

5. “Business Finance is an activity”. Comment.
Ans. Business finance is that activity because it is concerned with the planning, fund raising, controlling and administering and managing of all the funds to be used in the business enterprises whether business is small or large.
Enumerate two major of financial decision-making by an entrepreneur.
The two major areas of financial decision-making, requires on part of entrepreneur to take the:
(a) Funds requirement decision: It is concerned with the estimation of total funds required to start and run the business enterprise.
(b) Financing decisions: It is concerned with the sources from which the funds are to be raised.

6. Difference between seed capital and margin money.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-29

7. What do you mean by over-capitalisation?
Ans. Overcapitalisation signifies a situation when an enterprise possesses excess of assets in relation to its actual requirements.
Overcapitalization always indicates that actual earning is always lesser than the decided one.

8. What do you mean by under-capitalisation?
Ans. It refers to a situation when actual capitalisation is lower than the proper capitalisation. Under-capitalisation capital always shows the assets value may be more than the values reflected in the books of accounts.

9. How need of financial resources helps an entrepreneur?
Ans. • Finance is one of the important prerequisites to start an enterprise.
• It helps an entrepreneur to arrange all other required resources together like, personnel, machines, materials, methods, land, etc. to startup the business systematically.
• It helps an entrepreneur to start his business activities smoothly and convert a dream into reality.

10. What do you understand by owner’s funds? Enumerate the forms of owner’s funds.
Ans. Owners fund is a type of finance for an enterprise. It is that part of total investment that belongs entirely to the entrepreneur of the business.
• This fund can be provided by a single owner or by a group of owners.
• In such funds the risk is to bared by the owner himself.
• More is the proportion of owner’s fund in the enterprise, higher control is enjoyed by the entrepreneur.
Owner’s funds can be in the form of:
(a) Equity capital (b) Preference capital (c) Margin money/Seed money

11. What is short term capital?
Ans. • The amount of capital which is invested in the enterprise for a period less than one year.
• Such capital is needed for fulfilling the day to day requirements of the enterprise. It is needed for procuring raw material, finished goods, spare parts, advertising, marketing etc.
• Such capital is obtained from financial institutions against the securities. It is needed more by the enterprises having longer length of operating cycle.

12. What is margin money?
Ans. When an entrepreneur raises capital through bank or financial institution, then if he has to contribute some percentage of the total borrowed/released amount by the bank or institution on behalf of the entrepreneur as margin money.
• It is the contribution by the borrower/entrepreneur towards the cost of the project for „ which is applied for.
• No bank or financial institution will ready to finance the project unless margin money is contributed.
• No collateral security is required at the time of margin money contribution.
• It may vary from 15-25% according to type of business and institution.

13. What is seed capital? Give example.
Ans. • Capital needed to set up a new business or enterprise. It can be obtained from owners or his/her relatives or from outside sources.
• It is that money used for the initial investment in a project or startup company provided to an entrepreneur to prove the feasibility of the project and quality of startup capital.
• To avail this sources of finance he may concern and contact various agencies, financial institutions.
• Example: Narayan Murthy started Infosys in 1981, had no capital and his wife Sudhamurthy gave him ? 10,000 which can be considered as seed capital.

14. State any three important aspects which is mandatory for an entrepreneur regarding the proper planning and disbursement of funds:
Ans. (a) The total amount of finance required for implementing the business plans (how much money is needed)?
(b) The forms and proportion of various securities to be used for collecting the desired amount, such as, where the money will come from.
(c) The policies of utilization and administration of capital, (how can the firm utilize these funds in the best possible manner)?

15. What do you understand by finance?
Ans. The entrepreneur at every point of time needs money and he makes the arrangement of money whenever it is needed.
More is the size of enterprise more is the requirement of finance and it is used for purchasing raw materials, tools, equipments, hiring services, etc. thus we can say- finance means the arrangement of money at the time it is required is finance.

16. “Sound financial planning is necessary for the success of any business enterprise”. Explain
Ans. Yes, I agree with the statement. It entails.policies and procedures for proper coordination between the various functional areas of business, involving proper allocation of resources amongst the various departments.

17. How a business enterprise gets affected without an accurate financial plan?
Ans. Any enterprise/entrepreneur will start his business with an accurate plan embodying the financial needs of the company in the present and future. It is definite that the enterprise may have to face frequent difficulties and obstacles which may hamper the growth of an enterprise.

18. What does a mentor do?
Ans. As a teacher he teaches the mentee about a specific issue.
As a coach coaches the mentee on a particular skill.
As a facilator he facilitates the mentee growth by sharing resources and networks.
As a challenger he challenges the mentee to move beyond his or her comfort zone.
And he always creates a safe learning environment for taking risks and focuses on the mentees total development.

19. What do you understand by ‘Silo Mentality’?
Ans. It is a situation in some orgaisation/business firms where few people work in a different mindset. In these the employees in the same organisation or departments employees do not wish to share information/knowledge with other individuals or other departments. It is also called as a attitude problem of an enterprise.

20. What do you understand by the term business?
Ans. An economic activity which is conducted on regular basis to earn profit through the sale, exchange or transfer of goods and services, is referred as business.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-30

21. How can mentoring be classified on two grounds?
Ans. Mentoring thus may be classified on two grounds:
(a) Mode of construction (in which way mentorship is structured)
(b) Mode of delivering (in which manner mentorship is rendered)

22. How to overcome ‘Silo Mentality’ in an organisation?
Ans. • Giving new employees good atmosphere, and proper orientation and make them to understanding of all departments, encourage them to work in team.
• Regularly good communication and check with all the activities in the organisation and briefing the employees.
• Time to time taking good decision and careful regarding the selection and proper training of employees.
All these techniques will help an organisation and team leader to achieve the organisational goals and objectives.

23. Different firms need different resources. Enumerate the requirement of resources depends upon.
Ans. Different firms need different resources. The requirement of resources depends upon:
(a) Nature of activity (b) Size of activity
(c) Product specification (d) Type of business activity.

III. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]
1. What are the features of borrowed capital?
Ans. Borrowed capital is the capital borrowed by the enterprise for the normal running of the enterprise. Its features are:
(a) Interest: The borrowed capital has to be repaid with interest.
(b) Time period: The borrowed capital is to be paid back in the agreed time limit. Thus, it is the obligation of the entrepreneur.
(c) Right of control: The lenders of borrowed capital normally have no control over the management of the enterprise. However, some conditions are to be fulfilled by the entrepreneur.

2. Mention the various sources of raising short term capital.
Ans. Trade credit, cash credit, bank overdraft, discounting bill of exchange, etc. some sources of raising short term capital.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-31

3. What is medium term capital?
Ans. The amount of capital which is invested by the entrepreneur from a period more than one year but less than five years is medium-term capital. Such capital can be raised through debentures; loans from financial institutions, preference shares, etc. and it can be used for development, extension, expansion, and modernization, etc. of the enterprise. It may or may not form a part of working capital. Normally it is not used as working capital.

4. What is meant by long term capital? Why is it needed?
Ans. The amount of capital which is invested in the enterprise for a period more than five years but less than 25 years is a long term capital. It is needed for the following:
(a) For acquiring fixed assets like building, machines, etc.
(b) For development of enterprise.
(c) For research related with product.

5. What is collateral security?
Ans. It refers to a security of fixed assets given by an entrepreneur to banks and financial institutions against a sum borrowed by him. The assets mortgaged with the institution for the sanction of a loan. Except certain government schemes, banks and financial institutions require physical (asset) security to release loans. Fixed assets like buildings, land, machinery, etc. Registered in the name of entrepreneur can be used as security to release loans.

6. How the ‘Silo Mentality’ in workplace affect the enterprises culture? 
Ans. A silo mentality is an attitude found in some organisations that occurs when several departments or groups do not want to share information or knowledge with other individuals in the same company.
Increasing effect of Silo Mentality always :
• Reduces efficiency of overall business enterprise.
• It leads to poor communication, reduced trust, and often keeps one department or group against another.
• This leads to cost overruns, project delays, wasted efforts, poor products falling production and falling sales and ultimately less profit.
• It gives a bad reputation of an organisation in the market.
• It reduces morale among the employees.

7. What happen if an entrepreneur run his enterprise with outdated, obsolete, worn-out machinery or stick into sick plants?
Ans. If an entrepreneur runs his enterprise with outdated, obsolete, worn-out machinery or stick into sick units then it will result in bad capital budgeting decisions but also hamper the innovation and creativity of an entrepreneur.

8. What are the abilities a successful entrepreneur should possess?
Ans. The success of any enterprise lies in the capacity and ability of the entrepreneur to:
(i) Mobilize the resources
(ii) Organize the resources
(iii) Manage them efficiently and effectively as they are always scarce with reference to their demand.

9. What three important decisions are to be taken by an entrepreneur for efficient utilization of human resources? 
Ans. Thus efficient utilization of human resources is only possible if the entrepreneur is able to decide:
(i) The total work to be done
(ii) The right type of people who can do the work.
(iii) Employing right man at right job.

10. Why an entrepreneur realized that there is a need of Expert Professional Assistance to an enterprise for more efficiencies in their operation and can easily reduce the cost in effectiveness?
Ans. • Need of expert Professional Assistance in an enterprise for more efficiency in their day-to-day activities and can easily improve the cost effectiveness.
• Entrepreneur realizes that he can’t be an expert in all the areas and cannot do proper justice in all the areas of an enterprise.
• Individually no entrepreneur can utilize properly all resources, time and energy to meet their day-to-day requirements of the enterprise.
Thus, either outsourcing or availing of professional services from outside the firm, has become a major trend in human resources over the past decade.

11. Enumerate the various methods by which an entrepreneur can arrange various types of resources.
Ans. It is for the entrepreneur to analyse and evaluate the extent, nature and type of resource required. Commonly, one can arrange for these through:
• Contractual arrangements
• Third party arrangements
• Lease basis »
• Captive unit arrangement
• Part time arrangement
• Regular basis.

12. What is the difference between Term Loan and Demand Loan?
Ans. Difference Between term loan and demand loans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-32

13. What do you understand by intangible resources?
Ans. An intangible asset is an asset that does not physically or materially exist: Though an individual may not be able to view or touch an intangible asset, it can still be extremely valuable. In most cases, it is the companies that possess intangible assets, such as business contracts.

14. Distinguish between Formal mentoring and Informal mentoring.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-33

15. “A mentorship relationship is based on trust.” Do you agree? Comment.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-34
Ans. Yes, I agree with the statement. The relationship between mentor and mentee is totally based on trust.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-35
Building trust can take time; our behaviours can accelerate the time it takes.

16. Draw a flow chart of types of mentoring.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-36

17. Explain the features/characteristics of the term business.
Ans. Characteristics of the term business are the following:
(a) It is a day-to-day economic activity of the enterprise.
(b) It deals with exchange, sale, transfer of goods and/or services in the enterprises with
various types of people. .
(c) Exchange of goods, sale or transfer of goods and services can be cash basis or it can be credit basis.
(d) There is regularity in dealings means daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, six monthly etc.
(e) The main motive of every business dealings are with profit motive.
(f) Every business has an element of risk.
(g) Business deals with creation of utility.
(h) To be business the activity should be capable of consumer satisfaction.

18. What are professional services?
Ans. Professional services support entrepreneurs and enterprises of all types whether small scale industries or large scale industries in the economy. The provided services includes . legal advice, tax advice, financial advice and business advice. It helps an entrepreneur and enterprise to improve productivity and easily can achieve the objectives. All those
people can provide professional services:
• Has specialized education, knowledge, labour, judgment and skill.
• Is predominantly mental or intellectual.
• Has professional workforce.
• Good capital resources intensity.
• Has proven expertise in the field.
• Expects compensation in return for the work done.

19. Classify enterprise into different categories.
Ans. Classification of enterprises into different categories (New Definitions)
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-37

20. Enumerate the different sources of debt.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-38

21. Explain the features of overdraft.
Ans.Overdraft: A temporary arrangement in the form of a permission granted to the customers to withdraw more than the amount standing to his/her credit.
How it works:
(i) Under overdraft, the bank permits the customer to overdraw his account up to a
certain limit for an agreed period. .
(ii) To avail of this facility, a customer should have a current account with that bank.
(iii) Interest is charged on the amount actually overdrawn.
(iv) Overdraft may be allowed on the security of assets or customer’s personal security.

22. What do you mean by business cycle? Draw diagram.
Ans. The term business cycle refers to economy-wide fluctuations in production, trade and economic activity in general over several months or years in an economy organized on free-enterprise.
Principles: It is also known as economic cycle or boom-bust cycle.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-39

23. Name:
(а) The activities connected with the production are called as.
(b) The activities connected with the distribution of goods produced from the factories to the consumers are called.
(c) Name the better way of classifying business activities.
(d) Industrial unit whose investment in plant and machinery does not exceed ? 5 crores.
(e) During inflation, an entrepreneur need more working capital or less working capital.
(f) Name the type of credit in which credit period of 180 days is extended on purchase of
supplies.
Ans. (a) Industry
(b) Commerce.
(c) A better way of classifying business is size-wise.
(d) Small scale industries.
(e) More working capital.
(f) Trade credit.

24. Categorise the types of Small Scale Industrial Unit with their investment capacity and limits.
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-40

25.Differentiate between cottage industries and rural industries
Answer. .
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-41

26.Distinguish between shares and debentures.
Ans.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-42
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-43

27.What do you understand by physical resources? Availability of resources determines the location of an enterprise. Do you agree? Justify of your answer?
Answer. Yes, it is true that availability of resources determine the location of an enterprise. It is because of following reasons:
(a) Cost factors: If sources of resources are near the enterprise then the transportation cost is reduced.
(b) Supply factors: The supply of resources is quick if resources are readily available.
(c) Maintenance: The maintenance of machinery becomes easy as vendors are readily available.

IV. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [6 MARKS]
1. What are the advantages and limitations of owner’s funds?
Answer. Advantages of owner’s funds
(a) Control: More is the owner’s fund in the enterprise, higher is the control of the owner. Thus, it increases the control of entrepreneur.
(b) Risk: More is the owner’s fund, more is the limit of risk. This is because such funds do not increase the obligations of the enterprise.
(c) Decreases Obligations: Higher is the owner’s funds in the over all capital of the enterprise, lesser is the obligations of the entrepreneur.
(d) Encourages Development: Such funds if used for purchasing fixed assets leads to the development of the enterprise.
Limitations of Owner’s Fund
(a) Fixed: Owner’s funds are fixed. It cannot be raised immediately. Its accumulation also needs time.
(b) Depends on savings of the owners:.Savings of the owners depends on the income of the owner. Income in turn depends on the profitability of the owners fund is also low.

2. Enumerate the advantages and limitations of borrowed capital.
Answer.Advantages of borrowed capital:
(a) Tax deductible: The interest paid on the borrowed fund is tax deductible, i.e. no tax is to be paid by the entrepreneur on interest.
(b) Convenient: The capital can be borrowed whenever needed by the enterprises. Many financial organisations are always ready to provide it. However, the amount lend by such organisations depend on the paying capacity of the enterprise.
(c) No dilution of control: Normally the financial organisations do not interfere in the matter of the enterprise. The entrepreneur is free to work even after borrowing.
(d) Reputation can be encased: Higher is the reputation of the enterprise in the society; higher are the chances of obtaining capital easily. Thus, the brand name of the enterprise can be utilized.
Limitations of borrowed capital
(a) Fixed period: This capital is obtained for an agreed period of time. Also the interest and the principal amount are to be paid back in a given period of time.
(b) Increases obligations: The borrowed capital increases the obligation of the enterprise as the interest is to be paid periodically.
(c) Depends on security: Borrowed capital is obtained against security. Such securities if not available, then the enterprise is devoid of obtaining this capital.

3. Enumerate the sources of long term capital.
Answer. Long term capital can be obtained through equity share, preference shares, debentures, as’loans from financial institutions, owner’s capital, undistributed profit of the enterprise, etc.
A form of secondary protection sometimes required by a bank and intended to guarantee a borrower’s performance on a debt obligation. The primary security on a substantial business loan is typically the thing that is being financed, such as a factory, company car or shipment, but secondary or collateral security might also be requested by a bank to help assure that the loan will be repaid.

4. What is the difference between a secured and unsecured loan?
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-44
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-45

5. How reducing silo mentality in workplace is always beneficial to a business firm?
Answer. It is a mindset of a group of people working in an organisation who do not wish to communicate and share their knowledge and information to other departments and colleagues.
Reducing silo mentality in workplace is always beneficial to a business firm as :
• It increases efficiency of overall business enterprise.
• It leads to good communication, increasing trust, and often keeps one department or group collaborated to each other.
• This leads to cost effectiveness, completion of project on time, full utilization of all resources and reduce wastage.
• Production of quality product, highest annual turnover and high profit., poor products falling production and falling sales and ultimately less profit.
• It gives a good reputation of an organisation in the market.
• It shows synergy of team in the organisation.

6. How an entrepreneur decides about the quantity of personnel the enterprise needs?
Answer. The number of personnel required for various positions throughout the enterprise gets affected by following points :
(a) Finding out the total amount of works to be done and then dividing it into different sets of activities.
(b) The total number of tasks and jobs required to be accomplished under different activities.
(c) How much work can the average person do in a specified period of time?
(d) Level of absenteeism expected.
(e) Level of labour turnover.
(f) The present number of employees.
(g) The future plans for expansions, diversification and growth.

7. How availing professional expertise assist and help an entrepreneur to access better cost efficiency?
Answer. Availing professional expertise assist and help an entrepreneur to access better cost efficiency on regular basis are as follows :
(a) Wastage can be reduced.
(b) Savings of time, cost and energy.
(c) Higher efficiency and effectiveness in all the area because of professional expertise are in the concerned and specialised in that particular field.
(d) Focus on the core areas/activities of the enterprise.
(e) Avail of qualified quality service in time bound frame and at fraction of cost.
(f) Lower the chances of risks.
(g) Save on additional fixed investment required in the creating infrastructure for ‘providing these facilities on one’s own.
(h) Enhance business due to others expertise and experience in the defined field.
(i) Access to new and growing markets.

8. How will an entrepreneur classify the human resources required by an enterprise?Explain with the help of manning table.
Answer. Efficient Utilization of Human Resource:
1. Managerial Staff:
• They are generally work like brain box of an enterprise.
• They frame out policies, programmes, mission, vision objectives goals of an enterprise.
• They ensure their implementation and finally getting the work done from workers
is the field area of this category.
2. Non-managerial Staff:
• They are the real group of workers can be called as a backbone according to their skills and experience.
• They effectively converts the raw material into finished goods.
• Their nature of job, skills and experience decides the quality and quantity of workers to be assigned.
3. Trained Technical Manpower:
• They are technical experts.
• The main job assigned to them are:
– Selection of machinery, get training if required to operate the purchased machinery.
– Installation of machinery and maintenance of machinery.
– Continuous supervision and operation.
4. Administrative Manpower:
• These are the group of staff who provide support services to managerial, professional and trained staff to run the enterprise effectively the maintenance of the enterprise.
• They play an important role and connect all the staff members by providing and assisting services to them.
• They do not contribute to production directly but only provide assisting services.
5. Professional Manpower: Chartered accountants, auditors, bankers, lawyers, who are professional experts and they can be outsourced by the entrepreneur if required. Small enterprises cannot afford them on their regular payrolls.
Thus, efficient utilization of human resources is only possible if the entrepreneur is able to decide:
(i) The total work to be done.
(ii) The right type of people who can do the work.
(iii) Employing right man at right job.

9. State whether the following require small or large working capital. Answer should be supported by a valid reason:
Answer.
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-46
ncert-solutions-for-class-11-entrepreneurship-resource-mobilization-47

The post NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Entrepreneurship Resource Mobilization appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Body Fluids and Circulation

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Body Fluids and Circulation

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Which of the following cells does not exhibit phagocytic activity?
(a) Monocytes (b) Neutrophil
(c) Basophil (d) Macrophage
Solution. (c) : Basophils have less number of coarse granules. They release heparin, serotonin and histamine. They are probably like mast cells of connective tissue and are not phagocytic in nature. Macrophages are cells produced by the differentiation of monocytes in the tissues and are phagocytic in nature. Monocytes are the largest of all types of leucocytes. They are motile and phagocytic in nature and engulf bacteria and cellular debris. Neutrophils have fine granules, they are the most numerous of all leucocytes. They eat harmful germs and are, therefore, phagocytic in nature.

2.One of the common symptoms observed in people infected with dengue fever is
(a) significant decrease in RBC count
(b) significant decrease in WBC count
(c) significant decrease in platelets count
(d) significant increase in platelets count.
Solution.(c): Thrombocytopenia i.e., decrease in platelet count is one of the common symptoms observed in people infected with dengue fever.

3.Which among the followings is correct during each cardiac cycle?
(a) The volume of blood pumped out by the right and left ventricles is same.
(b) The volume of blood pumped out by the right and left ventricles is different.
(c) The volume of blood received by each atrium is different.
(d) The volume of blood received by the aorta and pulmonary artery is different.
Solution.(a):During a cardiac cycle, each ventricle pumps out approximately 70 mL . of blood, thus, both the ventricles pump out same volume of blood in each cardiac cycle.

4.Cardiac activity could be moderated by the autonomous neural system. Tick the correct answer.
(a) The parasympathetic system stimulates heart rate and stroke volume.
(b) The sympathetic system stimulates heart rate and stroke volume.
(c) The parasympathetic system decreases the heart rate but increase stroke volume.
(d) The sympathetic system decreases the heart rate but increase stroke volume.
Solution.(b) : A specialised neural centre in the medulla oblongata can moderate the cardiac function through autonomic nervous system (AN S). Neural signals through the sympathetic nerves (part of ANS) can increase the rate of heart beat, the strength of ventricular contraction and thereby the cardiac output. On the other hand, parasympathetic neural signals (another component of ANS) decrease the rate of heart beat, speed of conduction of action potential and thereby the cardiac output.

5.Mark the pair of substances among the following which is essential for coagulation of blood.
(a) Heparin and calcium ions
(b) Calcium ions and platelet factors
(c) Oxalates and citrates
(d) Platelet factors and heparin
Solution.(b) : Certain factors called clotting factors released by ‘the tissues at the site of injury initiate coagulation. Calcium ions play a very important role in clotting. Blood clotting can also be prevented in a test tube by adding a little oxalate or citrate. Oxalate or Citrate reacts with calcium to form an insoluble compound, so free calcium ions necessary for clotting are not available.

6.ECG depicts the depolarisation and repolarisation processes during the cardiac cycle, lathe ECG of a normal healthy individual one of the following
(a) Depolarisation of atria
(b) Repolarisation of atria
(c) Depolarisation of ventricles
(d) Repolarisation of ventricles
Solution.(b) : A normal ECG is composed of a P wave, QRS wave and a T Wave. P wave represents atrial depolarisation, QRS wave shows ventricular depolarisation and T wave represents ventricular repolarisation.

7.Which one of the following types of cells lack nucleus in humans?
(a) RBC (b) Neutrophils
(c) Eosinophils (d) Erythrocytes
Solution. (a, d) : Mature mammalian RBCs (or erythrocytes) do not have nucleus and some cell organelles. This increases the surface area of RBCs and enables them to contain more haemoglobin which is required for transport of gases.

8.Which one of the following blood cells is involved in antibody production?
(a) B-Lymphocytes (b) T-Lymphocytes
(c) RBCs (d) Neutrophils
Solution. (a) : Formation and maturation of B-lymphocytes take place in a bone marrow, primary lymphoid organs. B-cells transform into plasma cells. Mature plasma cells produce antibodies against invading antigens.

9.The cardiac impulse is initiated and conducted further upto ventricle. The correct sequence of conduction of impulse is
(a)
SA                   AV Node                      Purkinje                  AV
Node                                                      fibre                          Bundle
(b)
SA                   Purkinje                      AV Node                   AV
Node              fibre                                                                 Bundle
(c)
SA                   AV Node                      AV                              Purkinje
Node                                                     Bundle                      fibre
(d)
SA                  Purkinje                       AV                               AV Node
Node             fibre                              Bundle
Solution.(c)

10. Agranulocytes responsible for immune healthy individual one of the following waves is not represented. response of the body are
(a) basophils    (b) neutrophils
(c) eosinophils (d) lymphocytes.
Solution.(d): Lymphocytes are the agranulocytes involved in immune response of the body.
Two types of lymphocytes are B- and T-lymphocytes. They produce antibodies to destroy microbes and their toxins reject grafts and kill tumour cells.

11 .The second heart sound (dubb) is associated with the closure of
(a) tricuspid valve
(b) semilunar valves
(c) bicuspid valve
(d) tricuspid and bicuspid valves.
Solution.(b) : During beginning of ventricular diastole the ventricles relax and the semilunar valves are closed. The second heart sound “dubb” is caused by the closure of semilunar valves and marks the end of ventricular systole. It lasts for 0.1 seconds.

12 .Which of the following correctly explains a phase/ event in cardiac cycle in a standard electrocardiogram?
(a) QRS complex indicates atrial contraction.
(b) QRS complex indicates ventricular contraction.
(c) Time between S and T represents atrial systole.
(d) P-wave indicates beginning of ventricular contraction.
Solution.(b) : A normal electrocardiogram (ECG) is composed of a P wave, a QRS wave (complex) and T wave. The P wave represents electrical excitation or the atrial depolarisation which leads to contraction of both the atria (atrial contraction). The QRS wave (complex) begins after a fraction of second of the P wave. It represents ventricular depolarisation (ventricular contraction). This wave is due to spread of electrical impulse through ventricles. The T wave represents ventricular repolarisation (ventricular relaxation). The S – T interval represents the time between the end of the spread of impulse through ventricles and its repolarisation. Thus, the S-T segment begins at the end of the S wave and terminates at the beginning of the T wave.

13. Which of the following statements is incorrect?
(a) A person of’O’ blood group has anti ‘A’ and anti ‘B’ antibodies in his blood plasma
(b) A person of’B’ blood group cannot donate blood to a person of’A’ blood group.
(c) Blood group is designated on the basis of the presence of antibodies in the blood plasma.
(d) A person of AB blood group is universal recipient.
Solution. (c) : Blood groups are designated on the basis of antigen present on the surface of their RBCs. e.g., Person with blood group A have antigen A on surface of their RBCs and antibody B in plasma. Incompatibility during blood transfusion leads to reaction between antigens on the cells and antibodies in plasma, which produces clots that clog
Human ABO blood groups and their compat¬ibility is shown as:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-1

14.What would be the cardiac output of a person having 72 heart beats per minute and a stroke volume of 50 mL?
(a) 360 mL (b) 3600 mL
(c) 7200 mL (d) 5000 mL
Solution.(b) : Cardiac output = Heart beats/min x Stroke volume = 72 beats/min x 50 ml/beat = 3600 ml.

15.Match the terms given under Column ‘A’ with their functions given under Column ‘B’ and select the answer from the options given below:
Column A                                       Column B
A.LymphaticSystem                     i. Carries oxygenated blood
B.Pulmonary vein                        ii. Immune Response
C.Thrombocytes                         iii. To drain back the tissue fluid to the circulatory system
D.Lymphocytes                           iv. Coagulation of blood
Options:
(a) A-ii,   B-i, C-iii, D-iv
(b) A-iii, B-i, C-iv, D-ii
(c) A-iii, B-i, C-iii, D-iv
(d) A-ii, B-i, C-iii, D-iv
Solution. (b)

16. Read the following statements and choose the correct option.
Statement 1 : Atria receive blood from all parts of the body which subsequently flows to ventricles.
Statement 2 : Action potential generated at sino-atrial node passes from atria to ventricles.
(a) Action mentioned in Statement 1 is dependent on action mentioned in Statement 2.
(b) Action mentioned in Statement 2 is dependent on action mentioned in Statement 1.
(c) Actions mentioned in Statements 1 and 2 are independent of each other.
(d) Actions mentioned in Statements 1 and 2 are synchronous.
Solution.(d)

Very Short Answer Type Questions
1.Name the blood component which is viscous and straw coloured fluid.
Solution. Plasma is straw coloured, viscous fluid, slightly alkaline and aqueous solution which constitutes about 55% of the blood.

2.Complete the missing word in the statement given below:
(a) Plasma without_______factors is called serum.
(b) _______and monocytes are phagocytic cells.
(c) Eosinophils are associated with reactions.
(d)_______ions play a significant role in clotting.
(e) One can determine the heart beat rate by counting the number of_______in an ECG.
Solution.
(a) Plasma without blood clotting factors is called serum.
(b) Neutrophils and monocytes are phagocytic cells.
(c) Eosinophils are associated with allergic reactions,
(d) Calcium ions play a significant role in clotting.
(e) One can determine the heart beat rate by counting the number of ORS complex in an ECG.

3.Given below is the diagrammatic represen-tation of a standard ECG. Label its different peaks.
Solution.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-2

4.Name the vascular connection that exists between the digestive tract and liver.
Solution.Hepatic portal system is the vascular connection between the digestive tract and liver. The flow of deoxygenated blood from the digestive organs to the liver before returning to the heart is called hepatic portal circulation.

5.Given below are the abnormal conditions related to blood circulation. Name the disorders.
(a) Acute chest pain due to failure of 02 supply to heart muscles
(b) Increased systolic pressure
Solution. (a) Acute chest pain due to failure of 02 supply to heart muscles causes angina, also/called angina pectoris. In this disorder enough oxygen does not reach the heart muscles, resulting in acute chest pain.
(b) Increased systolic pressure results in hypertension (high blood pressure). The normal blood pressure is 120/80 mmHg (120- systolic and 80-diastolic pressure). Blood pressure persistently higher than normal, e.g., 140/90 mmHg (140-systolic pressure) or higher causes hypertension.

6. Which coronary artery disease is caused due to narrowing of the lumen of arteries?
Solution. Atherosclerosis is coronary artery disease (CAD) which results in narrowing of lumen of arteries. It occurs due to deposition of fatty substances specially chloesterol and triglycerides in wall of arteries, which grow to form plaques and reduces the blood flow.

7. Define the following terms and give their location.
(a) Purkinje fibre
(b) Bundle of His
Solution. (a) Purkinje fibre is an impulse conducting fibre present in myocardium of the ventricles, formed by branching of Bundle of His.
(b) Bundle of His is a mass of specialised fibres originating from AV node, present in the wall of right atrium.
Both Purkinje fibres and Bundle of His conduct impulse of contraction from the AV node to myocardium of the ventricles.

8. State the functions of the following in blood
(a) Fibrinogen
(b) Globulin
(c) Neutrophils
(d) Lymphocytes
Solution.(a) Fibrinogen – It is present in blood plasma and” helps in clotting.
(b) Globulin – It is a plasma protein which helps in defence mechanism.
(c) Neutrophils – These are the most abundant WBCs and are granulocytes. They destroy foreign organisms entering the body and thus are phagocytic cells.
(d) Lymphocytes – The leucocytes are agranulocytes and are non motile and non phagocytic. The are responsible for immune responses in the body (B-and T-lymphocytes).

9.What physiological circumstances lead to erythroblastosis foetalis?
Solution. Erythroblastosis foetalis is destruction of the erythrocytes of foetus. It occurs when the father’s blood group is Rh+ and mother’s blood group is Rh and results in the Rh+foetus (Rh+ is dominant). During first pregnancy, Rh” blood of mother comes in contact with Rh+ blood of foetus, resulting in formation of anti Rh antibodies in mother’s blood, It does not affect the first child but in subsequent Rh+ foetuses, anti Rh factors of the mother’s blood destroy the foetal red blood corpuscles.

10. Explain the consequences of a situation in which blood does not coagulate.
Solution. Inability of blood to coagulate due to absence of clotting factors can prolong the bleeding time and thus leads to loss of large amount of blood, which might led to death of the person.

11 .What is the significance of time gap in the passage of action potential from sino-atrial node to the ventricle?
Solution. The time gap in the passage of action potential from sinoatrial node to the ventricles allows ventricles to relax. Thus, ventricular pressure falls, causing the closing of semilunar valves, and prevents the back flow of blood into ventricles.

12 .How will you interpret an electrocardiogram (ECG) in which time taken in QRS complex is higher?
Solution. The QRS complex in an electro-cardiogram (ECG) represents ventricular depolarisation, i.e., spread of impulse of contraction from atrio-ventricular node (AVN) to ventricles through Purkinje fibres and Bundle of His. Duration of normal QRS complex is less than 0.10 sec and the enlarged Q and R waves indicate myocardial infarction.

Short Answer Type Questions
1. The walls of ventricles are much thicker than atria. Explain.
Solution.The walls of ventricles are much thicker than atrial walls because ventricles exert more pressure to pump the blood to all the body parts. Right ventricle pumps oxygenated blood received from lungs to the left ventricle – and left ventricle pumps oxygenated blood to different body tissues. Wall of left ventricle is the thickest portion of human heart.

2. Differentiate between
(a) Blood and lymph
(b) Basophils and Eosinophils
(c) Tricuspid and bicuspid valve
Solution. (a) Differences between blood and lymph are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-3
(b)Differences between basophils and eosinophils are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-4
(c) Differences between tricuspid valve and bicuspid valve are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-5
(b) Angina pectoris – It is also called angina. It causes chest pain. In this disease enough oxygen does not reach the heart muscles and the patient experiences heart pain usually in front of the chest. It is more common among the middle aged and elderly people.
(c) Atherosclerosis or Coronary Artery Disease (CAD) – It refers to the deposition of fatty substances specially cholesterol and triglycerides in the tunica interna and smooth muscles of medium sized and large arteries which results in plaque formation, which deform the arterial wall. Gradually these plaques grow and as a result, the lumen of the artery decreases and the flow of the blood is reduced. In extreme cases these plaques may block the artery completely. This may result in heart attack or stroke.
(d) Hypertension (High blood pressure)- It is the common disease affecting heart and blood vessels. A blood pressure of 120/80 is considered normal, but the increase in blood pressure beyond 140 mm Hg (systolic) and 90 mm Hg (diastolic) is called high blood pressure (hypertension). High blood pressure can harm heart, brain, kidneys and eyes.

3.Briefly describe the following:
(a) Anaemia
(b) Angina pectoris
(c) Atherosclerosis
(d) Hypertension
(e) Heart failure
(f) Erythroblastosis foetalis
Solution.(a) Anaemia – It is due to the less amount, of haemoglobin. It may be caused by loss of blood (haemorrhage), destruction of RBCs (haemolysis or faulty formation of blood).
(b) Angina pectoris – It is also called angina. It causes chest pain. In this disease enough oxygen does not reach the heart muscles and the patient experiences heart pain usually in front of the chest. It is more common among the middle aged and elderly people.
(c) Atherosclerosis or Coronary Artery Disease (CAD) – It refers to the deposition of fatty substances specially cholesterol and triglycerides in the tunica interna and smooth muscles of medium sized and large arteries which results in plaque formation, which deform the arterial wall. Gradually these plaques grow and as a result, the lumen of the artery decreases and the flow of the blood is reduced. In extreme cases these plaques may block the artery completely. This may result in heart attack or stroke.
(d) Hypertension (High blood pressure)- It is the common disease affecting heart and blood vessels. A blood pressure of 120/80 is considered normal, but the increase in blood pressure beyond 140 mm Hg (systolic) and 90 mm Hg (diastolic) is called high blood pressure (hypertension). High blood pressure can harm heart, brain, kidneys and eyes. Hypertension can be due to mental stress, tobacco smoking, intake of diet having high cholesterol.
(e) Heart failure – It is the state of heart when it does not pump blood effectively enough to meet the need of the body. Congestion of lungs is one of the main symptoms of this disease. Heart failure is not the same as cardiac arrest (when the heart stops beating) or a heart attack (when the heart muscle is suddenly damaged by inadequate blood supply).
(f) Erythroblastosis foetalis – It is the destruction of foetal erythrocytes in pregnancy resulting from Rh+ male and Rh“ female where foetus blood is Rh+, resulting in formation of anti Rh antibodies in maternal blood.

4.Explain the advantage of the complete partition of ventricle among birds and mammals and hence leading to double circulation.
Solution. Birds and mammals have four chambered heart, with two atria and two ventricles. The inter-atrial septum separates left and right atria and left and right ventricles are separated by inter-ventricular septum. In four chambered heart, oxygenated and deoxygenated blood received by left and right atria respectively passes into left and right ventricles without getting mixed. Thus, birds and mammals have two separate circulatory pathways; systemic circulation and pulmonary circulation, therefore, known as double circulation.

5.What is the significance of hepatic portal system in the circulatory system?
Solution.Hepatic portal circulation is flow of deoxygenated blood from the digestive organs to’the liver before returning to the heart. In hepatic portal system, the blood enters the liver from two sources; the hepatic artery supplies oxygenated blood from the abdominal aorta and the hepatic portal vein carries deoxygenated blood from the digestive organs. Hepatic portal system is a characteristic feature of all vertebrates. Significance of hepatic portal circulation :
(i) The blood which comes from the alimentary canal contains absorbed food like glucose and amino acids. The excess of glucose in converted into glycogen which is stored in the liver for later use. When an individual feels deficiency of food, the glycogen is converted into glucose and is transferred to the blood stream via hepatic veins.
(ii)Harmful nitrogenous waste like ammo¬
nia is converted into urea which is later removed by kidneys. Thus the blood is detoxified (purified) of harmful nitrogenous waste.
(iii)Liver produces blood proteins which are put into blood circulation.

6.Explain the functional significance of lymphatic system.
Solution. Lymphatic system is an elaborate network of vessels, which collects the interstitial fluid (tissue fluid), along with some protein molecules and drains it back into the major veins. The lymphatic vessels are present in all tissues (except the central nervous system and cornea). It comprises of lymph, lymphatic capillaries, lymphatic vessels, lymphatic ducts and lymphatic nodes.
Lymph performs the following important functions:
(i) It acts as an important carrier of nutrients, hormones, etc.
(ii)Absorption of fat also occurs through lymph in the lacteals present in the intestinal villi.
(iii)It helps in the renewal of extra cellular fluid (ECF).
(iv)Maturation of lymphocytes, i.e., B-cells and T-cells occur with the help of lymph nodes, releasing them into the lymph.
(v) It helps in keeping tissue cells moist.

7.Write the features that distinguish between the two
(a) Plasma and Serum
(b) Open and closed circulatory system
(c) Sino-atrial node and Atrio-ventricular
Solution.(a) Differences between plasma and serum are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-6
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-7
(b)Differences between open and closed circulatory system:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-8
(c) Differences between sinoatrial node and atrio-ventricular node are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-9

8.Thrombocytes are essential for coagulation of blood. Comment.
Solution. Thrombocytes are also called blood platelets. When an injury is caused, the blood platelets release certain chemicals which ‘are called the platelet factors (e.g., thromboplastin). The platelet factors help in the clotting of blood.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-10

9.Answer the following:
(a) Name the major formed. Which part of heart is responsible for initiating and maintaining its rhythmic activity? What is specific in the heart of crocodiles among reptilians?
Solution.(a) In the early few weeks of embryonic life, primitive nucleated RBCs are produced in the yolk sac. In later embryonic stage, RBCs are mainly produced by the liver and spleen. But from birth onwards, RBCs are produced by bone marrow.
(b) The heart beat originates from the sinoatrial node (SA node) known as the pace maker of the heart. The SA node is a mass of neuromuscular tissue, which lies in the wrall of the right atrium near the opening of the superior vena cava.
(c) Reptiles have 3-chambered heart (2 atria and 1 ventricle) with exception of crocodiles, which have four chambered heart (2 atria and 2 ventricles) like birds and mammals which does not allow mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood due to the presence of inter atrial and inter ventricular septum between atria and ventricles respectively.

Long Answer Type Questions
1.Explain Rh-incompatibility in humans.
Solution.In Rh blood group, a person with Rh antigen on surface of red blood corpuscles is Rh+ and the other who do not have this antigen areRh Both Rh+ and Rh individuals are phenotypically normal. The problem arises during blood transfusion and pregnancy.
(i) Incompatibility during blood transfusion: The first blood transfusion of  Rh+ blood to the person with Rh blood does not cause any harm. The Rh person develops anti Rh factors or antibodies in his/her blood and in second blood transfusion of  Rh+ blood to the Rh person, the latter’s anti Rh factors attack and destroy the red blood corpuscles of the donor.
(ii)Incompatibility during pregnancy – In marriage between Rh- woman and Rhman, the foetus’ blood is  Rh+ ( Rh+ is dominant). The Rh+ blood of the foetus stimulates the formation of anti-Rh factors or antibodies in the mother’s blood yet enough anti Rh factors are not produced in the mother’s blood to harm the foetus. But in the subsequent Rh+ foetuses, the anti Rh factors (antibodies) of the mother’s blood destroy the foetal red blood corpuscles. This results in haemolytic disease of the newborn (HDN). It is called erythroblastosis foetalis (destruction of the erythrocytes of foetus). New born may survive but it is often anaemic. In order to prevent HDN, Rh mothers are injected with a defective anti Rhantibody during all pregnancies carrying  Rh+ foetus. Marriage between Rh woman and  Rh+ man is not recommended.

2.Describe the events in cardiac cycle. Explain “double circulation”.
Solution.The cardiac cycle consists of one heart beat or one cycle of contraction and relaxation of the cardiac muscle. During a heart beat there is contraction and relaxation of atria and ventricles. The contraction phase is called the systole while the relaxation phase is called the diastole. When both the atria and ventricles are in diastole or relaxed phase, this is referred to as a joint diastole. During this phase, the blood flows from the superior and inferior venae cavae into the atria and from the atria to the respective ventricles through auriculo-ventricular valves. But there is no flow of blood from the ventricles to the aorta and pulmonary trunk as the semilunar valves remain closed.
The successive stages of the cardiac cycle are briefly described below:
(a) Atrial systole : The atria contract due to a wave of contraction, stimulated by the SA node. The blood is forced into the ventricles as the bicuspid and tricuspid valves are open.
(b) Beginning of ventricular systole: The ventricles begin to contract due to a wave of contraction, stimulated by the AV node. The bicuspid and tricuspid valves close immediately producing part of the first heart sound.
(c) Complete ventricular systole: When the ventricles complete their contraction, the blood flows into the pulmonary trunk and aorta as the semilunar valves open.
(d) Beginning of ventricular diastole : The ventricles relax and the semilunar valves are closed. This causes the second heart sound.
(e) Complete ventricular diastole : The tricuspid and bicuspid valves open when the pressure in the ventricles falls and blood flows from the atria into the ventricles. Contraction of the heart does not cause this blood flow, it is due to the fact that the pressure within the relaxed ventricles is less than that in the atria and veins.
The duration of a cardiac cycle is 0.8 sec. Double circulation: The heart of birds and mammals is four chambered, it comprises of 2 atria and 2 ventricles. Right and left atria are separated by inter-atrial septum and right and left ventricles are separated by inter-ventricular septum, thus, preventing the mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood. It results in double circulation which includes systemic and pulmonary circulation. Systemic circulation is the flow of oxygenated blood from the left ventricle to all parts of the body and deoxygenated blood from various body parts to the right atrium. All systemic arteries arise from the aorta. All the veins of the systemic circulation bring deoxygenated blood into the superior vena cava, the inferior vena cava or the coronary sinus, which open into the right atrium. The purpose of systemic circulation is to carry oxygen and nutrients to body tissues and to remove carbon dioxide and other wastes from the tissues.
Pulmonary circulation is flow of deoxygenated blood from the right ventricle to the lungs and the return of oxygenated blood from the lungs to the left atrium. The pulmonary trunk arises from the right ventricle and then divides into the right pulmonary artery and left pulmonary artery which supply deoxygenated blood to the right and left lungs respectively. Exchange of gases takes place in the lungs.

3. Explain different types of blood groups and donor compatibility by making a table.
Solution. ABO blood groups in human beings were reported for first time by Karl Landsteiner. ABO blood groups are determined by the gene / (isoagglutinin). There are three alleles, IA, IB and 7° of this gene. Proteins produced by the /A and /ll alleles are called A antigen and B antigen respectively. People with blood group A have the A antigen on the surface of their RBCs, and antibodies to antigen B in their plasma. Persons with blood group B have B antigen on their RBCs, and antibodies against A antigen in their plasma. Individuals with AB blood group have both antigen A and antigen B on their RBCs, and no antibodies for either of the antigens in their plasma. Type O individuals are without A and B antigens on their RBCs, but have antibodies for both these antigens in their plasma. Individuals with blood group AB can receive blood of A, B or O group, while those with blood group O can donate blood to anyone. This is the most important blood group for transfusion. Thus person with blood group AB is called universal recipient and person with blood group O is called universal donor. If a blood transfusion is made between an incompatible donor and recipient, reaction of antigens on the cells and antibodies in the plasma produces clots and clog capillaries,
Table : Human ABO blood groups and their compatibility.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-11

4.Write short note on the following:
(a) Hypertension
(b) Coronary Artery Disease
Solution.(a) Hypertension (High blood pressure)- It is the most common disease affecting the heart and blood vessels. A blood pressure of 120/80mmHg is considered normal. But the increase in blood pressure beyond 140mmHg (systolic) and 90mmHg (diastolic) is called high blood pressure (hypertension). It can harm heart, brain, kidneys and eyes.
Causative factors of hypertension: Generally, a diet full of extremely oily and greasy products, is known to increase cholesterol level, causing thickening of the arteries which results in high blood pressure. Tobacco smoking speeds up the heart rate, contracts blood vessels and raises blood pressure. Mental tension also causes hypertension. Kidney disorder may be a caus(e of high BR
(b) Coronary Artery Disease (CAD) : It is known as atheroscleorosis. It refers to
the deposition of fatty substances specially cholesterol and triglycerides in the tunica interna and smooth muscles of medium sized and large arteries resulting in forming the plaques which deform the arterial wall. Gradually these plaques grow and as a result, the lumen of the artery decreases and the flow of the blood is reduced. In extreme cases these plaques may block the artery completely. Formation of atheromatous plaque in coronary arteries reduces the bipod supply to the heart or may stop the blood supply due to complete blockage of the coronary arteries. This may result in heart attack or stroke.

5.In the diagrammatic presentation of heart given below, mark and label, SAN, AVN, bundle of His and Purkinje fibres.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-12
Solution.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-body-fluids-and-circulation-13

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Body Fluids and Circulation appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Neural Control and Coordination

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Neural Control and Coordination

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Chemicals which are released at the synaptic junction are called
(a) hormones
(b) neurotransmitters
(c) cerebrospinal fluid
(d) lymph.
Solution. (b) : A typical synapse consists of a bulbous expansion of a nerve terminal called a pre-synaptic knob lying close to the membrane of a dendrite. The cytoplasm of the synaptic knob contains mitochondria, smooth endoplasmic reticulum, microfilaments and numerous synaptic vesicles. Each vesicle contains neurotransmitter (chemical substance) responsible for the transmission of the nerve impulse across the synapse.

2.Potential difference across resting membrane is negatively charged. This is due to differential distribution of the following ions
(a) Na+ and K+ ions
(b) C03++andCI ions
(c) Ca++ and Mg++ ions
(d) Ca+4 and Cl ions.
Solution. (a)

3.Resting membrane potential is maintained by
(a) hormones
(b) neurotransmitters
(c) ion pumps
(d) none of the above.
Solution.(c): The concentration gradients across the resting membrane are maintained by the active transport of ions by the sodium- potassium pump which transports 3 Na+ outward for 2 K+ into the cell.

4.The function of our visceral organs is controlled by
(a) sympathetic and somatic neural system
(b) sympathetic and parasympathetic neural system
(c) central and somatic neural system
(d) none of the above.
Solution. (b) : Sympathetic and parasympathetic neural systems are the part of autonomic neural system. This system controls and coordinates the functions of visceral organs.

5.Which of the following is not involved in knee-jerk reflex? .
(a) Muscle spindle (b) Motor neuron (c) Brain (d) Inter neurons
Solution. (c)

6.An area in the brain which is associated with strong emotions is
(a) cerebral cortex (b) cerebellum (c) limbic system (d) medulla.
Solution.(c): Certain components of the cerebrum and diencephalon constitute the limbic system. It is sometimes called the “emotional brain” because it controls emotional behaviour expressed in the form of joy, sorrow, fear, fight, friendship, liking and disliking.

7.Mark the vitamin present in rhodopsin.
(a) VitA (b) VitB.
(c) VitC (d) VitD
Solution.(a) : Rhodopsin is a pigment present in the rod cells of the retina. It consists of two components-opsin and retinal (= retenene). Retinal is an aldehyde of vitamin A, absorbs light falling on the rod and changes its form and separates from the opsin component. This initiates the transmission of a nerve impulse to the brain. Rhodopsin allows vision in dim light (night vision).

8.Human eyeball consists of three layers and it encloses
(a) lens, iris, optic nerve
(b) lens, aqueous humour and vitreous humour
(c) cornea, lens, iris
(d) cornea, lens, optic nerve.
Solution. (b)

9.Wax gland present in the ear canal is called
(a) sweat gland
(b) prqstate gland
(c) Cowper’s gland
(d) sebaceous gland/ ceruminous gland.
Solution.(d) : Ear canal is lined by hairy skin and ceruminous glands (wax glands). These – glands secrete a waxy substance cerumen (ear wax) which prevents the foreign bodies entering the ear.

10.The part of internal ear responsible for hearing is
(a) cochlea (b) semicircular canal
(c) utriculus (d) sacculus.
Solution.(a) : Internal ear is a delicate, irregular organ called labyrinth, which consists of two parts; bony and membranous labyrinth. Membranous labyrinth consists of 3 parts : vestibule, semicircular canals and cochlea. Cochlea is the main hearing organ.

11.The organ of Corti is a structure present in
(a) external ear
(b) middle ear
(c) semicircular canal
(d) cochlea.
Solution.(d) : Cochlea is the main hearing organ in the internal ear. Internally, it consists of three fluid filled chambers the upper scala vestibuli, lower scala tympani and middle scala media. Scala media bears an upper membrane the Reissner’s membrane, and a lower membrane, the basilar membrane. On the basilar membrane, the organ, of Corti is present.

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Rearrange the following in the correct order of involvement in electrical impulse movement- Synaptic knob. Dendrites, Cell body. Axon terminal. Axon.
Solution.
Dendrites —> Cell body —> Axon —> Axon terminal —> Synaptic knob.

2.Comment upon the role of ear in maintaining the balance of the body and posture.
Solution. The crista and macula are the specific receptors of the vestibular apparatus of the internal ear responsible for maintenance of balance of the body and posture.

3.Which cells of the retina enable us to see coloured objects around us?
Solution.Cone cells.

4.Arrange the following in the order of reception and transmission of sound wave from the ear drum:
Cochlear nerve.External auditoru canal, Ear drum, Stapes, Incus, Malleus, Cochlea.
Solution.
External auditory canal, —>Ear drum, —> Stapes, —> Incus, —>Malleus, —> Cochlea

5.During resting potential, the axonal membrane is polarised, indicate the movefnent of +ve and -ve ions leading to polarisation diagrammatically.
Solution.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-1

6. Name the structures involved in the protection of the brain.
Solution.The brain is protected by the skull. Inside the skull, the brain is covered by cranial meninges consisting of an outer layer called duramater, a very thin middle layer called arachnoid and an inner layer (which is in contact with the brain tissue) called pia mater.

7.Our reactions like aggressive behaviour, use of abusive words, restlessness etc. are regulated by brain, name the parts involved.
Solution. Inner parts of cerebral hemispheres and group of associated deep structures like amygdala, hippocampus and hypothalamus.

8.What do grey and white matter in the brain represent?
Solution.The cerebral cortex is referred to as the grey matter due to its greyish appearance because of the colour provided by neuron cell bodies. The inner part of the cerebral hemisphere consists of fibres of the tracts covered with myelin sheath. They give an opaque white appearance to the tissue and hence is called the white matter.

9. Where is the hunger centre located in human brain?
Solution.Hypo thalamus

10.Which sensory organ is involved in vertigo (sensation of oneself or objects spinning around)?
Solution. Ear

11.While travelling at a higher altitude, a person complains of dizziness and vomiting sensation. Which part of the inner ear is disturbed during the journey?
Solution.Cristae

12.Complete the statement by choosing appropriate match among the following.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-4
Solution. (a) – (iii), (b) – (iv), (c) – (ii), (d) – (i)

Short Answer Type Questions
1.The major parts of the human neural system is depicted below. Fill in the empty boxes with appropriate words.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-2
Solution.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-3

2 What is the difference between electrical transmission and chemical transmission?
Solution.Differences between electrical transmission and chemical transmission are:
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-5

3.Neural system and computers share certain common features. Comment in five lines. (Hint: CPU, input-output devices).
Solution. Neural system consists of sensory organs that detect changes in the external environment and sensory nerves carry sensory impulses from these organs to CNS. These sensory organs and sensory nerves can be compared to input devices of computer. This information is processed in CNS which can be compared to CPU of computer. Then, motor nerves carry motor impulses from CNS to target tissues / organs which then act accordingly. These motor nerves and target tissues / organs can be compared to output devices of computer.

4.If someone receives a blow on the back of neck, what would be the effect on the person’s CNS?
Solution. If someone receives a blow on the back of the neck, then his medulla oblongata would get hurt, as this is the place where it is located. The person might die as medulla controls respiration, cardiovascular reflexes and gastric secretions.

5.What is the function ascribed to Eustachian tube?
Solution. Eustachian tube connects the middle ear cavity with the pharynx. It helps in equalising the pressures on either sides of the ear drum.

6.Label the following parts in the given diagram using arrow.
(a) Aqueous chamber
(b) Cornea
(c) Lens
(d) Retina
(e) Vitreous chamber
(f) Blind spot
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-6
Solution.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-7
Long Answer Type Questions
1.Explain the process of the transport and release of crneurotransmitter with the help of a labelled diagram showing a complete neuron, axon terminal and synapse.
Solution. Chemicals called neurotransmitters are involved in the transmission of impulses at chemical synapses. The axon terminals contain vesicles filled with these chemicals. When an impulse arrives at the axon terminal, it stimulates the movement of the synaptic vesicles towards the membrane where they fuse with the plasma membrane and release their neurotransmitters in the synaptic cleft. The released neurotransmitters bind to their
specific receptors, present on the post-synaptic membrane. This binding opens ion channels allowing the entry of ions which can generate a new potential in the post-synaptic neuron.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-8
Fig.: Diagram showing neuron, axon terminal and synapse

2.Name the parts of human forebrain indicating their respective functions.
Solution. The forebrain consists of cerebrum, thalamus and hypothalamus. The cerebrum contains motor areas, sensory areas and large regions that are neither clearly sensorv nor motor in function. These regions known as the association areas are responsible for complex functions like intersensory associations, memory and communication. Thalamus is a major coordinating centre for sensory and motor signaling. The hypothalamus contains a number of centres which control body temperature, urge for eating and drinkings It also contains neurosecretory cells which secrete hypothalamic hormones. The inner parts of cerebral hemisphere and a group of associated deep structures like amygdala, hippocampus etc. form a complex structure called the limbic system. Hypothalamus and limbic system are involved in the regulation of sexual behaviour, expression of emotional reactions and motivation.

3.Explain the structure of middle and internal ear with the help of diagram.
Solution.Middle ear : The middle ear contains three ossicles called malleus (hammer shaped), incus (anvil shaped) and stapes (stirrup shaped) which are attached to one another in a chain – like fashion. The malleus is attached to the tympanic membrane and the stapes is attached to the oval window of the cochlea. The function of the ear ossicles is to increase the efficiency of transmission of sound waves to the inner ear.
Inner ear : The fluid filled inner ear called labyrinth is divided into two parts, the bony labyrinth and the membranous labyrinth. The bony labyrinth is a series of channels, inside which lies the membranous labyrinth. It is surrounded by a fluid called perilymph. The membranous labyrinth is filled with a fluid called endolymph. The coiled portion of the labyrinth is called cochlea. Reissner’s membrane and basilar membrane constituting cochlea, divide the perilymph filled bony labyrinth into an upper scala vestibule and a lower scala tympani. The space within cochlea called scala media is filled with endolymph.
At the base of the cochlea, the scala vestibuli ends at the oval window, while the scala tympani terminates at the round window which opens to the middle ear. A structure called organ of corti located on the basilar membrane contains hair cells that act as auditory receptors. The basal end of the hair cell is in close contact with the afferent nerve fibres. Stereo cilia, the processes project from the apical part of each hair cell. Above the rows of the hair cells is a thin elastic membrane called tectorial membrane. Located above the cochlea in a complex system called vestibular apparatus. The vestibular apparatus is composed of three semi-circular canals and the otolith organ consisting of the saccule and utricle. Each semi-circular canal lies in a different plane at right angles to each other. The base of canals is swollen and is called ampulla, which contains a projecting ridge called crista ampullaris which has hair cells. A projecting ridge called macula is present in the saccule and utricle. The crista and macula are responsible for maintenance of balance of the body and posture.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-neural-control-and-coordination-9

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Neural Control and Coordination appeared first on Learn CBSE.

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Chemical Coordination and Integration

$
0
0

NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Chemical Coordination and Integration

Multiple Choice Questions
1.Select the right match of endocrine gland and their hormones among the options given below
A.Pineal                           (i) Epinephrine
B.Thyroid                       (ii)Melatonin
C.Ovary –                        (iii)Estrogen
D.Adrenal medulla     (iv)Tetraiodothyronine Options:
(a) A-(iv), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(i)
(b) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(i), D-(iii)
(c) A-(iv), B-(ii), C-(i), D-(iii)
(d) A-(ii), B-(iv), C-(iii), D-(i)
Solution.(d)

2.Which of the following hormones is not secreted by anterior pituitary?
(a) Growth hormone
(b) Follicle stimulating hormone
(c) Oxytocin
(d) Adrenocorticotrophic hormone
Solution. (c) : The anterior lobe of the pituitary gland secretes the following hormones: thyroid stimulating hormone, adrenocortico -tropic hormone, growth hormone, prolactin or mammotrophic or luteotropic hormone and gonadotropic hormones [FSH and LH], Oxytocin is secreted by the posterior lobe of pituitary gland.

3.Mary is about to face an interview. But during the first five minutes before the interview she experiences sweating, increased rate of heart beat, respiration, etc. Which hormone is responsible for her restlessness?
(a) Estrogen and progesterone
(b) Oxytocin and vasopressin
(c) Adrenaline and noradrenaline
(d) Insulin and glucagon
Solution. (c) : Medulla of adrenal glands secrete two hormones, noradrenaline and adrenaline.
Norepinephrine (= Noradrenaline) regulates pressure under normal conditions. It causes . increased activity of the heart, inhibition of gastrointestinal tract, dilation of the pupils of the eyes and so forth. During emergency, adrenaline is released and causes dilation of blood vessels, so that the blood flow is increased. It also increases heart beat so that more oxygen is consumed and it also increases blood glucose levels. Therefore, it is also known as emergency hormone. Because of the role of their hormones, the adrenal glands are also called ‘gland of emergency’.

4.The steroid responsible for balance of water and electrolytes in our body is
(a) insulin (b) melatonin
(c) testosterone (d) aldosterone.
Solution.(d) : Aldosterone is a major
mineralocorticoid, secreted by adrenal cortex. It controls excretion of sodium by the kidneys. It is secreted when the sodium level is low in the blood, thus acts on kidneys to cause more sodium to be returns to the blood. It also acts on kidneys to cause more potassium to be excreted. As the sodium concentration in the blood increases, water follow it by osmosis, so the blood volume also increases. Thus, the effect of aldosterone is to increase both sodium and water in the blood.

5.Thymosin is responsible for
(a) raising the blood sugar level
(b) raising the blood calcium level
(c) differentiation of T lymphocytes
(d) decrease in blood RBC.
Solution.(c) : Thymus secretes a hormone named thymosin which stimulates the development and differentiation of T-cells increasing resistance . to infections. It also hastens attainment of sexual maturity.

6.In the mechanism of action of a protein hormone, one of the second messengers is
(a) cyclic AMP (b) insulin
(c) T3(d) gastrin.
Solution. (a) : The molecules of hormones that are amino acid derivatives, peptides or proteins are large and insoluble in lipids, and cannot enter the target cell. Therefore, they act at the cell surface. They bind to specific receptor molecules located on the surface of the cell membrane. The hormone-receptor
complex activates G protein associated with the cytoplasmic C terminal which initiate the release of an enzyme adenyl cyclase from the receptor site. Adenyl cyclase enzyme forms in the cell, cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) from ATP. The cAMP activates the existing enzyme system of the cell. This accelerates the metabolic reactions in the cell. The hormone is called the first messenger and the cAMP is termed the second messenger.

7.Leydig cells produce a group of hormones called
(a) androgens (b) estrogens
(c) aldosterone (d) gonadotropins.
Solution.(a) : The Leydig’s cells present in the connective tissue between seminiferous tubules produce a group of hormones called androgens mainly testosterone.

8.Corpus luteum secretes a hormone called
(a) prolactin (b) progesterone
(c) aldosterone (d) testosterone.
Solution. (b) : Corpus luteum of the ovary ‘ secretes progesterone, and relaxin. Prolactin is secreted by anterior lobe of pituitary gland. Aldosterone is a principal mineralocortioid secreted by the adrenal cortex and testosterone is secreted by the Leydig’s cells in the testes.

9.Cortisol is secreted from
(a) pancreas (b) thyroid
(c) adrenal (d) thymus.
Solution. (c): Adrenal or suprarenal glands are paired structures located on the top of the kidneys. The cells of zona fasciculata of adrenal cortex secretes mainly glucocorticoids. Glucocorticoids include three main hormones: cortisol (= hydrocortisone), corticosterone and cortisone. They effect carbohydrate metabolism, however, they also affect the metabolism of proteins and fats.

10.A hormone responsible for normal sleep-wake cycle is
(a) epinephrine (b) gastrin
(c) melatonin (d) insulin.
Solution. (c) : Melatonin is a hormone secreted by pineal gland. Immediately above the
optic chiasma (in the brain) in a nucleus, are present melatonin receptors that react to this hormone and synchronize the nucleus to the 24 hrs day/night rhythm, thus informing the brain when it is day and when it is night.

11.Hormones are called chemical signals that stimulate specific target tissues. Which is the correct location of these receptors in case of protein hormones?
(a) Extra cellular matrix
(b) Blood
(c) Plasma membrane
(d) Nucleus
Solution. (c): Hormones of protein nature binds to specific receptor molecules located on the plasma membrane to form the hormone receptor complex.

12.Choose the correct option among the following:
Column A                                     Column B
A.Epinephrine                           (i)Stimulates in muscle growth
B. Testosterone                         (ii)Decrease in blood pressure
C. Glucagon                               (iii)Decrease in liver glycogen content
D.Atrial natriuretic factor    (iv)Increases heart beat
Options:
(a)A-(ii), B-(i), C-(iii), D-(iv)
(b)A-(iv), B-(i), C-(iii), D-(ii)
(c)A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii), D-(iv)
(d)A-(i), B-(iv), C-(ii), D-(iii)
Solution.(b)

13. Which of the following does not play any role in calcium balance in the body?
(a) Vitamin D
(b) Parathyroid hormone
(c) Thyrocalcitonin
(d) Thymosin
Solution.(d) : Refer answer 5.

14. Which of the following organs in mammals does not consist of a central ‘medullary’ region surrounded by a cortical region?
(a) Ovary (b) Adrenal
(c) Liver (d) Kidney
Solution. (c)

15. Which of the following conditions is not linked to deficiency of thyroid hormones?
(a) Cretinism (b) Goitre
(c) Myxedema (d) Exophthalmosis
Solution.
(d): Hypothyroidism is a disorder caused due to deficiency of thyroid hormone. It may lead to cretinism, myxoedema, simple goitre, Hashimoto’s disease. Exophthalamic goitre is thyroid enlargement in which thyroid secretes excessive amount of thyroid hormone.

Very Short Answer Type Questions
1.There are many endocrine glands in human body. Name the glands which is absent in male and the one absent in female.
Solution.Ovaries are absent in male and testes are absent in female. ‘

2.Which of the two adrenocortical layers, zona glomerulosa and zona reticularis lies outside enveloping the other?
Solution. Zona glomerulosa is the outer layer.

3.What is erythropoiesis? Which hormone stimulates it?
Solution. Erythropoiesis is formation of RBCs. Erythropoietin hormones secreted by juxtaglomerular cells of kidney stimulates erythropoiesis.

4.Name the only hormone secreted by pars intermedia of the pituitary gland.
Solution. Melanocyte stimulating hormone.

5.Name the endocrine gland that produces calcitonin and mention the role played by this hormone.
Solution.Calcitonin is secreted by thyroid gland. This hormone regulates the blood calcium levels.

6.Name the hormone that helps in cell – mediated immunity.
Solution. Thymosin.

7.What is the role of second messenger in the mechanism of protein hormone action?
Solution.Second messenger (e.g. cAMP) acts as intracellular hormonal mediator delivering information inside the target cells. This activates appropriate cellular enzyme system by cascade effect which stimulates the cell machinery to perform its specialised function.

8.State whether true or false:
(a) Gastrointestinal tract, kidney and heart also produce hormones.
(b) Pars distalis produces six trophic hormones.
(c) B-lymphocytes provide cell-mediated immunity.
(d) Insulin resistance results in a disease called diabetes mellitus.
Solution.(a) True, (b) True, (c) False, (d) True.

9.Apatientcomplainsofconstantthirst,excessive passing of urine and low blood pressure. When the doctor checked the patients’ blood glucose and blood insulin level, the level were normal or slightly low. The doctor diagnosed the condition as diabetes insipidus. But he decided to measure one more hormone in patients blood. Which hormone does the doctor intend to measure?
Solution.Doctor intends to measure vasopressin hormone. This hormone increases the reabsorption of water by the kidney. Deficiency of this hormone decreases the reabsorption of water and thus leads to formation of excessive dilute urine resulting in constant thirst and low blood pressure.

10.Correct the following statements by replacing the term underlined.
(a) Insulin is a steroid hormone.
(b) TSH is secreted from the corpus luteum
(c) Tetraiodothyronine is an emergency hormone.
(d) The pineal aland is located on the anterior part of the kidney.
Solution.(a) Insulin is a protein hormone.
(b) TSH is secreted from the anterior pituitary.
(c) Adrenaline is an emergency hormone.
(d) Adrenal gland is located on the anterior part of the kidney.

11. Rearrange the following hormones in Column I so as to match with their chemical nature in Column II.
Column I                             Column II
(a) Oxytocin                       i. Amino acid derivative
(b) Epinephrine               ii. Steroid
(c) Progesterone in.       iii.Protein
(d) Growth hormone     iv. Peptide
Solution.(a) – iv, (b) – i, (c) – ii, (d) – (iii).

Short Answer Type Questions
1.Whatistherole-playedbyluteinizinghormones in males and females respectively?
Solution.In males, luteinizing hormone (LH) stimulates the synthesis and secretion of hormones called androgens from testes. In females, LH induces ovulation of fully mature follicles and maintains the corpus luteum, formed from the remnants of the follicles after ovulation.

2.What is the role of second messenger in hormone action?
Solution.Hormones which interact with mem¬brane – bound receptors normally do not en¬ter the target cell, but generate second mes¬senger (e.g. cAMP) which acts as intracellular hormonal mediator, delivering information inside the target cells. This activates appropri¬ate cellular enzyme system by cascade effect which stimulates the cell machinery to per-‘ form its specialised function.

3.On an educational trip to Uttaranchal, Ketki and her friends observed that many local people were having swollen necks. Please help Ketki and her friends to find out the solutions to the following questions.
(a) Which probable disease are these people suffering from?
(b) How is it caused?
(c) What effect does this condition have on pregnancy? ,
Solution.
(a)Goitre.
(b) Deficiency of iodine in the diet results in hypothyroidism and enlargement of the thyroid gland commonly called goitre.
(c) Hypothyroidism during pregnancy causes defective development and maturation of the growing baby leading to stunted growth (cretinism), mental retardation, low intelligence quotient, abnormal skin, deaf- mutism etc.

4.George comes on a vacation to India from US. The long journey disturbs his biological system and he suffers from jet lag. What is the cause of his diicomfort?
Solution. Jet lag is a temporary sleep disorder among air travellers who rapidly travel across time zones. Jet lag occurs as a result of the slow adjustment of the body clock to . the destination time. Consequently, the daily rhythms and the internal drive for sleep and wakefulness are out of synchronisation with the new environment.
The intrinsic body clock resides in the suprachiasmatic nuclei at the base of the hypothalamus, which contains melatonin receptors. Melatonin is manufactured in pineal gland and its synthesis and release are stimulated by darkness and suppressed by light, consequently, the secretion of melatonin is responsible for setting sleep-wake cycle. The body clock is adjusted to the solar day by rhythmic cues in the environment, mainly the light-dark cycle and the rhythmic secretion of melatonin.

5.Inflammatory responses can be controlled by a certain steroid. Name the steroid, its source and also its other important functions.
Solution.Cortisol is a steroid hormone that produces anti-inflammatory responses and suppresses the immune response. It is secreted by adrenal cortex. It also stimulates gluconeogenesis, lipolysis and proteolysis, and inhibit cellular uptake and utilisation of amino acids. It is also involved in maintaining the cardio-vascular system as well as the kidney function. It also stimulates the RBC production.

6.Old people have weak immune system. What could be the reason?
Solution.Thymus gland secretes a hormone, thymosin. This gland plays a major role in the development of immune system. But, thymus gland gets degenerate in old individuals resulting in decreased production of thymosin. As a result, the old people have weak immune system.

7.What are the effects of hypothyroidism (observed during pregnancy) on the development and maturation of a growing baby?
Solution. Refer answer 3(c).

8.Mention the difference between hypothyroid-ism and hyperthyroidism.
Solution. Hypothyroidism is the hyposecretion of thyroid hormone causing cretinism in children
and myxoedema in adult. Hyperthyroidism is the hypersecretion of thyroid hormone. It is caused due to cancer of the thyroid gland or due to development of nodules of the thyroid glands. This results in increase in the rate of synthesis and secretion of the thyroid hormones to abnormal high levels leading to hyperthyroidism. Grave’s disease is a thyroid enlargement in which the thyroid secretes excessive amount of thyroid hormone.

9.You have learnt that a characteristic feature of endocrine system is the presence of feed back loops. By this what is meant if hormone A stimulates gland ‘X’ to secrete hormone B, the production of ‘A’ could be modified when the level of B changes in our blood. An example is the relation between hormones LH and estrogen ( E2). An old woman exhibits the following features. High levels of LH in blood but low levels of  E2 in the blood. Another woman exhibits high level of LH in blood and also high level of E2 in the blood. Where is the defect in both these women? Provide suitable diagram to support this answer.
Solution.When the secretion of hormone is under the control of factors or other hormones it is called feedback control.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-chemical-coordination-and-integration-2
If there is high concentration of hormone B in our blood then it will have an inhibitory effect on the secretion of hormone A. Decreased secretion of A will eventually result in decrease in production of hormone. This is negative feedback control. If there is B low concentration of hormone B in our blood then it will have a stimulatory effect on the secretion of hormone A. Increased secretion of A will eventually result in increase in production of hormone B. This is positive feedback control.
Low level of E2 should have positive feedback control on secretion of LH resulting in increase in production of E2. But old woman shows low level of E2 and high level of hormone LH, this means LH is not stimulating gland X to secrete hormone E2.
High level of E2 should have negative feedback control on secretion of LH resulting in decrease in production of E2. But another woman shows high level of both E2 and LH, this means there is some defect in the negative feedback loop.

Long Answer Type Questions
1.A milkman is very upset one morning as his cow refuses to give any milk. The milkman’s wife gets the calf from the shed. On fondling by the calf, the cow gave sufficient milk. Describe the role of endocrine gland and pathway associated with this response?
Solution. Suckling by the calf creates a neuroendocrine reflex which results in increase in secretion of oxytocin from posterior lobe of pituitary gland. Oxytocin is synthesised in the hypothalamus in specific nuclei (cluster of nerve cells). Neurons of these nuclei synthesise oxytocin precursor and package it into vesicles, which are then send to the posterior pituitary. Oxytocin promotes contraction of the myoepithelial cells of the udder, thus resulting into milk flow.
It can be summarised as follows:
Udder (suckling stimulus) —> Hypothalamus —> Posterior lobe of pituitary —> Oxytocin (in blood) —> Udder (Smooth muscles) —> Milk flow.

2.Asampleofurinewasdiagnosedtocontainhigh content of glucose and ketone bodies. Based on this observation, answer the following:
(a) Which endocrine gland and hormone is related to this condition?
(b) Name the cells on which this hormone acts.
(c) What is the condition called and how can it be rectified?
Solution.
(a) Pancreas is the gland and hormone is Insulin decreases the level of glucose in blood by increasing the rate as which glucose is transported out of blood and into the cell. When insulin is not produced adequately glucose uptake is hampered and hence glucose starts appearing in urine along with ketone bodies.
(b) Hepatocytes and adipocytes.
(c) The condition is called diabetes mellitus. It can be rectified by insulin therapy.

3.Calcium plays a very important role in the formation of bones. Write on the role of endocrine glands and hormones responsible for maintaining calcium homeostasis.
Solution. Thyroid gland and parathyroid gland are responsible for maintaining calcium homeostasis. Both act antagonistic to each other. Thyroid gland secretes the hormone calcitonin when calcium level is high in the blood. It then lowers the calcium level by suppressing release of calcium ions from the bones. Parathyroid glands secrete the hormone parathormone. It increases the Ca2+ level in the blood. It acts on bones and stimulates the process of bone resorption. Parathormone also stimulates reabsorption of Ca2+ by the renal tubules and increases Ca2+ absorption from the digested food. Thus parathormone, along with calcitonin plays a very important role in calcium balance in the body.

4.Illustrate the differences between the mechanism of action of a protein and a steroid hormone.
Solution. Protein hormones being water soluble normally do not enter the target cell but interact with membrane bound receptors to generate second messengers like cAMP, 1P3, Ca2+ etc. which in turn regulate cellular metabolism. Steroid hormones being lipid soluble, enter the target cell and interact with intracellular receptors and regulate gene expression or chromosome function by the interaction of hormones – receptor complex with the genome. Cumulative biochemical actions result in physiological and developmental effects.
ncert-exemplar-class-11-biology-solutions-chemical-coordination-and-integration-3
Diagrammatic representation of the mecha-nism of hormone action:
(a) Protein hormone
(b) Steroid hormone

5.Hypothalamus is a super master endocrine gland. Elaborate.
Solution. Hypothalamus is a super master endocrine gland as it secretes hormones that regulate the synthesis and secretion of pituitary gland which is a master gland. The hypothalamus is connected to the anterior lobe of pituitary gland by hypophysial portal veins, however, it is connected to the posterior lobe of pituitary gland mainly by axons of nuerosecretory cells. The hormones produced by hypothalamus are of two types, the releasing hormones (which stimulate the secretion of pituitary hormones) and the inhibiting hormones (which inhibit secretions of pituitary hormones). The hormones secreted by hypothalamus are summarised below:
(i) Adrenocorticotropic Releasing Hormone (ARH) or Corticotropin Releasing Hormone – It stimulates the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland to secrete its adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH).
(ii)Thyrotropin Releasing Hormone (TRH) – It stimulates the anterior lobe of the pitu¬itary gland to secrete its thyroid stimulat¬ing hormone (TSH).or thyrotropin.
(iii)Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone (GHRH) – It stimulates the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland to release its growth hormone (GH) or somatotrophin.
(iv)Growth Hormone-Inhibitory Hormone (GHIH) – This hormone is also called somatostatin (SS). It inhibits the secretion of growth hormone from the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland.
(v) Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone (GnRH)- It stimulates the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland to secrete two gonadotropic hormones : Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH) and Luteinising Hormone (LH)).
(vi)Prolactin Releasing hormone (PRH) – It stimulates the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland to secrete its prolactin hormone.
(vii)Prolactin Inhibitory Hormone (PIH) – It inhibits the secretion of prolactin from the anterior lobe of pituitary gland.
(viii)MSH Releasing Hormone (MSHRH) – It stimulates the intermediate lobe of the pituitary gland to secrete its melanocyte stimulating hormone (MSH).
(ix) MSH Inhibitory Hormone (MSHIH) – It inhibits the secretion of melanocytes stimulating hormone from the intermediate lobe of the pituitary gland.

The post NCERT Exemplar Class 11 Biology Solutions Chemical Coordination and Integration appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Viewing all 10026 articles
Browse latest View live


<script src="https://jsc.adskeeper.com/r/s/rssing.com.1596347.js" async> </script>